The Ethiopic Book of Enoch: A New Edition in the Light of the Aramaic Dead Sea Fragments (Vol. 1: Text and Apparatus & Vol. 2: Introduction, Translation and Commentary)

THE ETHIOPIC BOOK OF ENOCH A NEW

EDITION

LIGHT

OF

IN

THE

THE

A R A M A I C DEAD SEA

FRAGMENTS

BY

MICHAEL

A.

KNIBB

IN CONSULTATION

EDWARD

WITH

ULLENDORFF

1 T E X T

AND

APPARATUS

1M

1978

OXFORD AT THE CLARENDON

PRESS

Oxford

University

Press, OXFORD

NEW YORK IBADAN

TORONTO

NAIROBI

KUALA LUMPUR DELHI

Walton LONDON

Street,

MELBOURNE

DAR E S SALAAM

SINGAPORE

BOMBAY

0 x 2 6DP

WELLINGTON

LUSAKA

JAKARTA

CALCUTTA

Oxford

GLASGOW

CAPE

TOWN

HONG K O N G

MADRAS

TOKYO

KARACHI

I S B N O 19 8 2 6 1 6 3 2 (g) Oxford University Press

jgjS

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior permission of Oxford University Press

Printed in Great Britain by Thomson Litho Ltd. East Kilbride, Scotland

PREFACE T H I S work offers a new edition (volume i) and translation (volume 2) of the Ethiopia text of Enoch. The edition is based on Rylands Ethiopia MS. 23, and full account has been taken of the Aramaic fragments of Enoch that were discovered at Qumr^n. The intention is not to produce a new conflated text of Enoch, but rather to present the sum total of the evidence for the text of Enoch in as clear a way as possible. In its present form this work is a revised version of a thesis that was accepted by the University of London in 1974 for the degree of Ph.D., but its origins go back much further than this. As long ago as 1959 Professor Matthew Black and Professor Edward Ullendorff had it in mind to produce a new edition and translation of Enoch, and an exegetical commentary, and were only prevented from making progress on this work by the delay in the publication of the Aramaic fragments from QumrSn. As a result of this delay, Professor Ullendorff eventually suggested that I should take over his part of the enterprise, i.e. the edition and translation of the Ethiopia text; and at a later stage it was decided that the exegetical commentary, whicTi was to be prepared by Professor Black, should be published separately. I would like to take this opportunity to express the profound debt of gratitude that I owe to Professor Ullendorff, both for his initial suggestion that I should undertake this work on Enoch and for all the patient help and encouragement that he has subsequently given me. The form that this work takes owes much to his advice, and I have adopted many suggestions that he has made without acknowledging them in each individual case. I must, however, stress that the responsibility for everything that appears here is mine. On pp. 7 f. of volume 2 I have described the way in which I was given access to the Aramaic fragments of Enoch. I have also referred there to the fact that, after the Oxford University Press had accepted this work for publication, J . T. Milik generously agreed that proofs of his edition of the fragments be made available to me. The edition has now been published,^ and it will be readily ' J . T . Milik, The Books of Enoch, Aramaic Fragments Oxford, 1976.

of Qumrdn Cave

4,

vi

PREFACE

apparent that my view of the significance of these fragments is very different from that of MiHk. Some of MiHk's ideas had of course already appeared in earHer pubHcations, but I did not think it proper in the present work to take issue with MiHk on the arguments and detailed discussions that are contained only in the edition, nor did I think it proper to make other than occasional reference to it. However, a review of Milik's work, prepared jointly by Professor Ullendorff and myself, has appeared in the October 1977 issue of the Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies. The interval that has occurred between the completion of the thesis (December 1973) and its publication has enabled me to make a number of additions and corrections. It has also enabled me to incorporate into the apparatus in volume i the evidence of Lake Tana Ethiopia MS. 9, and my thanks are due to Professor E. Hammerschmidt for kindly sending me a copy of this important manuscript.' However, it should be stressed that, apart from the incorporation of the evidence of Tana 9 and apart from the fact that text and translation have had to be separated for publication (in the original they were on facing pages), no changes of a fundamental kind have been introduced since the completion of the thesis. I have not normally repeated in volume 2 information that is self-evident from the apparatus in volume i, unless, from the point of view of the text, there was a particular reason to do so. However, I have made an exception to this rule in the case of the so-called Parables of Enoch (chapters 3 7 - 7 1 ) because of the widespread interest in the figure of the Son of Man which occurs in this section of the book. My thanks are due to the authorities of the following institutions which kindly supplied me with photographs or microfilms of manuscripts in their possession: the John Rylands University Library of Manchester; the Bodleian Library, Oxford; the British Museum (now the British Library); the Bibliotheque Nationale; the Vatican Library; the Tubingen and Marburg libraries of the Stiftung Preussischer Kulturbesitz. In addition my thanks are due ' In an Appendix in this volume I have given a list of important unique readings attested by Tana 9 which in a number of places cast an interesting light on the text of Enoch. In view of the evidence of this manuscript the discussion of io6. 13 (see volume 2, pp. 39 f., 245 f.) is now in need of correction. See further volume 2, p. 36 n. 34.

PREFACE

vii

to many individuals who have given me help and advice on particular matters, but here it is possible to mention by name only Dr. Stefan Strelcyn and Professor P. R. Ackroyd. I would also like to thank the staff of the Oxford University Press for their help and for the care they have devoted to the publication of this work. The greatest debt of all, however, is owed to my wife for all she has done to see that this work was brought to a conclusion. M . A.

University of London King's College December igyy

KNIBB

CONTENTS VOLUME

I

N O T E ON T H E A P P A R A T U S

xi

ABBREVIATIONS

xiv

L I S T OF S I G L A

XV

TEXT

I

ADDITIONS

AND CORRECTIONS

424

APPENDIX

425

List of Unique Readings in Lake Tana Ethiopia MS. 9 VOLUME

2

ABBREVIATIONS

vi

INTRODUCTION

1. Previous Editions of the Ethiopia Text of Enoch 2. The Aramaic Fragments of the Book of Enoch 3. The Greek Version of the Book of Enoch

i 6 15

4. The Ethiopia Version of the Book of Enoch

21

5. The Versions Underlying the Ethiopia Text of Enoch

37

6. A Note on the Translation

47

BIBLIOGRAPHY

48

LIST

53

OF S I G L A

TRANSLATION REFERENCE AUTHOR

INDEX

INDEX

55 253 259

NOTE ON THE APPARATUS T H I S introductory note is merely intended to describe the organization of the material in the apparatus. The Introduction proper to this work will be found in volume 2 where full details are given of the manuscripts that have been used and the procedures that have been followed. The edition is based on Rylands Ethiopia MS. 23, and the text consists of photographs of the manuscript; The apparatus below the text is divided, where necessary, into an Ethiopia and a Greek section. (i) In the Ethiopia apparatus I give the variants of the Ethiopia manuscripts used in this edition, both those that I have myself collated (BM 485, BM 491, Berl, Abb 35, Abb 55, Tana 9, BodI 5, and Ull), and those whose evidence I have taken from Charles's text-edition (Bodl 4, Frankfurt MS., Curzon 55, Curzon 56, BM Add. 24185, BM 484, BM 486, BM 490, BM Add. 24990, BM 492, BM 499, Vat 7 1 , Munich 30, Garrett MS., and Westenholz MS.).' Subject to the exceptions noted below, I give all the variants (including mistakes) attested by the manuscripts that I have myself collated. I have been more selective in the case of the evidence taken from Charles's text-edition and normally ignored readings attested only by one or two manuscripts, unless the reading in question happened to agree with a reading in one or more of the manuscripts collated by me. The apparatus works on the principle that where a manuscript is not mentioned, it is to be assumed that its evidence agrees with that of Ryl. However, I have occasionally thought it necessary to make quite clear which manuscripts (if any) agree with Ryl; in such cases I give the manuscript support for the reading before quoting the reading itself (cf. e.g. fol. 2rb, line 20 S11"ai>'rt ; ) . ' Cf. volume 2 , pp. 36 f., and for the sigla see the list at the end of this Note. In the case of the evidence taken from Charles, I normally do not name the manuscripts to which the variants are to be attributed (unless only one manuscript is involved), but merely use the formula '5 M S S ' , '7 M S S ' , etc. Where Charles's evidence was incomplete, or there was some uncertainty about it, I carried out such checks as I was able and made the necessary corrections. There are some obvious misprints and some errors and omissions in Charles's edition, and although in general his apparatus seems to be reliable, his collation of the E t h II manuscripts was not always completely precise; the figures ' 5 ' , ' 7 ' , etc., should only therefore be regarded as approximately correct.

xii

NOTE

ON T H E

APPARATUS

Although I have not attempted, much less achieved, absolute consistency, I have normally left out of the apparatus all variants of a purely orthographic character, and particularly variants involving the following common phenomena : (1) the formation of the imperfect (I i and II i) of verbs whose first radical is a laryngal or pharyngal (cf. e.g. fol. 3rb, line 27 h.'f'iCh i for which the following variants occur: h.^'iC'h;, A-tOCT-;, a-rOCh:; note that for the 1 1 imperfect the pattern J&0C7 : is very frequently found in the Eth I manuscripts (particularly BM 485 and Berl) in the case of such verbs); (ii) the occurrence of the vowels u and i with the corresponding semivowels w and y (thus variants of the type F^COjp; / y^ayip ;, ^P-rh ;/ ^f'tb : have generally been ignored); (iii) the spelling of names (here, particularly, I am conscious that I have often had to make arbitrary decisions); (iv) alternative spellings and forms of words that occur frequently (e.g. the common variants I'i'M^:, ffi>?¥fl^! Iao'ii.fl^jErfvC: /fi-fi^C: and related forms of this verb); (v) the writing of the numerals (for which the Eth I manuscripts normally use words, the Eth II manuscripts signs). I have also normally left out of the apparatus such variants as the following: hiiih: /hhtif:, "H : /"HTF:, ?ift»TF : / hii-'ifhiiO : /»Aa-F;. I have felt it necessary to treat Abb 5 5 differently from the other manuscripts. From c. 83 onwards Abb 55 has a much abbreviated text, and were its evidence for cc. 83-108 to be incorporated into the apparatus, there is a serious risk that the apparatus would become confused and overloaded. Since its evidence for cc. 83-108 is inevitably of very limited value, it seemed to me best to ignore it altogether for these chapters except in one or two cases of special importance. (2) In the Greek apparatus I record the divergences between the Greek and the Ethiopic texts. I have given rather more evidence from the Greek version than was perhaps strictly necessary in order to try to make as clear as possible the relationship between the Greek and the Ethiopic. However, I have ignored trivial variants of number (the singular in the Ethiopic, the plural in the

NOTE

ON T H E

APPARATUS

xiii

Greek, and vice versa), particularly in cases where the Ethiopic evidence was undivided. I have taken the Greek evidence from the editions of Swete and Bonner' and have normally not recorded corruptions in the Greek, unless they were of some significance from the point of view of the Ethiopic or Aramaic texts. Where account is taken of corruptions in the Greek, I give first the manuscript reading and then, in brackets, the restoration proposed by Swete or Bonner. Only in exceptional cases have I noted any other proposals for the restoration of the text. As has already been indicated, full information about the manuscripts used will be found in volume 2, but a list of sigla is appended here to make the use of this volume easier. Where the name of an author occurs in the apparatus, unless otherwise indicated the reference is to the relevant Ethiopic or Greek textedition; in these and all other instances consultation of the Bibliography in volume 2 will make clear, in case of doubt, which work is intended. ' Cf. volume 2, pp. 17 f., notes 15 and 24, and p. 20.

ABBREVIATIONS HTR

Harvard

Theological

JA

Journal

asiatique

J AOS

Journal

of the American

JBL

Journal

of Biblical

JES

Journal

of Ethiopian

JSS

Journal

of Semitic

JTS

Journal

of Theological

NTS

New

PL

Patrologia

Testament

RB

Revue

RRAL

Rendiconti

Review Oriental

Society

Literature Studies Studies Studies

Studies

Latina

biblique delta Reale Accademia

dei Lincei

(Classe di Scienze

M o r a l i , Storiche e Filologiche) RSE

Rassegna

SAB

Sitzungsberichte

di Studi

Wissenschaften

Etiopici der

zu

Deutschen

(Preussischen)

Akademie

Berlin

ThBl

Theologische

ZA W

Zeitschrift

fiir die Alttestamentliche

Blatter

ZDMG

Zeitschrift

der Deutschen

ZNW

Zeitschrift

fiir die Neutestamentliche

Wissenschaft

Morgenlcindischen

Gesellschaft

Wissenschaft

der

LIST OF SIGLA Aram

T h e A r a m a i c D e a d Sea F r a g m e n t s o f E n o c h . Aram Aram ^'^'rastr. d — d i f f e r e n t m a n u s c r i p t s t o w h i c h the various f r a g m e n t s belong T h e G r e e k Version of E n o c h

Gr GrSync

T h e F r a g m e n t s in Syncellus (Gr^y""^ ^ = 6. 1-9. GrSync b = g 4_io_ GrSy-": c = 15. 8-16. i )

4;

T h e A k h m i m M a n u s c r i p t ( C o d e x Panopolitanus) GrPan a

A duplicate version o f 19. 3 - 2 1 . 9 within the A k h m i m Manuscript

Grvat

Codex Vaticanus G r .

GrCB

T h e Chester Beatty-Michigan Papyrus

Eth

T h e E t h i o p i c Version o f E n o c h

E t h I and E t h I I Eth I — B M

48s

1809

T h e two families of E t h i o p i c m a n u s c r i p t s British M u s e u m Orient. 485

B M 485a

A duplicate version of 97. 6 b - i o 8 . 10 within British M u s e u m Orient. 4 8 5

B M 491

British M u s e u m Orient. 4 9 1

Beri

Berlin M S . O r . P e t e r m a n n I I N a c h t r a g 2 9

Abb 35

Abbadianus 35

Abb 55

Abbadianus 55

Tana 9

T a n a Ethiopic M S . 9

T a n a 9a Eth II—Bodl 5

A duplicate version o f 7 8 . 8 b - 8 2 . 2 0 within Bodley M S . 5

Ryl

Rylands E t h i o p i c M S . 2 3

Ull

Ullendorff M S .

Bodl 4

Bodley M S . 4

Frankfurt M S .

F r a n k f u r t M S . Orient. Ruppell 11 i

Curzon 55

= British M u s e u m Orient. 8 8 2 2

Curzon 56

=

B M Add. 24185

British M u s e u m A d d . 2 4 1 8 5

British M u s e u m Orient. 8 8 2 3

B M 484

,,

,,

Orient. 4 8 4

B M 486

,,

,,

Orient. 486

B M 490

,,

,,

Orient. 490

B M Add. 24990

,,

,,

Add. 24990

B M 492

,,

,,

Orient. 4 9 2

B M 499

,,

,,

Orient. 4 9 9

xvi

LIST

OF

SIGLA

Vat 7 1

Vatican Ethiopic M S . 7 1

Munich 30

M u n i c h Ethiopic M S . 30

Garrett M S .

P r i n c e t o n E t h i o p i c 2 [ ( G a r r e t t Collection) D e p 1 4 6 8 ]

Westenholz M S .

H a m b u r g Orient. 2 7 1 a =

hmt.

homoioteleuton

130

A raised ' is used t o refer to an original reading in a m a n u s c r i p t , a raised ^ to a c o r r e c t e d reading.

ADDITIONS AMD COHEEOTIONS

52.5

Pol. 6va 2 8

54.2

Pol. 6vl3 2 2

f\'Tl

Berl omits.

For 'Eyl Ull 2 MSS "hfh •• % ^ • 'Eyl Ull other Eth II MSS

> read

7^T>:'^/1.'

'

and delete ' 7 MSS' from after 'Tana 9 ' .

0'^n<:l-'5:

60.7

Pol. 7 r c 2

Tana 9

60.12

Pol. 7ro 2 2

P e r 'BM 4 8 5

60.21

Pol. 7 v a 2 1

BM 491, Ctozon 56

61.1

Pol. 7vl) 2

Tana 9

67.10

Pol. 8va 2 2

^"^^z^.'

69.27

Pol. 9 r a ^

For 'Bodl 5

dDfT/^: ' read 'Hyl^ CDAiT/YHM 485 CD'Vf-f^ ;Eyl^ and all other MSS

•Bodl 5

^/t)

•'

^T?^/!^"/"-'

Tana 9 omits. 2 MSS ^ / ^

5 MSS ; . ^ 7 A

7-^ • ' / ^ ^ C : 'read -^^C-

72.1

Pol. 9 r c ^

Entry for Tana 9 should read S P i

75.4

Pol. 1 0 r e 11

76.11

Pol. lOva 2 1

80.6

Pol. l i r a 28

Berl Abb 3 5 ' ' ( ? )

83.7

Fol. I l v b l^fj.

Por 'BM 491 adds CDA

88.1

Pol. 1 2 r b l l

Abb 55

89.29

Pol. 1 2 v b 1 ^

BM 491 also reads (Lh d)

89.47

Pol. 1 2 v o ^

iX)!!!!

•• Tana 9 ^ ^ A t A

l ? ^

LP^ ^

Entry for Tana 9 shovda read ffl Tana 9 a

^^

^ '

'.

d)^!

^ T . ^ ^ '

' r e a d 'BM 491

••

BM 491 7 ^ d l ; 7 ^ .'

90.9

Pol. 15va 22f^

Berl f d >

90.19 90.24

Pol. 13vb 2 1 Pol. 13vo2

BM 491 also reads Tana 9 ^ ' T T ^ ^ L J - ;

^

90.26

Pol. 13vo 2

Till c D ^ ^

91.11

Pol. 14pb 2^

Berl also reads < j D ^ ^ jbT^A" =

93.10

Pol. 14Va 18

Tana 9

;

'?\^''

100.3

Pol. 1 5 v a 2

Tana 9 dO ?rt)

100.9

Pol. 1 5 v a ^

Entry for Tana 9 should read ^ ^ V O d

424

dy"T

:

'

APEEaiDIX

I give below a list of readings which seem to me to be in some way significant and are attested only by Tana 9 amongst the manuscripts which I have used.

Fol. 2 r a ^

CD^^h^B^: ')6A=LP^-

Tana 9

Fol. 2 r a ^

Tana 9 (71^'^

:

1.6

Fol. 2 r a 21

1.9 2.1

5.8

Fol. 2rb

7.5

Fol. 2va ±

^

10.2

Fol. 2va 2 Fol. 2vb 1±

10.13

Pol, 2vo 10

10.16

Fol. 2vo ^6

8.2

hP^^H

Tana 9 Tana 9

dOD^dC •

d)'h'h/)-:

'• Tana 9 omits.

11.2

Fol. 3 r a 6

12.1

Pol. 3 r a 2

'TTA:

12.3

Pol. 3 r a 1 2

Tana 9

13.5

Fol. 3 r a 3 6 f . Pol. 3rb 12

Tana 9

14.2 14.9 14.10

Pol. 3ro 2 Pol. 3 r c £

14.15

Pol. 3 r c I6f^

15.4

Pol. 3va ^6

15.5

Pol. 3 v a 2 0

Pol. 3va 28

dX •

n^dTana 9 adds d^S^iT/Y • CThh '?'f)d>h': Tana 9 adds '^O'^

Pol. 2vo jil

Pol. 3 v a 2 6 f .

• d)H^

• Tana 9 adds TT/Y •

^-b

Pol. 2vc 18f.

15.8

Tana 9 omits.

'•

Tana 9 ^ fX ^ h • -D tf^

10.20

Pol. 3 v a 20

^d/l'Tl'/V'^-'

d)'A^,H:

Tana 9

d)^

d)^d)^<^:

Tana 9 prefixes

Tana 9

Tana 9

^/V

f\h^^^a^:

^^"^-^rt'^^^^fir^.'/l^^/h:

^H^-^^^ ^ ^ • Hd)[}f) •0(19^ :

Tana 9 Tana 9 Tana 9

^ + •'

^ ' T O ' . - ^ ^ • H ^ ^ ' ^ f: V]^^ .' Tana 9 omits.

Tl^iT'Tl^--

Tana 9 Tana 9

^'^'^^h^ 'td)J^P: a)d>ht: Tana 9 / I ^ : 0 4 / 7 '

Tana 9

15.9

Pol. 3va 28f.

Tana 9

15.11

Pol. 3 v a 4 0

Tana 9

15.12

Pol. 3-vb 2

Tana 9

18.9 18.12f.

Pol. 5vo 12 Pol. 3vo 2 6 f .

Tana 9 ^ /V !

20.5

Pol. 4 r a l 5 ,

Tana 9 Tana 9

^ ^ ^ ^ A 7 t - ' d)'A^^04>^i

A^f^/)

d)^^Pd)C'A.i> ^4/9'

425

•

APPBHDIX

21.2

Fol. 4ra22

Tana 9

21.3

Fol.4ra2^

Tana 9 cDH

21.5

Fol.4ra22

Tana 9

Fol. 4 r a i 2

Tana, 9 f ? f l ^ l O - f • T ^ ' ^ ^ •'

Fol. 4ra ^

Tana 9

21.6

H/\V

^7 : ^

^

•

^Ad) '

/) ^ .'

<^ 'i'^ ^ .'

Fol. 4ra

Tana 9 o m i t s . 21.7

Tana 9 o m i t s .

F o l . 4rb J_

^^C-'

21.9

Fol. 4 r b X t

Tana 9

21.10

Fol.4rb2

22.10

F o l . 4xb

24.5

P o l . 4va_2

Tana 9

F o l . 4va 6

'94':

P o l . 4va 2 ^

^^d?U-n !

25.5

i2

P o l . 4va 2 2

4 1 ^ 1 / T V ;

Tana9r)7-/P;

r ) Y 7 ^ U -••Tana (iD^'Z-O;

d^TlO^Lt^

Tana 9 o m i t s .

Tana 9 o m i t s .

Tana 9 / I / f ) ^ ^ T ^

d)d>-•

25.6

P o l . 4va 2 2

Tana 9

26.2

F o l . 4va ?ef.

Tana 9 < ^ ^ / t ) - ^ •'

12

9

fff^S^: Tana 9 adds d^C'^YY'-

27.2

P o l . 4vb

28.1

F o l . 4vbJ0f5_

Tana 9

28.2

Fol. 4vb22

Tana 9

29.1

P o l . 4vb ^

Tana 9

29.2

P o l . 4vb i O

Tana 9

31.2

P o l . 4vo JO

Tana 9

32.2

Pol. 4 v c l 2 £ t

d) % 0

C?^"^-

h

d)^'^lf\'

d)

6 B'P

Lh

34.1

Pol.Sral^

/^^OT-' /l^OrTl .' Tana 9 adds / l ^ ^ C ' Tana 9 ^ ^/7 ^ •' tD/^/>

41.2

P o l . Sva^O

Tana 9

41.9

P o l . 5vb ^

Tana 9

44

F o l . 5vo 2^

Tana 9

45.1

Pol. 5vo25fj.

Tana 9

46.2

Pol. 6 r a 2

7^TV d?/) ^ /? "/l ^

49.1 52.6

_ P o l . 6ro Pol. 6 v a 21^ 2

Tana 4/1: 9

53.5

F o l . 6vb J 2

Tana 9

54.7

Pol. 6 v c 6

Tana 9

54.10

Pol. 6vo l^f^

Tana 9 D ^

56.6

Pol. 7ra J J .

Tana 9

Pol. 7ra J 2

Tana 9 H, T) ? =

56.7

Pol. 7 r a J 8

Tana 9

57.2

Pol. 7ra 29f.

Tana 9 1 ^ ^ ^

(1?;!^/^^'^'^.' ^ :

/l^'^H.?^: ;

^ 9 omits. Tana

S'j^'A k '

d)fCi~:

-f ; H ?1

KT)?:

^^d>AS^^-

426

;

Tana 9

H-f^^^ .'

APEEHDIX 58.1

Pol. 7 r a 2 2 f j .

Tana 9

60.8

Pol. T r o l l

Tarn 9

VA^-

+^^/T)-'^^/)'-^^/^/^ =

60.9

Pol. 7ro 1 2

Tana 9 H^^-t

60.13

Pol.7rol0

Tana 9

60.19

Pol. T v a r i

Tana 9

60.24

Pol. 7 v a 2 2

Tana 9 / )

6o.25

OH^:

7va 2 1

Tana 9 DD^- H h ^ :

Pol.

7va22fi

/L^'VF^^-NFH^C.-Tana 9 a d d s - ^ A L P ^ : y-'^C^.-R7^: a ^ d J ? ^ ^ ; ^ # > ^ ^ • ^ . -

Pol. 7va 37-39 7va22

Pol. 7vb 10

16

61.5

Pol. 7vb

61.6

Pol. 7vb 20

62.1

A^^-nC''

Pol.

Pol. 61.4

:

70^^^:

Pol. 7vo l^f^

/1A'7/i?').•<^^^/^^.• 4/1 — / I T ) : Tana Tana 9

(:i)f/f)d^
'=^6-

Irilt^'^'

Pol. 7vo 1 8

Tana 9

62.5

Pol. 7vc 221^

Tana 9 ( L ^ / V ^ •' h H ^ :

65.8

Pol. 8ro ^Ii.

Tana 9 ^ ^(IZ?/^ ^ •'

^VT^

4 LP-^ • / i ^ ^ ' ^ / l ' l ^

65.10

Pol. 8 r c l 6 f j ,

Tana 9

65.11

Pol. 8ro 20

Tana 9 A^/)

68.1

Pol. 8vb ^

Tana 9

68.3

Pol. 8vb 1 6

Tana 9

68.4

Pol. 8vb 1 8

Tana 9

69.2

Pol. 8 v b 2 2

d)h^-

69.11

Pol. 8 v c 2 2

Tana 9

69.15

Pol. 9 r a l

Tana 9

69.16

Pol. 9 r a 2

Tana 9 ill? ^

69.22

Pol. 9ra 1 8

Tana 9 A

'^'t

69.27

F o l . 9ra 26

Tana 9 ^ / l

P^/<1

72.3

Pol. 9 v a 2

T^r^ 9

72.27

Pol. 9 v o 2

9

Fol.

9vo4

9 omits.

^T/V:

•

^f^kiC'f''

H(D6/^^: Od': Tana S adds ^

'^'OAOh' ^Y}'?':

^

•'

^•" LP(J^ • ^

cD/^

in^Ort)!

^

h^^'dPlnf^d^fl:

P^CP^ft U"

Tana 9 / ^ f / ^ f [>••

72.29 74.12

Pol. 9V0 1 0 Pol. l O r b l i

d)d)C'^:f<^^p^JZ)-:

74.l4r.

Pol. lOrb 2 2 - 2 4

d)<^^:^

-la^ 9

"

P^C/^ft U"-

Tana

••—V^^i^na

427

9 ?O)/):?

APHSMDIX 75.2

Pol. 10rb 40

75.5

Pol. lOro 1 4 f .

75.6

Pol. lOro Jl Pol. lOva 37f.

T a n a 9 T ^ * 4 ' ; ^ ^ f •• Tana 9 omits.

77.1 81.3 81.9 82.2

Pol. Ilrb 2 Pol. llrb 2^ Pol. llrb 36f.

82.5 82.10

Pol. 1 1 r o 10

83.7 88.1

Pol. Ilvb 14f.

89.1

Pol. 12rb 2 5 f . Pol. 12rb 20

89.3

Pol. 1 1 r o 22 Pol. 12rb 21

89.25

Pol. 12va 38f.

90.9

Pol. 13va 27f.

92.5

Pol. 14ro 22

99.14 100.13

Pol. 15rc 20 Pol. 15vb 2fi.

103.2

Pol. 15vo 20

103.12

Pol. I6ra 2£

.'^t7/)^, .-^94^ : C^Tf Z

Tana 9

CDdL ^4Tana Tana 9 d^fUl^'rh' Tana 9 / \ ^ <^

9 adds

^h<^:

r

'^n-n.- Tana 9 a d d s ^ ^ r ^ T O r / V . - r ^ / V ^ (Dan'h: dD'^hTi -n .• ^ nn •.

Tana 9

^

•'

S A r?'(1 OyTY ^ dDf DC O: Tana 9 d)-hfA •^^?: fhA^Tl ' Tana 9 dDd^d}"<^h
Tana 9 ^ C^ Tana 9 Tana 9 Tana 9

'd)^

O'l6

:

f^^^^^: ciJ^/O'^^.' ^UJ^-f-!

H^l'^t/^^^-' ^^l--%h: Tan. 9 adds ^ f ? ^

Tana 9

428

^4-^.•

THE ETHIOPIC BOOK OF ENOCH A NEW EDITION IN L I G H T OF

THE

THE

A R A M A I C DEAD SEA F R A G M E N T S

BY

M I C H A E L A.

KNIBB

IN CONSULTATION

EDWARD

ULLENDORFF

INTRODUCTION, AND

WITH

TRANSLATION

COMMENTARY

1978 OXFORD AT THE CLARENDON

PRESS

Oxford University Press, Walton Street, Oxford 0x2 6DP OXFORD LONDON GLASGOW NEW YORK TORONTO MELBOURNE WELLINGTON IBADAN NAIROBI DAR ES SALAAM LUSAKA CAPE TOWN KUALA LUMPUR SINGAPORE JAKARTA HONG KONG TOKYO BELHI BOMBAY CALCUTTA MADRAS KARACHI

ISBN O 19 826163 2 © Oxford University Press 1978 All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior permission of Oxford University Press

Printed in Great Britain at the University Press, Oxford by Vivian Ridler Printer to the University

CONTENTS ABBREVIATIONS

vi

INTRODUCTION

I

1. Previous Editions of the Ethiopic Text of Enoch

i

2 . The Aramaic Fragments of the Book of Ejioch

6

3. The Greek Version of the Book of Enoch

15

4. The Ethiopic Version of the Book of Enoch

21

5. The Versions Underljring the Ethiopic Text of Enoch

37

6. A Note on the Translation

47

BIBLIOGRAPHY

48

L I S T OF SIGLA

53

TRANSLATION

55

REFERENCE INDEX

253

AUTHOR INDEX

259

ABBREVIATIONS HTR

Harvard

Theological

J A

Journal

asiatique

J AOS

Journal

of the American

JBL

Journal

of Biblical

JES

Journal

of Ethiopian

JSS

Journal

of Semitic

JTS

Journal

of Theological

NTS

New

PL

Patrologia

RB

Revue

RRAL

Rendiconti

Testament

Review Oriental

Society

Literature Studies Studies Studies

Studies

Latina

biblique delta Reale Accademia

dei Lincei

(Classe di S c i e n z e

M o r a l i , S t o r i c h e e Filologiche) RSE

Rassegna

SAB

Sitzungsberichte

di Studi

Wissenschaften

Etiopici der

zu

Deutschen

(Preussischen)

Akademie

Berlin

ThBl

Theologische

ZAW

Zeitschrift

fur die Alttestamentliche

Blatter

ZDMG

Zeitschrift

der Deutschen

ZNW

Zeitschrift

fiir die Neutestamentliche

Wissenschaft

Morgenlcindischen

Gesellschaft

Wissenschaft

der

INTRODUCTION I. Previous Editions of the Ethiopic Text of Enoch^ T H E importance of the Ethiopic version of Enoch lies to a great extent in the fact that, although we now possess substantial portions of Enoch in a Greek form and fragments of Enoch in an Aramaic form, it is only in Geez that an entire version of this work has survived. Until a few centuries ago little was known about the Book of Enoch, and the short Greek excerpts in Syncellus, covering 6. i - i o . 14 and 15. 8-16. i,^ provided the only source of information. A report of the existence of an Ethiopic version of Enoch reached Europe in the seventeenth century, ^ but modem knowledge of this book really dates from 1773, the year in which the traveller James Bruce returned from Ethiopia and brought with him three manuscripts of Enoch.'^ Two of these manuscripts (Bodl 4 and Bodl 5)5 are now in the Bodleian Library at Oxford, while the third (Paris 32), a specially prepared copy of Bodl 5, was given by Bruce to Louis X V and is now in the Bibliotheque Nationale in Paris. The first edition of the Ethiopic text of Enoch, published by R. Laurence in 1838,* consisted of a transcript of one of the manuscripts brought to Europe by Bruce, namely Bodl 4; Laurence had earlier published an English translation of Enoch based on the same manuscript.' During the course of the nineteenth century ' Useful summaries of nineteenth-century work on the text of Enoch are to be found in A. Dillmann, Das Buck Henoch, Leipzig, 1 8 5 3 , pp. Iviiff., and J . Flemming and L . Radermacher, Das Buch Henoch (Die griechischen christlichen Schriftsteller der ersten drei Jahrhunderte s)> Leipzig, 1 9 0 1 , a f., 1 2 f. (These two works are hereafter referred to as Dillmann, Translation and Flemming, Translation.) In this section I confine myself only to the more important works on Enoch. ' F o r details see Section 3 below. ' Cf. Flemming, Translation, a. * On Bruce cf. E . Ullendorff, The Ethiopians, 3rd edn., Oxford, 1 9 7 3 , n - 1 3 . 5 T h e sigla used for the Ethiopic manuscripts are listed in full in Section 4 of the Introduction, those for the Greek manuscripts in Section 3 , and those for the Aramaic in Section 2 ; a complete list of sigla is also provided immediately before the translation of Enoch. However, it is hoped that in general the sigla are self-explanatory. ' R. Laurence, Lihri Enoch Versio Aethiopica, Oxford, 1 8 3 8 . ' R. Laurence, The Book of Enoch the Prophet, Oxford, i S a i ; 2nd edn. 1 8 3 2 ( 1 8 3 3 ) ; 3rd edn. 1 8 3 8 . 826163

B

a

INTRODUCTION

many more manuscripts of Enoch were brought to Europe, but when, in 1851, Dillmann issued the first critical edition of the text,* he was still only able to make use of five (Bodl 4, Bodl 5, Frankfurt MS., Curzon 55, and Curzon 56). Despite this, his edition (together with the German translation which he published in 1 8 5 3 ) ' remains of considerable value. A fresh impetus to the study of the text was provided by the discovery at Akhmim in the winter of 1886/7, and the publication in 1892, of a manuscript containing a Greek version of Enoch 1 - 3 2 , ' ° and the years between 1892 and 1 9 1 2 were marked by a not inconsiderable concern with the text of Enoch. Dillmann himself published an article devoted to the Akhmim manuscript" in which he gave also some collations of three Ethiopic manuscripts in the Abbadian collection;'^ this article is still of considerable value and interest, although in one or two cases Dillmann was misled by the somewhat unsatisfactory initial publication of the Greek manuscript. R. H. Charles, who had already been working on the text of Enoch, was able to use the Akhmim manuscript in the English translation of Enoch which he published in 1893 ;'3 for this translation Charles made use not only of the five Ethiopic manuscripts which had been available to Dillmann in 1851, but also of nine other manuscripts which had in the meantime been acquired by the British Museum (BM Add. 24185, BM 485, BM 484, BM 486, BM 490, BM Add. 24990, BM 491, B M 492, and BM 499). Charles argued that B M 485 and (to a lesser extent) BM 491 represented a text somewhat older than that found in the five manuscripts used by Dillmann or in the other British Museum manuscripts, and he accordingly based his translation largely on BM 485. A second, much revised, edition of this translation appeared in • A. Dillmann, Liber Henoch Aethiopice, Leipzig, 1 8 5 1 (hereafter Dillmann,

Text).

' See note i above. F o r details see Section 3 below. " 'Uber den neugefundenen griechischen T e x t des Henoch-Buches', SAB 1892, 1 0 3 9 - 5 4 and 1 0 7 9 - 9 2 . " Dillmann uses the sigla d, e, and f for these manuscripts (cf. SAB 1 8 9 2 , 1046), but does not further describe them. However, Dillmann's d = Abb 1 9 7 , e •= Abb 3 5 , and f = Abb 55 (cf. Flemming, Translation, 3). R. H . Charles (The Book of Enoch, 2nd edn., Oxford, 1 9 1 2 , xv) appears to suggest that Dillmann gives collations of Berl not Abb 197, but an examination of Dillmann's evidence relating to 1 0 . 7 and 3 1 . i makes clear that Dillmann's d = Abb 197. " R. H . Charles, The Book of Enoch, Oxford, 1 8 9 3 .

PREVIOUS

EDITIONS

3

1912.''* Besides this English translation of Enoch, German translations were pubHshed by Beer in and Flemming in 1901,'* while a French translation was published by Martin in 1906. "7 But perhaps more important from our immediate point of view was the publication of two editions of the Ethiopic text, by Flenmiing in 1902"* and by Charles in i9o6.'9 Flemming knew of twenty-six Ethiopic manuscripts of Enoch, and made direct use of fourteen of these for both his edition and his translation. More precisely, he himself collated nine manuscripts (BM 485, B M 491, Ryl, Berl, Abb 35, Abb 55, Abb 99, Abb 197, and Munich ^o),^ but took over from Dillmann's textedition of 1851 the latter's collations of Bodl 4, Bodl 5, Frankfurt MS., Curzon 55, and Curzon 56. Flenuning made only sparing use of the collations of B M Add. 24185, BM 484, B M 486, BM 490, BM Add. 24990, BM 492, and BM 499 which had been given by Charles in his translation of 1893, on the grounds that these manuscripts contained a text which agreed essentially with that of the five manuscripts used by Dillmann in his text-edition of 1851. For the same reason he made no use at all of Abb 16, Abb 30, Vat 7 1 , Paris 1 1 4 , and Paris 32.^' Flemming rightly recognized that the Ethiopic manuscripts of Enoch fall into two groups. Group I consisting of the older manuscripts BM 485, Berl, Abb 35, and Abb 55, together with BM 491, and Group II consisting of all the other manuscripts." Flemming noted that the readings of Group I " R. H . Charles, The Book of Enoch, 2nd edn. This edition of the work is hereafter referred to as Charles, Translation. ' 5 G. Beer, 'Das Buch Henoch', Die Apokryphen und Pseudepigraphen des Alten Testaments, Tubingen, 1900, ii. 2 1 7 - 3 1 0 (hereafter Beer, Translation). See above, note i . Cf. also the translation of P. Riessler in Altjiidisches

Schrifttum ausserhalb der Bibel, Augsburg, 1928, 3 5 5 - 4 5 1 , 1 2 9 1 - 7 .

F . Martin, Le Livre d'Henoch, Paris, 1906 (hereafter Martin, Translation). Das Buch Henoch, Athiopischer T e x t herausgegeben von J . Flemming (Texte und Untersuchungen, neue Folge, vii. i ) , Leipzig, 1 9 0 2 (hereafter "

Flemming, Text). " R. H . Charles, The Ethiopic Version of the Book of Enoch (Anecdota

Oxoniensia, Semitic Series xi), Oxford, 1906 (hereafter Charles, Text). ^° F o r the Abbadian manuscripts Flemming relied in part on collations made by A. Meyer. 2 ' Paris 3 2 is the copy of Bodl 5 given by Bruce to Louis X V . " Note that in practice Flemming's Group I I = Bodl 4, Bodl 5, Frankfurt M S . , Curzon 5 5 , Curzon 56 (i.e. the manuscripts used by Dillmaiui) plus Ryl, Abb 99, Abb 1 9 7 , and Munich 3 0 , a total of nine manuscripts. B u t Flemming also ascribed to this Group the seven British Museum manuscripts ( B M Add. 2 4 1 8 5 , B M 484, B M 486, B M 490, B M Add. 24990, B M 492, B M 499) and the

4

INTRODUCTION

frequently agree with the Greek against those of Group I I , and based his edition and translation on the Group I manuscripts; like Charles, he regarded BM 485 as the most important and best manuscript. Flemming's collations of B M 485, B M 491, and Berl are, as Charles indicates,^^ not entirely accurate, but, apart from this, Flemming's text-edition and translation are in many ways the most convenient and helpful of the tools hitherto available for the study of Enoch, since Flemming's judgement on textual matters was often more sensible than that of Charles. The major difference between the editions of Flemming and Charles is that the latter provides a larger number of textual variants than the former. This increase is partly, but not entirely, the result of the use of manuscripts ignored by, or unknown to, Flemming. In fact, Charles knew of twenty-eight manuscripts of Enoch, and made direct use of twenty-two.^ He himself collated sixteen manuscripts (BM Add. 24185, BM 485, BM 484, BM 486, B M 490, BM Add. 24990, BM 491, BM 492, BM 499, Berl, Abb 35, Abb 55, Vat 7 1 , Munich 30, Garrett MS., and Westenholz MS.), but, like Flemming, took over from Dillmann's text-edition of 1851 Dillmann's collations of Bodl 4, Bodl 5, Frankfurt MS., Curzon 55, and Curzon ^6;^^ he likewise took over from Flemming the latter's collations of Ryl (which, however, he used only sparingly). In addition to the evidence which Charles gives from these twenty-two manuscripts he occasionally also gives readings from two other manuscripts, Abb 99 and Abb 197; Charles apparently took these readings from Flemming's text-edition. Charles thus left completely out of account only four manuscripts: Abb 16, Abb 30, Paris 114, and Paris 32. These four were also left out of account by Flemming, and in view of the indications of the age and character of the manuscripts there can be little question that Charles and Flemming were right to ignore them.^* five other manuscripts (Abb 16, Abb 30, Vat 71, Paris 114, Paris 32) which he did not use.

23 Text, p. xxvi. ^* Charles gives these figures as twenty-nine and twenty-three because he counts B M 48sa, the duplicate version of 97. 6b-io8. 10 which is to be found in B M 48s, as a separate manuscript. " Cf, Text, pp. xviii, xxv.

On Paris 114 cf. H. Zotenberg, Catalogue des manuscrits ethiopiens {gheez et amharique) de la Bibliotheque Nationale, Paris, 1877,47: ' L e texte de cette copie

pr^sente la mSme redaction que tous les autres exemplaires connus de cet ouvrage; les le9ons s'accordent, tantot avec celles de I'un, tant6t avec celles de I'autre des cinq mss. d'aprfes lesquels a 6t€ imprim6 le texte public par M . Dillmarm.'

PREVIOUS

EDITIONS

S

Charles divided his manuscripts into two groups, exactly as Flemming had done, but designated the groups alpha and beta. Charles's alpha group corresponds exactly to Flemming's Group I (viz. BM 485, Berl, Abb 35, Abb 55, together with BM 491), but Charles's beta group is somewhat larger than Flemming's Group II, consisting of seventeen manuscripts, as opposed to nine.27 These seventeen manuscripts are: Bodl 4, Bodl 5, Frankfurt MS., Curzon 55, Curzon 56 (i.e. the manuscripts used by Dillmann), plus BM Add. 24185, BM 484, B M 486, BM 490, BM Add. 24990, BM 492, BM 499, Ryl, Vat 7 1 , Munich 30, Garrett MS., and Westenholz MS.^* Again like Flemming, Charles thought that the manuscripts of his alpha group contained an older and bettertext-type than that to be found in the manuscripts of his beta group, and in so far as this was possible, he made BM 485 the basis of his text-edition and translation. Two other views held by Charles should perhaps be noticed here: ( i ) Charles assumed that the Ethiopic version of Enoch was a translation of the Greek version; (2) so far as the Greek version was concerned, Charles argued that the text contained in the excerpts in Syncellus was more original than that of the Akhmim manuscript. Charles's work on Enoch, as represented by his text-edition of 1906 and the second edition of his translation of 1912, marked a definite turning-point in the study of the text of Enoch. Charles incorporated into his writings the results of all previous study of Enoch, while the views he held about the text, though presented by him in a somewhat extreme form, were by and large shared by all those who worked on Enoch at that time. Charles's text-edition contains the greatest amount of information hitherto available for the study of the Ethiopic text of Enoch, and certainly from this point of view his edition is superior to that of Flemming. Furthermore, his collations—although there are inevitably misprints in his edition—seem for the most part to be accurate. On the negative side, it should perhaps be pointed out that a fair proportion of the variants which Charles gives are of a purely orthographic character, and it may be questioned whether variants of this type should stand in the apparatus. Again, the overwhelming mass of information provided by Charles and the manner in See above, note 22. ^8 Charles also ascribed to this group the six manuscripts of which he made only partial or no use: Abb 99, Abb 197, Abb 16, Abb 3 0 , Paris 1 1 4 , and Paris 32.

6

INTRODUCTION

which it is organized sometimes make the use and interpretation of his evidence difficult. Despite this his text-edition is of considerable importance, and provides a very valuable tool for the study of Enoch. In any case, since Charles there has been neither a new edition of the Ethiopic text of Enoch nor a new translation, and while there have been various studies dealing with particular aspects of the text of this book, as well as various relevant manuscript discoveries, there has been no comprehensive re-examination of the Ethiopic text. There does, however, appear now to be a need for a new edition and translation of the Ethiopic text of Enoch, and for a reconsideration of the textual problems connected with the book, and this for two reasons. On the one hand, since the time of Charles the discovery has occurred both of the Qumrdn Aramaic fragments of Enoch^9 and of the Chester Beatty-Michigan papyrus containing a Greek version of Enoch 97. 6-107. 3.3° In addition E. Ullendorff recently acquired a hitherto unknown Ethiopic manuscript of Enoch, and several other Ethiopic manuscripts of Enoch have also come to light. On the other hand, even on the evidence available to Charles, Charles's views about the text of Enoch seem now to call for some modification. My intention, therefore, in this work is to provide a new edition (volume i) and translation (volume 2) of the Ethiopic text of Enoch in the light of the Aramaic and Greek evidence now available. The edition is based on Rylands Ethiopic MS. 23 (Ryl), and the reasons for the choice of this manuscript as the base-text are discussed below (see p. 32 ff.). My more immediate aim in this Introduction is to provide a comprehensive survey of the Aramaic, Greek, and Ethiopic evidence currently available for the text of Enoch (Sections 2-4) and a discussion of the relationship between the Ethiopic version of Enoch and the underlying version(s) (Section 5).

2. The Aramaic Fragments of the Book of Enoch The question whether the Book of Enoch was composed in Hebrew or Aramaic was much discussed in earlier years,' but the discovery at Qumrin of fragments of Enoch in Aramaic would appear now 2» F o r details see Section 2 . 3 ' F o r details see Section 4. ' Cf. Charles, Translation, p. Ivii.

"

F o r details see Section 3.

THE ARAMAIC FRAGMENTS

7

to render very probable the view that Aramaic was the original language of the greater part of the work.^ The use of Aramaic, indicated by the fragments, does not, however, preclude the use in the composition of the book of occasional Hebrew words or phrases, or even of whole passages in Hebrew.^ It is furthermore to be noted that no fragments of the Parables (cc. 3 7 - 7 1 ) have yet been found at QumrSn, and it is difficult to come to any certain conclusions about the original language of this part of Enoch. The Qumran fragments of Enoch, discovered in Cave 4 in September igs^* form part of the finds from that cave assigned to J. T . Milik for pubUcation. A preHminary edition of a few fragments appeared in 1958,5 but the publication of the great bulk of the material was for a long time delayed, and it was only thanks to the kind offices of Professor M. Black and Professor E. Ullendorff that I was given access, in the autumn of 1967, to a provisional transcript of the fragments.* Through the kindness of these two scholars I was also able to study photographs of the fragments during August and September 1968. From the photographs I made a new transcript, and it was from this new transcript that I quoted the Aramaic evidence for the text of Enoch in my thesis. Since the completion of the thesis Milik's edition of the fragments has appeared,7 and Milik generously agreed that proofs of his book should be made available to me in advance of publication. I was thus able ^ This conclusion would not appear to be affected by the existence of the Hebrew fragments from Cave i that have been compared with 8. 4-9. 4 and 106. 2, since these Hebrew fragments almost certainly belong to a source used in the Book of Enoch (viz. the Book of Noah), rather than to the Book of Enoch itself. Cf. D . Barth^lemy and J . T . Milik, Qumran Cave I (Discoveries in the Judaean Desert i), Oxford, 1955, 84 ff., 152 and PI. X V I ; Milik, ' T h e Dead Sea Scrolls Fragment of the Book of Enoch', Biblica 32 (1951), 393-400; M . Black, Apocalypsis Henochi Graece (Pseudepigrapha Veteris Testamenti Graece iii), Leiden, 1970, 6. 3 Cf. 6. 6; 27. 2. Cf. also E . Ullendorff, 'An Aramaic " V o r l a g e " of the

Ethiopic Text of Enoch?', Atti del Convegno Internazionale di Studi Etiopici (Accademia Nazionale dei Lincei. Problemi attuali di scienza e di cultura 48),

Rome, i960, 263. Cf. J . T . Milik, Ten Years of Discovery in the Wilderness of Judaea (Studies

in Biblical Theology 26), London, 1959, 1 6 - 1 8 . 5 Cf. J . T . Milik, 'Henoch au pays des Aromates (Ch. xxvii k xxxii). Fragments aram^ens de la Grotte 4 de Qumran', RB 65 (1958), 70-7. ' F o r the circumstances in which this provisional transcript was made cf. M . Black, ' T h e Fragments of the Aramaic Enoch from Qumran', La Littdrature

fuive entre Tenach et Mischna: quelques probUmes (Recherches bibliques ix), edited by W . C. van Unnik, Leiden, 1974, 16.

' The Books of Enoch, Aramaic Fragments of Qumrdn Cave 4, Oxford, 1976.

INTRODUCTION

8

to change the sigla used in the thesis for the Aramaic so that my sigla now correspond exactly to those used by Milik. In the light of the proofs I made a number of corrections to my readings of the Aramaic; most of these were trivial in character, but in the following cases the corrections were of significance in one way or another: H i 6f.; n ii 5 (fttV^'^). ^ (HnSS?), 9 (r&ni); iii 20 and 2ia; n iv 6 (pHK); n xxii i (p31S7), 2 (|nri^). I also took over from the proofs Milik's identification of three further pieces (all of small size): =1 viii; xxvii (fragment f ) ; ^4 ii (fragment c). The Aramaic evidence quoted in the present work, therefore, represents a slightly corrected version of the Aramaic quoted in my thesis. Fragments of no fewer than eleven manuscripts of Enoch were found at Qumran; of these, seven contain material corresponding to parts of the first (cc. 1-36), the fourth (cc. 83-90), and the fifth (cc. 9 1 - 1 0 7 ) sections of the Ethiopic text (i.e. the Book of the Watchers, the Book of Dreams, and the Epistle of Enoch*), while four contain material corresponding to parts of the third section (cc. 72-82, the Book of Astronomy). As we have already seen, no fragments have been found which correspond to the second section of the Ethiopic text (cc. 3 7 - 7 1 , the Parables of Enoch). It would appear that the Book of Astronomy circulated at Qumrdn independently of the other traditions associated with the name of Enoch. But in Milik's view' it is also likely that at Qumrin the Book of the Watchers and the Epistle of Enoch were copied out as separate writings; however, these two writings, together with the Book of Dreams and other material, were also copied out in combination to form a corpus of Enoch traditions. I give now a list of all the fragments, relying on Milik's observations for the dates of the manuscripts. Aram* ( = Milik 4QEn*). This manuscript dates from the first half of the second century B.C., and probably contained only the Book of the Watchers (Eth 1 - 3 6 ) . " ' * This name appears as the subscription to the Greek version of the last chapters of Enoch which is contained in the Chester Beatty-Michigan manuscript (cf. Section 3), and is used here as a convenient description of cc. 9 1 - 1 0 7 . ' J . T . Milik, Troblfemes de la litt^rature h^nochique k la lumifere des fragments aram^ens de Qumran', HTR 64 ( 1 9 7 1 ) , 3 3 3 - 7 8 . Cf. also Milik, Ten-

Years of Discovery, 33 f. "

Cf. Milik, HTR

64 ( 1 9 7 1 ) , 3 3 5 , 344-

THE ARAMAIC

»i n *i »i

FRAGMENTS

9

i corresponds to parts of Eth i. 1 - 5 " ii corresponds to parts of Eth 2. 1 - 5 . 6 iii corresponds to parts of Eth 6. 4-7. 5 iv corresponds to parts of Eth 8. 3-9. 3

Aram'' ( = Milik 4QEn''). This manuscript dates from the middle of the second century B.C., and, like Aram*, probably contained only the Book of the Watchers (Eth 1-36).'* Only a few small fragments of this manuscript have survived. ''i ii (fragments a and c) corresponds to parts of Eth 6. 1 - 4 ^in (fragments d, e, and g) corresponds to parts of Eth 6 . 7 - 7 . i ''I ii (fragments j and k) corresponds to parts of Eth 7. 5-8. i t>i iii (fragments p and q) corresponds to parts of Eth 8. 3-9. i •'I iii (fragment w) corresponds to parts of Eth 9. 4 iv (fragments y, b', and e') corresponds to parts of Eth 10. 9 and 11 f. Ararat ( = Milik 4QEn=). This manuscript dates from the last third of the first century B.C., but was copied from an exemplar dating from approximately 100 B . C . " The fragments that have survived correspond to parts of the first, the fourth, and the fifth sections of the Ethiopic text (cc. 1-36, 83-90, and 9 1 - 1 0 7 ) , but there are also fragments which do not correspond to anything in our Ethiopic book; Milik has attributed these fragments to a Book of Giants which he believes formed part of the traditions associated with Enoch at Qumrdn.'+ However, with the exceptions of 4QEnGiants*9 and 10 I have left this group of fragments out of account, and have dealt only with those which relate directly to our Ethiopic Book of Enoch. <=i i corresponds to parts of Eth i. 9-2. 3 and 3 - 5 . i =1 ii corresponds to parts of Eth 6. 7 " In attempting to assess the extent of the Aramaic in relation to the Ethiopic I have ignored those lines in Aram where only one or two letters are visible (as, e.g., in the case of Aram^i i 8). It is for this reason that the figures that I give for the extent of the Aramaic evidence are somewhat lower than those of Milik. Cf. Milik HTR 64 ( 1 9 7 1 ) . 3 3 5 . 344" Cf. ibid. 3 3 5 , 344, 354, 360 f. Cf. ibid. 366 ff.; see also 'Turfan et Qumran. Livre des Giants juif et

manich^en', Tradition und Glauhe. FestgabefUr K. G. Kuhn zum 65. Geburtstag, edited by G. Jeremais, H . - W . Kuhn, and H. Stegemann, Gottingen, 1 9 7 1 , 117-27.

lo

INTRODUCTION

''I V corresponds to parts of Eth lo. 1 3 - 1 9 and 12. 3 <=i vi corresponds to parts of Eth 13. 6-14. 15 •=1 viii appears to correspond to parts of Eth 18. 8 - 1 2 <=i xii corresponds to parts of Eth 30. 1 - 3 2 . i (cf. MiHk, RB 65 (1958), 70-2) =1 xiii corresponds to part of Eth 3 5 - 3 6 . 2 (cf. Milik, RB 65 (1958), 77) 4QEnGiants*9 may possibly relate to Eth 84. 2-4 4QEnGiants*io may possibly relate to Eth 84. 6 <=4 corresponds to parts of Eth 89. 3 1 - 6 <=5 i corresponds to parts of Eth 104. 13-106. 2 ^^5 ii corresponds to parts of Eth 106. 15-107. 2 Aram<* ( = Milik 4QEn<J). This manuscript dates from the last third of the first century B.C. and seems to have been copied from Aram<=. Only a few small fragments of this manuscript have survived, and these fragments correspond to parts of the first and the fourth sections of the Ethiopic text (cc. 1 - 3 6 and 83-90). However, Milik thinks it probable that this manuscript, like Aram", contained in addition the Epistle of Enoch (Eth 9 1 - 1 0 7 ) and the so-called Book of Giants.'s •^i xi corresponds to parts of Eth 22. 1 3 - 2 3 . 3 xii corresponds to parts of Eth 26. 2-6 ^2 i corresponds to parts of Eth 89. 1 1 - 1 4 ^2 ii corresponds to parts of Eth 89. 29 f. ^2 iii corresponds to parts of Eth 89. 43 f. Aram" ( = Milik 4QEn"). This manuscript dates from the first half of the first century B.C. The fragments that have survived and can be clearly identified correspond to parts of the first and the fourth sections of the Ethiopic text (cc. 1 - 3 6 and 83-90), but Milik again thinks it probable that this manuscript, like Aram", contained in addition the Epistle of Enoch (Eth 9 1 - 1 0 7 ) and the Book of Giants.'* «i xxii corresponds to parts of Eth 22. 3 - 7 «i xxvi (fragment d) corresponds to parts of Eth 31. 3 - 3 2 . 3 (cf. Milik, RB 65 (1958), 70-2) «i xxvii (fragment f ) corresponds to parts of Eth 32. 6 Cf. Milik, HTR 64 ( 1 9 7 1 ) , 3 3 5 , 344, 354Cf. ibid. 3 3 5 , 344, 354. Milik now thinks it probable that two small fragments of this manuscript (4QEn°2 and 3) do in fact belong to the Book of Giants. "

THE ARAMAIC

FRAGMENTS

ii

"4 i (fragment b) corresponds to parts of Eth 88. 3-89. 6 «4 ii (fragment c) appears to correspond to parts of Eth 89. 7 - 8 "4 ii (fragments b and d) corresponds to parts of Eth 89. 1 2 - 1 6 "4 iii (fragment e) corresponds to parts of Eth 89. 27-9 Aram^ ( = Milik 4QEn^). Only one fragment of this manuscript, which dates from the third quarter of the second century B.C. has survived.'7 *i corresponds to parts of Eth 86. 1 - 3 Arams (=Milik 4QEns). This manuscript dates from the middle of the first century B.C., and probably contained only the Epistle of Enoch (Eth 9 i - i o 7 ) . i 8 n 81 81 n

ii corresponds to parts of Eth 91. 18-92. 2 iii corresponds to parts of Eth 92. 5-93. 4 iv corresponds to parts of Eth 93. 10 plus 91. 1 1 - 1 7 v corresponds to parts of Eth 93. 1 1 - 9 4 . i

j^ramastr.a Milik 4QEnastr*). This manuscript dates from the end of third or the beginning of the second century B.C., and all the fragments belong to a table of the phases of the moon."' This table does not form part of our Ethiopic Book of Enoch, although 73. 4-8 appears to contain a garbled summary of it. I have, therefore, largely left this material out of account. Aram*^""-'' (=Milik 4QEnastr''). This manuscript was copied in Herodian style, and dates from the turn of our era.^° The majority of the fragments (Aram*='"'-''i-22) belong to the table of the phases of the moon mentioned above. a3tr.bi_222i: table of the phases of the moon (cf. Eth 73. 4-8) astr.b23 relates to parts of Eth 76. 14-77. 4 (cf- Milik, RB 65 (1958), 76) astr.b25 relates to parts of Eth 78. 10 astr.b26 relates to parts of Eth 78. iy{1}-^g. astr.b28 relates to parts of Eth 82. 9 - 1 3

2

Milik 4QEnastr<=). This manuscript dates from the middle of the first century B.c.^* Aram^^tr.c

" " "

Cf. ibid. 3 3 S , 354. Cf. ibid. 3 3 8 . Cf. ibid. 3 3 8 .

" Cf. ibid. 3 3 5 , 360 f. " F o r "'"-^7 iii 1 - 4 cf. Milik, HTR

" Cf. ibid. 3 3 8 . 64 ( 1 9 7 1 ) , 3 3 8 f.

12

INTRODUCTION

ii relates to parts of Eth 76. 3 - 1 0 and of 76. 1 3 - 7 7 . 3 (cfMilik, RB 65 (1958), 76) astr.cj iii relates to parts of Eth 78. 6-8 astr.cj

Arani*^'""-<J ( = Milik 4QEnastrd). Fragments of three columns (astr.dx i_iii) have survived from this manuscript which dates from the second half of the first century B.C. These fragments have no parallel in the Ethiopic text of Enoch, but appear to have belonged to the final part of the Book of Astronomy in the form in which it existed at Qumrdn. In our Ethiopic text the astronomical section ends abruptly, and after the description of spring and summer in Eth 82. 15-20 we at least expect a description of autumn and winter; Aram*^'"'-'^! i appears to contain just such a description of winter.23 But although it is possible to bring ^str.dj j into relation with the description of the seasons in Eth 82. 15-20, it is not possible to bring «tr.di ii ^nd iii into relation with anything in the Ethiopic text of Enoch. Aram*«'''-"'i ii and iii appear to deal with the movement of the stars, and may very probably, as Milik suggests, have belonged to the final part of the Qumrdn Book of Astronomy. 24 At first sight it might appear as if quite substantial portions of Enoch had survived in Aramaic. In fact, however, Aramaic evidence that can be brought into more or less close relationship with the Ethiopic text exists only in the case of 196^5 (i.e. just under one-fifth) of the 1,062 verses of the Ethiopic version. It should furthermore be pointed out that the Aramaic fragments which have survived are severely damaged; mostly we have to do with quite small pieces of text, and in no case do we have anything approaching an entire column from one of the manuscripts. Thus we are very far from possessing the equivalent in Aramaic of 196 verses of the Ethiopic version. The Aramaic text of Enoch known to us from the Qumrdn manuscripts—^with the exception of the Book of Astronomy to » Cf. Milik, HTR 64 ( 1 9 7 1 ) , 338 f., 3 7 1 f. 24 F o r ''^"•^1 ii cf. ibid. 3 7 1 f. " This figure is based on the list of fragments given above (leaving out of account Aram*^"'*, *»"'-''i-22, and * ^ " d i j-iii). T h e figure is only approximately correct, and might be increased if one were to take into account the very small fragments and the lines on the larger fragments where only one or two letters are legible.—It is perhaps worth pointing out that 69 of the 196 verses belong to the first fourteen chapters of the Ethiopic version.

THE ARAMAIC

FRAGMENTS

13

which reference will be made in a moment—agrees in general terms with the Greek and Ethiopic texts. There are, of course, numerous cases where minor differences exist between the Aramaic, the Greek, and the Ethiopic, but for the most part these are not very substantial, and it would appear that the Greek and Ethiopic texts provide a not too unreliable guide to the Book of Enoch as it was known at Qumrdn. This general statement must, however, be qualified with reference to two fragments, Aram^i ii and v; in the case of these fragments the Aramaic attests a text longer than, and different from, that present in the Ethiopic (see the discussions on 91. 1 8 ; 92. 1 ; 93. 11). Also, the precise nature of the relationship (if there is one) between 4QEnGiants*9 and 10 and the Ethiopic version of 84. 2-4 and 6 is unclear (see on 84. 3 and 6). The situation with regard to the Book of Astronomy is very different. In the first place the Ethiopic version is much shorter than the Aramaic. Not only is the table of the phases of the moon (Aram*^""-* and ^^^^-^i-zz) not present in the Ethiopic, but there is also other Aramaic evidence (Aram*^"'-<'i ii and iii) which caimot be brought into relationship with anything in the Ethiopic. Secondly, even in the cases where a relationship does exist between the Aramaic and the Ethiopic versions, there are substantial differences between the two (cf. Aram*=''"-''23, 26, and 28; astr.cj and see the discussions on 76. 4, 6, 7; 77. 2, 3 ; 78. i s ; 82.9). The Aramaic evidence casts an important light on the order of the text in a number of passages. ( i ) 7 . 1 - 8 . 3. Gr^y"" * has the text of 7 . 1 - 8 . 3 in an order completely different from that of Eth and Gr^^"; in particular, Grsy°<=a omits 7. 3-6, but has a brief statement summarizing 7. 4 f. at the end of 8. 3. Charles^* argued that Gr^y" * preserved the original sequence of the narrative, but the evidence of Aram*i iii and '>i ii (fragments j and k) shows that the original sequence has been preserved by Eth Gr""*", not by Gr^y"" K The evidence of Aram also shows that the summary statement in Gr^y"" * at the end of 8. 3 is completely inferior to the much longer text of Eth Gr""*" in 7. 3 - 6 , which in general terms corresponds with the Aramaic text (see the discussion on 7. i ) . Text, pp. xiii, 1 9 ; Translation, p. xvii.

14

INTRODUCTION

(2) 9 1 - 3 . Charles^' believed that the text of cc. 9 1 - 3 had suffered both interpolation and dislocation. Thus he argued that 91. 1 1 and 93. 1 1 - 1 4 were interpolations; he also argued that c. 92 had been dislocated from before 91. i - i o , and that 91. 1 2 - 1 7 had been dislocated from after 93. i - i o . Thus in his view the original order of the text was 92; 91. i - i o , 1 8 - 1 9 ; 93- i - i o ; 91. 1 2 - 1 7 ; 94. Charles was not alone in thinking that 91. 1 2 - 1 7 had been dislocated from after 93. i - i o , and it has been universally recognized that the two pieces of text, which form the so-called Apocalypse of Weeks, must be taken together. The evidence of Aram^i iv now definitely confirms that 91. 1 2 - 1 7 belongs after 93. i - i o . However, the view that 91. 1 1 is an interpolation is only partially true, since there does exist Aramaic evidence (si iv 14) which relates to Eth 91. 11.2* But it would also appear that the text of Eth has been elaborated and expanded at this point, and to this extent the view that 91. 1 1 is an interpolation (or, more precisely, a redactional link) is correct (see the discussion on 91. 1 1 ) . On the other hand, the supposition that c. 92 has been dislocated from before 91. i - i o would appear now to be unlikely in view of the evidence of Aram^i ii, since this fragment seems to correspond to Eth 91. 18-92. 2. Again, the supposition that 93. 1 1 - 1 4 is an interpolation is now shown to be wrong in view of the evidence of Aram^i v (corresponding to Eth 93. 11-94. '^)- However, in both these cases the Aramaic version would appear to be longer and more elaborate than the Ethiopic (see the discussions on 91. 18; 92. i ; 93. 1 1 ) . Thus, apart from the fact that 91. 11 ( i 2 ) - i 7 has been dislocated from after 93. i - i o , the Ethiopic text of cc. 9 1 - 3 would appear to be in the right order, and not to have suffered interpolation. However, the Ethiopic text would also appear to be somewhat shorter than the Aramaic in the case of Aram^i ii and v. (3) 105. 1 - 2 . c. 105 does not occur in Gr^B, and this fact seemed to confirm the view of Charles^' that the chapter was an addition to the text. However, on the evidence of Aram°5 i it is virtually certain that the Aramaic version did have some material corresponding to Eth 105. I , although the situation with regard to Eth 105. 2 is not quite clear (see the discussion on 105. i ) . "

Translation, 218, 224, 227, 231.

^' T h u s Aram^i iv 13 corresponds to E t h 93. ro,

'1 iv IS to E t h 91. 12.

iv 14 to E t h 91. 11, and

" Cf. Charles, Translation, 262.

THE ARAMAIC

FRAGMENTS

15

(4) 106-7. I* been a common assumption that cc. 106 f. belonged originally not to the Book of Enoch, but to the Book of Noah. 30 In view of this it is noteworthy that already at Qumrdn material corresponding to Eth 106 f. formed a part of the Book of Enoch (cf. Aram"5 i and ii). However, it is also interesting to note that a division is marked in the Aramaic at this point, since in Aram<=5 i two lines are left blank between the Aramaic equivalents of Eth 105. I (or 105. I f.) and Eth 106. i.^" (5) 108. This chapter does not form part of the Greek text known to us from Gr^B, and no Aramaic fragments corresponding to it have been found at Qumrdn. The view that the chapter is a late addition to the text^^ remains probable. The Aramaic fragments from Qumran also cast an important light on the question of the Vorlage used by the Ethiopic translators; for a discussion of this see Section 5 below. 3. The Greek Version of the Book of Enoch Our knowledge of the Greek version of Enoch derives primarily from four sources: fragments in Syncellus, the Akhmim manuscript (Codex Panopolitanus), Codex Vaticanus Gr. 1809, and the Chester Beatty-Michigan papyrus. Since this material is all well known, I confine myself in the list which follows to the essential facts.' Regrettably we have no information concerning the circumstances in which Enoch was translated from Aramaic into Greek, nor of the circumstances in which the book received the form which it has in the Ethiopic version. ( i ) The fragments in Syncellus.^ Apart from the quotation of En. i. 9 in Jude 14 f., and the quotations and allusions in the Fathers,^ the fragments in Syncellus, to 3 ° Cf. ibid., pp. xlvi f., and on the Book of Noah see also note 2 above. "

Cf. Milik, HTR 64 ( 1 9 7 1 ) , 3 6 5 . " Cf. Charles, Translation, 269. ' F o r more information, with detailed bibliographical references, see A . - M .

Denis, Introduction aux pseudepigraphes grecs d'Ancien Testament (Studia in

Veteris Testamenti Pseudepigrapha i), Leiden, 1 9 7 0 , 1 7 - 2 0 (hereafter Denis,

Introduction). ^ F o r the text cf. W . Dindorf, Georgius Syncellus et Nicephorus CP (Corpus

Scriptorum Historiae Byzantinae), i, Bonn, 1 8 2 9 . See also Denis, Introduction, 1 7 f., and the note on the Paris manuscripts of Syncellus by H . J . de Jonge in

Black, Apocalypsis Henochi Graece, 1 4 - 1 6 (hereafter Black, Text).

' F o r these quotations and allusions cf. most recently Denis, Introduction, 2 0 - 4 ; Black, Text, 1 0 - 1 4 .

i6

INTRODUCTION

which in modern times Scaliger first drew attention,* for long provided the only evidence for the text of the Book of Enoch. GrSync a = Eth 6. 1 - 9 . 4s GrSync b = Eth 8. 4 - 1 0 . 14* GrSync c = Eth 1 5 . 8 - 1 6 . i 7 GrSync d = no parallel in Eth* (2) T h e Akhmim Manuscript (Codex Panopolitanus). GrP*n = Eth

1-32;

Gr''*n» = the

duplicate version

of

Eth

19. 3 - 2 1 . 9. This manuscript was discovered in a grave at Akhmim, the Panopolis of Strabo, in the winter of 1886/7, and was published for the first time in 1892 by U . Bouriant.' T h e work done by Bouriant was not, however, entirely satisfactory, and in the following year A. Lods issued a list of corrections to Bouriant's edition and a photogravure reproduction of the manuscript.'" Lods had himself in the meantime produced his own edition of the t e x t . " Since these initial publications the text of this manuscript has been reproduced

on numerous occasions—^by Dillmaim,"

by

Cf. J . Scaliger, Thesaurus Temporum, Eusebit... Chronicorutn Canonum Omnimodae Historiae Libri Duo, 2nd edn., Amsterdam, 1658, 404 f. Reference should also be made to the work of J . A. Fabricius who brought together and published both the fragments of Syncellus and the quotations in Jude and the Fathers, cf. Codex Pseudepigraphus Veteris Testamenti, Hamburg and Leipzig, i, 1 7 1 3 (2nd edn., Hamburg, i, 1 7 2 2 ) , 1 6 0 - 2 2 3 (the fragments from Syncellus are quoted on pp. 1 7 9 - 9 9 ) . Cf. also R. Laurence, The Book of Enoch the Prophet, pp. iii f. (cf. Section i , note 7 ) . s Cf. Dindorf, 2 0 - 3 . « Cf. ibid. 4 2 - 6 . ' Cf. ibid. 46 f. » Cf. ibid. 47. Milik (HTR 64 ( 1 9 7 1 ) , 3 6 8 , 370) believes that this fragment derives from a Greek translation of the so-called Book of Giants (for which cf. above, p. 9). ' U . Bouriant, Fragments grecs du Livre d'Enoch (M^moires publics par les membres de la Mission arcWologique franfaise au Caire ix. i , Paris, 1 8 9 2 , 9 1 - 1 4 7 ) . F o r a description of the manuscript, now in the Cairo Museum (No. I07S9), cf. B . P. Grenfell and A. S. Hunt, Catalogue general des antiquites igyptiennes du Musie du Caire, Nos. ioooi~io86g: Greek Papyri, Oxford, 1903. 93A. Lods, VEvangile & 1'Apocalypse de Pierre. Le texte grec du Livre d'Enoch (M^moires publics par les membres de la Mission arch^ologique fran9aise au Caire ix. 3 , Paris, 1 8 9 3 , 2 1 7 - 3 5 + 34 plates). " Le Livre d'Henoch. Fragments grecs decouverts & Akhmim (Haute-Sgypte), Paris, 1 8 9 2 . " A. Dillmann, 'Ober den neugefundenen griechischen T e x t des HenochBuches' (cf. above. Section i , note 1 1 ) .

THE GREEK VERSION

17

Charles," by Radermacher,'< by Swete,'^ and most recently by Black.'* The manuscript, which is thought to date from the sixth century, contains not only a Greek version of Enoch 1 - 3 2 (with a duplicate version of 1 9 . 3 - 2 1 . 9), but also extracts from the Gospel of Peter and the Apocalypse of Peter. In view of the careless way in which the copy was made there is some plausibility in the old idea that the manuscript was written out in a hurry simply in order to be included in the grave where it was found." Amongst the many mistakes in the manuscript particular attention—so far as this edition of Enoch is concerned—should be drawn to the existence of numerous omissions,'* many through homoioteleuton, but also of some additions." (3) Codex Vaticanus Gr. 1809 Q r v a t _ Eth 89. 42-9. This extract from the Book of Enoch (with a short historical commentary appended) was discovered by Mai in an eleventh-century tachygraphical manuscript in the Vatican Library (Cod. Vat. Gr. 1809) which contains excerpts from various writings. The text of Enoch was copied in the upper margin and the commentary in the upper part of the left-hand margin of fol. 216''(text = lines i-ya; commentary = lines yb-is). The fragment was published (in tachygraphical characters) by Mai in 1844,^0 and deciphered by Gildemeister in 1855.^' But the most important contribution to the study of the fragment was made by Gitlbauer." This extract was not copied directly from

" R. H . Charles, The Book of Enoch (cf. Section i , note 1 3 ) ; The Ethiopic Version of the Book of Enoch (cf. Section i , note 1 9 ) ; The Book qfJSnoch, and edn. (cf. Section i , note 1 4 ) . " J . Flenuning and L . Radermacher, Das Buch Henoch (cf. Section i , notes i and 16). ' 5 H . B . Swete, The Old Testament in Greek, iii, 4th edn., Cambridge, 1 9 x 2 . See note 2 above. " Cf. Black, Text, 8; Denis, Introduction, 18. " Cf. 2. 3 ; 3 - 5 . i ; 6. 6; 9. s f.; 10. 16, etc. •9 Cf. I. s(?); I. 6 ; i . 8; s- 6; s- 8; 8. i ; 1 5 . n ; 1 7 . 6; 18. 1 5 ; 22. 1 3 . A. Mai, Patrum Nova Bibliotheca, ii, Rome, 1844, p. xi and plate facing p. xi. " J . Gildemeister, 'Ein Fragment des griechischen Henoch', ZDMG 9 (185s), 621-4; cf. also O. Gebhardt, 'Die 70 Hirten des Buches Henoch und ihre Deutungen', Archiv fiir wissenschaftliche Erforschung des Alten Testaments iiIz (1872), 242-6. 2^ M . Gitlbauer, Die tfberreste griechischer Tachygraphie im Codex Vaticanus Graecus i8og, fasc. i (Denkschriften der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften 28/2), Vienna, 1878, 16, 3 2 , 55, 92 f-. and PI. X I .

18

INTRODUCTION

the Book of Enoch, but was itself taken from a (now lost) collection of extracts from Enoch, as the manner of the citation of the text indicates.23

(4) The Chester Beatty-Michigan Papyrus. GrCB = Eth 97. 6-107. 3- This fourth-century Greek codex, the leaves of which were acquired partly by the University of Michigan and partly by A. Chester Beatty, was published in an admirable edition by Campbell Bonner in 1 9 3 7 , ^ and for information regarding the papyrus reference should be made to that edition. In subsequent years Jeremias,25 Torrey,^* and Z u n t z " also made important contributions to the study of the text. The discovery of the papyrus provided a significant addition to the evidence that had been available to Charles for the Greek version of Enoch. In its present condition^* the manuscript contains a Greek version of En. 97. 6-107. 3, followed by an almost complete text—according to Bonner—of Melito's Homily on the Passion. In addition there are three fragments of the apocryphal Ezekiel which, on balance, Boimer is inclined to place 'after the end of Melito's homily, rather than in a position before the beginning of the selection from Enoch'.^' On the basis of his calculations as to the original size of the manuscript Bonner is also inclined to think that, so far as Enoch is concerned, the manuscript only contained a Greek version of cc. 9 1 - 1 0 7 , and that some other short writing " Cf. Denis, Introduction, 19; cf. Gildemeister, ZDMG 9 (1855), 623 f. ^* Campbell Bonner, The Last Chapters of Enoch in Greek (Studies and Documents viii), London, 1937. See also F . G. Kenyon, The Chester Beatty Biblical Papyri, fasc. viii. Enoch and Melito, London, 1941. " J . Jeremias, 'Ein neuer Textfiind: das Henochfragment der Chester BeattyPapyri', ThBl 18 (1939), cols. i4Sf.; 'Beobachtungen zu neutestamentlichen Stellen an Hand des neugefundenen griechischen Henoch-Textes', ZNW 38

(1939). 115-24-

^« C. C. Torrey, 'Notes on the Greek T e x t s of Enoch', JfAOS 62 (1942),

52-60.

" G. Zuntz, 'Notes on the Greek Enoch', jfBL 61 (1942), 193-204; ' T h e Greek T e x t of Enoch 102. 1 - 3 ' , JBL 63 (1944), 53 f.; 'Enoch on the Last

Judgement (ch. cii. 1-3)', jfTS 45 (1944), 161-70.

F o r a description of the manuscript and an assessment of its original extent cf. Bonner, The Last Chapters of Enoch, 4 - 1 2 , particularly 9 - 1 2 ; cf. also

Bonner, The Homily on the Passion by Melito Bishop of Sardis with Some Fragments of the Apocryphal Ezekiel (Studies and Documents xii), London, 1940, 5-8 and particularly the note of correction on 81 f. Cf. also Denis, Introduction, 19 f.

2» Cf. Bonner, The Homily on the Passion, 82.

THE GREEK VERSION

19

preceded this extract from Enoch. We have already seen that the extract from Enoch has the subscription 'The Epistle of Enoch'.^o and we have also already noted the absence from this text of cc. 105 and 108.31

The Greek witnesses listed above divide into two groups; on the one hand Gr'"*", Grv^t, and Grcs, and on the other Grsy<=. The Greek text of Enoch attested by the first three witnesses agrees in general terms with the Ethiopic text, whereas the Greek text attested by Gr^y" differs considerably both from Gr^"*" (the other Greek witnesses provide no parallel with Gr^y"") and from Eth. As we have already noted,^^ Charles held the view that the text of Grsyc is more original than that of Gr''*",33 and it may be asked whether this view may still stand. On this question the Qumrdn Aramaic text of Enoch would appear to cast a not unimportant light. On the positive side, in two quite significant passages Grsyn<=, although not agreeing exactly with Aram, is closer to it than either G^pan Qj- E t h : in 6. 7, the list of the names of the fallen angels, and in 8. 3, the account of the instruction of mankind in the evil arts of magic and astrology (see the discussions on these two verses). But, against this, in the case of 7. 1 - 8 . 3, where substantial differences of both order and content exist between G r S y " * and Gj-p^n Eth,34 the Aramaic evidence would appear to show that the better text is to be found in Gr^"*" Eth, not G r s y " *. We have already noted that GrSy°<=» does not have the support of Aram in its omission of 7. 3 - 6 and in its substitution for these verses of a short statement inserted at the end of 8. 3 ; we also noted that the text of Gr'"*" Eth in 7. 3 - 6 corresponds in general terms with the Aramaic. 35 But Gr^yn" * also omits a sentence, present in Gr'"*" Eth, from the end of 7. i , but has a comparable sentence, not present in Gr^*" Eth, at the end of 7. 2 ; here again the Aramaic evidence supports the order of the text attested by 3 " Cf. Section 2 , note 8. " Cf. Section 2 , pp. 1 4 f. where the significance of these omissions is discussed. " Cf. Section i , p. 5. " Cf. Charles, Text, pp. xiii f.; cf. also the statement of Denis (Introduction, 20): ' L a comparaison des textes conserves en plusieurs recensions suggfere que le Syncelle, qui corrige et interprfete souvent de fa9on libre, repr^sente une recension particulifere, plus complete avec un texte et un ordre du texte meilleurs que la recension de Gizeh, et plus proches de r a r c W t y p e . ' ^* Cf. t h e discussion on 7. 1. where all the differences are listed. 35 Cf. Section a, p. 1 3 , and see the discussion on 7. i .

20

INTRODUCTION

Qj-pan (see the discussions on 7. i and 7. 2). Gelzer long ago argued that Syncellus did not make direct use of Enoch, but derived his Enoch material from excerpts made by earlier Byzantine chronographers (Anianus and Panodorus),^* and it is surely to the editorial activity of either Syncellus or his predecessors that we must attribute the form which 7. 1 - 8 . 3 has in Groyne ». It seems to me likely that we have to do with similar editorial activity on the part of Syncellus or his predecessors in the majority of the cases where Groyne diverges from Gr''*" Eth. Thus, although Groyne sometimes preserves the original Greek text of Enoch, Charles's statement as to the over-all value of Gr^yn" would appear to be in serious need of modification. ^7 In total the Greek witnesses provide a Greek text for 366 of the 1,062 verses in the Ethiopic Book of Enoch. I quote the evidence of GrSync, GrJ"*", and GrV*t from Swete,^* and that of Gr^B from Bonner. 39 However, it may be noted that the text of all four witnesses has been recently republished in a single volume by Black.^o This is perhaps the place to mention the existence of various other fragmentary witnesses to the text of Enoch. ( i ) Greek. Milik*' has recently suggested that the fragments of the fourth-century Oxyrh3mchus Papyrus 2069, published by A. S. Hunt in 1927 as an 'Apocalyptic Fragment',*^ in fact belong to the Book of Enoch, viz.: Fr. i r + 2 r = En. 85. 10-86. 2 Fr. IV-I-2V = En. 87. 1 - 3

Fr. 3v = En. 77. 7 - 7 8 . i Fr. 3r = En. 78. 8 3* Cf. H . Gelzer, Sextus Julius Africanus und die byzantinische Chronographie,

ii, part i , Leipzig, 1 8 8 5 , 249 ff., esp. 2 6 2 - 4 . Cf. also S. P. Brock, 'A Fragment of Enoch in Syriac', JTS (n.s.) 19 (1968), 6 2 7 - 9 . " Cf. Black, Text, 8 : ' T h e text of Syncellus has been claimed as a more reliable representative, both as to text and order, of the original. Occasionally, however, Syncellus's version is also of a free paraphrastic type, suggesting at times a very drastic recension or even rewriting of the basic Greek text.' See also

Lods, Le Livre d'Henoch, pp. xxvii-xxxvii, xlv f.; F . C. 'BuAitt, Jewish and Chris-

tian Apocalypses (The Schweich Lectures of the British Academy 1 9 1 3 ) , London, 1 9 1 4 , 26 f., S3. 38 Cf. above, note 1$. 3 9 cf. above, note 24. *" Cf. above, notes 2 and 1 6 , and Section 2, note 2. Cf. Milik, 'Fragments grecs du Livre d'Henoch (P. Oxy. xvii 2069)', Chronique d'Sgypte 46 ( 1 9 7 1 ) , 3 2 1 - 4 3 ; HTR 64 ( 1 9 7 1 ) , 3 7 2 . "2 A. S. Hunt, The Oxyrhynchus Papyri, part xvii, London, 1 9 2 7 , 6 - 8 .

THE

21

GREEK VERSION

In addition fr. 5 probably belongs with fr. 3, and fr. 4 with fragments i and 2. Milik's identification of the fragments seems possible, but cannot by any means be regarded as certain. I have taken some account of fragments i and 2, but, in view of their very small size, I have not attempted to take account of the remainder. (2) Latin. En. i . 9, the passage quoted in Jude 14 f., is quoted also by Ps.-Cyprian and Ps.-Vigilius. The latter seem to have taken the passages not from Jude, but from the Book of Enoch itself (see the discussion on i . 9), and this may point to the existence of a Latin translation of the entire book. — I n 1893 M. R. James discovered a fragment of Enoch in Latin in a ninth-century British Museum manuscript (MS. Royal 5 E. xiii) ;43 the fragment, which he published in the same year, consists of an abridged version of 106. 1-18.44 This discovery also suggests the possibility that there once existed a complete Latin translation of the Book of Enoch. (3) Coptic. S. Donadoni has discovered a Coptic version of En. 93. 3 - 8 . « (4) Syriac. S. P. Brock has recently drawn attention to the fact that Michael the Syrian, the twelfth-century Jacobite Patriarch, quotes En. 6. 1 - 7 in his Chronicle, Book I, ch. iv. Brock argues that Michael took this extract, not from the Book of Enoch itself, but—via a Syriac intermediary—from the excerpts from Enoch in the Chronography of Anianus, the situation being similar to that obtaining in the case of Syncellus.** 4. The Ethiopic Version of the Book of Enoch The Book of Enoch, which, like the Book of Jubilees, was accorded canonical status in the Ethiopian Church, was translated •*3 T h e passage from Enoch occurs as the sixth item in a collection of miscellaneous writings, cf. G. F . Warner and J . P. Gilson, Catalogue of Western

Manuscripts in the Old Royal and King's Collections in the British Museum, London, 1921, i. 116. F o r the text see M . R. James, Apocrypha Anecdota (Texts and Studies ii. 3), Cambridge, 1893,146-50. See also Charles, Text, pp. xvi f., 219-22; Charles,

Translation, pp. x i x f . , 264-8; Flemming, Translation, 14, 138-41.

*s S. Donadoni, ' U n fratiunento della versione copta del " L i b r o di E n o c h " ' ,

Acta Orientalia (Copenhagen) 25 (i960), 197-202.

Cf. S. P. Brock, 'A Fragment of Enoch in Syriac', JTS

626-31.

(N.S.)

19 (1968),

aa

INTRODUCTION

into Ethiopic along with the other books of the Old and New Testaments at some time after the introduction of Christianity into Ethiopia in the fourth century, and probably before the end of the Aksumite period, i.e. before the end of the sixth century.' That the Ethiopic translators made use in their work of a Greek text of Enoch is certain; that they also made use of an Aramaic text is extremely probable. The question of the versions underlpng the Ethiopic text of Enoch will, however, be discussed in the next section of the Introduction. The new edition and translation of Enoch which form the central part of this work are based, as already stated,^ on Rylands Ethiopic M S . 23 (Ryl); the reasons for the choice of this manuscript as the base-text will be explained in the course of the following discussion. We noted above that Charles knew of twenty-eight Ethiopic manuscripts of Enoch.3 Since his day other manuscripts have come to light,* and the evidence of two of these—Tana 9 and Ull (a manuscript acquired a few years ago by Professor E. Ullendorff) —^has been utilized in this work.* I now list all the manuscripts knovm to me. Since the vast majority of them have been excellently catalogued, I normally give only the minimum details necessary for the purposes of this study; for a complete description of the manuscripts in the following libraries reference may be had to the published catalogues, viz: British Museum (Wright),* Bodleian Library (Dillmann), John Rylands University Library of Manchester (Strelc)^), Bibliotheque Nationale (Zotenberg), Bibliotheque Nationale-Abbadian Collection (Conti Rossini),' Berlin (Dillmann), Frankfurt (Goldschmidt), Hamburg (Brockelmann), Rome (Grebaut and Tisserant), Lake Tana (Hammerschmidt). In the following list I have divided the manuscripts, with a few exceptions, into the two groups identified by Flemming and ' On the whole question of Ethiopic Bible translations see E . Ullendorff, Ethiopia and the Bible ( T h e Schweich Lectures of the British Academy 1967), London, 1968, 3 1 ff., esp. 5 5 - 9 . ^ Cf. above, p. 6. 3 cf. above, p. 4. t Cf. above, p. 6. 5 I am grateful to Professor Ullendorff and to Professor E . Hammerschmidt for kindly providing m e with copies of these manuscripts. * Full details of the catalogues will be found in the Bibliography under the name of the cataloguer.

' See also A. d'Abbadie, Catalogue raisonne de manuscrits ethiopiens appartenant & Antoine d'Abbadie, Paris, 1 8 5 9 ; M . Chaine, Catalogue des manuscrits ethiopiens de la collection Antoine d'Abbadie, Paris, 1 9 1 a .

THE ETHIOPIC VERSION

23

Charles; for these groups I use the sigla Eth I and Eth II. The exceptions consist of those manuscripts of which my knowledge is slight, and these are mentioned separately at the end of the list. The dates given are the dates assigned to the manuscripts in the catalogues; otherwise for Curzon 55 and Curzon 56 I rely on the observations of Flemming, for the Garrett manuscript on the observations of Charles, and for Ull on the private comments of Professor Ullendorff. Eth I ( = Flemming's Group I ; Charles's alpha group) BM 485

B M 485a

British Museum Orient. 485 (Wright's Catalogue, no. 6). Early i6th cent. Enoch and Jubilees. A duplicate version of 97. 6b-io8. 10 which is to be found inserted between the last but one word and the last word of 91. 6 on foil. i68v177V of B M 485. Both B M 485 and B M 485a are copied by the same hand, and there is no obvious reason for the insertion of the duplicate passage.

B M 491

British Museum Orient. 491 (Wright, no. 15). i8th cent. Enoch and other biblical writings.

Berl

Berlin MS. Or. Petermann II Nachtrag 29 (Dillmann's Catalogue, no. i ) . i6th cent. Enoch only. (This manuscript is now at the Staatsbibliothek Preussischer Kulturbesitz, Depot Tubingen.)

Abb 35

Abbadianus 35 (Conti Rossini's Catalogue, no. 1 1 ) . End of the 17th cent. Enoch and other biblical writings.

Abb 55

Abbadianus 55 (Conti Rossini, no. 12). 15th or 16th century. Enoch and other biblical writings.

Tana 9

Lake Tana MS. 9 (Hanunerschmidt's Catalogue, no. 9). 15th cent. Enoch (foil. 7 i r - i 2 4 v ) and other biblical writings.

34

INTRODUCTION

Eth II ( = Flemming's Group I I ; Charles^ beta group). Bodl 4

Bodleian Library, MS. Bodl. Or. 531 (Dillmann's Catalogue, no. 4). i8th cent. Enoch only.

Bodl 5

Bodleian Library, M S . Bruce 74 (Dillmarm, no. 5). 18th cent. Enoch and other biblical writings.

Frankfurt MS.

Frankfurt MS. Orient. Riippel II. i (Goldschmidt's Catalogue, no. i ) . i8th cent. Enoch and other biblical writings.

Curzon 55

Curzon MS. 55 (now in the British Museum = British Museum Orient. 8822). 18th cent. (?). 91 foil. 23-5 X 1 9 cm. 2 cols, of 26 or 27 lines. Enoch (foil. 2r-35r) and other biblical writings.*

Curzon 56

Curzon MS. 56 (now in the British Museum = British Museum Orient. 8823). i8th cent. (?). loi foil. 2 5 x 2 1 cm. 2 cols, of 4 1 - 4 3 lines in foil. 1-74, thereafter 2 cols, of 23 lines. Enoch (foil. y-22x), other biblical writings, and the story respecting Tserudaidan (foil. 75 ff.).*

B M Add. 24185

British Museum Add. 24185 (Wright's Catalogue, no. 5). 19th cent. Enoch only.

BM484

British Museum Orient. 484 (Wright, no. 7). i8th cent. Enoch and other biblical writings.

B M 486

British Museum Orient. 486 (Wright, no. 8). i8th cent. Enoch (but with i. 1-60. 13a missing) and other biblical writings.

B M 490

British Museum Orient. 490 (Wright, no. 12). 18th cent. Enoch and other biblical writings.

B M Add. 24990

British Museum Add. 24990 (Wright, no. 13). 18th cent. Enoch and other biblical writings.

* On these two manuscripts see the forthcoming work by S. Strelcyn, Cata-

logue of Ethiopian Manuscripts in the British Library acquired since the year 1877.

THE ETHIOPIC

VERSION

zs

B M 492

British Museum Orient. 492 (Wright, no. 16). 18th cent. Enoch and other biblical writings.

B M 499

British Museum Orient. 499 (Wright, no. 23). 18th cent. Enoch and other biblical writings.

Ryl

John Rylands University Library, Manchester. Rylands Ethiopic M S . 23 (Strelcyn's Catalogue, no. 23). i8th cent. 67 foil. 3 9 X 3 3 cm. 3 cols, of 40 lines each. Enoch (foil. 2r-i6v) and other writings.'

Abb 16

Abbadianus 16 (Conti Rossini's Catalogue, no. 14). 19th cent. Enoch and other biblical writings.

Abb 30

Abbadianus 30 (Conti Rossini, no. 13). i8th cent. Enoch and other biblical writings.

Abb 99

Abbadianus 99 (Conti Rossini, no. 33). 19th cent. Enoch only.

' As noted above, this manuscript is used as the base-text of the edition, and it is perhaps convenient at this point to record the following additional information about its character. T h e manuscript is a fine representative of what eventually emerged as the standard text of Enoch. It was clearly and accurately copied, and mistakes are rare. At some stage the manuscript was carefully corrected, and there are now few idiosyncratic readings left in it. Where the manuscript has been corrected it seems possible to establish that in many cases the original reading agreed with that of B M 486. Cf. the following examples:

-mi-^:

67. 9

Ryl='

69. 1 3

RyP B M 486 omit CD-K'f I

72. 27

Ryl^ Xtt!

7S. 2

RyP B M 486 omit (DiA^hll

89. 64 90. 1 2

Ryl^' (Dh.ifCM'atx; Ryl^ wMiVi^y i

RyP B M 486

^OH-;?'}:

RyP B M 486 X A h t : i

:

RyP B M 486 (oUCKrao-1 RyP B M 486 mitViiP;

In the above examples the agreement between Ryl' and B M 486 seems certain, or virtually certain, and it seems to me likely that in many of the other cases where Ryl has been corrected, the original text in Ryl also agreed with that of B M 486. RyP B M 486 is thus perhaps to be regarded as a 'pair' that should be placed alongside the other pairs of E t h I I manuscripts to whose existence Charles drew attention (cf. Text, xxiv). So far as orthography is concerned the only notable feature in the manuscript is a certain inconsistency in the use of ft and 0, but h is used in place of 0 more frequently than the reverse.

a6

INTRODUCTION

Abb 197

Abbadianus 197 (Conti Rossini, no. 9). 19th cent. Enoch and other biblical writings.

Vat 7 1

Vatican Ethiopic M S . 7 1 (Grebaut and Tisserant's Catalogue, no. 7 1 ) . i8th cent. Enoch only.

Munich 30

Munich Ethiopic M S . 30. 18th cent. 61 foil. 25 X 15 cm. 2 cols of 20 to 28 lines (in foil. 1 - 3 0 there are 20 lines to each column; thereafter the number of lines per column gradually increases until at the end there are 28). Enoch only.'o

Paris 1 1 4

Paris Ethiopic M S . 1 1 4 (Zotenberg's Catalogue, no. 50). 17th cent. Enoch and other biblical writings.

Paris 3 2

Paris Ethiopic MS. 32 (Zotenberg's Catalogue, no. 49). i8th cent. Enoch only. (This is the manuscript that was given by Bruce to Louis X V , cf. above, p. i )

Garrett M S . "

19th or end of i8th cent. 1 7 X 1 2 cm. 2 cols, of 22 lines. Enoch only.

Westenholz MS.

This manuscript was given to the Hamburg Municipal Library and has the shelf-mark Orient. 271a = 130 (Brockelmarm's Catalogue, no. 3 2 1 ) . 18th cent. 7 1 foil. 2 cols, of 24 lines. Enoch only.

Ull

Ullendorff MS. Early i8th cent. 66 foil. 26 x 22 cm. 3 cols, of 22 lines. Enoch only.

See the description of this manuscript in E . Hammerschmidt and O. A. JSger, Illuminierte dthiopische Handschriften (Verzeichnis der orientalischen Handschriften in Deutschland x v ) , Wiesbaden, 1968, 188. " This manuscript is now in the Princeton University Library, where it has the shelf-mark Trinceton Ethiopic 2 [(Garrett Collection) Dep 1468]'. I am grateful to D r . S. Strelcyn and D r . E . Isaac for kindly providing me with this information.

THE ETHIOPIC VERSION

British and Foreign Bible Society

27

British and Foreign Bible Society Ethiopic M S . ix. 17th cent. ( ? ) . 2 1 0 foil. 2 4 x 2 2 cm. 2 cols. of 2 1 lines. Enoch (foil. i r - 6 5 v ) and other biblical writings.'^

Other manuscripts: Pontifical Biblical Pontifical Biblical Institute Ethiopic M S . A. Institute 2 . 11 (the gift of E . Fontanabona). 4 2 foil. 2 2 x 2 3 cm. Enoch only." Besides these, other manuscripts of Enoch are known to exist both in Europe'* and in Ethiopia," and there are doubtless manuscripts of which there is no record. Extracts from Enoch are to be found in a number of manuscripts, but it is doubtful whether these add very much to our knowledge of the Ethiopic text of the book. From the above list it will be apparent that a period of roughly one thousand years separates the presimied date of the translation of Enoch into Ethiopic (fourth to sixth centuries) and the date of our oldest Ethiopic manuscripts of Enoch (the fifteenth century). In fact the vast majority of the Enoch manuscripts are much younger than this. Of the Ethiopic manuscripts of Enoch known to me'* only four (BM 4 8 5 , Berl, Abb 5 5 , and Tana 9 ) can be dated to the sixteenth century or earlier, and only another three (Abb 3 5 , Paris 1 1 4 , and (?) the British and Foreign Bible Society MS.) " I owe knowledge of this manuscript to W . Baars {apud Milik, Books of Enoch, 8s). T h e manuscript belongs very clearly to E t h I I . F r o m the examination of a few test passages it seems to me very doubtful whether any readings of interest would emerge from a full collation. " I owe knowledge of this manuscript to Baars [apud Milik, Books of Enoch,

85). Cf. Acta Pontifkii Instituti Biblici, iv. 7 (1941), 258.

" There are three manuscripts of Enoch in the CeruUi Collection in the Vatican library, but all of very late date: no. 7 5 (20th cent.), fol. I32r-i49v; no, 1 1 0 (20th cent.), foil. sr-9sv; no. 1 3 1 (19th cent.), foil. 9 7 r - i 3 i v . This information was kindly passed on to m e from D r . W . Baars of Leiden by Professor M . de Jonge. " Cf. C. Conti Rossini, 'I manoscritti etiopici della Missione Cattolica di Cheren', RRAL (sth ser.), 1 3 (1904), 2 3 5 , 2 3 7 (two manuscripts of E n o c h : no. 4 (19th cent.), foil. 2 r - 2 7 v ; no. 6 (19th cent.), foil. sr-34v). A. Mordini, 'II convento di Gunde Gundife', RSE 12 ( 1 9 5 3 ) , 5 1 (two manuscripts: no. 29 (iSth cent.) and no. 198 ( i 7 t h - i 8 t h cent.)). R. Cowley (from information supplied by Fitawrari Alame Teferu), ' T h e Study of Geez manuscripts in T e g r e Province', JES 9 ( 1 9 7 1 ) , 2 3 (two manuscripts). T h e value of all these manuscripts is, however, very imcertain. " I refer here only to the manuscripts mentioned in the main list given above.

INTRODUCTION

a8

to the seventeenth century; the greatest number (BM 491, Bodl 4, Bodl 5, Frankfurt MS., Curzon 55, Curzon 56, BM 484, BM 486, B M 490, BM Add. 24990, BM 492, BM 499, Ryl, Abb 30, Vat 7 1 , Munich 30, Paris 32, Westenholz MS., and Ull—a total of nineteen manuscripts) belong in the eighteenth century, while five (BM Add. 24185, Abb 16, Abb 99, Abb 197, and (?) Garrett MS.) belong in the nineteenth century. The division of the manuscripts into the two groups, Eth I and Eth II, is not clear cut; this follows both from the fact that each group is often divided within itself, and from the fact that the support for variant readings often comes from representatives of both the groups. None the less the basic division of the manuscripts into the two groups is sound, and the recognition by Charles and Flemming'7 that the Eth I manuscripts contain an older texttype, which agrees more closely than the Eth II manuscripts with the Greek, is undoubtedly correct. Charles and Flemming rightly understood the Eth I I manuscripts to be representatives of a kind of Vulgate, the product of Ethiopian scribes working in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries whose aim was to revise the text, smooth out awkward and difficult readings, and in general produce a grammatically more acceptable text. But they also noted that the Eth I I manuscripts have sometimes preserved original readings which have disappeared from the Eth I manuscripts. So far one may agree with Charles and Flemming in their general understanding of the character of the Ethiopic manuscripts of Enoch. But it seems to me that this general view is in need of qualification and clarification in two respects. ( i ) It needs to be emphasized that the Eth I I manuscripts by no means offer a uniform text; in consequence it is to be assumed that the processes of revision which led eventually to the emergence of a standard text of Enoch continued for some considerable time.'* As an illustration of the variety of readings to be found in the Eth II manuscripts I give below for c. 63—a passage chosen completely at random—^the unique readings to be found in the following thirteen manuscripts: Bodl 5, Curzon 55, Curzon 56, BM Add. 24185, B M 484, B M 486, BM 490, BM Add. 24990, BM 492, "

F o r what follows see especially Charles, Text, pp. x x i - x x i v ; Flenuning,

Translation, 6 - n .

" Cf. Charles, Text, p. xxii.

29

THE ETHIOPIC VERSION

BM 499, Vat 7 1 , Munich 30, and Ull."' In the list below I give first the evidence of Ryl. Bodl 5 (i8th cent.)—no unique readings. Curzon 55 (i8th cent. (?)). 63. 5

(DjE.nft'! —ajjaftft"!

63. 5 f.

li«n>! Id-a^ i a)90H-+! oJiaCJi: m'iXao'i ^£av • Mtb-tO' a)j£JiH>Lil?l"£t:0<;¥t:—Curzon 55 omits (hmt.).

63. 7

fOfitinihi i nfloo*: rtX^aft: } 7 ^ t : —Curzon 55 omits. rtXmXi

63. I I 63. 12

—rtX7aA:

a)rtj&¥i —a>j&A¥4'!a» : t ! ( I St) — Curzon 55 prefixes MYLh-ttithC: At the end of the verse Curzon 55 adds "HTF: (O-h.'P:

Curzon 56 (i8th cent. (?)). 63. I

Xoo'lXht:—AflDlXht:

63. 3

wh-adith:

63.7

t7a4.:—174.!

A^rtffo i

9Ay": —

fflfl-n/fith:

At(D-A.e:

BM Add. 24185 (19th cent.)—no unique readings. BM 484 (i8th cent.) 63.6 (D-acn-.—w-acvi: BM 486 (i8th cent.)2i 63. 6 ©A-IX-J-H: (other MSS. fl)A."}X'«l:) — cdA.I'VHI : These manuscripts were chosen because nine of them were readily available for consultation in the British Museum, while I have in m y possession photographic copies of the other four (Bodl 5, Vat 7 1 , Munich 30, and Ull). F o r this chapter I collated all thirteen manuscripts afresh. However, this was possibly also the original reading in B M 492 which has A9Atn>! 'iC[F" i over an erasure. ^' As we have seen (cf. above, note 9) the readings of this manuscript often agree with original readings in Ryl that have subsequently been corrected. Cf. the following examples in this chapter:

63. 4

Ryl^ .ehH,!

Ryl' B M 486

63. 9

Ryl^ fflH-ft-: ^ J o L A t f :

R y l ' B M 486

: mltlf: r ^ r t t A t f :

30

INTRODUCTION

B M 490 (i8th cent.)—no unique readings. B M Add. 24990 (iSth cent.)—no unique readings. BM 492 (iSth cent.) 63. 2

KVYUi:«n.?¥ftt!(oKVUh t ilM>1r: MYLhao". AAliHl!a)K7afr: AaO A: o»X7a»: Mth't: a)X71l» i Tfl-fl i — X 7 a A : ero^^ftt s X7H.*cn)':

MMMl:fflX^liX:-nOA i a j f l f l r f j t !

oTO-fl i

63. s

Irt'flr^: a)?OH-t: a)"jaC»i: — IOCH :
63. 6

i n t t ! Od^t! — 0 ^ ¥ t ! I f l t t !

63.7

nnoo-s — A r : fflA-rtOATO-:rtX7liX:OH-ft": t 7 n t : — a j ; i L n a A t : ft?": AX711X: 0H-A-:7'n4-!

63. 8

ojnOftt! —fflOAti

6 3 . 9 sr"2(\£li~7"'i(l6ii 63. 10 (DA.thAX: —a)A.lhivO: BM 499 (i8th cent.) 63.1

aoq^tl'T:—BM 499

63.3

Wi^i^^!

63. 10 63. I I

SivOflW': —

rthn^irt.*^:

omits.

flO^iVfe:

SAP:

— A a n a : only.

a)K9"
499 omits 7X.!

Vat 71 (i8th cent.) 63. 2

a)X7ft»: : —
63.3

a A h ! H-A" i —Vat 71 omits H-A-: © 8 - ^ * : a R h :rfi/J-O:ft^VO:—Vat 71 omits (hmt.).

Munich 30 (17th cent.) 63. 2

©.eaChy: —^Munich 30 omits co

63. 3

lO-At: —'Vn-Ai

63.4

rtX7aA!

63. 7

a'vd: a D i a < ; : — aniai: a^i! (D-^^i-r :—Munich 30^ w^mji-t

63. I I

}7/"1- i — AX7a8ff«»-! iTD«?¥ftt: np"fr I

obelizes and inserts cD^^dl*;

:,

but

Munich

30^

31

THE ETHIOPIC VERSION

Ull (early i8th cent.) 63. I

WPofi

—

W-apafi^^

63. 2

ajjBachJ" i (Dfi-{yafbsp —mfifi-arhp i mmctip

63.3

Ift-Ji! —-Vft-Xiffth!

63. 4

: } 7 / " t ! — AK7aA: ftPXHt: H-ft-ffD-i —H-A-!

63. 6

K^^^&'^i I -pC^L \ — ?AiL: K!^^^<^i:

63. 9

nR".C-*: -l-i-A*:—1"i»A*: n5l-.e*:

6 3 , I I a)\9^Jl:'\im:

—

i

a}>i9^£:-\l.:

The unique readings noted in the list above are not all of great significance, and many, as e.g. in Curzon 55, are to be regarded merely as the result of carelessness on the part of the copyists. In total, however, this list of readings seems to me important as making abundantly clear that the Eth I I manuscripts do not offer a uniform text. In particular the unique readings attested by BM 492 and Ull (both eighteenth-century manuscripts) seem to me important. Charles himself drew attention to BM 492; he noted that it contained many unique readings, with characteristics associating it both with Eth I and with Eth II, and regarded it as the best representative of the second type of text.^^ ft seems to me that Ull should be placed alongside BM 492. On the one hand both these manuscripts belong firmly with Eth I I ; both, in comparison with Eth I manuscripts, contain texts that have been revised, and neither contains the multitude of grammatical mistakes, omissions, and additions that characterize the Eth I manuscripts. On the other hand both these manuscripts contain many unique readings, and both often differ not inconsiderably from the remainder of the Eth II manuscripts. Thus although by the eighteenth century there was in existence something like a standard revised text of Enoch—a text, on the evidence of c. 63, attested very clearly by Ryl, Bodl 5, BM 490, BM Add. 24990, BM 484, and B M 486, and to a lesser extent by Curzon 55, Curzon 56, BM 499, Vat 7 1 , and Munich 30—at that same time there were still being copied manuscripts with a revised text, which differed to some extent from this "

In fact this reading is also inserted as a correction in B M 484. Cf. Charles, Text, p. xxiv.

32

INTRODUCTION

'standard text'. It is further to be noted that BM 491, an Eth I manuscript with an uiurevised text, also belongs to the eighteenth century. Thus it would appear that several different texts of Enoch were still in circulation in the eighteenth century, and it is to be assumed that the revision of the text of Enoch was carried out not on an organized basis, by a single group of scribes working for a short period, but somewhat haphazardly, by several different groups of scribes working over a fairly long period. In the discussion above I have drawn attention to two manuscripts, BM 492 and Ull, whose texts diverge to some extent from what eventually became the standard text. It is an open question whether a complete new collation of other Eth II manuscripts, e.g. Munich 30 which belongs to the eighteenth century, would reveal other manuscripts with comparable divergent texts. I have chosen Ryl as the base-text of this edition—if we may leave on one side for the moment the question whether it is right to use an Eth II or an Eth I manuscript for this purpose—on the grounds that Ryl is an early and excellent representative of what became the standard text of Enoch. From the above discussion, however, it is clear that there are other good representatives of this standard text, and it would have been possible to have chosen one of these (e.g. Bodl 5) as the base-text instead of Ryl. (2) On the other hand it is important that the value of the Eth I manuscripts should not be over-emphasized. This danger was not entirely avoided by Charles, for his recognition of the fact that the Eth I manuscripts contain an older text-type than the Eth II manuscripts led him on occasions to attach a wrong importance to Eth I readings, and to take as the true Ethiopic text what should rather be regarded as a mistake. Although the Eth I manuscripts contain many valuable readings, they are none the less full of all sorts of errors, as Charles himself recognized, both by way of the omission or addition of odd words and phrases, and by way of mis-spellings and of carelessness in the use of case-endings. Most of the omissions and additions have been noted in Charles's text-edition, but a large number of the other mistakes have not, and there are far more copyists' errors in the Eth I manuscripts than is apparent from Charles's edition.^* ^* Cf. the comments of W . Baars and R. Zuurmond ('The Project for a New Edition of the Ethiopic Book of Jubilees', JSS 9 (1964), 70 f.) on Charles's edition of the Ethiopic text of Jubilees.

THE

ETHIOPIC VERSION

33

In these circumstances it would appear essential to treat the evidence of the Eth I manuscripts with discrimination, and this, as it seems to me, Charles did not always do. Charles's approach in this respect is well illustrated by his treatment of a number of passages where he thinks the true Ethiopic text has survived only in a single Eth I manuscript. In the introduction to his text-edition Charles lists twenty-one such passages —all taken from those sections of Enoch ( i . 1 - 3 2 . 6 and 89. 42-9) for which he had available both Ethiopic and Greek evidence.^s In the light of the Greek evidence it would certainly appear that in many of the cases noted by Charles (particularly the examples noted in Berl) the true Ethiopic text has only survived in a single Eth I manuscript. But in other cases it seems that Charles's estimate of the value of the Eth I manuscripts led him to misuse the Ethiopic evidence. Thus in 17. 4, instead of the reading Kllh: ^S-TiibJU-arri 'to the waters of life', Charles took over the impossible reading of B M 491 Xflh: <^i"ir j AjEaJl*:, but emended the last word to th^PVI: in order to produce a version identical with the Greek—'to the living waters'. Here it seems to me that far from having to do with the original Ethiopic text, we have to do rather with mistakes of the kind with which BM 491 is full. Charles's treatment of 17. 3 is similar. Here, instead of the wellattested toCA-h-inC7?1': (cf. Gr^*" K a i i5ov t o t t o v t c o v
pcov). For the reading •nC79'ir: Charles relied on the evidence of BM 485. In fact for this passage B M 485 has fflCS-h-: on^-flCt: •aCVi-fr i —an impossible text. Again Charles has emended an unsatisfactory and corrupt reading to produce what he claims as the true Ethiopic text. In 14. I Charles reads "HflDR-rfjA: : R-Jt^: which he took as the equivalent of Gr*"*" BipXos Aoycov SiKotiocrOvris. Tlao^dtl.: is read only by Berl—^the other manuscripts have "HffDR'rh^: —and in view of the fact that Berl is full of examples where the wrong case-ending is used, it seems to me extremely doubtful whether "HoD^fhi. I can be regarded as the original Ethiopic reading. This is apart from the fact that "HfloR-rfii: : i and Bi|3Aos Aiycov 5iKaiocnivTis are clearly not quite the same. In 6. 4, where the majority of the manuscripts have cDl7ft«f.: Cf. Charles, Text, pp. xxii-xxiv. 826163

C

34

INTRODUCTION

AHt:^»lC:7-n«!:, Charles gives the reading of BM 485 a)'^va£••. AHt: y°hC: V-dCbut brackets ^iiC: as an intrusion. In fact Ull (not known to Charles) does attest the reading a)17n': X7lLA:Aa70:. The above examples, although not particularly significant in themselves, seem to me to illustrate two points. On the one hand they illustrate Charles's tendency—apparent throughout his text-edition—^towards insufficient discrimination in his use of the Eth I evidence and somewhat arbitrary handling of the Ethiopic text. On the other hand they indicate the importance of not overemphasizing the value of the Eth I manuscripts. A rather more serious example of the potential dangers of such over-emphasis is to be found in the case of 100. 7. Here the Ethiopic manuscripts, with the exception of Berl, read 'Woe to you, you sirmers, when you afflict the righteous on the day of severe trouble, and burn them with fire'— aJ^J-J^^jPoD*; OX/it:. Gr'^^ is basically the same, but has at the end: 'and keep them in fire' — K a l (puM^riTe I v TrOpi. 'Burn' is probably more appropriate to the

context, and Zuntz in fact emends 9uA
THE ETHIOPIC VERSION

35

('burn').^* However, what is of interest here is that Bonner left fuAct^riTS in his text with the comment: 'Berl reads "save", which may point to (puXd^tiTs'.^' A similar point was also made by Torrey.28 But the reading of Berl w^^r'^'iPao'aM^: ('and save them in fire') is clearly nothing more than a mistake for a):fi£r£;P(V>'; aKfl'f: ('and burn them in fire'), the reading of all the other manuscripts; there are countless mistakes of this type in Berl. This is apart from the fact that the equivalent of ^ " i f : is not cpuAdaaco, but acojoo. Although it is quite clear that the Eth I manuscripts have preserved many valuable old readings which have disappeared from the Eth n manuscripts, it seems to me essential that the Eth I evidence be subjected to careful discrimination and evaluation. In many cases, as Charles and Flemming recognized, the original Ethiopic text has survived not in Eth I, but in Eth II manuscripts.^' Charles and Flemming have well described the characteristics of the Eth I manuscripts, and there is nothing further that need be added to their comments.^" Further discussion of the Eth I I manuscripts is also unnecessary, except to draw attention to the fact, noted by Charles," that several of the manuscripts in the Eth II group go in pairs (Bodl 5 Vat 7 1 , Curzon 55 Munich 30, Curzon 56 BM 484, BM 499 Westenholz M S . ) . In a similar ^« Cf. Zuntz, J B L 61 (1942), 196. " Cf. Bonner, The Last Chapters of Enoch, 51. =8 Cf. Torrey, JAOS 62 (1942), s8. Cf. e.g. the following readings in the last section of Enoch (the list is not meant to be exhaustive):

100. 4

ji.d£:hV: (Abb 35 T a n a 9, E t h I I )

101. 3

CD^n : H"A-: y"7n<54lOi>': (Abb 35, E t h I I ~ b u t A b b 35 omits

K-A-:) 103. I I (Dh'^&^SI: (Eth I I ) 104.2 -ncy^-r; ( B M 4853, Eth i i ) T a n a 9 E t h I I do not repeat

104.6

aJA-^h-J.; (Eth I I )

104. 7

h.^t-:^V^!

'VaCO' i before (nY^dA?-!

( B M 492 U l l )

104. 11 }7C?: (Abb 35, E t h I I ) 104. 13 a)f.'r:^W
36

INTRODUCTION

fashion RyP B M 486 should probably now be seen as going back to a common source. 32 My purpose in this work differs from that of Charles and Flemming in two important respects. On the one hand, I have not attempted to produce a new conflated text of Enoch, but rather to present the sum total of the evidence for the text of Enoch in as clear a way as possible, since this seems to me to be for the time being the more useful procedure. Accordingly I thought it best to give the evidence of one good manuscript exactly as it stands— in fact using photographs—and to present on this base the evidence for the various different forms of the text. On the other hand, I have not chosen as my base-text an Eth I manuscript, such as BM 485, but rather an Eth II manuscript, namely Ryl. The reason for this is partly that, as argued above, the value of the Eth I manuscripts in comparison with the Eth II manuscripts has been exaggerated, and partly that none of the Eth I manuscripts seems suitable as it stands to serve as the base-text. Five of the Eth I manuscripts (BM 485, BM 491, Berl, Abb 55, and Tana 9) are so full of mistakes, omissions, and additions that they could not possibly be used without extensive emendation, but we are then back in the position of having to resort to a conflated text. The fifth (Abb 35) was, it is true, copied carefully and accurately, but it contains a mixed type of text, and on this ground seems unsuitable as the base-text; Abb 35, as is well known, has been corrected in many places, and while the original text (Abb 35^) belongs with the Eth I manuscripts, the corrected text (Abb 35^) belongs with the Eth I I manuscripts. In the circumstances, an Eth II manuscript seems best suited as the base on which to present the evidence for the text of Enoch in its various versions and recensions, and amongst the Eth II manuscripts Ryl, for reasons already indicated, commends itself for this purpose. 33 For this edition I have collated afresh all the Eth I manuscripts known to me,34 and I give in the apparatus all the variants they " Cf. above, note 9. " Cf. above, p. 3 2 ; for a description of Ryl see above, note 9. 3* I learnt of the existence of Tana 9 only after this work had been substantially completed, but it has proved possible to incorporate the evidence of its readings into the apparatus of volume i and to make reference to it, where appropriate, in the present volume. T a n a 9 is similar in character to B M 485 and belongs to E t h I. T h e scribe omitted 7 1 . i 2 b - 7 8 . 8a, but made up for most of

THE ETHIOPIC

VERSION

37

attest, including mistakes, other than purely orthographic variants. I have likewise collated Bodl 5 and Ull as representatives of the Eth I I manuscripts. Bodl 5, like Ryl, is a good representative of the standard text, and complements Ryl. Ull is an interesting manuscript and, as we have seen, contains many unique readings; this manuscript had not, of course, been collated before. These eight, together with Ryl, are fully representative of the Ethiopic evidence for the text of Enoch, and it seems to me very doubtful whether much would be gained by a full collation of additional manuscripts. Admittedly this judgement might be qualified in the case of one or two manuscripts (e.g. BM 492 or Munich 30), but it is questionable whether many readings of interest would emerge even from these. However, it did seem to me worthwhile to give some indication of the evidence provided by the Eth II manuscripts of which I have not made direct use, and I have taken from Charles the readings of the fifteen Eth I I manuscripts other than Bodl 5 and Ryl that he presented in his apparatus (i.e. Bodl 4, Frankfurt MS., Curzon 55, Curzon 56, BM Add. 24185, BM 484, BM 486, BM 490, BM Add. 24990, BM 492, BM 499, Vat 7 1 , Munich 30, Garrett MS., and Westenholz MS.). In the case of this evidence I normally do not name the manuscripts to which the variants are to be attributed, but merely use the formula '5 MSS.', '7 MSS.', etc. The tests that I have carried out suggest that, although there are omissions and misprints in Charles's edition, in general his apparatus is reliable. (For the organization of the material in the apparatus see the Introduction to volume i.)

5. The Versions Underlying the Ethiopic Text of Enoch It seems to have been a more or less universal assumption that the Ethiopic text of Enoch is a translation of a Greek version, and most scholars have thought it vmnecessary even to discuss the question.' T o my knowledge this view has been challenged only this by beginning again at 7 2 . i when he reached the end of chapter 82. Although Tana 9 contains some interesting new readings, the collation of the manuscript has confirmed the view that the discovery and collation of any further Ethiopic manuscripts of Enoch is unlikely to add in any very significant way to our knowledge of the Ethiopic text. ' Cf. e.g. Dillmann, Translation, p. lix; Flemming, Translation, 2 ; Charles,

Text, p. X.

38

INTRODUCTION

twice, by Schmidt and by Ullendorff. Schmidt, writing at the beginning of this century, argued not only that the original language of the Parables of Enoch was Aramaic, but also that the Parables had been translated directly from Aramaic into Ethiopic.^ As important evidence for this view Schmidt drew attention to the three renderings which occur in the Parables for the term, 'The Son of Man', and argued that these went back to three different expressions in the original Aramaic, viz.:

(D^Aihr^AiKoD^h^aj-i

am

121

ma

More recently Professor Ullendorff, while not excluding the use of a Greek text by those who translated Enoch into Ethiopic, has argued that not only the Parables, but also the bulk of Enoch was translated directly from Aramaic into Geez.^ The supposition that those who translated Enoch into Ethiopic made use of a Greek version would appear to be virtually certain, both because for quite large sections of the text there is fairly close agreement between the Ethiopic and the Greek (as represented by Gr""*" and Grcs), and because there are some corruptions in the Ethiopic text that can only be explained in terms of the Greek (cf. e.g. 19. 2 ; 22. 2, 3).* The question whether and to what extent the Ethiopic translators also made use of an Aramaic version of Enoch is more difficult to determine, but the evidence adduced by Professor Ullendorff would suggest that there are good grounds for thinking that the translators did make direct use of an Aramaic text. Professor Ullendorff, using both vocabulary and syntactical evidence, based his argument on the discussion of a number of passages where in his view the variants of the Greek and the Ethiopic can best be explained in terms of direct Ethiopic dependence on an Aramaic, Vorlage, and of passages where the Ethiopic text seems to reflect directly Aramaic vocabulary and * Cf; N. Schmidt, ' T h e Original Language of the Parables of Enoch', Old Testament and Semitic Studies in Memory of William Rainey Harper, edited by R. F. Harper, F . Brown, and G. F. Moore, Chicago, 1908, ii. 3 2 9 - 4 9 ; ' T h e Apocalypse of Noah and the Parables of Enoch', Oriental Studies Dedicated to Paul Haupt, Baltimore and Leipzig, 1926, 1 1 1 - 2 3 . Cf. also Charles, Translation, pp. Ixi-lxviii. 3 Cf. Ullendorff, 'An Aramaic " V o r l a g e " of the Ethiopic T e x t of E n o c h ? ' ; Ethiopia and the Bible, 61 f. * Cf. Flemming, Translation, 2.

VERSIONS UNDERLYING ETHIOPIC T E X T

39

Aramaic constructions.' But he points out that the evidence for this view must of necessity be cumulative, and it is therefore desirable to consider what further evidence there is available. In this cormection it should be noted that, in addition to the type of evidence used by Professor Ullendorff, we now have at our disposal the evidence provided by the Dead Sea Aramaic fragments. I discuss now, therefore, a number of passages where the differences between the Ethiopic and the Greek versions seem best explained on the assumption that the Ethiopic is directly dependent on an Aramaic Vorlage. In l o i . 4 the Ethiopic text reads 'do you not see the kings of the ships ( r t } 7 / " t ! M^VC i) ?' where the context requires rather 'the sailors of the ships'. Hal6vy long ago suggested that the rendering 'kings' derived from a misreading of Tl'^D as ''D'PQ,* and this explanation was generally adopted. But it was always assumed, on the theory that the Ethiopic is a translation of the Greek, that the mistake was made by the Greek translator.' However, Gr^^, when it was discovered, turned out to have T O O S vocuKAripous ('the sailingmasters')—a perfectly acceptable rendering in the context. In the light of this Bonner suggested that the Ethiopic translator was probably unfamiliar with vocuKAripos, and hence rendered its second element by the word meaning 'king', i.e. 1 7 - ^ i.* But this seems to me unlikely; the word VOCOKATIPOS is used in Acts 27: 1 1 where the Ethiopic version has the perfectly adequate equivalent "ifiA i. I suggest that Halevy's explanation is the correct one, and that it was not the Greek, but the Ethiopic translator who misread ^n^}2

as ' ' D ' ? ^ .

In 106. 13 both the Greek and the Ethiopic texts cause difficulty.' At the end of the verse Gr*^^ has irap^prio-av T O V Xoyov ToO Kupiou cmb Tfjs S I O S I ^ K T I S T O O oupctvoO where Eth has M A f : ilCi AX7H.K: XflfAOAt: tl'^^i; the texts are identical 5 Cf. especially Ullendorff, 'An Aramaic " V o r l a g e " of the Ethiopic T e x t of E n o c h ? ' , 264-6. ' J . Hal6vy, 'Recherches sur la langue de la redaction primitive du Livre d'Enoch', jfA vi. 9 (1867), 392. Hal^vy made the point as part of his attempt to show that the Book of Enoch was originally written in Hebrew, but this particular point is valid for both a Hebrew and an Aramaic original. On the question of the original language of Enoch cf. now above. Section 2, pp. 6 f. ' Cf. e.g. Charles, Text, 2 1 1 ; Flemming, Translation, 133. » Cf. Bonner, The Last Chapters of Enoch, 5 5 f. » See the discussions in Bonner, The Last Chapters of Enoch, 81 f . ; Torrey, JAOS 62 (1942). 60.

40

INTRODUCTION

except for the variant dcrro rris 5ia9r|Kris/?iffi'JvOAt:. In Gr^^ the use of a double construction after Trape(3riaocv (both a direct object and otiTO with the genitive) is awkward, while in Eth the need to take KaoiiOMr i (I'^fi-: as the subject of A-iAf; ('some from the height of heaven transgressed the word of the Lord') is a little unusual. Possibly these difficulties are to be explained on the assumption that one or two words were illegible in, or missing from, the text which ultimately underlies the Greek and Ethiopic versions of this passage. Be that as it may, my main concern here is to point out that the very strongly attested Ethiopic reading JioDAOAl*: cannot be explained in terms of a Greek cnrb TTJS 5iaOrjKTis. The readings could, however, be explained on the assumption that they both go back directly to the Aramaic and derive from a confusion between KHQIp ('height', cf. Eth) and ('covenant', cf. Gr^^). In 5. 8 Eth reads 'But those who possess wisdom will be humble' where Gr^*" has what appears to be a duplicate rendering: 'But there will be to the enlightened man light, and to the wise man perception'. The first rendering is very different from Eth, and probably derives from an inner-Greek expansion of the text. But the second rendering, despite the different constructions, is not so different from Eth—apart from one point: in Eth the wise man is humble, in Gr^*° he is perceptive. I suggest that this difference between Eth and Gr^*" stems from a confusion between 'PDntP'' and VDDtt?''. The Greek version of 14. 18 refers to the 'wheel' (Tpoxos)'" of the throne of God, but the Ethiopic uses here, not the expected (Idl^i (cf. Dan. 7: 9), but iin-fl:—^to be taken in this context as meaning something like 'surroundings'. I suggest that fift-fl: goes back directly to an Aramaic and does not derive from a Greek Tpoxoj. In 18. 10 a confusion of the roots f]DX and f]10 possibly underlies the variants 'be gathered together' ( = Eth fi-^P'tth-i) and 'be completed' ( = Gr""*" owTeXsoOriaovTai). In 23. 4 Eth reads 'This burning fire whose course you saw, towards the west, is (the fire of) all the lights of heaven' where Qj.pan reads 'This course of fire is the fire towards the west which persecutes (TO EKSICOKOV) all the lights of heaven'. Gr""*" TO "

In fact we would have expected a plural, Tpoxof, cf. Dan. 7 : 9.

VERSIONS UNDERLYING ETHIOPIC T E X T

41

&<5icoKOV would appear, in the light of 2 0 . 4, to be corrupt for T 6 EKSIKCOV." In Eth H^iJt.e'; stands in place of TO 6K5ICOKOV/T6 IK5IKCOV, and it seems to me possible that underlying the variants HJ&}Jt.£'! and the assumed TO IKSIKCOV is a confusion between the roots nS73 and S7*nD. At the end of 25. i, to take one final example, Gr""*" reads 'and why do you wish (OeAeis) to learn the truth*; Eth is similar, but uses a verb meaning 'to inquire' (cnl^i) instead of one corresponding to Qekco. I suggest that 'wish' and 'inquire' are independent renderings of the Aramaic verb ''S73. The examples discussed above'^ as evidence for the direct use, by those who translated Enoch into Ethiopic, of an Aramaic Vorlage are all taken from those sections of Enoch for which we have available both Greek and Ethiopic texts, and all presuppose mistranslation on the part of either the Greek or the Ethiopic translators. The case is clearly more difficult to establish for those sections of Enoch for which no Greek evidence is available, but here, it seems to me, vocabulary and syntactical evidence are of some importance. I discuss now, therefore, three examples from the Parables where the vocabulary used seems to indicate direct dependence on a Semitic text. In 52. 9 the Ethiopic appears to state: 'All these things will be denied {f-^hihS.:) and destroyed from the face of the earth'. However, 'to deny' is hardly appropriate in the context, and it seems to me very likely that : is here used with the same meaning as the equivalent Hebrew and Aramaic root ITl'D, viz. 'to wipe o u t ' . " It further seems to me very likely that t i A ^ : was used here because the translator had before him a Semitic text which used the root 1T]2. In 65. 6 the word -i-nC: occurs in a context dealing with " Cf. Charles, Translation, 5 1 . " F o r other cases where it is plausible to think that the Ethiopic is directly dependent on a Semitic Vorlage see the notes on the following passages: i . 2 ('he saw a holy vision'); i . 9 ('And behold'); 2. 1 ('Contemplate', cf. 3 ; 4 ; 5. i ) ; 4 ('Shelter and shade'); 5. 6 ('and they will curse you sinners for ever'); 5. 9 ('and they will not be judged'); 7. i ('and were promiscuous with t h e m ' ) ; 8. i ('the things after these'); 9. 8 ('with those women'); 10. 2 ('is about to c o m e ' ) ; 10. 9 ('against the bastards'); 14. 6 ('and you will not be able to enjoy t h e m ' ) ; 17. 7 ('the mountains'); 2 5 . 6 ('they will each draw the fragrance of i t ' ) ; 2 7 . 2 ('valley'); 27. 2 ('their place of judgement'); 28. i ('of the wilderness'); 3 2 . z ('the summits of those moimtains'). " Cf. Dillmann, Translation, 26, i 6 8 f.

42

INTRODUCTION

magic, and fairly obviously has the meaning 'enchantment'— exactly like the Hebrew word "130. The root is used in both Hebrew and Aramaic, in various forms, of the practice of magic, but to my knowledge this is not so, other than in Enoch 65. 6, of the equivalent Ethiopic root tdi:. In 65. 8 the Ethiopic reads: 'For lead and tin are not produced from the earth like the former (i.e. silver); there is a spring which produces them, and an angel who stands in it, and that angel J&njtC:'. The root RAi: means 'to be quick, to come before, to anticipate', and then 'to be pre-eminent', and Charles accepts here the meaning 'to be pre-eminent'.'* But there is no obvious reason why it should be said of the angel in question that he is pre-eminent. However, Caquot and Geoltrain have recently connected the word je.n.&C: with the Syriac root bdr, and this seems to me correct—what the angel does is to distribute the lead and the t i n . " It may be noted that the root occurs not only in Syriac, but also in Aramaic with the meaning 'to distribute'. Caquot and Geoltrain argue that both in this verse and 'i-flC: in 65. 6 are to be explained as 'Syriacisms', but until the meanings 'to distribute' and 'enchantment' can be estabUshed as Syriacisms for the words in question outside these two passages, it would seem to me more plausible to assume that RAd: and 'i-flC: were used here because the corresponding Semitic (and more precisely, Aramaic) words were present in the Vorlage used by the Ethiopic translators. I turn now to a consideration of the evidence provided by the Dead Sea Aramaic fragments. From what was said above about the nature and limited extent of the Aramaic evidence'* it will be apparent that the contribution that the Dead Sea text can make to the Vorlage problem must inevitably be limited. The use of this evidence is also made difficult by the fact that we do not know how close the Dead Sea Aramaic text was to such Aramaic texts as were available to those who translated Enoch into Greek and Ethiopic. None the less it does seem to me that the Dead Sea fragments have some contribution to make. The situation presented by the Dead Sea text of Enoch is not " Cf. Charles, Translation, 1 3 0 . " Cf. A. Caquot and P. Geoltrain, 'Notes sur le texte ^thiopien des " P a r a boles" d'Henoch', Semitica 2 3 (1963), 4 7 - 9 , and note i on p. 49. '* Cf. Section 2 , p. 1 2 .

VERSIONS UNDERLYING ETHIOPIC T E X T

43

untypical of such manuscript discoveries (cf. e.g. the Ben Sira text from Masada). In a large number of cases the Aramaic, the Greek, and the Ethiopic texts agree together. In others all three are different, or the Ethiopic and the Greek versions agree with one another against the Aramaic, although the differences are not usually very substantial. But what is of particular interest are the cases where the Aramaic text agrees with the Greek against the Ethiopic, and the cases where the Aramaic agrees with the Ethiopic against the Greek. The latter are far fewer than the former, as is hardly surprising in view of the late date of our Ethiopic manuscripts, but the fact that they exist at all is, I think, of considerable importance. Whereas agreements between the Aramaic and the Greek against the Ethiopic merely confirm that the Greek text has been transmitted in a better state than the Ethiopic'' and tell us nothing about the version(s) used by the Ethiopic translators, agreements between the Aramaic and the Ethiopic against the Greek may cast some light on the problem. I discuss now, therefore, some cases where the Aramaic text agrees with the Ethiopic against the Greek. In 10. 18, in a passage describing the fruitfulness of the earth in the eschatological era, Eth has 'and all of it will be planted with trees' where Gr""*" has 'and a tree will be planted in it'. For this Aram"! v 7 reads DS]3rin H'^IDI. The damaged state of the Aramaic manuscript makes any final conclusion impossible, but the wording of the Aramaic would appear to agree with the Ethiopic rather than the Greek. In 13. 6, in the account of Enoch's dealings with the Watchers, the Ethiopic reads: 'And then I wrote out the record of their petition, and their supplication in regard to their spirits and the deeds of each one of them (rtrtZy"70C«n^ :)•' The Greek has the same text, except that it omits the last phrase 'and the deeds of each one of them'. Aram^i vi i, although damaged, attests clearly ]1T]) 1T\ 'PD'? and thus indicates that the Aramaic did have a phrase corresponding to 'and the deeds of each one of them'. " T h u s e.g. in 30. 1 the Ethiopic has an impossible text, and the Aramaic (so far as it exists) agrees with the Greek. Again, in 3 1 . 3 the Aramaic confirms that the common Ethiopic word fi.iP'KP i has been substituted for the less common I'iP'fiSP j (cf. Gr). But examples like this tell us nothing about the Vorlage problem.

44

INTRODUCTION

There seems to me no plausible reason why these words should have dropped out of the Greek version, if they had ever stood in it. In 14. 5, where Eth has 'for all the days of eternity', Gr^*" has 'for all the generations of eternity'. Aram"i vi 15 ''^V ^^'D TSJ agrees with the Ethiopic, not the Greek. In 22. 6, in the account of Enoch's visit to Sheol, Enoch asks Raphael about the spirit of Abel. According to the Ethiopic, Enoch's words are: 'Whose is this spirit whose voice thus reaches heaven's and complains ?'—'HffoliS.?!: Hffpj.; at-Kfi Hhffpfl! ^ft"; fi-Ci^fh I Xflh! A^yje.: cD^Crth.:. According to the Greek, which admittedly raises some problems, Enoch says: 'Whose is this spirit which is complaining? Therefore his voice thus reaches and complains to heaven.' It is difficult to think that the Ethiopic is a translation from the Greek, at least from that which is represented to us in Gr""*". Again we have only very limited Aramaic evidence, cf. Aram^i xxii 6 ]]l'Dl X T ! f^T X[. What seems to me important, however, is that it is clear from the few Aramaic words that do survive that the Ethiopic, with HffoJ.; (o-h.'P; HhaoTi has exactly the same construction as the Aramaic. As a final example it may be noted that this same type of agreement between the wording of Eth and Aram is to be found in 9 3 . 1 1 , a passage for which there is, of course, no Greek evidence available. Here Eth reads (D-iift H-rt-j (o-CtA: rt-flX; H^hA: (cf. also 93. 13). Charles took exception to this construction,'' but the identical wording, . . H "713 XIH 130 (cf. Aramsi v 17, 22 is clearly attested in the Dead Sea Aramaic text. The discussion of the above examples^", which make use of the evidence provided by the Dead Sea Aramaic text, would thus appear to point again to the conclusion that those who translated Enoch into Ethiopic had available an Aramaic as well as a Greek text. Indeed, in the light of all the evidence discussed in this Introduction and of the evidence adduced by E. Ullendorff^' it would seem to me difficult to argue otherwise. 'Heaven' is attested only by Ull and Abb 99, but appears to be required for the sense. " Cf. Charles, Text, 196 f. ^° F o r other possible examples see the notes on 7. 3 ('all the toil of men'), 13. 6 ('and their supplication'), and 14. 4 ('and complete judgement (has been decreed) against you'). " Cf. above, note 5. T h e conmients of Black ('The Fragments of the Aramaic Enoch from Qumran', 21-3) fail to take account of the fact that there

VERSIONS UNDERLYING

ETHIOPIC TEXT

45

Two further points need to be made. (i) If it is true that the Ethiopic translators made direct use of an Aramaic as well as a Greek text, then this makes it likely that the Ethiopic will sometimes be superior to the Greek, and we certainly ought to be prepared to give proper weight to the evidence of the Ethiopic where it diverges from the Greek text. In this respect it seems to me that the text-edition and translation of Charles are open to criticism, for Charles—in common with others who worked on the text of Enoch in his day—^was inclined to assume that the Greek version of Enoch must almost inevitably be superior to the Ethiopic. An instructive example of Charles's approach in this matter is to be found in the case of 5. i . Here Gr""^" reads 'and perceive how the living God made these things so, and he lives for all eternity'. Charles recognized that 'the living God' and 'he lives for all eternity' are probably duplicate renderings of the same expression, but otherwise he thought that the Greek text was sound, and he judged the Ethiopic by the standard of the Greek. Eth is presented to us here in two forms. Eth I has an impossible text: (Dhh^i-: nhfl»: 7nChai>«; ([Kitl-V: itleaixi H«if».PaJ-: M([y"i —'and perceive how you made all these things who live for ever'. Charles22 recognized that this text was corrupt, but emended laCiuto' I AKft-TF: H-ft°oi>': into l-flCoo- i AXft-l-p i h"¥U-: to make the text conform to Gr^*" ETToiriosv ourd OUTOOS. Flemming^^ similarly proposed the emendation l-dd i hfloU: XA°lt: or rtXft'l'F:. Eth I I has a perfectly intelligible text a)XXy°4-: Miao; 7.nd: (tiiao': AKlT'l'V: H"ft°oi>': Hfh£iD-1 MA^":—'and perceive how He who lives for ever made all these things for you'. Charles and Flemming, however, regarded the Eth II text as representing an emended form of the Eth I text. Fortunately we now have some Aramaic evidence available, cf. Aram*i ii n ]''[J^^J3 ^J2pV^ X^n[ ^ ]'''?K n'''l2S7 "70 Although in a fragmentary state, the Aramaic would appear to be closer to Eth I I than to Eth I or GrPan. Further, it would seem clear that the Eth I text, far from preserving an earlier form of the Ethiopic which was subsequently are some cases (cf. e.g. l o i . 4 or 93. 1 1 ) where it is impossible to explain the evidence except on the assumption that the Ethiopic is directly dependent on a Semitic text. « Cf. Charles, Text, 8 f.; Translation, 1 0 . « Cf. Flemming, Text, 3 .

46

INTRODUCTION

emended to produce the Eth II text, simply contains an error, lactiao-: for : Mtao-;. In the light of the Aramaic evidence Charles's approach to the Ethiopic text of 5. i must now appear to us as somewhat arbitrary, and it would not be difficult to instance many comparable examples of an arbitrary approach to the Ethiopic in Charles's text-edition and translation.^* In view of the fact that our Ethiopic manuscripts are all fairly late, and that in any case Enoch was translated into Ethiopic after it had been translated into Greek, it is reasonable to assume that in many cases, if not the majority, the Greek is likely to offer us a better text than the Ethiopic. But it does seem to me essential that in those cases where the Ethiopic and Greek texts diverge, and where no Aramaic evidence is available, we be much more prepared than Charles was to give due weight to the evidence and possible independence of the Ethiopic version. (2) Although I think that there is good evidence available for the view that the Ethiopic translators had access to an Aramaic text of Enoch, it seems to me very difficult, in the absence of more substantial Aramaic and Greek texts of Enoch than we at present possess, to determine the extent to which the translators made use of an Aramaic text. However, a further examination of the Ethiopic to see how far it reflects Aramaic vocabulary and syntax may offer some help in the solution of this problem. Finally, it may be noted that the conclusions about the origin and history of the Ethiopic version of Enoch that seem to emerge from the preceding discussion—^translation on the basis of Greek and Aramaic texts in the fourth to sixth centuries; revision of the Ethiopic text from the sixteenth century onwards and the ultimate emergence of a standard revised textes—fit in well with the conclusions to which recent studies have pointed as regards the origin and history of Ethiopic Bible translations in general.^* ^* Cf. e.g. Charles's comments on 1 3 . i where he recognized that the text of E t h was superior to that of GrP»°: 'Here we may conclude either to a happy emendation of the Ethiopic translator of G r or of the scribe of the Greek M S . used by E t h or to the existence in the Aramaic of both forms, the corrupt in the text and the true reading in the margin' (Text, 33). F o r similar somewhat farfetched explanations cf. Translation, p. Iviii, note i, p. Ix, note i . ^5 Cf. above, pp. 2 8 - 3 2 . 2' Cf. Ullendorff, Ethiopia and the Bible, 5 5 - 9 .

NOTE

ON T H E

TRANSLATION

47

6. A Note on the Translation This edition (volume i) and translation (volume 2) of the Book of Enoch is based on Rylands Ethiopic MS. 23, and the reasons for the choice of this manuscript have been discussed above (pp. 32 ff., 36 f.). It should be understood that the translation is intended as a translation of the Ethiopic text of Enoch, not of an Ethiopic text corrected on the basis of the Greek or Aramaic. In fact I have follovsred Ryl fairly closely and have only diverged from it where its evidence does not make sense and where better Ethiopic evidence is available. In such cases I have italicized the translation, and it should be clear from the apparatus in volume i which reading is being followed. The translation is, by intention, fairly literal. I have not attempted to transliterate on a scientific basis the many names that occur in the Book of Enoch; for the vast majority of the names I have used the conventional English speUings, and for the others simplified transliterations. In the notes below the translation I quote the Aramaic evidence for the text of Enoch and discuss its relationship to the Ethiopic and Greek texts. Where appropriate, I also discuss difficulties in the Greek and Ethiopic texts. As will be apparent, the notes are intended as a textual, not an exegetical, commentary on Enoch. A note on the organization of the material in volume i will be found in the Introduction to that volume.

BIBLIOGRAPHY AALEN, S . , ' S t . L u k e ' s G o s p e l a n d t h e L a s t C h a p t e r s o f I E n o c h ' ,

NTS

13 (1966/7), 1 - 1 3 . D'ABBADIE, A . , Catalogue Antoine Acta

Pontificii

raisonn^

de manuscrits

Ethiopiens

appurtenant

ii

Paris, 1 8 5 9 .

d'Abbadie, Instituti

Biblici,

iv. 7 ( 1 9 4 1 ) .

BAARS, W . a n d ZUURMOND, R . , ' T h e P r o j e c t f o r a N e w E d i t i o n o f t h e 9 (1964), 6 7 - 7 4 .

E t h i o p i c B o o k o f J u b i l e e s ' , JSS

BARTHI^LEMY, D . a n d M I L I K , J . T . , Qumran

Cave

I ( D i s c o v e r i e s in t h e

Judaean Desert i), Oxford, 1 9 5 5 . BEER, G . , ' D a s B u c h H e n o c h ' , Die Apokryphen Alten

Testaments,

und Pseudepigraphen

T u b i n g e n , 1 9 0 0 , ii. 2 1 7 - 3 1 0 ( = B e e r ,

des

Translation).

to the Gospels, 3 r d e d n . , O x f o r d , 1 9 6 7 . (Pseudepigrapha Veteris Testamenti

BLACK, M . , An Aramaic Approach Apocalypsis Henochi Graece

G r a e c e iii), L e i d e n , 1 9 7 0 ( = B l a c k ,

Text).

• ' T h e M a r a n a t h a I n v o c a t i o n a n d J u d e 1 4 , 1 5 ( I E n o c h i : 9 ) ' , Christ and Spirit in the New Testament, Studies i n h o n o u r o f C . F . D . M o u l e , edited b y B . L i n d a r s a n d S . S . S m a l l e y , C a m b r i d g e , 1 9 7 3 , 189-96. • ' T h e F r a g m e n t s o f t h e A r a m a i c E n o c h f r o m Q u m r a n ' , La

Littdra-

ture juive entre Tenach et Mischna: quelques problhnes (Recherches bibliques i x ) , edited b y W . C . v a n U n n i k , L e i d e n , 1 9 7 4 , 1 5 - 2 8 . BONNER, C ,

The

Last

Chapters

of Enoch

in Greek

(Studies and D o c u -

m e n t s viii), L o n d o n , 1 9 3 7 . The

Homily

on the Passion

Fragments of the Apocryphal London, 1940.

by Melito Ezekiel

Bishop

of Sardis

with

Some

(Studies and D o c u m e n t s xii),

BOURIANT, U . , Fragments grecs du Livre d'£noch (M6moires publi6s p a r les m e m b r e s d e la M i s s i o n arch^ologique fran^aise a u C a i r e i x . i , Paris, 1892, 9 1 - 1 4 7 ) . BROCK, S . P . , ' A F r a g m e n t o f E n o c h in S y r i a c ' , JTS

(N.S.) 1 9 ( 1 9 6 8 ) ,

626-31. BROCKELMANN, C , Katalog der orientalischen Handschriften der Stadtbibliothek zu Hamburg mit Ausschluss der hebrdischen. Teil i . Die arabischen, persischen, turkischen, malaiischen, koptischen, syrischen, athiopischen Handschriften, Hamburg, 1908. BURKITT, F . C, Jewish

and Christian

Apocalypses

of the British Academy, 1 9 1 3 ) , L o n d o n ,

( T h e Schweich Lectures

1914.

CAQUOT, A . a n d GEOLTRAIN, P . , ' N o t e s s u r le t e x t e 6thiopien des " P a r a b o l e s " d ' H e n o c h ' , Semitica

13 (1963), 39-54.

49

BIBLIOGRAPHY CHAINE, M . , Catalogue

des manuscrits

Ethiopiens

de la collection

Antoine

Paris, 1 9 1 2 .

d'Abbadie,

CHARLES, R . H . , The Book of Enoch, The Ethiopic

Version

Oxford, 1893.

of the Book

(Anecdota Oxoniensia,

of Enoch

S e m i t i c Series x i ) , O x f o r d , 1 9 0 6 ( = C h a r l e s ,

Text).

The Book of Enoch, 2 n d e d n . , O x f o r d , 1 9 1 2 ( = C h a r l e s , Translation). CONTI ROSSINI, C , ' I m a n o s c r i t t i etiopici della M i s s i o n e C a t t o l i c a di (5th Ser.), 1 3 (1904), 2 3 3 - 8 6 .

C h e r e n ' , RRAL

' N o t i c e s u r les m a n u s c r i t s Ethiopiens d e la collection d ' A b b a d i e ' , JA

X . 1 9 ( 1 9 1 2 ) , 5 5 1 - 7 8 ; X. 2 0 ( 1 9 1 2 ) , s - 7 2 ;

X. 20 ( 1 9 1 2 ) , 4 4 9 - 9 4 ;

xi. 2 ( 1 9 1 3 ) , S - 6 4 ; xi. 6 ( 1 9 1 S ) , 1 8 9 - 2 3 8 ; xi. 6 ( 1 9 1 5 ) , 4 4 5 - 9 3 C O W L E Y , R . ( f r o m information supplied b y F i t a w r a r i A l a m e T e f e r u ) , ' T h e 9 (1971), 21-5.

S t u d y o f G e e z M a n u s c r i p t s in T e g r e P r o v i n c e ' , JES

DENIS, A . - M . , Introduction aux pseudEpigraphes grecs d'Ancien Testament ( S t u d i a in V e t e r i s T e s t a m e n t i P s e u d e p i g r a p h a i ) , L e i d e n , 1970 ( = Denis,

Introduction).

DILLMANN, A . ,

Catalogus

leianae Liber Das

Oxoniensis. Henoch Buch

Lexicon

Codicum

Pars

VII.

Bibliothecae

Leipzig, 1 8 5 3 ( = Dillmann,

Aethiopicae,

Bod-

Oxford, 1848.

Aethiopici,

Leipzig, 1 8 5 1 ( = Dillmann,

Aethiopice,

Henoch,

Linguae

Manuscriptorum

Codices

Text).

Translation).

Leipzig, 1 8 6 5 ( = Dillmann,

Lexicon).

Die HandschriftenVerzeichnisse der Koniglichen Bibliothek zu Berlin, Berlin, 1 8 7 8 . • ' O b e r den n e u g e f u n d e n e n g r i e c h i s c h e n T e x t des H e n o c h - B u c h e s ' , SAB 1 8 9 2 , 1 0 3 9 - 5 4 and 1 0 7 9 - 9 2 . Ethiopic

translated b y J . A . C r i c h t o n , L o n d o n ,

Grammar,

( = Dillmann,

1907

Grammar).

DINDORF, W . , Georgius

Syncellus

et Nicephorus

(Corpus Scriptorum

CP

H i s t o r i a e B y z a n t i n a e ) , i, B o n n , 1 8 2 9 . DONADONI, S . ,

'Un

E n o c h ' " , Acta

frammento

Orientalia

FABRICIUS, J . A . , Codex

della v e r s i o n e

copta

del

"Libro

di

(Copenhagen) 25 (i960), 1 9 7 - 3 0 2 .

Pseudepigraphus

Veteris

Hamburg

Testamenti,

a n d L e i p z i g , i, 1 7 1 3 ( 2 n d e d n . , H a m b u r g , i, 1 7 2 2 ) . FiTZMYER, J . A . , The

Genesis

Apocryphon

of Qumran

Cave

I (Biblica e t

Orientalia 1 8 ) , 2 n d e d n . , R o m e , 1 9 7 1 . FLEMMING, J . a n d RADERMACHER, L . , Das Buch Henoch ( D i e g r i e c h i s c h e n christlichen Schriftsteller d e r e r s t e n drei J a h r h u n d e r t e 5 ) , L e i p z i g , 1901 ( = Flemming, Das

Buch

Henoch,

Translation).

athiopischer T e x t herausgegeben von J .

Flemming

( T e x t e u n d U n t e r s u c h u n g e n , n e u e F o l g e vii. i ) , L e i p z i g , 1 9 0 2 ( = ming, Text). GEBHARDT, O . , t u n g e n ' , Archiv

'Die 70 Hirten

des B u c h e s

fttr wissenschaftliche

ii. 2 ( 1 8 7 2 ) , 2 4 2 - 6 .

Henoch

Erforschung

und

des Alten

ihre

FlemDeu-

Testaments

50

BIBLIOGRAPHY

GELZER, H . , Sextus

Julius

Africanus

und die byzantinische

Chronographie,

ii. I , L e i p z i g , 1 8 8 5 . GILDEMEISTER, J . , ' E i n F r a g m e n t des g r i e c h i s c h e n

Henoch',

ZDMG

9 (I8SS), 621-4. GITLBAUER,

M.,

Vaticanus

Die

Graecus

Oberreste

griechischer

fasc.

i8og,

Tachygraphie

i (Denkschriften

der

im

Codex

Kaiserlichen

Akademie der Wissenschaften 28/2), Vienna, 1 8 7 8 . GOLDSCHMIDT, L . , Die abessinischen zu Frankfurt am Main {RuppelVsche

Handschriften Sammlung),

GREBAUT, E . a n d TISSERANT, E . , Codices Barberinianus

Orientalis

2,

der Stadtbibliothek Berlin, 1 8 9 7 .

Aethiopici

Rossianus

865,

Vaticani Pars

et

Prior,

Borgiani, Enarratio

Codicum, Rome, 1935. GRENFELL, B . P . a n d H u n t , A . S . , Catalogue tiennes du Musie

du Caire,

gdnEral

Nos. ioooi-io86g:

des antiquitds

Greek

igyp-

Oxford,

Papyri,

1903. HALLivi (i.e. H A L ^ V Y ) , J . , ' R e c h e r c h e s sur la langue d e la r e d a c t i o n p r i m i t i v e d u L i v r e d ' f i n o c h ' , JA vi. 9 ( 1 8 6 7 ) , 3 5 2 - 9 5 . HAMMERSCHMIDT, E . , Athiopische bericht

und

Gabriel

auf

Beschreibung der Insel

Handschriften

der Handschriften Kebrdn

vom

f^ndsee

in dem Kloster

i:

Reise-

des

heiligen

(Verzeichnis d e r orientalischen

Hand-

schriften in D e u t s c h l a n d x x . i ) , W i e s b a d e n , 1 9 7 3 . a n d JAGER, O . A . , Illuminierte der

orientahschen

athiopische

Handschriften

Handschriften

in D e u t s c h l a n d

xv),

(Verzeichnis Wiesbaden,

1968. HARTEL, W . , 5 . Tkasci Caecili Cypriani Opera Omnia, p a r s iii ( C o r p u s S c r i p t o r u m E c c l e s i a s t i c o r u m L a t i n o r u m iii. 3 ) , V i e n n a , 1 8 7 1 . H U N T , A . S . , The Oxyrhynchus JAMES, M . R . , Apocrypha

Papyri,

Anecdota

p a r t xvii, L o n d o n , 1 9 2 7 .

( T e x t s a n d S t u d i e s ii. 3 ) , C a m b r i d g e ,

1893. JEREMIAS, J . , ' E i n n e u e r T e x t f u n d : das H e n o c h f r a g m e n t B e a t t y - P a p y r i ' , ThBl 1 8 ( 1 9 3 9 ) , cols. 1 4 5 f.

der

Chester

' B e o b a c h t u n g e n z u n e u t e s t a m e n t l i c h e n Stellen a n H a n d des n e u g e f u n d e n e n g r i e c h i s c h e n H e n o c h - T e x t e s ' , ZNW KENYON, F . G . , The Chester Melito, London,

Beatty

Biblical

Papyri,

38 (1939), 1 1 5 - 2 4 . fasc. viii, E n o c h a n d

1941.

K U H N , G . , ' B e i t r a g e z u r E r k l a r u n g des B u c h e s H e n o c h ' , ZAW^9

(1921),

240-75. LAURENCE, R . , The

Book

of Enoch

the Prophet,

Oxford, 1 8 2 1 ; 2nd edn.

1 8 3 2 ( 1 8 3 3 ) ; 3rd edn. 1 8 3 8 . Libri Enoch

Versio Aethiopica,

LiDDELL, H . G . a n d SCOTT, R . , A

Oxford, 1 8 3 8 . Greek-English

Lexicon,

n e w edition

b y H . S . J o n e s a n d R . M c K e n z i e , 2 vols., O x f o r d , 1 9 4 0 ( = and Scott (new edition)).

Liddell

51

BIBLIOGRAPHY LODS, A . , Le

Livre

d'Hdnoch.

Fragments

grecs

dicouverts

h

Akhmim

Paris, 1 8 9 3 .

(HauteSgypte),

L'£vangile & VApocalypse de Pierre. Le texte grec du Livre d'Snoch ( M E m o i r e s publics p a r les m e m b r e s de la M i s s i o n arch^ologique f r a n f a i s e au C a i r e ix. 3 , P a r i s , 1 8 9 3 , 3 1 7 - 3 5 + 3 4 p l a t e s ) . Low,

I . , Die

Flora

4 vols., V i e n n a a n d L e i p z i g ,

der Juden,

1934-34

(reprint Hildesheim, 1 9 6 7 ) . M A I , A . , Patrum

Nova

MARTIN, F . , Le Livre

Bibliotheca,

M I G N E , J . - P . , Patrologia

ii, R o m e , 1 8 4 4 .

Paris, 1906 ( = Martin,

d'Hinoch,

Translation).

Ixii, P a r i s , 1 8 6 3 .

Latina,

M I L I K , J . T . , ' T h e D e a d S e a Scrolls F r a g m e n t o f t h e B o o k o f E n o c h ' , Biblica

32 (1951), 393-400.

' L e T e s t a m e n t d e L 6 v i en a r a m e e n : Q u m r a n ' , RB

f r a g m e n t d e la G r o t t e 4 d e

63 (1955), 398-406.

— — ' H e n o c h a u p a y s des A r o m a t e s ( C h . xxvii h x x x i i ) . a r a m e e n s d e la G r o t t e 4 d e Q u m r a n ' , RB Ten

Years

of Discovery

in the

Fragments

65 ( 1 9 5 8 ) , 7 0 - 7 .

Wilderness

of Judaea

(Studies

in

Biblical T h e o l o g y 2 6 ) , L o n d o n , 1 9 5 9 . ' P r o b l ^ m e s d e la litt^rature h^nochique k la lumi^re des f r a g m e n t s 64 ( 1 9 7 1 ) , 3 3 3 - 7 8 .

a r a m e e n s de Q u m r a n ' , HTR

• ' T u r f a n et Q u m r a n . L i v r e des G r a n t s j u i f e t m a n i c h e e n ' . und Glaube. FestgabefUr Karl Georg Kuhn zum 63. Geburtstag, by G . Jeremias, H . - W .

Tradition edited 1971,

K u h n , and H . Stegemann, Gottingen,

117-37. ' F r a g m e n t s g r e c s d u L i v r e d ' H e n o c h ( P . O x y . xvii 2 0 6 9 ) ' ,

Chronique

46 ( 1 9 7 1 ) , 3 2 1 - 4 3 -

d'jSgypte

The Books of Enoch.

Aramaic

Fragments

of Qumrdn

Cave 4, O x f o r d ,

1976. MORDINI, A . , 'II c o n v e n t o di G u n d e G u n d i ^ ' , RSE NoTH, M . ,

Die

semitischen

israelitischen

Namengebung,

Personennamen

im

12 (1953), 29-70. Rahmen

der

gemein-

Stuttgart, 1 9 2 8 (reprint Hildesheim, 1966).

RADERMACHER, L . , see F l e m m i n g , J . RIESSLER, P . , 1928.

Altjiidisches

Schrifttum

ausserhalb

der

Bibel,

Augsburg,

SCALIGER, J . , Thesaurus Temporum, Eusebii . . . Chronicorum Canonum Omnimodae Historiae Libri Duo, 3 n d e d n . , A m s t e r d a m , 1 6 5 8 . SCHMIDT, N . , ' T h e Original L a n g u a g e o f t h e P a r a b l e s o f E n o c h ' , Testament

and Semitic

Studies

in Memory

of William

Rainey

Old

Harper,

edited b y R . F . H a r p e r , F . B r o w n , a n d G . F . M o o r e , C h i c a g o , 1 9 0 8 , ii. 3 2 9 - 4 9 ' T h e Apocalypse of N o a h and the Parables of E n o c h ' , Studies

Dedicated

to Paul Haupt,

STRELCYN, S., Catalogue University

Library

of Ethiopic

of Manchester,

Oriental

Baltimore and Leipzig, 1 9 3 6 , 1 1 1 - 3 3 . Manuscripts Manchester,

in the John 1974.

Rylands

BIBLIOGRAPHY

52 SWETE, H . B . , The

Old Testament

in Greek

according

to the

Septuagint,

iii, 4th e d . , C a m b r i d g e , 1 9 1 2 . THACKERAY, H . S t . J., A

Grammar

Cambridge, 1909 ( = Thackeray,

of the

Old Testament

in Greek,

i,

Grammar).

TORREY, C . C , ' N o t e s o n t h e G r e e k T e x t s o f E n o c h ' , JAOS 52-60.

62 ( 1 9 4 2 ) ,

ULLENDORFF, E . , ' A n A r a m a i c " V o r l a g e " o f t h e E t h i o p i c T e x t o f E n o c h ?', Atti del Convegno

Internazionale

di Studi Etiopici

(Academia Nazionale

dei L i n c e i . P r o b l e m i attuali di s c i e n z a e di c u l t u r a 4 8 ) , R o m e , i 9 6 0 , 259-67. The Ethiopians, Ethiopia

and

3rd edn., Oxford, 1 9 7 3 . the

Bible

(The

Schweich Lectures

of the

British

Academy 1967), London, 1968. WARNER, G . F . a n d GILSON, J. P . , Catalogue of Western Manuscripts in the Old Royal and King's Collections in the British Museum, 4 vols., London, 1921. WELLHAUSEN, j., arbeiten

' Z u r apokalyptischen

W R I G H T , W . , Catalogue acquired

Literatur',

Skizzen

und

Vor-

vi, B e r l i n , 1 8 9 9 . since the year

of the Ethiopic 1847,

Manuscripts

in the British

Museum

London, 1877.

ZAHN, T . , Geschichte des neutestamentlichen Kanons, ii. 2 , E r l a n g e n a n d Leipzig, 1 8 9 2 . ZOTENBERG, H . , Catalogue des nmnuscrits Ethiopiens {gheez et amharique) de la Bibliotheque

Nationale,

Paris, 1 8 7 7 .

ZUNTZ, G . , ' N o t e s o n t h e G r e e k E n o c h ' , JBL ' T h e G r e e k T e x t o f E n o c h 1 0 2 . 1 - 3 ' , jfBL ' E n o c h on the L a s t Judgement 161-70.

61 (1942), 1 9 3 - 2 0 4 . 6 3 ( 1 9 4 4 ) , 5 3 f.

( c h . cii. 1 - 3 ) ' , JTS

45

(1944),

LIST OF SIGLA Aram

The

Aramaic

Aram

Dead

c , d,

e,

f,

Sea Fragments g.

Aram

«tr.a^

of Enoch. astr.b^

astr.c^

astr.d—riie different m a n u s c r i p t s t o w h i c h t h e v a r i o u s f r a g m e n t s belong Gr

T h e Greek Version of E n o c h

GrSync

GfSync b ^ 8 . 4 - 1 0 . 1 4 ; Grsyn-^ "= = 1 5 . 8 - 1 6 . i )

GrPan

A duplicate version o f 1 9 . 3 - 2 1 . 9 within t h e A k h m i m

T h e F r a g m e n t s i n Syncellus (GrS^nc a = 5 ,

^.

T h e A k h m i m Manuscript (Codex Panopolitanus) GrP»n a

Manuscript

Grva.

Codex Vaticanus G r . 1809

GrCB

T h e Chester Beatty-Michigan Papyrus

Eth

T h e Ethiopic Version of E n o c h

E t h I and E t h I I

T h e t w o families o f E t h i o p i c m a n u s c r i p t s

E t h I — B M 485 B M 485a

B r i t i s h M u s e u m Orient. 4 8 5 A duplicate version o f 9 7 . 6 b - i o 8 . 1 0 within British M u s e u m Orient. 485

B M 491

British M u s e u m Orient. 4 9 1

Berl

Berlin M S . O r . Petermann I I Nachtrag 29

Abb 35

Abbadianus 3 5

Abb 55

Abbadianus 5 5

Tana 9

T a n a Ethiopic M S . 9

T a n a 9a

A d u p l i c a t e v e r s i o n o f 7 8 . 8 b - 8 2 . 2 0 within T a n a 9

Eth II—Bodl 5

Bodley M S . 5

Ryl

Rylands Ethiopic M S . 2 3

Ull

Ullendorff M S .

Bodl 4

Bodley M S . 4

Frankfurt M S .

Frankfurt M S . Orient. Ruppell I I i

Curzon 5 5

=

Curzon 5 6

= British M u s e u m O r i e n t . 8 8 2 3

B M Add. 24185

British M u s e u m A d d . 2 4 1 8 5

British M u s e u m Orient. 8 8 2 2

B M 484

Orient. 4 8 4

B M 486

Orient. 486

BM490

Orient. 490

B M Add. 24990

Add. 24990

B M 492

Orient. 4 9 2

B M 499

Orient. 4 9 9

LIST

54

OF

SIGLA

Vat 7 1

Vatican Ethiopic M S . 7 1

Munich 30

Munich Ethiopic M S . 30

Garrett M S .

Princeton Ethiopic 2 [(Garrett Collection) D e p 1468J

Westenholz M S .

H a m b u r g Orient. 2 7 1 a =

130

A raised ' is u s e d t o refer t o a n original reading in a m a n u s c r i p t , a raised ' t o a c o r r e c t e d r e a d i n g .

TRANSLATION

(ar, 3 5 ) I. I T h e words of the blessing of Enoch according to which he blessed the chosen and righteous who must be present on the day of distress (which is appointed) for the removal of all the wicked and impious, i. 2 And Enoch answered and said: (there was) a righteous man whose eyes were opened by the Lord, (zr, a 10) and he saw a holy vision in the heavens which the angels showed to m e . A n d I heard everything from them, and I understood what I saw, but

I . I E n o c h a c c o r d i n g . . . t h e c h o s e n : c f . A r a m ^ i i i J'T'Jna'? ']3n[. w h o m u s t b e p r e s e n t . E t h , w i t h t h e subjunctive, c o n v e y s t h e idea o f obligation o r necessity, b u t this idea is n o t p r e s e n t i n Gr'^ w h i c h h a s t h e f u t u r e . C f . t h e similar e x a m p l e s in D a n . 2 : 2 8 , R e v . 4 : i , w h e r e , h o w e v e r , b o t h E t h i o p i c a n d G r e e k c o n v e y t h e idea o f necessity. I . 2 A n d E n o c h a n s w e r e d a n d s a i d : E t h ; Gr^^" ' A n d E n o c h took u p his parable a n d s a i d ' ; A r a m ^ i i 2 ""jmVnBi. E t h p r e s u p p o s e s a n A r a -

m a i c IfiSI

nJS, whereas Gr""™ presupposes a n A r a m a i c "Jlin SOJ

nVnO ( t h e e x a c t expression o c c u r s i n A r a m ^ i iii 2 3 ) ; A r a m ^ i i 3 w o u l d appear t o c o r r e s p o n d t o G r ^ a " r a t h e r t h a n t o E t h ( c f . N u m . 24: 3 U IS). h e s a w a h o l y v i s i o n : E t h ; G r ^ a n ' h e h a d a vision'. C h a r l e s (Text, 3 ) suggests t h a t t h e c o r r u p t G r e e k derives f r o m a confusion o f t h e r o o t s Xtn a n d tnS. A l t h o u g h tflN does n o t o c c u r in A r a m a i c — t h e language in w h i c h E n o c h s e e m s f o r t h e m o s t p a r t t o h a v e been w r i t t e n — t h i s kind o f mistake o n t h e p a r t o f a translator s e e m s quite likely. w h i c h t h e a n g e l s . . , w h a t I s a w : E t h ; Gr""*" ' H e s h o w e d ( i t ) t o m e , a n d t h e holy ones speaking holy things I h e a r d ; a n d w h e n I h e a r d everything f r o m t h e m , I u n d e r s t o o d a s I l o o k e d , ' ; c f . A r a m * i i 3

Ti'SW] nVs yffn^p^ [^-'DNJVs iai[. N e i t h e r GT^^" n o r E t h offers a v e r y satisfactory t e x t . A r a m ^ i i 3 m a y c o r r e s p o n d t o G r ^ a n ' a n d t h e holy ones speaking holy things I h e a r d ' , a clause w h i c h is lacking in E t h . I f this is so, a n d if t h e restoration o f A r a m is c o r r e c t , t h e unique ayioX6ycov, w h i c h L i d d e l l a n d S c o t t ( n e w edition) find doubtful, should p e r h a p s b e r e g a r d e d as a c o r r u p t i o n o f dyy^Xcov. H o w e v e r , t h e f r a g m e n t a r y condition o f A r a m * i i m a k e s a n y s t a t e m e n t a b o u t t h e relationship o f A r a m t o Gr^^" and E t h somewhat uncertain.

58

THE ETHIOPIC

BOOK OF

ENOCH

not for this generation, but for a distant generation which will come. I. 3 Concerning the chosen I spoke, and (2r, AI5) I uttered a parable concerning t h e m : T h e Holy and Great One will come out from his dwelling, i. 4 and the Eternal God

I . 2 b u t n o t f o r . . . w i l l c o m e : E t h ; G r ' a n ' b u t n o t f o r this p r e s e n t generation did I take t h o u g h t , b u t t o a distant o n e I will s p e a k ' ; c f . Aram^i i 4 n a ] N p''n[1 iftb m i A r a m appears t o a g r e e w i t h GrPa" against E t h in t h e addition o f §yd3 AotAcS, b u t n o t in t h e a d d i tion o f SiEvooOnTiv. r . 3 C o n c e r n i n g t h e c h o s e n . T h e s e w o r d s (with o r w i t h o u t t h e a d d i tion o f ' I spoke') c o u l d b e taken in E t h w i t h t h e preceding verse, a n d a r e in fact so taken b y s o m e E t h i o p i c M S S . including R y l . a n d I u t t e r e d . . . f r o m h i s d w e l l i n g . T h e evidence o f G r ' a " suggests t h a t this is h o w E t h o u g h t t o b e translated, even t h o u g h ' u t t e r a p a r a b l e ' is n o t t h e m o s t obvious translation o f h(D-^h: i ^ f l r t ; . B u t y"tl6i.: does o c c u r w i t h t h e m e a n i n g ' p a r a b l e ' (see D i l l m a n n , Lexicon Linguae Aethiopicae, L e i p z i g , 1 8 6 5 , c o l . 1 7 3 ; hereafter, D i l l m a n n , Lexicon), a n d t h e translation ' u t t e r a p a r a b l e ' s e e m s n o t impossible. ( T h i s rendering m a y s t a n d w h e t h e r w e r e a d J&ajR-X: o r H.fcOJR'X:; in t h e latter case H c o u l d b e explained as reflecting a n A r a m a i c ""T u s e d t o i n t r o d u c e direct s p e e c h . ) H o w e v e r , E t h c o u l d also, a n d p e r h a p s m o r e naturally, b e t r a n s lated ' a n d I talked c o n c e r n i n g t h e m w i t h t h e H o l y a n d G r e a t O n e w h o will c o m e o u t f r o m his dwelling'. — T h e title ' t h e H o l y a n d G r e a t O n e ' o c c u r s elsewhere in E n o c h (with o r w i t h o u t ' a n d ' ) in 1 0 . i ; 1 2 . 3 ; 1 4 . i ; 2 5 . 3 ; 8 4 . i ; 9 2 . 2 ; 9 7 . 6 ; 9 8 . 6 ; 1 0 4 . 9 ; here in i . 3 GrP"" h a s ' m y H o l y G r e a t O n e ' , b u t ' m y ' is w i t h o u t parallel in this title, a n d is p r o b a b l y a m i s t a k e . C f . also I Q a p G e n 11 1 4 ; X H 1 7 , a n d F i t z m y e r , The Genesis Apocryphon of Qumrdn Cave I (Biblica e t Orientalia 1 8 ) , 2 n d . e d n . , R o m e , 1 9 7 1 , 89. — C f . A r a m n i 5 ] .

H S p nja^nj? pQT [.

I . 4 a n d t h e E t e r n a l G o d . . . M o u n t S i n a i . E t h , w i t h a)K9"0^i instead o f X y " y ? : , a p p a r e n t l y i n t e n d e d ' a n d t h e E t e r n a l G o d ' t o b e taken w i t h w h a t p r e c e d e s . H o w e v e r , t h e e v i d e n c e o f Gr^ai ( i m yfjv f o r fflX^W? 0 suggests t h a t ' a n d t h e E t e r n a l G o d ' should b e taken w i t h w h a t follows, a n d this u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e t e x t receives s o m e s u p p o r t f r o m t h e fact t h a t it p r o d u c e s a c o u p l e t w i t h parallelismus membrorum. O n this view (D in a j X y " W ? : m a y b e r e g a r d e d as c o m p a r a b l e t o viaw explicativum in H e b r e w . —^The variant y n v / X y ^ W ? ; m a y derive f r o m a c o r r u p t i o n o f i u i y q v into iKsiesv o r vice v e r s a (cf. C h a r l e s , Text, 3 ; Translation, 6 ) . O n t h e title ' t h e E t e r n a l G o d ' c f . F i t z m y e r , Genesis

Apocryphon, 1 0 5 f.

CHAPTER 1

59

will tread from there upon Mount Sinai, and he will appear with his host, and will appear in the strength of his power from heaven, i . 5 A n d all will be afraid, and the Watchers will shake, and (zr, a2o) fear and great trembhng will seize them unto the ends of the earth, i . 6 A n d the high mountains will be shaken, and the high hills will be made low, and will melt like wax before the flame, i . 7 A n d the earth will sink and everything that is on the earth will be destroyed, and there will be (2r, a25) judgement upon all, and upon all the righteous. I. 8 But for the righteous he will make peace, and he will keep safe the chosen, and mercy will be upon them. T h e y will all belong to G o d , and will prosper and be blessed, and the light of G o d will shine upon them. i . 9 A n d behold!

a n d w i l l a p p e a r i n t h e s t r e n g t h o f h i s p o w e r : cf. Aram^i i 6 nn]nas[ ] . . . T^ n.[. T h e placing o f t h e small f r a g m e n t containing n T 1 ] n 3 J [ r e m a i n s , h o w e v e r , a little u n c e r t a i n . I . 5 w i l l s h a k e : E t h ; GrPa- 'will believe'. GrP^n adds ' a n d t h e y will sing h i d d e n things in all t h e ends o f t h e [ e a r t h ] , a n d all t h e ends o f t h e e a r t h will s h a k e ' . C f . A r a m ^ i i 7 nSHN DJISj? ^ [ S |1S;]in NSHK [ m S p . I f t h e placing o f t h e small f r a g m e n t containing n?l]n3S[ in line 6 a n d njISp in line 7 is c o r r e c t , t h e long t e x t o f Gr^^n—even t h o u g h it c a n n o t b e in o r d e r as it s t a n d s — w o u l d a p p e a r t o b e closer t h a n E t h t o A r a m . W i t h i n Gr^*" t h e readings 'will believe' a n d 'will sing' a r e clearly v e r y i m p r o b a b l e , since w e e x p e c t a r e f e r e n c e t o t h e t e r r o r o f t h e W a t c h e r s . T h e s e readings w e r e p e r h a p s i n t r o d u c e d b e c a u s e t h e t r a n s l a t o r o r c o p y i s t t h o u g h t t h a t t h e W a t c h e r s h e r e m e n t i o n e d w e r e g o o d angels (cf. 1 2 . 2 f . ) , n o t — a s in E t h — f a l l e n angels. O n t h e p r e s e n t t e x t w e a r e p r e s u m a b l y m e a n t t o u n d e r s t a n d t h e 'hidden t h i n g s ' s u n g b y t h e W a t c h e r s t o b e t h e praises o f G o d . I . 9 J u d e 1 4 f. contains a translation o f this verse. I n addition P s e u d o C y p r i a n ( W . H a r t e l , Cypriani Opera Omnia iii, V i e n n a , 1 8 7 1 , 6 7 ) a n d P s e u d o - V i g i l i u s ( M i g n e , PL Ixii, c o l . 3 6 3 ) c o n t a i n L a t i n translations of t h e verse which seem to b e dependent n o t on J u d e , b u t directly on E n o c h ( c f . T . Z a h n , Geschichte des neutestamentlichen Kanons, ii. 2 , E r l a n g e n a n d L e i p z i g , 1 8 9 2 , 7 9 7 - 8 0 1 ) ; t h e value o f t h e t e s t i m o n y o f Pseudo-Vigilius is limited, h o w e v e r . S e e C h a r l e s {Text, 4 - 7 ) w h o q u o t e s all t h e passages. A n d b e h o l d : E t h ; GrP*" ' F o r ' , b u t J u d e a n d t h e o t h e r witnesses a g r e e w i t h E t h . I t m a y b e asked w h e t h e r G r a n d E t h d o n o t b o t h derive u l t i m a t e l y f r o m a n original

6o

THE ETHIOPIC

BOOK OF

ENOCH

(2r, 330) H e comes with ten thousand holy ones to execute judgement upon them, and to destroy the impious, and to contend with all flesh concerning everything which the sinners and the impious have done and wrought against him. 2. I Contemplate all the events in heaven, how the lights in

1 . 9 w i t h t e n t h o u s a n d h o l y o n e s : E t h ; G r ^ a " 'with his t e n t h o u s a n d s a n d his holy o n e s ' ; J u d e 1 4 'with his holy t e n t h o u s a n d s ' . C f . Aram^i i 1 5

a n d t o c o n t e n d w i t h a l l flesh: E t h I I ; E t h I Gr^^n ' a n d h e will r e p r o v e all flesh'. (DfJVV^f" i ( E t h I I ) is an i n n e r - E t h i o p i c variant f o r cDj&Hrt¥: u n d e r s t o o d as ' t o a r g u e with, c o n v i n c e ' . C f . Aram'^i i 1 6

c o n c e r n i n g e v e r y t h i n g . . . a g a i n s t h i m : E t h ; Gx^'-'^ ' c o n c e r n i n g all t h e deeds o f their i m p i e t y w h i c h t h e y h a v e impiously c o m m i t t e d , a n d t h e h a r d w o r d s w h i c h t h e y h a v e spoken, a n d c o n c e r n i n g all t h e things w h i c h t h e impious sinners h a v e spoken against h i m ' ; J u d e 1 5 ' c o n c e r n i n g all t h e deeds o f their i m p i e t y w h i c h t h e y h a v e impiously c o m m i t t e d , a n d c o n c e r n i n g all t h e h a r d things w h i c h t h e impious sinners h a v e spoken against him*. C f . Aram'^i i 1 6 f.

T h e evidence o f J u d e 1 5 ( a n d P s e u d o - C y p r i a n ) suggests fairly obviously t h a t t h e r e is a d i t t o g r a p h in Gr^an (cf. Black, Text, 1 9 ) b u t t h e o c c u r r e n c e of in A r a m w o u l d s e e m t o indicate t h a t t h e r e did stand in A r a m , as in Gr^an^ j u d e 1 5 , a n d P s e u d o - C y p r i a n , a clause referring t o t h e h a r d things spoken b y t h e i m p i o u s against G o d — c o n t r a s t E t h . — F o r ] a i a i

cf. D a n . 7 : 8 a n d 2 0 a n d for

p i a i cf. E n . 5. 4 . — M . Black ( ' T h e

M a r a n a t h a I n v o c a t i o n a n d J u d e 1 4 , 1 5 ( I E n o c h i : 9 ) ' , Christ and Spirit in the New Testament, S t u d i e s in h o n o u r o f C . F . D . M o u l e , edited b y B . L i n d a r s a n d S . S . Smalley, C a m b r i d g e , 1 9 7 3 , 1 8 9 - 9 6 ) suggests t h a t t h e original setting o f t h e maranatha f o r m u l a o f i C o r . 1 6 : 1 2 is t o b e f o u n d in E n . i . 9. W h e t h e r this is so o r n o t , his s t a t e m e n t ( p . 1 9 3 ) t h a t ' I E n . 1 . 9 is n o w e x t a n t in t h e 4 Q E n o c h f r a g m e n t s ' w o u l d appear, in view o f t h e limited size o f t h e f r a g m e n t s , t o b e a n exaggeration. 2 . I C o n t e m p l a t e . I r e a d fn.&
larly ps*? sitn in "^i i 1 8 , 2 0 a n d p"? Itn in

ii 6). B u t t h e textual

C H A P T E R S 1-2

6i

heaven do not change their courses, (ar, a 3 5 ) how each rises and sets in order, each at its proper time, and they do not transgress their hw. 2 . 2 Consider the earth, and understand

situation i n E t h is r a t h e r c o m p l e x , a n d E t h does n o t universally offer imperatives i n t h e s e passages. T h e reading fnjE.^; is n o t v e r y strongly attested in 3 . i ; 3 ; 4 ; 5 . i , a n d it is possible that ni?<&! is t h e original Ethiopic r e a d i n g ; for t h e view t h a t fn?$; ( u n d e r s t o o d as t h e 3 r d m a s c . p l u r . perfect 'they c o n t e m p l a t e d ' ) is directly d e p e n d e n t o n a n A r a m a i c Itn ( w h i c h could h a v e b e e n u n d e r s t o o d b o t h a s a 3 n d p l u r . imperative a n d as a 3 r d m a s c . plur. p e r f e c t ) see Ullendorff, ' A n A r a m a i c " V o r l a g e " ?', 3 6 6 . H o w e v e r , it is clear t h a t i n t h e c o u r s e o f t i m e n\1^; c a m e t o b e u n d e r s t o o d a s a n assimilated i s t sing, perfect. Contemplate

all t h e events in heaven:

law"? p " ? Nipn

]

E t h Gr^an; Aram'^i i 1 8

1Da[. N o t h i n g is legible f r o m the p h o t o -

g r a p h after 15a[, a n d w h a t stood before j l 3 7 Nipn m u s t r e m a i n u n c e r t a i n . h o w t h e lights i n h e a v e n d o n o t c h a n g e their c o u r s e s , h o w . . . : E t h ; GrPa° ' h o w t h e y do n o t c h a n g e their courses, and the lights in heaven,

h o w . . . '. C f . ( ? ) Aram-^i i 1 9 ILTSpHJ] miD»a[. I take NmiOiB t o b e f r o m 110 ('to g o a r o u n d , visit'), a n d t o m e a n 'circuit, o r b i t ' ( t h e f o r m ]inmOa o c c u r s in Aram^^'''-'' 2 8 2 , c f . E t h 8 3 . 1 0 ) , h e n c e 'in t h e circuits o f their lights'. A r a m w o u l d a p p e a r n o t t o c o r r e s p o n d e x a c t l y to anything in E t h a n d A r a m . h o w e a c h r i s e s a n d s e t s : A b b 3 5 T a n a 9 E t h I I Gr^a"; c f . ( ? ) Aram"^i

i 1 9 ] . [ J.nViD ''l.

a n d t h e y d o n o t t r a n s g r e s s t h e i r l a w : E t h G r ^ a n ; c f . ( ? ) A r a m ^ i ii 1 pT

» N'71[. T h e surface o f A r a m ^ i ii h a s suffered serious

d a m a g e , a n d m u c h o f t h e t e x t (as e.g. t h e letters between a a n d p i i n "1 ii i ) c a n n o t b e r e a d f r o m t h e p h o t o g r a p h . H o w e v e r , t h e last w o r d is p e r h a p s t o b e r e s t o r e d p 1 [ 0 , i.e. a n assimilated f o r m f o r JinSIO 'their law' ( c f . linns'? I Q a p G e n X X I I 4 ; F i t z m y e r , Genesis Apocryphon, 169). NDIO does n o t o c c u r in O l d T e s t a m e n t A r a m a i c o r t h e T a r g u m s w i t h t h e m e a n i n g 'rule, l a w ' , b u t this m e a n i n g is well attested f o r *]10 in t h e H e b r e w scrolls (cf. e.g. I Q S a I i ) . 3.

3 Consider

t h e e a r t h . . . u p o n i t : E t h G r ^ a " ; c f . Aram"^! i 3 0

]iaiS?3 N33ianH1 N»i[N]'7 pD"? N1Tn[ and »i ii I

' i a » a ia

n.

6a

T H EETHIOPIC

BOOK O F ENOCH

from the work which is done upon it, from the beginning to the end, that no work of God changes as it becomes manifest. 2 . 3 Consider the summer and the winter, ( 2 r , b i ) how the whole earth is full of water, and clouds and dew and rain rest upon it.

I n "=1 i 2 0 I take X J l i a n X t o b e a mistake f o r IllianN, i . e . 2 n d m a s c . p l u r . o f t h e I t h p o . o f pa (possibly t h e copyist w a s influenced b y his spelling Kitn instead o f lin). A g a i n ii is scarcely legible f r o m t h e photograph. 2 . 2 t h a t n o w o r k . . . b e c o m e s m a n i f e s t : E t h ; Gr^an 'that nothing u p o n e a r t h c h a n g e s , b u t all t h e works o f G o d b e c o m e manifest t o y o u ' . Cf. Aram" I i 2 i

ps]*? x t n n a a n d H ii 2

]"?[ ni.[.

^Itt^S

Aram'i i 21 StnDtt VlD[ w o u l d a p p e a r t o b e closer t o Gr^an t h a n t o E t h , b u t otherwise, b e c a u s e o f t h e srriall a m o u n t o f A r a m a i c evidence available a n d t h e difficulty o f reading ii, it is n o t possible t o s a y anything a b o u t t h e relationship o f A r a m t o GrP*" a n d E t h . —• Possibly K t n n a in this c o n t e x t m e a n s n o t ' t o b e c o m e manifest', b u t ' t o b e useful'. 2 . 3 - 5 . I deal w i t h t h e seasons o f t h e y e a r , 2 . 3 a n d 3 w i t h winter, a n d 4 a n d 5 . I w i t h s u m m e r ; 2 . 3 a n d 3 r u n parallel i n f o r m a n d c o n t e n t w i t h 4 . a n d 5 . i . — F o r 2 . 3 c f . ( ? ) Aram"=i i 2 2 VjlD n X [ a n d

•''jnV Itn Nsns

ii 2 - 4

2 v^mh

xri% r

[ 3 [

4

T h e end o f ii 3 is p e r h a p s to b e r e a d [VdI] Xini» ^'?[n (cf. i 22), a n d m a y c o r r e s p o n d t o E t h 'the winter, h o w t h e whole e a r t h ' . E t h w o u l d a p p e a r t o b e s h o r t e r t h a n A r a m , a n d t o differ fairly considerably f r o m A r a m at t h e beginning o f t h e v e r s e . — T h e w o r d o c c u r s h e r e , i n line 6 , a n d i n astr.bgS 1 (cf. 8 2 . 9 ) . "JH in t h e Old T e s t a m e n t m e a n t originally ' s t a n d a r d ' o r ' b a n n e r ' , a n d t h e n c a m e t o b e used t o refer t o a t r o o p o r division o f soldiers; here it is apparently used t o refer t o a division o f t i m e (cf. a j ii 6 = c . 4 w h e r e a p p e a r s t o c o r r e s p o n d t o ffoTOrt \). T h e u s e o f " t H i n this w a y is a little s t r a n g e , b u t t h e readings "''m'? e t c . a r e all quite clear.

63

CHAPTERS 2-4

3. Contemplate and see how all the trees appear withered, and (how) all their leaves are stripped, with the exception of fourteen trees (zr, b5) which are not stripped, which remain with the old (foliage) until the new comes after two or three years. 4. And again, contemplate the days of summer, how at its beginning the sun is above it (the earth). Y o u seek shelter and shade because of the heat of the sun, {zx, b i o ) and the earth burns with a scorching heat, and you cannot tread upon the earth, or upon a rock, because of its heat.

3. C o n t e m p l a t e a n d s e e h o w . . . a r e stripped:

c f . A r a m ^ i ii 4

pU^TB

to b e restored

]

''^T

Itn w h i c h

is p e r h a p s

itn.

X^TIi |n"7[3 n'-lV'-K] "tDT — F o r 3-s. i Gr^^" has only ' C o n t e m p l a t e a n d s e e all t h e trees . . . h o w t h e g r e e n leaves e t c ' T h e omission w a s a l m o s t certainly t h r o u g h h o m o i o t e l e u t o n . w i t h t h e e x c e p t i o n . . . o l d ( f o l i a g e ) : c f . A r a m ^ i ii 5

and "^i i 2 4

pVX I W ] X5?aiN ]» X"ia

T h e w o r d s in " i ii 5 w h i c h a r e o b s c u r e o n t h e p h o t o g r a p h a r e p r e s u m a b l y

to b e read \n-bV['\ pVjX. I n •=! i 2 4 t h e N a t t h e e n d o f XS?aiX is p r e s u m a b l y , i f t h e reading is c o r r e c t , a mistake f o r n.

nVfll |''mn.[

u n t i l t h e n e w . . . t h r e e y e a r s : c f . A r a m ^ i ii 6 and n ''I i 2 5 ]pB' DTim p i m [ . I n this verse E t h appears t o b e fairly close t o A r a m , b u t does n o t h a v e precisely t h e s a m e c o n s t r u c t i o n a s A r a m . 4 . A n d a g a i n . . . a b o v e i t ( t h e e a r t h ) : c f . A r a m ' i ii 6 f .

npVwi n[ "=1 i 2 6flpVu^ln^'O JIH. [.

xts'-p]

7

•'Vn'? pV

iin

and I t is u n f o r t u n a t e t h a t m o r e e v i d e n c e h a s n o t survived i n A r a m , b u t E t h w o u l d in a n y case a p p e a r t o b e different from Aram. Y o u s e e k . . . s c o r c h i n g h e a t : c f . A r a m ^ i ii 7

n'-aip p Ullendorff

('An Aramaic

]''s?a p

pjsi

"Vorlage"?',

mR-'lft'i'i reflects a n A r a m a i c

2 6 4 ) suggests

that

7°MCi:

VibbVin, a n d sees this a s e v i d e n c e

for t h e d i r e c t u s e o f an A r a m a i c version b y E t h .

64

T H EETHIOPIC

BOOK O F ENOCH

5. I Contemplate how the trees are covered with green leaves, and bear fruit. And understand in respect of everything and perceive how H e who lives for ever made all these things

4 . a n d y o u c a n n o t . . . i t s h e a t : cf. A r a m ^ i ii 8

and "^i i 2 7

] . ^no'?! X . . . .

T h e o c c u r r e n c e o f pflSW here provides f u r t h e r evidence for t h e use o f nSlTX in the sense ' t o b e able' i n Palestinian A r a m a i c (cf. I Q a p G e n X X I 1 3 ; F i t z m y e r , Genesis Apocryphon, 1 5 0 f . ; Black, An Aramaic Approach to the Gospels, 3 r d e d n . , O x f o r d , 1 9 6 7 , 1 3 3 , 3 1 8 ) . 5. I C o n t e m p l a t e h o w . . . g r e e n l e a v e s : E t h ; G r ^ a " ' ( C o n t e m p l a t e ) h o w the green leaves o n t h e m c o v e r the t r e e s ' . C f . A r a m ^ i ii 9

r&m ppiT' ]n3 and <=! i 2 8

n"'a'7''[x ] . . . pnVlD X'-jVx '7»3[.

B o t h E t h a n d G r ^ a " would appear t o have a c o n s t r u c t i o n different f r o m that in A r a m . a n d b e a r f r u i t : E t h ; G r ^ a " ' a n d all their fruit (is) for h o n o u r a n d glory'.

Cf. Aram^i ii 1 0 VT\ \irb

a n d -^i i 2 9 ]'?n nn3»n Ipn"?. E t h has

nothing corresponding t o nn3tt?r Ipn'?, b u t otherwise it is n o t possible t o say w h e t h e r the w o r d i n g o f G r ' ^ n exactly reflected that o f A r a m . — I d o n o t k n o w h o w the w o r d i n "^i i 2 9 beginning "^Ti is t o be r e s t o r e d ; it would n o t a p p e a r t o c o r r e s p o n d t o anything i n E t h o r G r ^ a " .

A n d u n d e r s t a n d . . . a n d p e r c e i v e : E t h ; Gr""™ ' U n d e r s t a n d a n d know i n r e s p e c t o f all his works a n d p e r c e i v e ' . C f . A r a m ^ i ii 1 0

Y7k

nn3» '733.

T h o u g h the central p a r t of ^1 ii l o c a i m o t b e r e a d f r o m

t h e p h o t o g r a p h , A r a m p'rX n"'13S? "pDi is closer t o Gi^'^ t h a n t o E t h . h o w H e . . . f o r y o u : E t h I I ; E t h I ' h o w y o u m a d e all these things w h o live f o r e v e r ' ; Gr""™ ' h o w t h e living G o d m a d e these (things) s o , a n d h e lives for all eternity'. C f . A r a m ^ i ii 1 1 '73 l a S p

'7S7'7 X'n[

pVX nnSS; a n d <=! i 3 0 n'7» Via"? n [ . T h e beginning o f a i ii I I , w h e r e again t h e t e x t is r a t h e r o b s c u r e o n t h e p h o t o g r a p h , is possibly to be restored ]'•[»'?» '^p'S^ X''n[ n . "=1 i 3 0 a'7» '713'7 H is p r e s u m a b l y p a r t o f the divine t i t l e ; it is n o t clear h o w this is t o b e related t o the t e x t o f a I ii 1 1 , b u t possibly w e h a v e h e r e evidence for variant readings within t h e Q u m r a n m a n u s c r i p t s o f E n o c h . —^Aram*i ii 1 1 is closer t o E t h . I I

CHAPTER 5

6s

for y o u ; (zr, bi5) 5. 2 and (how) his works (are) before him in each succeeding year, and all his works serve him and do not change, but as G o d has decreed, so everything is done. 5 . 3 And consider how the seas and rivers together (2r, b2o) complete their tasks. 5 . 4 But you have not persevered, nor o b served the law of the L o r d . But you have transgressed, and have spoken proud and hard words with your unclean mouth against his majesty. Y o u hard of heart! Y o u will not have (2r, b2s) peace! 5 . 5 And because of this you will curse your days, and the years of your life you will destroy. And the

than t o either E t h I o r G r ' * " . E t h I is m e r e l y a c o r r u p t f o r m o f E t h I I l-tti l AfiOP*;), as t h e evidence o f A r a m n o w m a k e s clear ( c o n t r a s t t h e views o f Charles, Text, 8 ; F l e m m i n g , Text, 3 , w h o a r g u e for t h e priority o f E t h I , a n d see E t h I I as a n e m e n d e d f o r m o f E t h I ) . Gr^a-^ contains a doublet (©eos jcov a n d 2Vl ^^S i r a v r a s toOs aicovas), b u t , even a p a r t f r o m this, it is f u r t h e r t h a n E t h f r o m A r a m .

(7ftCh*! for

5 . 2 f. A r a m h a s only t h e following m a t e r i a l (^i ii 1 1 f . ) c o r r e s p o n d i n g to

vv.

2

and

3

of

Eth

Gr^an:

maO

pSS

]

]nb[0

12

T h i s m a y indicate a n expansion o f t h e t e x t in E t h Gr^^n in c o m p a r i s o n w i t h A r a m , although this m u s t r e m a i n u n c e r t a i n in view o f o u r limited knowledge o f A r a m . H o w e v e r , t h e differences b e t w e e n E t h a n d Gr^^" in w . 2 a n d 3 suggest t h a t in a n y case t h e t e x t o f Gr*""" has been e x p a n d e d here. 5. 4 B u t y o u h a v e n o t p e r s e v e r e d :

E t h Gi^^";

c f . A r a m ^ i ii 1 2

p n a s irfatf jfuSI — ' B u t y o u have changed y o u r tasks'. E t h a n d Gr^a^ h a v e h e r e a n identical text, w h i c h is different f r o m A r a m . B u t y o u h a v e t r a n s g r e s s e d . . . h i s m a j e s t y : E t h Gr^^"; c f . A r a m ^ i

ii 1 3 p n a o Ora PTT^PL ]3-)31 ^mb^ P I . [ . I take DT-a t o b e a mistake for m s a . I t is u n f o r t u n a t e t h a t t h e w o r d b e f o r e •'FLLVS? is u n c l e a r , b u t it is difficult t o s a y anything w i t h confidence a b o u t t h e reading. — F o r PLTPL ]aiaT c f . E n . I . 9. —Gr^an a d d s w h a t appears t o b e a gloss ' b e c a u s e y o u h a v e spoken w i t h y o u r lies'. Y o u w i l l n o t h a v e p e a c e ! : E t h Gi^^; c f . A r a m ^ i ii 1 4 P V A V » 5.

s And because . . . your

days:

E t h Gr^a";

cf. A r a m ^ i

|[. ii 1 4

P]BIVN P'-AR PNX. a n d t h e y e a r s . . . d e s t r o y : E t h ; GrPa" ' a n d t h e years o f y o u r life will b e d e s t r o y e d ' ; c f . A r a m ^ i ii 1 4 826163

''XS[\

D

66

T H E ETHIOPIC BOOK OF ENOCH

eternal curse will increase, and you will not receive mercy. 5. 6 In those days you will transform your name into an eternal curse ( 2 r , b3o) to all the righteous, and they will curse you sinners for ever—you together with the sinners. 5. 7 F o r the chosen there will be light and joy and peace, and they will inherit the earth. But for you, the impious, there will be a curse. ( 2 r , b35) 5. 8 W h e n wisdom is given to the chosen, they will all live, and will not again do wrong, either through forgetfulness, or through pride. But those who possess wisdom

A n d t h e e t e r n a l c u r s e w i l l i n c r e a s e : E t h I I ; G r ' a n ' a n d t h e years o f y o u r d e s t r u c t i o n will increase in a n eternal c u r s e ' ; c f . A r a m ^ i ii 1 5 a j V p S'lj'Ja pJD'' p n a X GrPa" t h a n t o E t h .

""[ItSI. A r a m w o u l d appear t o b e closer t o

S. 6 a n e t e r n a l c u r s e : E t h Gr^a"; c f . A r a m ^ i ii 1 6 ] d V s tJl"?"? . [ . a n d t h e y w i l l c u r s e y o u s i n n e r s f o r e v e r : E t h ( t h e t e x t could also b e translated ' a n d t h e sinners will c u r s e y o u for e v e r ' ) ; GrPa^ ' a n d all those w h o c u r s e will c u r s e b y y o u ' . E t h a n d Gr""*" a r e r a t h e r different, b u t a p p e a r t o g o b a c k ultimately t o t h e s a m e t e x t . — T h e variants ' c u r s e y o u ' / ' c u r s e b y y o u ' m a y p e r h a p s b e explained o n t h e a s s u m p t i o n t h a t t h e underlying A r a m a i c version h a d a c o n s t r u c t i o n w i t h 3 , w h i c h E t h took as i n t r o d u c i n g t h e object o f t h e c u r s e , b u t G r as i n t r o d u c i n g t h e o a t h b y w h i c h t h e c u r s e w a s u t t e r e d (cf. t h e a m b i g u o u s 3 V'rp o f I s a . 8: 2 1 ) . y o u t o g e t h e r w i t h t h e s i n n e r s : E t h — t h e w o r d s m a k e little s e n s e ; Gr^an ' a n d all t h e sinners a n d impious will swear b y you'. Charles {Text, 1 0 ) explains E t h in t e r m s o f a c o r r u p t G r e e k Vorlage {'\Ori. i y " f I A ' = 6iJioO |J6T6C c o r r u p t for 6noC5vTai). T h i s is possible, b u t it s e e m s to m e also possible t h a t t h e w o r d s a r e a gloss w h i c h originated w h e n t h e p r e c e d i n g clause c a m e t o b e u n d e r s t o o d as ' a n d t h e sinners will c u r s e y o u for e v e r ' . — G r ^ ^ n continues with s o m e material w h i c h is n o t p r e s e n t in E t h . T h e first p a r t o f this anticipates in p a r t w h a t is said in v . 7 , a n d is m o s t p r o b a b l y a n i n n e r - G r e e k expansion o f t h e t e x t . B u t t h e last t w o clauses ( ' a n d f o r all y o u sinners t h e r e will b e n o salvation, b u t u p o n y o u all will rest a c u r s e ' ) could well h a v e belonged t o t h e original A r a m a i c t e x t o f E n o c h . — C f . A r a m ^ i ii 1 7 J ' t s ' ? •[ w h i c h m i g h t possibly c o r r e s p o n d t o Kal -rraaiv {(ipXv TOTS duapTCoXois KTX.). 5 . 8 B u t t h o s e . . . b e h u m b l e : E t h ; G r ^ a " h a s w h a t appears t o b e a duplicate r e n d e r i n g : ' B u t t h e r e will b e t o t h e enlightened m a n light, a n d t o t h e wise m a n p e r c e p t i o n . ' T h e first rendering is v e r y different

CHAPTERS 5-6

67

will be humble. 5. 9 T h e y will not again do wrong, and they will not be judged all the days of their life, and they will not die of (the divine) wrath or anger. But (zr, c i ) they will c o m plete the number of the days of their life, and their life will grow in peace, and the years of their joy will increase in gladness and in eternal peace all the days of their life. 6. I And it came to pass, when {zr, 05) the sons of men had increased, that in those days there were born to them fair and beautiful daughters. 6. 2 And the angels, the sons of heaven, saw them and desired them. And they said to one another: 'Come, let us choose for ourselves wives from the children of men, (zr, c i o ) and let us beget for ourselves children.' 6. 3 And Semyaza, who was their leader, said to t h e m : ' I fear that

f r o m E t h , a n d is p r o b a b l y t o b e r e g a r d e d as a n expansion o f G r . B u t t h e s e c o n d rendering, despite t h e different c o n s t r u c t i o n s , is quite close t o E t h , t h e only i m p o r t a n t variant being J E . ? ! ? * ; / voTjpia. I t m a y b e suggested t h a t these variant readings derive f r o m a confusion o f VdDB^'' a n d " T D W . I f this is s o , w e h a v e h e r e evidence f o r t h e d i r e c t d e p e n d e n c e o f E t h o n an A r a m a i c version. 5. 9 a n d t h e y w i l l n o t b e j u d g e d : Gr^^ ' a n d t h e y will n o t sin' c a n h a r d l y h a v e f o r m e d t h e original f o r E t h . U l l e n d o r f f ( ' A n A r a m a i c " V o r l a g e " ? ' , 2 6 4 ) thinks t h a t G r m a k e s b e t t e r sense t h a n E t h , a n d suggests 'that t h e e r r o r [in E t h ] arose f r o m t h e S e m i t i c Vorlage in w h i c h t h e E t h i o p i c translator seems t o h a v e mistaken p s q " t o j u d g e " f o r p § ' " t o s i n " '. G r a n t e d that t h e variants derive f r o m a confusion o f these t w o r o o t s — a n d t h a t w e h a v e h e r e , therefore, e v i d e n c e f o r t h e d i r e c t d e p e n d e n c e o f E t h o n an A r a m a i c v e r s i o n — i t m a y b e a r g u e d t h a t E t h is n o t inferior t o G r (cf. D i l l m a n n , SAB 1 8 9 2 , 1 0 4 3 ) , a n d t h a t b o t h m a k e g o o d sense. E t h 'and t h e y will n o t be j u d g e d ' f o r m s t h e m i d d l e m e m b e r o f a c l i m a c t i c series (they will n o t sin, t h e y will n o t b e j u d g e d , t h e y will n o t b e punished b y d e a t h ) . Gr^a"" ' a n d t h e y will n o t sin' offers a parallel to t h e p r e c e d i n g clause. I t is difficult t o decide b e t w e e n t h e t w o . 6. 1 A n d i t c a m e

to pass, w h e n :

cf. Aram**! ii 2 ( f r a g m e n t a )

] 1 3 Nlim. Xnn is p r e s u m a b l y intended as t h e 3 r d sing. m a s c . perf. P^'al (for this f o r m c f . I Q a p G e n X X I I 8 Nlini; F i t z m y e r , Genesis

Apocryphon, 1 7 0 f., cf. 1 1 8 ) . f a i r a n d b e a u t i f u l d a u g h t e r s : cf. A r a m ^ i ii 3 ( f r a g m e n t a ) ] . J T S B ' . 6. 3 S e m y a z a . T h e n a m e in A r a m a i c was ntrT'Bt? (cf. iii 6 = E t h 6. 7 ; * i iv I = E t h 8. 3 ) . (ItlTatl? apparently m e a n s ' t h e (or m y ) n a m e h a s

68

T H EETHIOPIC

BOOK O F ENOCH

you may not wish this deed to be done, and (that) I alone will pay for this great sin.' 6. 4 And they all answered him and said: ' L e t us all swear an oath, (ar, C 1 5 ) and bind one another with curses not to alter this plan, but t o carry out this plan effectively.' 6. 5 T h e n they all swore together and all bound one another with curses t o it. 6. 6 And they were in all two hundred, and they came down on Ardis which is (ar, cao) the sunmiit of Mount Hermon. And they called the mountain

s e e n ' o r ' h e sees t h e n a m e ' ( c f . S c h m i d t , ' T h e Original L a n g u a g e o f t h e Parables o f E n o c h ' , 3 4 3 . C f . also, h o w e v e r , t h e discussion o f t h e n a m e STfttt? i n M . N o t h , Die israelitischen Personennamen im Rahmen der gemeinsemitischen Namengebung, S t u t t g a r t , 1 9 2 8 , 1 2 3 f . ; N o t h links t h e e l e m e n t -S2> w i t h t h e divine n a m e QISN w h i c h is k n o w n f r o m t h e Elephantine texts). 6. 4 A n d t h e y a l l a n s w e r e d h i m a n d s a i d : E t h GrSy">= b m 485 B M 4 9 1 T a n a 9 G r ^ a " ' A n d t h e y all a n s w e r e d h i m ' , C f . A r a m ^ i iii i

L e t u s a l l s w e a r a n o a t h : c f . ( ? ) A r a m ^ i ii 7 ( f r a g m e n t c ) ] W a n d iii I n o t t o a l t e r t h i s p l a n : E t h G r ^ a " sync a . ^f. A r a m ^ i iii 2 p

ruVs a W i

]1] naVa. A t the e n d o f iii i [SV ''1] should p e r h a p s be supplied ' [ t h a t n o n e ] of us will t u r n f r o m [this] p l a n ' . A r a m differs f r o m all t h r e e versions in t h e addition o f a n d in t h e use o f a n intransitive, r a t h e r t h a n a transitive c o n s t r u c t i o n . b u t t o c a r r y o u t : c f . ( ? ) Aram""! ii 8 ( f r a g m e n t c ) ]as?3. 6. 5 T h e n t h e y a l l s w o r e t o g e t h e r : c f . A r a m ^ i iii 3 m n S p ' ? a . a n d a l l b o u n d o n e a n o t h e r w i t h c u r s e s : c f . A r a m ^ i iii 3 1]a"nnX1. 6. 6 A n d t h e y w e r e . . . M o u n t H e r m o n : E t h ; G r ^ a - o m i t s ; Gr^^'"' » ' A n d t h e y w e r e t w o h u n d r e d w h o c a m e d o w n in t h e days o f J a r e d o n t h e s u m m i t o f M o u n t H e r m o n ' . T h e differences b e t w e e n E t h a n d QjSync a a t t h e beginning o f t h e s e n t e n c e a r e n o t i m p o r t a n t , b u t t h e variant 'in t h e days o f J a r e d ' is significant. T h e e v i d e n c e o f A r a m "Vy ""fiVa ( a I iii 4 ) n o w m a k e s clear t h a t t h e reading o f GrSy""= * is superior t o t h a t o f E t h , a s has long b e e n suggested. T h e f u r t h e r s u g g e s tion t h a t t h e t e x t o f GrS>'°<= a ('who c a m e d o w n i n t h e days o f J a r e d ' ) implies a w o r d - p l a y in t h e original o n t h e n a m e J a r e d , c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o the obvious w o r d - p l a y o n t h e n a m e H e r m o n (cf. H a l e v y , JA v i 9 ( 1 8 6 7 ) ,

CHAPTER 6

69

Hermon, because on it they swore and bound one another with curses. 6. 7 And these (are) the names of their leaders:

3 5 6 f . ) , is v e r y plausible; b u t if t r u e , it presupposes the use o f H e b r e w in this passage, for the r o o t I T does n o t o c c u r in A r a m a i c . T h e occasional use o f H e b r e w in a work w h i c h seems for t h e m o s t p a r t t o have been w r i t t e n in A r a m a i c w o u l d n o t b e unusual (cf. Black, Aramaic Approach, 1 6 ) , a n d there is evidence (cf. i . 2 ; 2 7 . 2 ) for the use o f H e b r e w in one o r t w o o t h e r passages in E n o c h . F o r the origin o f E t h 'on A r d i s ' cf. D i l l m a n n , Text, 9 2 f. D i l l m a n n plausibly suggests that the E t h i o p i c translator o m i t t e d Tais fjnipats and r e a d 'lApsS els as one w o r d . b e c a u s e o n i t . . . w i t h c u r s e s : cf. A r a m ^ i iii 5 I t t J i n S I W '"T. 6. 7 A n d t h e s e ( a r e ) t h e n a m e s o f t h e i r l e a d e r s : cf. A r a m ' i iii 5

irVsi .[ and

ii 2 4 r\Ti\W

F o r the elucidation o f the following list o f n a m e s the evidence o f 8. 3 , w h e r e eight o f the angels are m e n t i o n e d a n d their functions described (nos. I , I I , 9, 4, 8, 3 , 7 , a n d 2 0 a c c o r d i n g t o Gr^)""^ '•), a n d o f 69. 2, w h e r e the list o f 6. 7 is repeated, m a y also be taken into a c c o u n t . I t m a y b e n o t e d that in 8. 3 the n a m e s o f the angels c o r r e s p o n d to their functions. I n 69. 2 it is generally t h o u g h t that the list is out o f place. T h e following general c o m m e n t s m a y be m a d e before the list is e x a m i n e d in detail. ( 1 ) T h e length o f the list. E t h has eighteen o r nineteen n a m e s (cf. below u n d e r n o . 2 ) , Gi^^' ^ twenty, G r ^ a n a n d E t h 69. 2 t w e n t y - o n e . I t seems, however, m o s t likely that there w e r e only t w e n t y n a m e s in t h e original list (cf. D i l l m a n n , Translation, 9 3 ; so M a r t i n , Translation, 1 2 ) , n o t t w e n t y - o n e , as is a r g u e d b y B e e r {Translation, 2 3 9 ) . T h i s is suggested firstly b y the fact that a c c o r d i n g t o 6. 6 t w o h u n d r e d angels descended, while according t o 6. 8 — a t least this appears to be the m e a n ing o f E t h I a n d Gr^^^—each angel in the hst o f 6. 7 w a s the leader o f ten. If, therefore, there w e r e t w e n t y - o n e n a m e s , S e m y a z a would have h a d t o have been c o u n t e d s e p a r a t e l y — a n d this seems unlikely. S e c o n d l y , in the list o f n a m e s given in A r a m ^ i iii 6 - 1 2 there appears t o be space for n o m o r e than t w e n t y n a m e s . O n l y f r a g m e n t s o f * i iii have survived, iii 1 2 lists the eighteenth and nineteenth n a m e s , a n d t h e n breaks off; whereas there is s p a c e in ^1 iii 1 2 for a twentieth n a m e , there is n o t s p a c e for a twenty-first. (2) I n the list in Gr^an n a m e s are given in an o r d e r totally different f r o m that in A r a m , GrS>""= a n d E t h . H o w e v e r , the difference in o r d e r c a n be readily explained o n the assumption that Gx^^"^ ( o r o n e o f its ancestors) was copied f r o m a m a n u s c r i p t in w h i c h the n a m e s , f r o m the f o u r t h onwards, w e r e arranged in f o u r c o l u m n s , a n d that, instead o f being r e a d f r o m left t o right, t h e n a m e s w e r e w r o n g l y r e a d f r o m t o p

THE ETHIOPIC

70

BOOK O F ENOCH

t o b o t t o m (cf. A . L o d s , Le Livre d'HEnoch, i o 6 f . ) . T h e following table should m a k e this clear. I n t h e table e a c h n a m e is p r e c e d e d b y w h a t seems t o have been its original n u m b e r , a n d is followed b y its n u m b e r in GrPan; 1 . lEHia3(i(i),

2 . Apa6
KiiJiPpct(3),

3 . Sccnnccvfi (4)

4. Xcoxapii^\(9)

5- Tanif|A(i4)

7. Ao(V£ii^X(s)

8. 'EjEKiriA (10)

9- BapocKii^A ( 1 5 )

I I . ApEccpcbs(6)

1 2 . BotTpii^A(ii)

13.

1 5 . Z£mriX(7)

1 6 . Zot9iriA(i2)

1 7 . Gcovir|A(i7)

19. 'IcoiieiriX (8)

20. ATpn^A(i3)

Avctvev&(i6)

6. •Pan:r|X(i8) 1 0 . ACTE(iX(i9) 1 4 . 'PoKEiriA (20) 1 8 . Toupir|X(3i)

(3) I n t h e list in A r a m t h e n a m e s a r e a c c o m p a n i e d b y a f o r m u l a w h i c h follows t h e p a t t e r n , X, Nth. after h i m . T h u s in "^i ii 2 5 t h e f o u r t h n a m e IS given T h i s f o r m u l a is n o t retained in t h e versions e x c e p t that in GrSy""^ a a^jj g t i i 5g_ 3 e a c h n a m e is n u m b e r e d . (4) T h e m e a n i n g o f t h e n a m e s . I n t h e light o f t h e A r a m a i c evidence it is possible t o identify t h e original f o r m o f eighteen o f t h e n a m e s w i t h a fair degree o f c e r t a i n t y — o n l y in the case o f the fifth a n d the sevent e e n t h n a m e s is t h e evidence either n o n - e x i s t e n t o r u n c l e a r . O f t h e eighteen n a m e s , fifteen a r e c o m p o u n d s with "^X, a n d o f these fifteen, twelve (nos. 3 , 4 , 6 , 8, 9, 1 2 , 1 3 , 1 5 , 1 6 , 1 8 , 1 9 , a n d 2 0 ) a r e linked i n their first element with astronomical, meteorological, a n d geographical p h e n o m e n a , e.g. Vxt&ai, "PXaDia. I t is possible t o interpret a n a m e s u c h a s 'jX'B^aB? is n o less t h a n three different w a y s : ' G o d is m y s u n ' , ' G o d is sun', a n d ' s u n o f G o d ' . B u t it seems difficult t o attach t o a n a m e s u c h as a n y o t h e r m e a n i n g t h a n ' c l o u d o f G o d ' , a n d I suggest that all twelve n a m e s a r e t o b e understood as involving c o n s t r u c t relationships. — T h e three o t h e r Vx n a m e s appear t o have as their first element a v e r b

in the perfect, viz. n o . 7 'JX^'H, n o . 1 0 VXOS, a n d n o . 1 4 VxiDO. T h e first n a m e , HtlT'Dl?, belongs with this g r o u p also, i n that t h e s e c o n d element appears t o b e a v e r b in t h e p e r f e c t . — O f t h e o t h e r t w o n a m e s ,

n o . I I , ""Jtiin, is a gentilic formation, a n d n o . 2 , the assumed «]pnS?1X, appears t o consist o f a c o n s t r u c t relationship. T h e evidence o f t h e versions f o r t h e n a m e s m a y n o w b e s e t o u t i n full. I n t h e case o f t h e E t h i o p i c evidence f o r 6. 7 I follow t h e o r t h o g r a p h y o f R y l , e x c e p t f o r nos. I , 4 , 9, 1 3 , a n d 1 4 w h e r e o t h e r M S S . have superior r e a d i n g s : Aram

Qj.Sync a

GrPaa

1

ntfT'Stt;

2!EiJiia3<5cs

SeijhojA

2

«ipn[

ATcepKoucp

ApotSAK KinppA

3

"rxjira-i VxaaiD

ApotKii^A

4

Xcoxapii^A

5

"Opoc|ji|jaiJii^

6

•PaniriX

Taiiii^X

Eth

E t h 69. 2

CHAPTER 6

71

Semyaza, who was their leader, Urakiba, Ramiel, Kokahiel,

GrSync a

Aram

7 8 9 10

GrPan

Eth

Eth

69. 2

Actvsii^A 'EjEKll^A BapocKii^A

Vxos?

AjocAji^A

AaedA

II

Oapnapos

Apsapcbs

12 13 14

Anapti^A

BocrpiriA

AvcxytinAs

Avocvevd

VjNino

IS

Gocuaai^A

'PocKSiriA

Sauii^A

IeHii^A

lapivAs

Icx6ir|A

i6 17 i8

'Eumi^A

6covif|A

Tupii^A

Toupii^A

19 20

'lounii^A

'|C0|JI£1T|A

2apir|A

ATpiriA

* Eth

69. 2 adds

a f u r t h e r n a m e a t this point,

dMh^:.

1. S e m y a z a , w h o w a s t h e i r l e a d e r : c f . A r a m ^ i iii 6 ] . HTrfatJ'. F o r t h e m e a n i n g o f t h e n a m e c f . v . 3 . — T h i s angel is m e n t i o n e d in 8. 3 w h e r e E t h h a s a totally c o r r u p t f o r m f o r t h e n a m e {K'^HMl;). 2. U r a k i b a . R>'^A: appears t o b e a c o m b i n a t i o n o f t w o n a m e s ,

h-Mld!

and

i-'^hh:

(BM

485,

Tana

9, a n d U l l in fact

spht t h e n a m e ,

w i t h T a n a 9 making e x a c t l y this division). GrPa" h a s t w o n a m e s , ApoddK,

Kl^Pp<4, c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o h-M\Xi\; Grsy"'^ a h a s AxctpKoO?, E t h 69. 2 XCriflt44-: ( b u t B M 48s hCm^fti). C f . A r a m a i iii 6 nV pT\ % I t is u n f o r t u n a t e t h a t only o n e letter o f t h e n a m e h a s survived in a j iii, b u t w h a t s e e m s t o b e t h e s a m e n a m e is m e n t i o n e d also in ' ' i iii 4 (fragm e n t p = 8. 3 ) , a l t h o u g h again i n a f r a g m e n t a r y s t a t e —

*]pri[

NS?]nX[ 'jWl. S i n c e t h e n a m e s o f t h e angels in 8. 3 c o r r e s p o n d t o their functions, I suggest t h a t t h e n a m e in A r a m a i c w a s "^pripIN, 'land o f t h e M i g h t y O n e ' (i.e. 'T'pny'lS, c f . VN''p'1N), o r possibly ' t h e land is m i g h t y ' . I n s u p p o r t o f this, it m i g h t b e pointed o u t t h a t it does appear possible t o explain t h e various f o r m s o f the s e c o n d n a m e in E t h a n d G r as c o r r u p tions o f a n original "jprSIN. O n t h e other h a n d it should b e n o t e d t h a t a c c o r d i n g t o GrS>""= a i n 8. 3 it w a s t h e third, n o t t h e s e c o n d , angel w h o t a u g h t t h e signs o f the e a r t h . T h i s , h o w e v e r , b e c o m e s intelligible w h e n w e e x a m i n e t h e third n a m e o f GrS>""= a in 6. 7, v i z . ApotKii^A. T h i s h a s been generally t h o u g h t t o p r e s u p p o s e which m a y b e understood as a variant o f «]pn»'1N. Gr^"^" a w o u l d s e e m t o h a v e retained b o t h «]pnSnK

72

T H EE T H I O P I C

BOOK OF ENOCH

Tamiel, Ramiel, (ar, C 2 5 ) Daniel, Ezeqiel, Baraqiel,

Asael,

a n d VX'p'IS i n his h s t i n 6. 7 (just as h e seems t o presuppose Vj^tTttW for b o t h t h e seventh a n d t h e fifteenth n a m e s , a n d

f o r t h e six-

t e e n t h a n d t h e twentieth), b u t t o have a t t a c h e d his reference t o / VK'pIN »lpnS?nN i n 8 . 3 t o t h e f o r m '7N''pnN. — N o t e that i n 8 . 3 E t h GrP^" have nothing corresponding t o A r a m ' ' ! iii 4 X»]1N[ '']2?n3 or t o Gr^y"": ^ ' t h e third t a u g h t t h e portents o f t h e e a r t h ' . 3.

Ramiel:

cf. Aram^i

iii 6 f. nV \^T\'bT\ '?S]B?aT

^pripIN

a n d "^i ii 2 5

jn"? •'n'''?n[. T h e n a m e Vxtrai ( = (?) 'evening o f G o d ' ) is reflected in n o n e o f t h e versions. F o r Gr^y"" ^ c f . 8 . 3 a n d t h e note above o n U r a k i b a . QjPan SannocvT^ is c o r r u p t , a n d there is n o obvious explanation o f t h e n a m e . E t h ^'^fciV; o n t h e o t h e r h a n d is at least intelligible as a c o r r u p tion o f bmm. E t h 69. 2 ftC^l: w o u l d appear t o b e a n i n n e r - E t h i o p i c c o r r u p t i o n o f i-^ZK^ \. 4. K o k a b i e l : I r e a d E t h I \<W\.hA\

cf. Aram^i iii 7 "?]N3D15 a n d

in place o f E t h I I

hYUhh-h.:;

ii 2 5 nV '•SJ'aT VX3Dlb [. T h e n a m e

VN3D1D m e a n s 'star o f G o d ' . — T h i s angel is m e n t i o n e d i n 8. 3 , b u t there is nothing particularly t o b e n o t e d h e r e . 5 . T a m i e l : this n a m e h a s n o t survived i n A r a m — iji y \^ only nV •>Br'[an. T h e versions offer three different n a m e s : Gr^yc a 'Opannani^ ( = (?)"'M-in, cf. n o . 1 1 ) ; Gr^an a n d E t h Tauii^A/rtlfl^A,2V; ( = ( ? ) bimT\—

' G o d is perfect', for which cf. O . T . DnV); E t h 69. 2 flvCAiV! = VsmO. S i n c e VimD o c c u r s as t h e eighteenth n a m e in all t h e witnesses, E t h 6 9 . 2 rtl'CAp^! w o u l d a p p e a r t o b e a n i n n e r - E t h i o p i c c o r r u p t i o n o f eno^hA!. 6. R a m i e l : c f . A r a m ^ i iii 7 [HV TITIB; VjSDSri. T h e n a m e VSttST should p r o b a b l y b e taken t o m e a n ' t h u n d e r o f G o d ' . 7 . D a n i e l : c f . A r a m ^ i iii 8 ''S?]->3B? Vs^'n. Gr^an, E t h , a n d E t h 69. 2 presuppose ( ' G o d h a s j u d g e d ' ) as t h e seventh n a m e , b u t QjSync a locu^^fx is Completely different. H e r e again, however, exactly as in the case o f Araqiel, there is a correlation in Gr^''"'' * between t h e o r d e r o f the n a m e s in 6. 7 a n d t h e r e f e r e n c e t o t h e n a m e s i n 8 . 3 . A c c o r d i n g t o QjSync a jjj 8. 3 t h e seventh angel t a u g h t t h e signs o f t h e s u n ( c f . A r a m a i iv 4 SB>]aB> ""S^nJ '7S''W[aB>). i t would s e e m t h e n that Sauyix is derived f r o m '7S''B^aB' (in w h i c h case GrSy°'= a h a s t h e s a m e n a m e f o r n o s . 7 a n d 1 5 ) . — N o t e that in 8. 3 E t h Gr^an have nothing corresponding t o A r a m a i iv 4 VflfpD -'m\ portents o f the sun'.

or t o GrS>'-"= a ' t h e seventh taught t h e

CHAPTER 6

Armaros,

Batriel,

Ananel,

Zaqiel,

73

Samsiel,

Sartael . . .,

8. E z e q i e l : cf. Aram-^i ii 26 n"? Tjan '?N'>p''T [. T h e n a m e '?K''p"'t m e a n s 'shooting star o f G o d ' . Gt^y^" Gr^an, a n d E t h all presuppose '7X''p''T as t h e eighth n a m e , although G r ' a n a n d E t h have s o m e w h a t altered its f o r m . E t h 69. 2 is again c o r r u p t . — T h i s angel is m e n t i o n e d i n 8. 3 ; Aramai iv 3 has VJSD-'t, GT^"^" ^ ' t h e e i g h t h ' , b u t b o t h E t h a n d Gt^'^ have different n a m e s . 9. B a r a q i e l . I r e a d E t h I n & i ? 2 V : in place o f E t h I I Ad.4»''.PA.;; cf. A r a m a i iii 8 Tib "rXpia a n d "^i ii 26 ft*? ''V['^T\. T h e n a m e m e a n s 'hghtning o f G o d ' . — T h i s angel is m e n t i o n e d in 8. 3 ; it m a y b e n o t e d h e r e that in Gr^an (TocKiiiA) the first syllable o f the n a m e has d r o p p e d o u t . 10. A s a e l : c f . A r a m a i iii 9 j n - D S VnOS? a n d -^i ii 26 b^hl. I suggest that this n a m e m e a n s ' G o d h a s m a d e ' ( c f . O . T . "tKiIB^S?). Qj.Pan a n d E t h presuppose VkOV as t h e t e n t h n a m e , b u t GrS>""^ ^ a n d E t h 69. 2 appear t o confuse the n a m e with "?tNt». — T h i s angel IS m e n tioned i n 8. i ; 10. 4, 8, a n d 1 3 . i , passages w h e r e Gr^ai sync a regularly have "AsocTiA a n d E t h Mintbh'.; i n these passages also there w o u l d appear t o b e a confusion between "tSDS? a n d "PlXtS?.

1 1 . A r m a r o s : c f . Aram-^i ii 2 7 hh^l ]''3a-im a n d ( ? ) ai iii 9 n"? N[, T h e n a m e ""Win m e a n s ' t h e o n e f r o m H e r m o n ' ( c f . V. 6). T h e various f o r m s in E t h a n d G r , t h o u g h s o m e w h a t altered a r e all explicable in t e r m s o f an original ''jain (on the initial 9 in Gr^y^'^ a (Dapnapos c f . D i l l m a n n , Translation, 94). — N o t e that Gr^y^^ a appears t o presuppose the s a m e n a m e for the fifth n a m e (cf. a b o v e ) . — T h i s angel is m e n t i o n e d i n 8. 3, b u t there is nothing particularly t o b e noticed h e r e . 12. B a t r i e l : cf. A r a m a i iii 9 hV "1]DS? n n »7inD» a n d <=i ii 27 V M j i t J B . T h e n a m e m e a n s 'rain o f G o d ' . A l l t h e versions a p p e a r t o presuppose "rsnoa, although i n Gr^a", E t h , a n d E t h 69. 2 the initial a has b e c o m e 3, while in GrSy"" a n a m e has been c o r r u p t e d into Anapir|X. — E t h 69. 2 inserts a n a m e a t this point (Basasael) w h i c h has n o parallel in any o f the o t h e r lists. 13. A n a n e l : I r e a d M'ih.h.'. i n place o f ftTlA.;; c f . A r a m a i iii 10 nV ]1DS? nnVn blXW a n d means 'cloud o f G o d ' .

ii

27 inV "ira nn'?n bVSSSl T h e n a m e

14. Z a q i e l . I r e a d H ' t f c ^ ; with T a n a 9 B M 492 o n t h e g r o u n d s {a) t h a t t h e o t h e r f o r m s o f this n a m e i n E t h a r e intelligible a s c o r r u p t i o n s o f H'fiA'^V; a n d (6) that H ' t A . A : does c o r r e s p o n d t o a n a m e w h i c h o c c u r s elsewhere in this list in A r a m a i c , i . e . '7S''|"?''t ( c f . n o . 8). — F o r this

74

T H EE T H I O P I C

BOOK OF ENOCH

Turiel, Yomiel, Araziel. 6. 8 T h e s e are the leaders of the two hundred angels, and of all the others with them.

f o u r t e e n t h n a m e c f . Aram'^i ii 2 7 f. iii 1 0 n*? "ION n » i

[. I take VXIDD t o m e a n ' G o d h a s h i d d e n ' (i.e.

G o d has p r o t e c t e d ) , c f . O . T . IIDO a n d 'IDO. T h e versions a r e all c o r r u p t h e r e . Gt^^" ^ Gocuoai^A is at least intelligible as a c o r r u p t i o n o f an original

VxnnO (metathesis o f 6 a n d o ) , b u t Gi^^ 'PcckeitiX ( = (?) '7Nj?13, c f . •Pc(Kn=|A = VXpna i n 8. 3 ) , E t h Hihiii (='7N''|'?''t) a n d E t h 6 9 . 2 nvCPAi ( = "rimtJ) a r e all c o m p l e t e l y different f r o m A r a m , a n d it is n o t clear w h y all these different n a m e s c a m e into t h e t e x t at this point. i « . S a m s i e l : c f . A r a m a i iii 1 0 f.

a n d ""i ii

2 8 Vsj^CaiT. T h e n a m e should probably b e taken t o m e a n 'sun o f G o d ' . — N o t e that this angel is m e n t i o n e d i n 8. 3 , f o r w h i c h c f . u n d e r n o . 7 . 1 6 . S a r t a e l : c f . A r a m a i iii 1 1 Tib 1 0 » n n [ » j V x n W a n d '1 ii 2 8 n]"? [-ipV nn» '7S''in»[. T h e reading " P S n W ( ' m o o n o f G o d ' ) is n o t quite certain, a n d VxnnO' ('dawn o f G o d ' ) is a possible alternative. H o w e v e r , t h e balance o f probability favours t h e reading '?S''1i1B> (see t h e discussion o n n o . 2 0 ) . Gi^y^' ^ Sapiva;, Gr^a" Ioc9ir|A, a n d E t h tlCthSi.:/ tl'VCki^i c a n all b e explained as deriving f r o m a n original '7K'''inB', although t h e f o r m o f t h e n a m e h a s b e e n s o m e w h a t c o r r u p t e d in Gr^ai a n d E t h . E t h 69. 2 J^'fCk^i is perhaps a n i n n e r - E t h i o p i c c o r r u p t i o n o f

nctA-^vi/ntcfcivi o f 6 . 7 .

17. . E t h omits t h e seventeenth n a m e , while t h e o t h e r versions offer three different n a m e s . A r a m a i iii i i is d a m a g e d , a n d h a s only

nb IDS ]nya» V i r . . . (cf. (?) "^i ii 1 6 (fragment d ) ] a » %h[). Because o f the lack o f clear evidence f r o m A r a m it is n o t possible t o s a y anything definite a b o u t t h e relationship o f t h e versions t o it, n o r a b o u t their relationship t o o n e a n o t h e r .

1 8 . T u r i e l : c f . Aramai iii 1 2 fl"? [')]6il [n'>]Wn "rNmU. T h e n a m e means 'mountain o f God'. 19. Y o m i e l :

cf. A r a m - i

iii 1 2 ]nV [*10»] TfUVT) [VXj'S- a n d ( ? )

ii 1 7 (fragment d ) flV ""["I©!?. T h e n a m e '7X''a"' is p r e s u m a b l y t o b e taken as m e a n i n g ' d a y o f G o d ' . A l l t h e versions presuppose VN'B'' as t h e nineteenth n a m e , e x c e p t that E t h 6 9 . 2 h a s 4 " ' ^ f e A : w h i c h I assume to be an inner-Ethiopic corruption for f ^ A - i V : . 2 0 . A r a z i e l . T h e r e is s o m e u n c e r t a i n t y concerning t h e n a m e o f t h e

CHAPTER 6

7S

twentieth angel, b u t it seems t o m e that t h e o n e piece o f A r a m a i c evi d e n c e available (Aram*"! ii 1 7 , f r a g m e n t d ) is t o b e r e a d '7N]'''inT. T h e n a m e '7}<''nnT could b e u n d e r s t o o d as 'light o f G o d ' o r as ' m o o n o f G o d ' , b u t t h e reference t o this angel i n 8. 3 w o u l d s e e m t o point t o t h e latter m e a n i n g ; c f . GrS>'"'= * ' t h e twentieth t a u g h t t h e p o r t e n t s o f t h e m o o n ' , Qj-pan 'Seriel (taught) t h e p a t h o f t h e m o o n ' , E t h ' a n d Asradel taught t h e p a t h o f t h e m o o n ' . H o w e v e r , f o r t h e angel ' m o o n o f G o d ' o n e m i g h t m o r e naturally h a v e e x p e c t e d t h e n a m e • j X n n ^ / O . F u r t h e r , it is possible, b u t n o t certain, that t h e sixteenth angel i n t h e original list w a s already called VjT-inB*, ' m o o n o f G o d ' . Finally, t o confuse m a t t e r s further, Sapii^X, t h e n a m e o f t h e twentieth angel in 6 . 7 Gr^vc a_ looks m o r e like a t r a n s literation o f "rsnntr?, t h a n o f Vxnnt. T o explain t h e above I suggest ( i ) that Vsnnr, t h e n a m e o f t h e twentieth angel i n t h e original list, m e a n s 'light o f G o d ' ; ( 2 ) that ' m o o n o f G o d ' w a s t h e n a m e o f t h e sixt e e n t h angel in t h e original list, i . e . that t h e reading VifinB' is t o b e preferred t o in iii 1 1 a n d "^i ii 2 8 ; ( 3 ) that GrSy""^ * presupposes "rifino f o r b o t h t h e sixteenth n a m e (Ictpivas) a n d t h e twentieth (IctpiriX, cf. Syncellus' s t a t e m e n t i n 8. 3 ' t h e twentieth t a u g h t t h e portents o f t h e

m o o n ' ) — f o r this double reference t o "rSnnB? cf. in Gi^^" ^ '7X''trat2? as the n a m e o f t h e seventh a n d t h e fifteenth angels a n d t h e s t a t e m e n t in 8 . 3 ' t h e seventh t a u g h t t h e p o r t e n t s o f t h e s u n ' ; likewise t h e pair *]j?DS?*lN a n d t h e s t a t e m e n t i n 8. 3 ' t h e third taught t h e p o r t e n t s o f t h e e a r t h ' . — E t h SfrTljPA: a n d Gt^^ ATpii^A i n 6. 7 m a y b e u n d e r s t o o d as deriving, t h r o u g h a p r o c e s s o f c o r r u p t i o n , f r o m "TMnnT. E t h 6 9 . 2 /LHitii'ifjV: would appear t o b e a n i n n e r - E t h i o p i c c o r r u p t i o n o f liMAS^ ',. W e a r e n o w in a position t o d r a w s o m e general conclusions a b o u t t h e list. I n so doing, I leave o u t o f a c c o u n t t h e fifth a n d t h e seventeenth n a m e s w h e r e there is n o clear A r a m a i c evidence available. I n t h e Ught o f t h e evidence that has survived it w o u l d a p p e a r that although t h e transliterations o f t h e n a m e s suffered during t h e c o u r s e o f t h e transmission o f t h e text, t h e versions (apart f r o m E t h 6 9 . 2 ) p r e s e r v e d t h e original f o r m o f t h e list reasonably well. ( 1 ) T h e list in Gr^^"" ^ is characterized b y t h e fact that several o f t h e n a m e s a p p e a r t o o c c u r t w i c e . T h u s Gr^^ * presupposes '7X''B?atP as t h e seventh as well as t h e fifteenth n a m e ; it also appears t o p r e s u p p o s e '7K''inB' as t h e twentieth as well as t h e sixteenth n a m e , a n d m a y p r e suppose ''iann as t h e fifth as well a s t h e eleventh n a m e . I n addition, the third n a m e ('7N''j?1K) seems t o b e a n alternative f o r m o f t h e s e c o n d ClpnaiN). Otherwise, t h e n a m e s i n Gr^'""' a either c o r r e s p o n d closely t o those i n A r a m , o r a r e intelligible as corruptions o f t h e m . (2) T h e n a m e s in Gr^a^ w e r e , t h r o u g h inadvertence, p u t i n completely the w r o n g o r d e r , b u t t h e origin o f t h e mistake is quite clear, a n d t h e original o r d e r c a n b e r e c o v e r e d without difficulty (see above, p p . 69 f . ) . I f t h e original o r d e r is restored, it appears that Gr''^" h a s t w o n a m e s (ApaSdcK, Ki(jpp6t) f o r t h e s e c o n d n a m e in A r a m , a n d h a s f o r m s t h a t a r e

76

T H EETHIOPIC

BOOK O F ENOCH

7 . 1 And they took wives for themselves, (zr, 030) and everyone chose for himself one each. And they began to go in to

inexplicable i n t e r m s o f A r a m f o r t h e third a n d t h e f o u r t e e n t h n a m e s . Otherwise, t h e n a m e s in GrP*" again either c o r r e s p o n d closely t o t h o s e in A r a m , o r a r e intelligible as c o r r u p t i o n s o f t h e m . (3) E t h o m i t s t h e seventeenth n a m e , a n d h a s a f o r m i n e x p h c a b l e in t e r m s o f A r a m f o r t h e f o u r t e e n t h n a m e . Otherwise, similar conclusions c a n b e d r a w n a b o u t E t h as a b o u t Gt^^" * a n d Gi^^. (4) T h e list in E t h 69. 2 is farthest r e m o v e d f r o m t h a t i n A r a m . M a n y o f t h e n a m e s it offers appear t o b e i n n e r - E t h i o p i c variants o f t h e n a m e s i n E t h 6. 7 ( c f . n o s . 3 , 5, 8, 10, a n d 19, also n o s . 16 a n d 20). B u t it also a d d s a n a m e (Basasael), a n d h a s a n a m e ( T u r i e l ) different f r o m t h a t in A r a m , G r ^ a n , a n d E t h 6. 7 in t h e case o f n o . 1 4 ( n o . 15 i n 69. 2). A l l this is n o t u n e x p e c t e d , since t h e list in 69. 2 h a s long b e e n t h o u g h t t o b e a n addition t o t h e t e x t . T h e n a t u r e o f t h e variants i n 69. 2 suggests t h a t t h e list w a s copied f r o m t h e E t h i o p i c version o f 6. 7, i . e . t h a t t h e addition w a s m a d e during t h e c o u r s e o f t h e transmission o f t h e E t h i o p i c t e x t , a n d n o t a n y earlier. 6. 8 T h e s e a r e . . . w i t h t h e m : A b b 35^ E t h I I ; B M 485 (cf. A b b 35A b b ss) ' T h e s e a r e their leaders o f tens, a n d o f all t h e others with t h e m ' ; GrPan (as c o r r e c t e d ) ' T h e s e a r e their leaders o v e r t e n s ' ; Gi^y^ a ' T h e s e a n d all t h e others . . . ' . C f . A r a m a i iii 1 3 ]N''J3[

] O » ' ' M PAX f?»

a n d (?) ""i ii 17 ( f r a g m e n t g ) ]p"7X[,

ii i7/i7a ( f r a g m e n t e )

] •» '331[ ]....[. I t is interesting t o note t h a t t h e texts o f b o t h M S . ^ a n d M S . ' ' in A r a m h a v e b e e n c o r r e c t e d a t this point. — T h e original t e x t i n iii 1 3 is p e r h a p s t o b e restored N m j O S "'33*1 ]13X — ' T h e s e a r e t h e leaders o f t e n s ' — f o r w h i c h cf. B M 485 a n d Gr^^. T h e significance o f t h e c o r r e c tion inserted above the line in iii 13 is n o t clear. — T h e precise relationship o f f r a g m e n t g t o f r a g m e n t e i n Aram*"! ii is v e r y u n c e r t a i n . 7. 1 A n d t h e y t o o k . . . o n e e a c h : E t h ; G r ^ * " ' A n d t h e y took wives for t h e m s e l v e s ; e a c h o f t h e m chose f o r himself a w i f e ' ; GrS>""= » ' T h e s e a n d all t h e others i n t h e o n e thousand, o n e h u n d r e d a n d seventieth y e a r o f t h e world took wives f o r t h e m s e l v e s ' . C f . A r a m a i iii 14 ""T p plTJ ]1 Tina a n d ' ' i ii 18 ( f r a g m e n t d ) h]n ] » T h e phraseology o f A r a m recalls that o f G e n . 6. 2 (cf. Milik, HTR 64 ( 1 9 7 1 ) , 349). A n d t h e y b e g a n . . . w i t h t h e m : E t h ; G r ^ a " ' A n d they began t o g o

CHAPTER 7

them them roots large

77

and were promiscuous with them. And they taught charms and spells, and showed to them the cutting of and trees. 7. 2 And they became pregnant and bore giants, and their height (zr, C 3 5 ) (was) three thousand

in t o t h e m a n d t o defile themselves w i t h t h e m ' ; GrSy^ ^ ' A n d t h e y b e g a n t o defile themselves with t h e m ' . C f . (?) Aram*"! ii 18 ( f r a g m e n t g) ]V'W] [. — T h e confusion b e t w e e n 'to be p r o m i s c u o u s ' ( E t h ) a n d 'to defile o n e s e l f ' (Gr^a-i Sync a) jjjgy dgrive f r o m a misreading o f piaiveaQai as niyvuoecn, o r vice versa. Alternatively, a n d p e r h a p s m o r e plausibly, t h e r e m a y h a v e b e e n a confusion within t h e A r a m a i c b e t w e e n S?Bt3 ' t o b e m i x e d u p ' (lit. ' t o sink') a n d {'>)i(QO 'to b e defiled'. A n d t h e y t a u g h t . . . r o o t s a n d t r e e s : E t h ; Gt^^" ' A n d t h e y t a u g h t t h e m c h a r m s a n d spells a n d t h e c u t t i n g o f roots, a n d s h o w e d t o t h e m p l a n t s ' ; GrS>"«= ^ omits, b u t has a c o m p a r a b l e s t a t e m e n t ('and t h e y t a u g h t themselves a n d their wives c h a r m s a n d spells') a t t h e e n d o f v . 2 . C f . A r a m a i iii 15 ]1 nt»in ^iH HD^XVl. T h e t e x t o f A r a m c o r r e s p o n d s t o E t h Gr^an against Gi^^" —^There a r e substantial differences b e t w e e n E t h Gr^a"^ o n t h e one h a n d and Gr^yc ^ t h e other in 7. 1 - 8 . 3 , a n d it is c o n v e n i e n t t o s u m m a r i z e t h e m all h e r e . (1) GrSy""^ ^, as n o t e d , has 'and t h e y t a u g h t themselves a n d their wives c h a r m s a n d spells' a t t h e e n d o f 7. 2 , n o t 7. i , c f . a b o v e . (2) Gi^y'"' a has a longer t e x t than E t h Gr""™ in 7. 2 ; A r a m appears t o h a v e a longer t e x t t h a n E t h Gr^a" here, b u t t h e A r a m a i c e v i d e n c e t h a t has survived does n o t c o r r e s p o n d t o t h e material i n Gr^y^c ^. (3) Gr^yx^ a omits 7. 3 - 6 , b u t h a s a s t a t e m e n t s u m m a r i z i n g 7. 4 f. ('after this t h e giants began t o d e v o u r t h e flesh o f m e n ' ) a t t h e e n d o f 8. 3, a n d C h a r l e s {Text, xiii, ig; Translation, xvii) a r g u e d t h a t Gt^^"" ^ p r e s e r v e d t h e original s e q u e n c e o f t h e n a r r a t i v e . H o w e v e r , A r a m a i iii a n d •'I ii ( f r a g m e n t s j a n d k) s h o w b o t h that it is E t h Gr^an, n o t Gi^^'^ ^, w h i c h p r e s e r v e t h e c o r r e c t s e q u e n c e , a n d that t h e s u m m a r y s t a t e m e n t o f Qj-sync a in 8. 3 is Completely inferior t o t h e longer t e x t o f E t h Gi^^'^ in 7. 3 - 6 , w h i c h i n general t e r m s c o r r e s p o n d s t o that o f A r a m a i iii a n d ""I ii (fragments j a n d k ) . (4) GrSy°<= a has a longer t e x t t h a n E t h Gr^a" in b o t h 8. i a n d 8. 3 ; t h e evidence f r o m A r a m relating t o 8. i is n o t v e r y clear, b u t in t h e case o f 8. 3 it w o u l d s e e m that A r a m is closer t o Gi^f^ a jhan t o E t h G r ' a " . 7. 2 A n d t h e y

became

pregnant:

E t h Gr^^'';

Gr^y"" a o m i t s . C f .

A r a m a i iii 16 ]n3S ]3t3a Tr\tV\. N o t e t h e a g r e e m e n t o f A r a m w i t h E t h GrPan against Gr^^'^ \ a n d b o r e . . . t h r e e t h o u s a n d c u b i t s : E t h ; Gr^an ' ( t h e y ) b o r e large giants t h r e e t h o u s a n d cubits ( s c . i n h e i g h t ) ' ; Gr^y"^ a ' A n d t h e y b o r e t o

78

T H EETHIOPIC

BOOK OF ENOCH

cubits. 7. 3 These devoured all the toil of men, until men vv^ere unable to sustain them. 7. 4 And the giants turned against them in order t o devour men. 7. 5 And they began t o sin

t h e m three k i n d s : first large giants, a n d t h e giants begat t h e N a p h i l i m , a n d t o t h e N a p h i l i m w e r e b o r n t h e E l i o u d . A n d they g r e w a c c o r d i n g t o their greatness, a n d t h e y taught themselves a n d their wives c h a r m s a n d spells.' C f . A r a m a i iii 1 6 f.

nip')

16

]n»")X"?» p ' T T i a iin 1 7 T h e long t e x t o f Gr^y"^ with its reference t o three types o f giants ( c f . 86. 4 ; 8 8 . 2 ) , h a s s o m e t i m e s b e e n t h o u g h t t o b e superior t o that o f E t h Gr^a" (cf. Dillmarm, Translation, 9 5 ; Charles, Translation, 18). However, whereas A r a m does h e r e s e e m t o have a longer t e x t t h a n E t h Gr^an, s u c h A r a m a i c evidence a s h a s survived in iii 1 7 does n o t c o r r e s p o n d t o t h e material in Gr^^'^ \ — T h e last clause o f GrSy^ » ('and t h e y taught t h e m selves a n d their wives c h a r m s a n d spells'), w h o s e c o u n t e r p a r t i n E t h GrPa"i stands at t h e e n d o f 7 . i (for w h i c h cf. A r a m a i iii 1 5 ) , was p r o b a b l y placed at this point b y Syncellus i n o r d e r t o serve as a n i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e passage o n t h e instruction given t o m a n k i n d ( 8 . 1 - 3 ) w h i c h in his text immediately follows. 7 . 3 a l l t h e t o i l o f m e n : E t h , b u t U l l ' t h e toil o f all m e n ' ; Gr^^n ' t h e toil o f m e n ' ; c f . A r a m a i iii 1 8 V^A •>» "tS VdS?. T h e a g r e e m e n t o f U l l with A r a m is t o b e n o t e d . until m e n w e r e u n a b l e : E t h ; G r ' * " 'And when m e n were unable'; cf. A r a m a i iii 1 8 iV'-D]"' sVl. — C h a r l e s {Text, 1 6 ) argues that ?i?lh! equals (Sore w h i c h was m i s r e a d for 6 s 5^ ( s o Gr^ao), T^UX this suggestion seems unlikely, since X f l h i used, as in this verse, with t h e p e r f e c t c o r r e s p o n d s r a t h e r t o a G r e e k icos. 7 . 4 t u r n e d a g a i n s t t h e m : E t h ; Gr^a" ' a c t e d with effrontery against t h e m ' ; c f . (?) A r a m a i iii 1 9 Vltffl. T h e reading is u n c e r t a i n . I n view o f this, and o f t h e lacuna at t h e end o f iii 1 8 , t h e precise n a t u r e o f t h e relationship between E t h Gr^an a n d A r a m m u s t also r e m a i n u n c e r t a i n . H o w e v e r , it is difficult t o think that E t h is h e r e d e p e n d e n t o n G r — a t least as represented b y Gr^^". i n o r d e r t o d e v o u r m e n : E t h ; Gr^a" ' a n d devoured m e n ' ( c f . B e r l ) ; cf. A r a m a i iii 1 9 ]1 Xt^JS"? nVop*?. E t h Gr^^" p r e s u p p o s e t h e r o o t sVa, n o t VtJp, a n d m a k e explicit w h a t is only implicit i n A r a m .

C H A P T E R S 7-8

79

against birds, and against animals, and against reptiles and against fish, and they devoured one another's flesh and drank the blood (2v, a i ) from it. 7. 6 T h e n the earth complained about the lawless ones. 8. I And Azazel taught men to make swords, and daggers,

7 . 5 t o s i n a g a i n s t b i r d s . . . a g a i n s t fish: E t h Gr^^"; cf. A r a m a i iii 1 9 , 30 and 3 1 ^

[P]

19

n ] » i x nEvn]! «ib "jd Vaip ]na'

rtn

20 21a

nB"" ""Ml seems t o b e written in as a c o r r e c t i o n above line 21. E t h Qj.pan haye nothing corresponding to in line 2 0 , b u t besides this t h e size o f the space between H J ^ I N npTI]! in line 2 0 a n d ]1tr3 '?D[a]'7[1 in line 3 1 suggests that A r a m h a d a fuller t e x t than E t h G r ' a " in this verse. — C f . (?) also A r a m " ! ii 24 (fragment j ) K ^ W p . and they devoured one another's

flesh:

E t h ; Gr^^" ' a n d t o d e v o u r

one a n o t h e r ' s flesh'; cf. A r a m a i iii 3 1 ] 1 M

VDp]?^.

a n d ( t h e y ) d r a n k t h e b l o o d : E t h GT^^;

cf. (?) A r a m a i ii 3 s a (frag-

m e n t j ) xjaT ]-m[\

7 . 6 E t h Gr^™ have nothing corresponding t o Aram*"! ii 3 5 ( f r a g m e n t k)

ias?na

..[.

8.1 ( i ) I n this verse there is a considerable divergence between E t h QjPan on the one h a n d and Gr^y™ w h i c h has a m u c h longer text, o n the o t h e r . F o r the m o s t p a r t E t h a n d Gr^^" agree with o n e another, although there are s o m e differences o f substance between t h e m . (3) A r a m " ! ii 3 6 - 8 ( f r a g m e n t k) contains evidence that belongs h e r e , b u t unfortunately the state o f the m a n u s c r i p t makes it dificult to d r a w positive conclusions f r o m this material. A n d A z a z e l t a u g h t m e n t o m a k e s w o r d s : E t h ; GrP^" 'Azael taught m e n t o m a k e s w o r d s ' ; Gr^y™ ^ ' F i r s t Azael, the t e n t h o f the leaders, taught the making o f s w o r d s ' ; cf. A r a m a i ii 2 6 ( f r a g m e n t k) "T3S7[a"7 VnS n p i n . N o t e that n o n e o f the versions have anything c o r r e s p o n d ing t o VtIB ""T at this point. — T h e n a m e Azazel/Azael would a p p e a r t o b e a c o r r u p t i o n o f Asael, cf. A r a m a i iii 9 n*? ]'T0S7 "tSDS; see the d i s c u s sion above on 6. 7 . a n d d a g g e r s , a n d s h i e l d s a n d b r e a s t p l a t e s : E t h ; Gr^a" ' a n d a r m s .

8o

T H EE T H I O P I C

BOOK OF ENOCH

and shields and breastplates. And he showed them the things after these, ( 2 v , a.^) and the art of making t h e m : bracelets, and ornaments, and the art of making up the eyes and of

a n d shields a n d b r e a s t p l a t e s ' ; Gr^*'™ ^ '^nd breastplates a n d all military e q u i p m e n t ' ; c f . ( ? ) A r a m a i ii 3 6 ( f r a g m e n t k ) p ' J I B ' l ( = Kai ©cfapaKas). T h e t e x t o f A r a m appears t o a g r e e w i t h Gr^^"" * r a t h e r t h a n w i t h E t h Gr^ai, b u t t h e evidence is n o t v e r y substantial. t h e t h i n g s a f t e r t h e s e : s o all E t h M S S . S i n c e t h e a u t h o r gives i n succession t w o Usts ( o f w e a p o n s , a n d o f m e a n s o f beautifying t h e b o d y ) , it is certainly possible t o a t t a c h a m e a n i n g t o E t h . B u t t h e expression h a s generally c o m e u n d e r suspicion, a n d t h e suggestion t h a t E t h derives f r o m a misreading o f Tct [liraWa a s x a het' oOtA is v e r y plausible ( c f . e.g. D i l l m a n , SAB 1 8 9 2 , 1 0 4 7 ) . D i l l m a n n f u r t h e r suggests t h a t a s a c o n s e q u e n c e o f this translation t h e original E t h reading W^VniWa"' i o f t t P - ^ f t : ( = E t h I , c f . GrP*") b e c a m e a)i>™7a<5irai>'i Kahfi^f'. ( = E t h I I ) . H o w e v e r , t h e variants H?i.^J2"'i^lPoi>« j / x a vkxcOCKa m i g h t also b e explained as deriving f r o m an A r a m a i c '?'ltJB—understood b y E t h t o m e a n 'after', a n d b y G r t o m e a n ' m e t a l ' . A n d h e s h o w e d . . • a n d o r n a m e n t s : E t h ; Gr^a" ' A n d h e showed t h e m m e t a l s , a n d t h e a r t o f working t h e m , a n d bracelets, a n d o r n a m e n t s ' ; Qj.sync a (continuing t h e c o n s t r u c t i o n s w i t h 65(5a§s a t t h e beginning o f t h e verse) ' . . . a n d t h e metals o f t h e e a r t h a n d gold, h o w t h e y w o r k ( t h e m ) a n d m a k e t h e m into o r n a m e n t s f o r w o m e n , a n d silver. A n d h e s h o w e d t o t h e m . . . ' ; c f . A r a m a i ii 3 7 , 2 7 a ( f r a g m e n t k )

T h e f r a g m e n t a r y state o f t h e m a n u s c r i p t a n d t h e c o r r e c t i o n s written i n above t h e line m a k e t h e interpretation o f ' ' i ii 3 7 , 2 7 a s o m e w h a t h a z a r d o u s , a n d it is difficult t o say m u c h a b o u t

H o w e v e r , t h e c o r r e c t e d version o f the r e m a i n d e r o f t h e line is p r e s u m a b l y m e a n t t o b e TT-aS K'72S?a'? KSOD Vs?!—'and c o n c e r n i n g silver f o r t h e making o f b r a c e l e t s ' . T h i s t e x t c o r r e s p o n d s n e i t h e r t o E t h Gr^an n o r t o Qj.sync ]-,yr ^wo c o m m c n t s c a n b e m a d e a b o u t i t : o n t h e o n e h a n d Qjsync a <joes n o t h a v e ]''T'aS ('bracelets'), w h i c h is t o b e f o u n d i n E t h Gr^an; o n t h e o t h e r , t h e indications a r e that t h e longer t e x t o f GrS>""=» is closer t h a n E t h Gr^^" t o t h e t e x t o f A r a m a i ii 2 7 , 2 7 a ( f r a g m e n t k ) ,

CHAPTER 8

8i

beautifying the eyelids, and the most precious and choice stones, and all (kinds of) coloured dyes. And the world was changed. 8. 2 And there was great impiety and much fornication, and they went astray, and all their ways became corrupt. ( 2 V , a i o ) 8. 3 Amezarak taught all those who cast spells and

despite t h e difFerences b e t w e e n t h e t w o o f t h e m . B u t again t h e evidence is n o t v e r y substantial. a n d t h e a r t . . . t h e e y e l i d s : E t h — h t . 'and (how) to make u p (the eyes) w i t h a n t i m o n y a n d ( h o w ) t o beautify t h e e y e l i d s ' ; G r ^ ^ ' a n d a n t i m o n y a n d e y e - p a i n t ' ; GrSJ""" ^ ' b o t h ( h o w ) t o m a k e u p (the eyes) w i t h a n t i m o n y (reading oripfjeiv f o r oTiApeiv) a n d ( h o w ) t o beautify t h e f a c e ' ; cf. A r a m " ! ii 2 8 (fragment k ) Xn]nS bS") c e r n i n g a n t i m o n y a n d c o n c e r n i n g eye-paint'.

nbnn

•?» N [ — ' c o n -

A n d t h e w o r l d w a s c h a n g e d : so B M 4 8 5 — t h i s t e x t is certainly i n telligible, t h e idea being that t h e w o r l d w a s c h a n g e d as a result o f t h e teaching given b y t h e angels. B u t all other m a n u s c r i p t s ( e x c e p t B e r l a n d T a n a 9) r e a d ' a n d eternal c h a n g e ' (WftD-^m; 9 r t y ° : ) . a n d it is n o t easy t o m a k e a n y sense o f this. Charles (Text, i 8 ) explains i ' t P - ' l m ; as a c o r r u p t transliteration o f T a u^TOMOC, a n d suggests that 'fCD-^cn; 'iCi9^; is a duplicate rendering o f G r ' " ' " Ta (JieTaAAa/Gr^y"": a x a (isTaAXa Tfis yfjs, f o r w h i c h E t h earlier in t h e verse h a s UK^A'hloO'aO'; (cf. also D i l l m a n n , Translation, 9 6 ; SAB 1 8 9 2 , 1 0 4 7 ) ; this explanation seems n o t unlikely. Qj.pansynca j^ave nothing c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o t D l ' t O - ' l m : l at this point. —Gr^yoc a a d d s a sentence a t the e n d o f t h e verse ( ' A n d t h e sons o f m e n m a d e (these things) f o r themselves a n d their wives, a n d t h e y transgressed a n d led astray t h e holy o n e s ' ) , b u t in t h e a b s e n c e o f a n y evidence f r o m A r a m it is difficult t o s a y anything a b o u t this. 8.3

( i ) F o r this verse cf. t h e list o f angels in 6 . 7 .

(2) Gr^y"": a h a s a m u c h longer t e x t than E t h Gi^^^, a n d also differs considerably in points o f detail, (a) Gt^^'^ ^ refers t o eight angels, b u t E t h Gr^ai t o s i x ; A r a m a i iv 1 - 5 a n d ''i iii 1 - 5 (fragments p a n d q ) w o u l d a p p e a r t o agree w i t h Groyne a. G r S y c » also a d d s t w o sentences a t the e n d o f t h e v e r s e ; t h e first o f these agrees e x a c t l y w i t h A r a m a i iv 5 a n d ""i iii 5 , b u t it s e e m s t h a t t h e s e c o n d should b e a t t r i b u t e d t o t h e editorial activity o f Syncellus. I n contrast, E t h a n d Gr^^" have a s h o r t e r t e x t in this verse t h a n A r a m , (b) F o r t h e third t o t h e eighth o f t h e angels m e n t i o n e d h e r e A r a m a i iv 1 - 5 a n d ''i iii 1 - 5 s e e m in e a c h case t o have a d o p t e d t h e s a m e f o r m u l a in w h i c h t h e n a m e s o f t h e angels c o r r e s p o n d t o their f u n c t i o n s ;

cf. e.g. t h e fourth, paS13

"^VN VxaDID. T h i s formula is r e p r o d u c e d

m o s t a c c u r a t e l y in GrSy>"=» ( c f . especially t h e sixth, seventh, a n d eighth o f those m e n t i o n e d in this v e r s e ; Gi^^"" ^ always r e p r o d u c e s *lVx, b u t

82

T H EETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF ENOCH

cut roots, Armaros the release of spells, and Baraqiel astrologers, and Kokabel portents, and Tamiel taught

gives t h e n u m b e r o f t h e position w h i c h t h e angel h a s i n t h e list o f 6. 7 r a t h e r t h a n t h e n a m e o f t h e angel), a n d f o r t h e m o s t p a r t o n points o f detail GrS>""=" w o u l d s e e m t o a g r e e m u c h m o r e closely t h a n E t h Gi^^ with Aram^ and A m e z a r a k t a u g h t a l l . . • c u t r o o t s : E t h I I ; Gi^^ ' S e m y a z a t a u g h t spells a n d t h e c u t t i n g o f r o o t s ' ; GrS>'°'=» ' A n d f u r t h e r m o r e t h e i r leader, S e m y a z a , t a u g h t spells (reading iiraoiSdcs f o r elvai dpydts) against t h e m i n d , a n d t h e r o o t s o f t h e plants o f t h e e a r t h ' ; c f . A r a m a i i v i

1-)]in

nm-'ml

fpVt. N o t e : ( i ) E t h I I A m e z a r a k , like t h e o t h e r E t h v a r i a n t s , is a n i n n e r - E t h i o p i c c o r r u p t i o n o f S e m y a z a ; (2) E t h a n d Gr^^'^, despite t h e i r differences, reflect t h e s a m e t e x t u a l tradition, b u t Gi^'"^" ^ s t a n d s o n its o w n . I t s e e m s fairly clear t h a t A r a m ^ h a d nothing c o r r e sponding t o 6 t r p c i i T a p x o s ctOrcov, b u t b e y o n d this t h e f r a g m e n t a r y state o f A r a m ^ m a k e s i t difficult t o s a y anything positive a b o u t t h e r e m a i n i n g variants i n Groyne ^ (addition o f Kotra TOO VOOS, pfsocj poTavcov Tfjs yfjs f o r piSOToiiias). H o w e v e r , it w o u l d a p p e a r likely that these variants s h o u l d b e a t t r i b u t e d t o t h e editorial activity o f S y n c e l l u s . A r m a r o s t h e r e l e a s e o f S p e l l s : E t h Gi^'^; GrS>""= ^ '°'^» P h a r m a r o s c f . above o n 6. 7 ; (2) Gr^y™ * again h a s a longer t e x t t h a n E t h Gr^an; -^vhereas it is unlikely t h a t A r a m h a d a n y t h i n g c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o Gi^"^" a 6 54 IVSEKOCTOS, f o r t h e r e s t A r a m w o u l d a p p e a r t o agree w i t h t h e longer t e x t o f GrS>""=» r a t h e r t h a n w i t h E t h Gr^an. —^Aram*"! iii 2 ( f r a g m e n t p ) ] • *? B'in . . [, f r o m i t s position in ' ' i iii, should p e r h a p s b e taken into a c c o u n t a t this point, b u t it is n o t precisely clear h o w this e v i d e n c e is t o b e related t o t h a t o f A r a m a i i v . and

Baraqiel

astrologers:

E t h ; Gr^a" 'Baraqiel a s t r o l o g y '

(reading

BotpctKiriX f o r "PotKiiiX); Gr^^" ^ ' t h e n i n t h t a u g h t astrology'. I n t h e light o f t h e n a m e o f t h e angel, a n d o f t h e e v i d e n c e o f A r a m a i i v 3 f . , •>! iii 3 f . ,

it m a y b e suggested that the original w a s p p i a "'tt'nJ I'^X Vsj?-ia. H o w e v e r , t h e versions p r e s u p p o s e n o t fP'^a, b u t paSIS ( a s in t h e case o f the next angel). a n d K o k a b e l p o r t e n t s : E t h Gr^an (reading XcoxaPiiiX f o r Xcoxii^X); QjSynca '(jje f o u r t h t a u g h t a s t r o l o g y ' ; c f . A r a m a i ii 3 ( f r a g m e n t p )

fpyO •'WJ «l'7[N and iv 3 p 3 1 3 m o r e closely w i t h GrSy°<^ a t h a n w i t h E t h GrP^-.

Aram

agrees

a n d T a m i e l t a u g h t a s t r o l o g y : E t h ; Gr^^n 'Sathiel a s t r o l o g y ' ; GrSy""! »

CHAPTER 8

83

astrology, and Asradel taught (zv, a i 5 ) the path of the moon.

' t h e eighth taught a e r o s c o p y ' ; c f . A r a m a i iv 3 ] . NS't. T h e r e a d i n g ] . KS't is p r e s u m a b l y a mistake f o r ] . Np''t (in f a c t t h e c o r r e c t i o n appears to h a v e b e e n w r i t t e n i n above t h e line i n t h e m a n u s c r i p t ) , a n d I suggest that iv 3 b e restored b y analogy with w h a t is said a b o u t t h e o t h e r angels, pj?"-! ''mi '?]Np"'t. N o t e : ( i ) V^Vt is firmly attested as the n a m e of the eighth angel in 6 . 7, a n d thus GrSy"" ^ h e r e quite c o r r e c t l y has ' t h e eighth'. I t is n o t clear w h y E t h a n d Gr^a" have i n t r o d u c e d different n a m e s ( f o r T a m i e l a n d Sathiel, c f . t h e fifth a n d t h e sixteenth n a m e s in 6 . 7 ) ; ( a ) Gi^""" ^ ocEpoaKoirfctv is perhaps c o r r u p t f o r AaTEpooxotrlon; w h i c h w o u l d c o r r e s p o n d m o r e closely t o ]"'p'''t "•ETH; (3) G r ^ y c » adds ' t h e thi rd taught t h e p o r t e n t s o f t h e e a r t h ; t h e seventh taught t h e portents o f the s u n ' . F o r these additions cf. Aram*"! iii 4 (fragments p a n d

q) NS7]ik

«l"7X eiJ?ri[S;iN a n d

iv 4 m]W "-WJ fpH

T h e evidence o f A r a m agrees with that o f Gr^y^c», e x c e p t o v e r t h e question o f t h e n a m e s . T h e third n a m e i n 6 . 7 a c c o r d i n g t o Gr^y™ » is ApocKiiiX ( = (?) "rS^pIN), whereas «li?n[S?1X appears t o c o r r e s p o n d t o Atc(pko09 w h i c h Gr^y™ " has as t h e s e c o n d n a m e in 6 . 7 — c f . t h e discussion above o n 6 . 7 o n t h e relationship between t h e t w o n a m e s . Likewise, t h e seventh n a m e in 6 . 7 a c c o r d i n g t o Gr*>""^ * is 2auvf;{x, whereas "PK'B^BB' appears i n 6 . 7 as t h e fifteenth n a m e in A r a m , i n GrSy""= * (ZanirjX) a n d i n all t h e o t h e r witnesses; h o w e v e r Sccpufifx probably also goes b a c k t o a n original '7S"'B'aB?, a n d Gr^yc ^ w o u l d appear t o have "7X''B'BB? f o r b o t h t h e seventh a n d t h e fifteenth n a m e s ( c f . again t h e discussion o n 6 . 7 ) . a n d A s r a d e l t a u g h t t h e p a t h o f t h e m o o n : E t h ; G r f ^ " 'Seriel t h e c o u r s e o f t h e m o o n ' ; GrSy'"= ^ ' t h e twentieth taught t h e portents o f t h e m o o n ' . A l t h o u g h there is n o clearly legible A r a m a i c evidence available here, t h e n a m e o f this angel w a s p r e s u m a b l y "rXnOB? (cf. Gr""*" Sepii^X). '7S''intt? w a s apparently t h e sixteenth angel i n t h e original list, a n d f o r Gj^ync a ^.f. t h e discussion o n 6 . 7 w h e r e it w a s suggested that Groyne» presupposes VNnnir? as t h e n a m e o f t h e twentieth angel as well as o f t h e sixteenth. E t h Asradel is c o r r u p t . —GrSy'^ * adds h e r e : 'All these b e g a n t o reveal mysteries t o their wives a n d their children. A f t e r this t h e giants b e g a n t o d e v o u r t h e flesh o f m e n ' . T h e r e is evidence f r o m A r a m w h i c h agrees exactly with t h e first o f these t w o s e n t e n c e s ; cf. A r a m " ! iii 5

(fragments p a n d q ) ]n'''?lV[ I j ' l t r pnVlDI a n d »i iv 5 ]n'mb ]'?[

jVl

p\—i{ w e conflate t h e t w o w e have p i

ITmib,

rT''7l'?[

Tt[ ]in'7131

H o w e v e r , there is n o evidence f r o m A r a m f o r t h e s e c o n d o f these sentences ('After this t h e giants began t o d e v o u r t h e flesh o f m e n ' ) . I t will b e recalled that this sentence s u m m a r i z e s 7. 4 f. w h i c h is lacking i n Gr^y": % a n d t h e introduction o f this s t a t e m e n t h e r e should

84

T H EETHIOPIC

BOOK O F ENOCH

8. 4. And at the destruction of men they cried out, and their voice reached heaven. 9. I And then Michael, Gabriel, Suriel, and Uriel looked down from heaven and saw the mass of blood that was being shed on the earth and all the iniquity that was being done

probably b e attributed t o t h e editorial activity o f Syncellus (cf. above o n 7 . I , a n d c o n t r a s t t h e view o f Charles, Text, 1 9 ) . 8. 4 A n d a t t h e d e s t r u c t i o n o f m e n : E t h Gr^^"; Gi^-r^""' ' A n d m e n b e g a n t o decrease o n t h e e a r t h ' ; c f . ( ? ) Aram^"! iv 5 ]NSnH " i iii 6 (fragment p ) NS?[1X ] » , w h i c h m a y c o r r e s p o n d t o G^'^'= ^ ' o n t h e e a r t h ' . t h e y c r i e d o u t : E t h ; Gr'"^" sync a ^j^]^ A p p a r e n t l y also n o t in A r a m a i iii 6 (XS[")N (previous note) followed immediately b y ]k'?p'l (next n o t e ) ) , b u t this is uncert ai n . — I t is n o t clear f r o m E t h w h e t h e r it is m e n o r t h e angels ( c f . v . 3 ) w h o c r y o u t . a n d t h e i r v o i c e r e a c h e d h e a v e n : E t h ; Gr''^"' 'a c r y w e n t u p t o h e a v e n ' ; QjSync a ' ^ f j j ^jje rest cried o u t t o h e a v e n ' ; Gr^y"^" (which c o m m e n c e s h e r e ) ' T h e n m e n cried o u t t o h e a v e n ' ; c f . ( ? ) A r a m ' i iii 6 ( f r a g m e n t p ) ]>l"7p1 a n d iv 6 m ] j ? p'7D. —GrSy-^» a n d m a k e additions t o t h e t e x t h e r e w h i c h anticipate 9. 3 a n d a r e hardly original ( c o n t r a s t t h e view o f Charles, Text, p . x i v ; Translation, p p . xvii, 2 0 ) . 9. I A n d t h e n M i c h a e l . . . a n d s a w : E t h I I ( b u t B o d l 5^ 2 M S S . a d d ' R a p h a e l ' after ' G a b r i e l ' ) ; Gr^"^" ' T h e n looking d o w n , M i c h a e l , U r i e l , Raphael, a n d Gabriel s a w f r o m h e a v e n ' ; GrSy°c a b
]

1 '?XS1[

].

pnk[

6 ] . ''i? P

7

a n d ""I iii 7 ( f r a g m e n t p ) JS^B^I ViO . [. I f t h e evidence o f iv a n d •"i iii is conflated, t h e list o f angels in iv 6 m a y perhaps b e restored ] 1 '7NB-1[ 1 "jsna^l VjiO'Sl ( c f . Milik, HTR 6 4 ( 1 9 7 1 ) , 3 4 6 ) . B u t this restoration m u s t r e m a i n a little uncertain. — F o r t h e h s t o f n a m e s cf. 1 0 . I , 4 , 9, I I , a n d c . 2 0 . t h e m a s s o f b l o o d t h a t w a s b e i n g s h e d o n t h e e a r t h : E t h Gr^'^" Sync a b. cf_ A r a m a i iv 7 T'jSB' '10 DT . [. a n d a l l t h e i n i q u i t y . . . t h e e a r t h : E t h ; Gr^'^ o m i t s ( h m t . ) ; GrSy""

C H A P T E R S 8-9

85

( 2 V , a2o) on the earth. 9. 2 And they said to one another: ' L e t the devastated earth cry out with the sound of their cries unto the gate of heaven. 9. 3 And now, to you O holy ones of heaven, the souls of men complain, saying: "Bring our suit before the Most H i g h . ' " 9. 4 And they said (2v, a25) to their L o r d , the K i n g : ' L o r d of Lords, God of Gods, King of Kings!

* " ' a n d all t h e i m p i e t y and iniquity t h a t was being d o n e o n i t ' ; cf. A r a m a i iv 7 f. .[

7

] . rfVanx 8

y-j no»n[

j.t"? . •>»[

A r a m does n o t c o r r e s p o n d to either E t h o r Gr^y"' ^

but for the text of

A r a m cf. G e n . 6 : i i . 9. 2 A n d t h e y s a i d t o o n e a n o t h e r : E t h Gr^an; Gr^^'^ ^ i> 'entering, t h e y said to o n e a n o t h e r ' ; cf. A r a m a i iv 9 j B l j ? n t t X I (possibly L e t t h e d e v a s t a t e d e a r t h . . . o f h e a v e n : E t h (for t h e use o f t h e p e r f e c t optative, cf. D i l l m a n n , Ethiopic Grammar, London, 1907, 5 2 0 ; hereafter, D i l l m a n n , Grammar); Gr^an " p h e s o u n d of those w h o c r y o u t o n t h e e a r t h ( r e a c h e s ) u n t o t h e gates of h e a v e n ' ; Gr*'^'^ a b o m i t ; cf. A r a m a i iv 9 f.

] . a[

].

1

nV. [

9

nj'-iatt? ""sr-in l o F o r the plural ""Sin

cf. B M 4 9 1 a n d Gr^^" (cf. also 9. 1 0 ) .

9. 3 A n d n o w . . . o f h e a v e n : E t h I I ; Gr^ai syncab gj^it ( b y h m t . ? ) . A r a m a i iv 1 0 ]B? ''t£'[, r e a d as iT'Sjtt' 'B^plj?, appears t o c o r r e s p o n d

to

E t h , b u t the e v i d e n c e is n o t v e r y strong. the

souls

of

men

complain,

saying:

Eth

Gr^an;

GrSy°<:ab

.^he

spirits and souls o f m e n g r o a n , c o m p l a i n i n g and s a y i n g ' ; cf. A r a m a i iv 1 1

9. 4 L o r d o f L o r d s , G o d o f G o d s , K i n g o f K i n g s : E t h ; GrPa° ' Y o u a r e L o r d o f L o r d s , G o d o f G o d s , K i n g o f e t e r n i t y ! ' ; G r ^ y c ^ b
JSaVs

SIS

8[

Xna[.

There

is

n o t h i n g in the versions c o r r e s p o n d i n g to NST S l I D , b u t f o r SXl'jS? S"1?3 cf. GrPan ' K i n g o f e t e r n i t y ' , G r S y " a b ' G o d o f e t e r n i t y ' . C f . also 1 2 . 3 ; 2 5 . 3 (GrPa-), 5 (Gr'^au)^ 7 (Gr^an); 2 7 . 3 (Gr^an); 5 8 . 4 ; 8 1 . l O ; I 0 6 . I I ( G r ' ^ ^ ) ; I Q 2 0 2 s (see F i t z m y e r , Genesis

Apocryphon,

77).

86

T H E ETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF

ENOCH

Your glorious throne (endures) for all the generations of the world, and your name (is) holy and praised for all the generations of the world, and blessed and praised! ( 2 v , a3o) 9. 5 Y o u have made everything, and power over everything is yours. And everything is uncovered and open before you, and you see everything, and there is nothing which can be hidden from you. 9. 6 See then what Azazel has done, how he has taught all iniquity on the earth and revealed the eternal secrets (zv, a35) which were made in heaven. 9. 7 And Semyaza has made known spells, (he) to whom you gave authority to rule over those who are with him. 9. 8 And they went in to the daughters of men together, and lay with those women, and became unclean, and revealed to them these sins. 9. 9 A n d the women bore giants, and thereby the whole earth has been filled ( 2 v , b i ) with blood and iniquity. 9. 1 0 And now behold the souls which have died cry out and complain unto the gate of heaven, and their lament has ascended, and they cannot go out in the face of the iniquity which is being committed ( 2 V , b5) on the earth. 9. 1 1 And you know everything before it happens, and you know this and what concerns each of them.

Y o u r g l o r i o u s t h r o n e . . . t h e w o r l d : B o d l 5 2 M S S . GT^^'' sync a b. <,f. A r a m a i iii 1 5 , 15a ( f r a g m e n t w )

sja"?!? ] » n

•n'? d-ij?"' .[

(V before I T h a s apparently b e e n e r a s e d : r e a d . . .11 b'sb ' p i p ' '

[X013).

9. 8 w i t h t h o s e w o m e n . y " n A . l P l : P"M \ hiilh: reflects t h e A r a m a i c c o n s t r u c t i o n iX^Vi OS? pHBS? exactly, a n d it is v e r y difficult t o think t h a t a G r e e k version served as t h e Vorlage o f this p h r a s e ( c f . Ullendorff, ' A n A r a m a i c " V o r l a g e " ? ' , 2 6 6 ) . I n fact G r seems t o h a v e m i s u n d e r s t o o d t h e c o n s t r u c t i o n a n d t o h a v e divided t h e t w o p a r t s o f t h e a s s u m e d A r a m a i c original ( c f . C h a r l e s , Text, p p . xxviii, 2 2 ) . B o t h Gr^a" a n d Sync b h a v e h e r e only 'with t h e m ' ; GrSy°"=" takes 'with t h e w o m e n ' w i t h t h e n e x t v e r b ( ' a n d h a v e b e c o m e defiled w i t h t h e w o m e n ' ) , b u t G r * " " omits t h e w o r d s altogether. 9. 1 1 a n d w h a t c o n c e r n s e a c h o f t h e m : E t h (lit. ' a n d t h a t o f e a c h o f t h e m ' ) ; Gr^^n sync b
{Text,

1 0 ) suggests

E t h makes

sense, b u t

t h a t E t h derives f r o m a misreading

of

CHAPTERS 9-10

87

But you say nothing to us. What ought we to do with them about this ?' 10. I And then the Most High, the Great and Holy One, spoke and sent (2v, b i o ) Arsyalalyur to the son of Lamech, and said to h i m : 1 0 . 2 'Say to him in m y name " H i d e yourself", and reveal to him the end which is coming, for the whole earth will be destroyed, and a deluge is about to come on all the earth, and what is in it will be destroyed. 1 0 . 3 And now ( 2 V , b i 5 ) teach him that he may escape, and (that) his offspring may survive for the whole earth.' 10. 4 And further the L o r d said to Raphael: 'Bind Azazel by his hands and his feet, and throw him into the darkness. And split open the desert which is in Dudael, and throw him there. 10. 5 And (2v, b2o) throw on him jagged and sharp stones, and cover

Kal i^s auToOs as Kal S EI; avrrous (cf. Charles, Text, 2 4 f . ) , a n d this is certainly plausible. 1 0 . I t h e G r e a t a n d H o l y O n e : f o r this title cf. above o n i . 3 . A r s y a l a l y u r : E t h H ; Gr^an i s t r a e l ; G r S ^ " b uriel. H e r e GrS>"i= ^ alone is consistent in m e n t i o n i n g a n angel f r o m t h e list h e gives in 9. 1 , c o n t r a s t w . 4 , 9, a n d I I . E t h Arsyalalyur ( a n d variants) p r o b a b l y derives ultim a t e l y f r o m a c o r r u p t i o n o f Gr^^n Istrael. 10. 2 is a b o u t t o c o m e :

Kin"? Kni< (Ullendorff,

E t h J&tn)R"?i: Wft°: reflecting an A r a m a i c

'An Aramaic "Vorlage"?', 266)?

10. 4 R a p h a e l : cf. v. i and 9 . 1 . D u d a e l . D i l l m a n n (Translation, 1 0 0 ) thinks t h a t t h e n a m e h a s been invented a n d derives it f r o m N i n ('cauldron o f G o d ' ) . C h a r l e s (Translation, 2 2 f.) c o n n e c t s D u d a e l w i t h ''inn T ' S w h i c h is m e n t i o n e d in T a r g u m P s . J o n a t h a n o n L e v . 1 6 : 2 1 f. as t h e place t o w h i c h t h e goat for Azazel w a s led. T h e n a m e o f t h e place also o c c u r s as ""inn H ' S . Milik (Biblica 3 2 ( 1 9 5 1 ) , 3 9 5 ) a t o n e t i m e a c c e p t e d this identification a n d derived t h e n a m e f r o m Vx ""inn ('the j a g g e d m o u n t a i n s o f G o d ' ) = 5ou5ariA (cf. t h e f o r m o f t h e n a m e in E t h Groyne T h e word play (cf. V. 5 ' t h r o w o n h i m j a g g e d a n d sharp stones') m a k e s this explanation plausible, even t h o u g h t h e n a m e o f t h e angel in A r a m w a s VSOS? n o t bm'S (cf. ^i iii 9, ci ii 2 6 = E t h 6. 7 ) . M o r e recently Milik (HTR 6 4 ( 1 9 7 1 ) , 3 4 8 f.) h a s c o n n e c t e d this n a m e with A r a m a i c i m ('breast'), relying o n t h e reading o f Gr^an (AaSoui^A) r a t h e r t h a n t h a t o f E t h GrSync b_ ( F o j t^e n a m e cf. also 60. 8.)

88

T H EETHIOPIC

BOOK OF ENOCH

him with darkness; and let him stay there for ever, and cover his face, that he may not see light, l o . 6 and that on the great day of judgment he may be hurled into the fire. l o . 7 And restore the earth which the angels have ruined, (av, b 2 5 ) and announce the restoration of the earth, for I shall restore the earth, so that not all the sons of men shall be destroyed through the mystery of everything which the Watchers made known and taught to their sons. 10. 8 And the whole earth has been ruined by the teaching of the works of Azazel, and against him (2v, b3o) write down all sin.' 10. 9 And the L o r d said to Gabriel: 'Proceed against the bastards and the r e probates and against the sons of the fornicators, and destroy the sons of the fornicators and the sons of the Watchers from amongst men. And send them out, and send them (2v, b 3 5 ) against one another, and let them destroy themselves in battle, for they will not have length of days. 1 0 . 1 0 And they will all petition you, but their fathers will gain nothing in respect of them, for they hope for eternal life, and that each of them

1 0 . 7 m a d e k n o w n . E t h ' f ' t f t ' ; a n d Gr^an l-rrdra^on; a r e clearly i m p o s s i b l e ; t h e c o n t e x t requires a w o r d m e a n i n g ' m a d e k n o w n ' , 'revealed'. I suggest t h a t the mistake goes b a c k t o t h e A r a m a i c Vorlage, t o a confusion o f t h e r o o t s Xna ( = E t h Gr^ai) a n d Slfl; s u c h a confusion s e e m s particularly likely i f a participial c o n s t r u c t i o n w e r e u s e d in t h e A r a m a i c QTID / ]'inB). —GrS5""= ^ eIttov is h a r d l y t h e original G r e e k reading, a n d should p r o b ably b e a t t r i b u t e d t o Syncellus himself, o r t o t h e s o u r c e s h e u s e d . ( F o r a slightly different view see Burkitt, J'ewwA and Christian Apocalypses, 68). 10. 9 G a b r i e l : cf. v . i and 9 . 1 . against the bastards: E t h : reflects a n A r a m a i c SITBM, and is h a r d l y f r o m TOOS uajripEous (so Gr^ai) w h i c h represents a t r a n s c r i p t i o n of t h e A r a m a i c w o r d (cf. Ullendorff, ' A n A r a m a i c " V o r l a g e " ?', 2 6 4 ; c o n t r a s t Charles, Translation, p . Iviii, n o t e ) . Gr^y'^ •> 'against t h e giants' is p e r h a p s a n a t t e m p t t o m a k e sense o f a w o r d n o t u n d e r s t o o d . A n d s e n d t h e m o u t . . . i n b a t t l e : E t h ; Gi^^ ' S e n d t h e m i n a battle o f d e s t r u c t i o n ' ; G r ^ ^ ^ ' ^ ' S e n d t h e m against o n e a n o t h e r , ( s o m e ) o f t h e m against (the rest o f ) t h e m , in battle and in d e s t r u c t i o n ' ; cf. (?) A r a m ' ' i iv 6 ( f r a g m e n t y ) ]]iaX f o r w h i c h c f . G r ^ a " — b u t t h e f r a g m e n t is t o o small t o b e o f u s e in interpreting t h e relationship o f t h e versions t o one another.

C H A P T E R 10

89

will live life for five hundred years.' 10. 1 1 And the L o r d said to Michael: ( 2 V , c i ) 'Go, inform Semyaza and the others with him who have associated with the women to corrupt themselves with them in all their uncleanness. 10. 1 2 W h e n all their sons kill each other, and ( 2 V , C 5 ) when they see the destruction of their beloved ones, bind them for seventy generations under the hills of the earth until the day of their judgement and of their consummation, until the judgement which is for all eternity is accomplished. 10. 1 3 And in those days they will lead them to (2v, c i o ) the abyss of fire; in torment and in prison they will be shut up for all eternity. 10. 1 4 And then he (Semyaza) will be burnt and from then on

1 0 . I I M i c h a e l : cf. v. i and 9. i . Semyaza

and

the

others:

cf.

(?)

Aram''i

iv

9

(fragment

b')

[VIJDVI K[tn'']a»['7. 1 0 . 1 2 a l l t h e i r s o n s k i l l e a c h o t h e r : E t h Gr^a" sync Sync b = A r a m a i iv 1 0 ( f r a g m e n t b ' ) llfl'ia p l S ' o m i t 'all'.

b u t Gr^an

a n d w h e n t h e y s e e : B M 485 B M 4 9 1 Berl A b b 35 T a n a 9 E t h I I ; A b b 5 5 Gr^a- sy-": " = A r a m a i iv 1 0 ( f r a g m e n t b ' ) see'.

—'and

they

u n d e r t h e h i l l s : E t h ; Gr^^" s>""= *> 'in t h e valleys'. T h e r e is n o obvious explanation o f t h e variant. N o t e that (OVC i r e n d e r s vdorri in D e u t . 3 : 2 9 ( M T X ' S ) : Isa. 4 0 : i 2 ( M T nS73J): J e r . 1 4 : 6 ( M T D ' S ^ ) — b u t t h e last t w o cases could be explained t h r o u g h t h e H e b r e w . f o r s e v e n t y g e n e r a t i o n s . . . d a y o f t h e i r j u d g e m e n t : cf. A r a m ' ' i

iv 1 0 f. (fragments e ' a n d b ' ) ] X 3 T X » V IS

] . pS?aB>[.

N o t e t h a t n o n e o f t h e versions h a v e anything c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o i O I . 10.

13

torment

in

torment

and

to

. . .

all

eternity:

Eth;

Gi^^

t h e prison o f eternal c o n f i n e m e n t ' ;

sync b cf.

.^nd

to

Aram'^ivi

10. 14 A n d t h e n . . . all g e n e r a t i o n s : Abb 35* E t h I I ; B M 485 B M 4 9 1 B e r l A b b 3 5 ' A b b 5 5 T a n a 9 Gr^a" ' A n d w h e n (anyone) is b u r n t a n d d e s t r o y e d f r o m n o w on, he will be b o u n d t o g e t h e r w i t h t h e m until t h e e n d o f all generations {Gi^^ 'the g e n e r a t i o n ' ) ' ; G r ^ y ' " ' A n d w h o e v e r is c o n d e m n e d a n d d e s t r o y e d f r o m n o w o n will be b o u n d w i t h t h e m until

90

T H EETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF ENOCH

destroyed with t h e m ; together they will be bound until the end of all generations. l o . 1 5 And destroy all the souls of lust ( 2 V , C 1 5 ) and the sons of the Watchers, for they have wronged men. 1 0 . 1 6 Destroy all wrong from the face of the earth, and every evil work will cease. And let the plant of righteousness and truth appear, and the deed will become a blessing; righteousness and truth will they plant in joy for ever. ( 2 v , C 2 o ) 10. 1 7 And now all the righteous will be humble, and will live until they beget thousands; and all the days of their youth

t h e e n d o f t h e i r g e n e r a t i o n ' . F o r G r ^ y " c f . A r a m ' ' i v i ] . . ""T "JISI. E t h I Gr^an ' A n d w h e n ' p e r h a p s derives f r o m a Vorlage

in w h i c h Kai

OS a v w a s m i s r e a d a s Kai OTOCV, while A b b 3 5 ^ E t h I I ' A n d t h e n ' looks like an a t t e m p t t o i m p r o v e a n o b s c u r e t e x t . — T h e r e w o u l d a p p e a r t o b e n o t h i n g i n t h e versions c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o Aram"=i v 2 JIDV ] n a S \ A d m i t t e d l y

it w o u l d

]pai [

p e r h a p s b e possible t o r e a d |naK1

instead o f ] n a S ' a n d t o relate jID*? ]naS1 t o t h e beginning o f v . 1 5 ; b u t in that case w e w o u l d have a plural i m p e r a t i v e , n o t t h e e x p e c t e d singular

(cf. •=! V 3 = 1 0 . 1 6 mski). 1 0 . 1 6 D e s t r o y a l l w r o n g f r o m : E t h Gr^an, b u t T a n a 9 Gr^an prefix ' A n d ' . C f . Aram-^i v 3

] P nVw mDNI.

And

.

let t h e plant

X]inm

. . deed

will

become:

1j? n a s p . W e m i g h t h a v e e x p e c t e d

cf. Aram''i

v 4

XOtPlj?! N p I S , b u t

a l t h o u g h t h e r e is a c u r i o u s g a p b e t w e e n 1p a n d XtSIT? t h e reading is certainly c o r r e c t . 1 0 . 1 7 t h e r i g h t e o u s w i l l b e h u m b l e : E t h I I ; E t h I Gr^^" ' t h e r i g h t e o u s will e s c a p e ' ; c f . Aram-^i v 5

lloVs-" ]''\3''\pp.

a n d w i l l l i v e : c f . Aram"^! v 5 a n d t h e i r s a b b a t h s : E t h GrPan—pnna^ m i s r e a d f o r pilDa^ ( ' a n d o f t h e i r old a g e ' ) w h i c h is obviously r e q u i r e d . C f . n o w A r a m ' ' i v 6 pana''B>[ where m a k e s quite clear w h i c h w o r d is i n t e n d e d ( b u t n o t e t h e s e c o n d p e r s o n suffix). C f . J . W e l l h a u s e n , ' Z u r apokalyptischen L i t e r a t u r ' , Skizzen und Vorarbeiten, Berlin, 1 8 9 9 , v i . 2 4 1 , n o t e i , 2 6 0 ; Ullendorff, ' A n A r a m a i c " V o r l a g e " ?', 2 6 4 . a n d a l l t h e d a y s . . . i n p e a c e : c f . A r a m ' ' ! v 5 f.

] . •> B"?»a ]')an3''B?[

] 6 '"W "riai . . [ .

CHAPTERS 10-11

91

and their sabbaths they will fulfil in peace. 1 0 . 1 8 And in those days the whole earth will be tilled in righteousness, and all of it (2v, C 2 5 ) will be planted with trees, and it will be filled with blessing. 1 0 . 1 9 And all pleasant trees they mil plant on it, and they will plant on it vines, and the vine which is planted on it will produce fruit in abundance; and every seed which is sown on it, each measure will produce a thousand, and each measure (2v, C30) of olives will produce ten baths of oil. 1 0 . 20 And you, cleanse the earth from all wrong, and from all iniquity, and from all sin, and from all impiety, and from all the uncleanness which is brought about on the earth; remove them from the earth. (2v, C35) 10. 2 1 And all the sons of men shall be righteous, and all the nations shall serve and bless me, and all shall worship m e . 10. 2 2 And the earth will be cleansed from all corruption, and from all sin, and from all wrath, and from all torment; and I will not again send a flood upon it for all generations (3r, a i ) for ever. 1 1 . I And in those days I will open the storehouses of blessing which (are) in heaven that I may send them down upon

1 0 . 1 8 i n r i g h t e o u s n e s s : c f . A r a m " ' ! v 7 t3W|'?a[ . and

a l l o f i t w i l l b e p l a n t e d w i t h t r e e s : E t h , c f . Aram"^! v 7

asjinn n'?i5i; GI^'^ ' a n d a tree will b e planted in it'. E t h w o u l d a p p e a r to b e closer t h a n G r ^ a " t o A r a m ; o n t h e o t h e r h a n d E t h does n o t h e r e s e e m t o b e d e p e n d e n t o n a G r e e k Vorlage o f t h e t y p e r e p r e s e n t e d b y Qj.pan_ T h i s is t h u s a valuable e x a m p l e f o r t h e i n d e p e n d e n t value o f E t h . o

w i t h b l e s s i n g : cf. Aram''! v 7 n3ia[ . 1 0 . 1 9 A n d a l l p l e a s a n t t r e e s t h e y w i l l p l a n t o n i t : E t h ; Gr^an ' A n d all t h e trees o f t h e e a r t h will r e j o i c e ; t h e y will b e p l a n t e d ' . G r ^ a " h a s a n awkward c o n s t r u c t i o n a n d appears c o r r u p t . C f . A r a m ' ' i v 7 p J ^ ' X "rial. and the vine . . . in a b u n d a n c e : Eth, but B M 485 B M 491 Abb 35 T a n a 9 B e r l ( c f . G r ^ a " ) have ' w i n e ' instead o f ' f r u i t ' ; G r ^ a " ' a n d t h e vine w h i c h t h e y plant, t h e y will p r o d u c e t h o u s a n d s o f j a r s o f w i n e ' . Cf. Aram-^i v 8 n3 3 S : . . [ . and

e v e r y s e e d . . . b a t h s o f o i l : E t h ; Gr^^n j^as a n a b b r e v i a t e d t e x t

and is c o r r u p t . C f . Aram"^! v 9

93

THE

ETHIOPIC

BOOK OF

ENOCH

the earth, upon the work and upon the toil (3r, as) of the sons of men. 11.2 Peace and truth will be united for all the days of eternity and for all the generations of eternity.' 1 2 . I And before everything Enoch had been hidden, and none of the sons of men knew where he was hidden, or where he was, or what (3r, a i o ) had happened. 1 2 . 2 And all his doings (were) with the Holy Ones and with the Watchers in his days. 1 2 . 3 And I Enoch was blessing the Great L o r d and the King of Eternity, and behold the Watchers called to me, Enoch the scribe, and said to m e : 1 2 . 4 'Enoch, scribe of righteousness, go, (3r, a i 5 ) inform the Watchers of heaven who have left the high heaven and the holy eternal place, and have corrupted themselves with the women, and have done as the sons of men do, and have taken wives for themselves, and have become completely corrupt on the earth. 1 2 . 5 T h e y will have (3r, a2o) on earth neither peace nor forgiveness of sin 1 2 . 6 for they will not rejoice in their sons. T h e slaughter of their beloved ones they will see, and over the destruction of their sons they will lament and petition for ever. But they will have neither mercy nor peace.'

I I . 3 a n d f o r a l l t h e g e n e r a t i o n s o f e t e r n i t y : E t h ; Gi^^ ' a n d f o r all t h e generations o f m e n ' . ' M e n ' is a n anticlimax a n d Gi^^ is c o r r u p t , f r o m alcivcov m i s r e a d as avrrcov (contrast C h a r l e s , Text, 3 1 , b u t cf. GrSy= •> in 9. 4 ) . 1 3 . 3 t h e K i n g o f E t e r n i t y : for the title see o n 9. 4 . a n d b e h o l d t h e W a t c h e r s : cf. (?) Aram-^i v 1 9 K I p j S

.

1 3 . 4 t h e h o l y e t e r n a l p l a c e : E t h ; Gi^^ (?) 'the s a n c t u a r y o f t h e eternal p l a c e ' . B u t t h e w o r d i n g o f Gr^an is a little s t r a n g e , a n d B u r k i t t (Jeviish and Christian Apocalypses, 68) plausibly suggests t h a t OTACTIJ derives f r o m O^p ( ' c o v e n a n t ' ) . W h a t t h e W a t c h e r s did was t o leave 'the s a n c t u a r y of t h e eternal c o v e n a n t ' . and have b e c o m e completely corrupt on (which begins direct s p e e c h at this point) ' Y o u {or ' d e s t r o y e d ' ) the e a r t h ' . GrP^" continues V. 5 , b u t slips back to indirect s p e e c h in v . 6 ; throughout.

t h e e a r t h : E t h ; GrP*" h a v e c o m p l e t e l y ruined w i t h direct s p e e c h in E t h has indirect s p e e c h

CHAPTERS 11-13

93

(3r, 3 2 5 ) 1 3 . I And Enoch went and said to Azazel: ' Y o u will not have peace. A severe sentence has come out against you that you should be bound. 1 3 . 2 And you will have neither rest, nor mercy, nor (the granting of any) petition, because of the wrong which you have taught, and because of all the works of blasphemy and wrong and sin (3r, a3o) which you have shown to the sons of men.' 1 3 . 3 T h e n I went and spoke to them all together, and they were all afraid; fear and trembling seized them. 1 3 . 4 And they asked me to write out for them the record of a petition that they might receive forgiveness, and to (3r, a 3 5 ) take the record of their petition up to the L o r d in heaven. 1 3 . 5 F o r they (themselves) were not able from then on to speak, and they did not raise their eyes to heaven out of shame for the sins for which they had been condemned. 1 3 . 6 And then I wrote out the record of their petition and their supplication in regard to (3r, b i ) their spirits and the deeds of each one of them, and in regard to

1 3 . 1 A n d E n o c h w e n t a n d s a i d t o A z a z e l : E t h ; Gr^^"" ' A n d E n o c h said t o A z a e l : " G o " '. I n GrP^" there w o u l d appear t o b e a n u n c o n s c i o u s r e m i n i s c e n c e o f 1 0 . 9, 1 1 . C h a r l e s , {Text, 3 3 ) a c c e p t s t h a t E t h is c o r r e c t ; n o t e his c o m p l i c a t e d a t t e m p t s at explaining h o w this is possible. 1 3 . 4 a n d t o t a k e t h e r e c o r d o f t h e i r p e t i t i o n u p : E t h ; GrP^" ' a n d t o r e a d t h e r e c o r d o f t h e petition o u t ' . C h a r l e s {Text, 3 3 ) argues n o t i m p r o b a b l y that E t h derives f r o m a misreading o f dcuayvco as dvciyw. 1 3 . 6 a n d t h e i r s u p p l i c a t i o n : Berl A b b 3 5 ^ E t h I I ; B M 4 8 5 B M 4 9 1 A b b 3 5 ' A b b 5 5 T a n a 9 Gr^™ ' a n d t h e s u p p h c a t i o n ' . Aram^^i vi i pn^ [ ] . S? (read pn^Jpjnn ViD D]5;), t h o u g h unclear, appears t o a g r e e w i t h B e r l A b b 3 5 * E t h I I in t h e u s e o f t h e 3 r d p l u r . suffix. i n r e g a r d t o t h e i r s p i r i t s : E t h GrP^". Charles {Translation, 3 0 ) plausibly suggests that 'spirits' derives f r o m an i n a c c u r a t e rendering o f I W D B ' S l 'in r e g a r d t o t h e m s e l v e s ' . A r a m ' ' ! vi i p.[ ]3 VlD "?S7 (read ppWBJJ) offers s o m e limited s u p p o r t t o this suggestion, b u t t h e evidence is n o t v e r y substantial. a n d t h e d e e d s o f e a c h o n e o f t h e m : E t h , c f . Aram"^! vi i ] i m in VIDV. GrPa° o m i t s . T h i s is an i m p o r t a n t e x a m p l e f o r t h e i n d e p e n d e n t value o f E t h , f o r h e r e E t h c a n n o t b e d e p e n d e n t o n G r , a t least as r e p r e s e n t e d b y GrP^.

94

T H EETHIOPIC

BOOK OF ENOCH

what they asked, (namely) that they should obtain absolution and forbearance. 1 3 . 7 And I went and sat down by the waters of Dan in Dan which is south-west of H e r m o n ; (3r, b 5 ) and I read out the record of their petition until I fell asleep. 1 3 . 8 And behold a dream came to me, and visions fell upon me, and I saw a vision of wrath, (namely) that I should speak to the sons of heaven and reprove them. 1 3 . 9 A n d I woke up and went to them, and they were all sitting gathered t o gether (3r, b i o ) as they mourned in Ubelseyael, which is between Lebanon and Senir, with their faces covered. 1 3 . 1 0 And I spoke before them all the visions which I had seen in

a b s o l u t i o n a n d f o r b e a r a n c e . ' F o r b e a r a n c e ' appears t o b e t h e m e a n ing o f p o t K p d T T i s / J . ^ i ' ! ( A r a m a i c N H W I S ; s e e D i l l m a n n , Lexicon, c o l . 6 7 4 ; Translation, 7 ) . B u t t h e m e a n i n g is a little forced, a n d i n t h e light o f 1 0 . 9 t h e possibility c a n n o t b e e x c l u d e d t h a t originally t h e e x p r e s s i o n ' l e n g t h o f d a y s ' s t o o d h e r e . — I t w o u l d b e t e m p t i n g t o derive E t h /"C?"!*: (Di.'^-f; directly f r o m a n A r a m a i c KlT'J'l IX'^D ('absolution a n d r e s t ' ) ; b u t i t s e e m s difficult t o explain Gi''^ i n t e r m s o f t h e s a m e A r a m a i c original, since [icsKpoTTis h a r d l y derives f r o m NIT"!, a n d t h e parallel HotKpoTTis/J-^l*; = ' l e n g t h ' c a n h a r d l y b e coincidental. 13.

7 i n D a n : E t h ; Gi^'^ ' i n t h e land o f D a n ' . C f . Ullendorff, ' A n

A r a m a i c " V o r l a g e " ? ' , 2 6 4 . —Aram<^i vi 4 h a s h e r e ] . "'sinV "-rS? w h i c h h a s n o parallel in E t h G r " " ^ i n either v . 7 o r v . 8. 1 3 . 8 a n d I s a w a v i s i o n o f w r a t h : E t h GrP^", b u t A b b 5 5 G r ^ ^ r e a d 'visions'. C f . Aram-^i v i 5 ]1N n i l T p t H flnm.

1 3 . 9 t o t h e m . . . m o u r n e d : c f . A r a m ' ' ! vi 6 pt^'lD pnVlDI IlirVs?

pVajxi pary'i n i n s . in Ubelseyael.

Charles

{Text,

3 5 ) plausibly suggests

w o r d play h e r e , a n d t h a t t h e n a m e

t h a t t h e r e is

is c o r r u p t f o r Abilene (]'''7'3N).

Milik ( ' L e T e s t a m e n t d e L 6 v i e n aram6en: f r a g m e n t d e la g r o t t e 4 d e Q u m r a n ' , RB 6 2 ( 1 9 5 5 ) , 4 0 4 ) derives t h e n a m e f r o m pa

(cf. 4 Q L e v i ' '

I I 1 3 ) , b u t this s e e m s t o m e less likely t h a n C h a r l e s ' s identification. 1 3 . 1 0 A n d I s p o k e b e f o r e t h e m a l l t h e v i s i o n s : E t h = Aram""! vi 7 pO

pn'DlIp nVVai. G r ' ™ is c o r r u p t ' B e f o r e t h e m a n d I r e p o r t e d t o

t h e m all t h e visions'.

CHAPTERS 13-14

95

my sleep, and I began to speak these words of righteousness and to reprove the Watchers (3r, b i s ) heaven. 14. I This book (is) the word of righteousness and of r e proof for the Watchers who (are) from eternity, as the Holy and Great One commanded in that vision. 1 4 . 2 I saw in m y sleep what I will now tell with the tongue of flesh and with my breath which the Great One has given t o men in the mouth, that they might speak (3r, b2o) with it and understand with the heart. 1 4 . 3 As he has created and appointed men to understand the word of knowledge, so he created and appointed m e to reprove the Watchers, the sons of heaven. 14. 4 And I wrote out your petition, but in m y vision

t h e s e w o r d s . . . o f h e a v e n : E t h ; GrP^" ' t h e w o r d s o f righteousness, reproving t h e W a t c h e r s o f h e a v e n ' ; c f . Aram"'! vi 8 mim KtJlTIp '''?a3 iCjh^

'>TSb

nSWl. E t h GrPan have nothing c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o mtm.

14. 1 T h i s b o o k (is) t h e w o r d o f r i g h t e o u s n e s s : so most E t h M S S . ; B e r l T a n a 9 ' T h i s (is) t h e book o f the w o r d s o f r i g h t e o u s n e s s ' ; Gr^™ = A r a m ' ' ! vi 9 (NjtSB'lp "''7X1 I S O ) ' T h e b o o k o f the w o r d s o f righteousness'. — A r a m ' ' i vi 1 0 JHJN n NSVna N[ ('. . . in t h e d r e a m w h i c h I . . . ' ) appears t o relate t o t h e e n d o f 1 4 . i o r t h e beginning o f 1 4 . 2 , b u t does n o t c o r r e s p o n d e x a c t l y t o anything in E t h Gr^^"". 1 4 . 2 w i t h m y b r e a t h . . . i n t h e m o u t h : E t h I I (note t h a t t h e variants in E t h I a r e all i m p o s s i b l e ) ; T a n a 9 GrP^" 'with t h e b r e a t h o f m y m o u t h w h i c h t h e G r e a t O n e h a s given t o m e n ' ; cf. Aram"^! v i 1 1

N8?JN] •'la'? Kan [a]n'' [ n . 1 4 . 3 T h i s verse c o u l d also b e taken with t h e preceding one, v i z . : ' a c c o r d ing as h e h a s created a n d appointed m e n t o u n d e r s t a n d t h e w o r d o f knowledge. A n d h e created a n d appointed m e . . . ' . H o w e v e r , this i n t e r pretation s e e m s less likely than t h a t offered a b o v e . o f k n o w l e d g e , s o h e c r e a t e d a n d a p p o i n t e d m e : E t h (GrP*" o m i t s ) ; cf. Aram<=i v i 1 2 ].*? Kiai l l h pVn N.[

]S?1M[. N o t e ( i ) that E t h has

nothing corresponding t o iaS71, a n d (2) that E t h presupposes t h e o r d e r

pbm sna, not xnai pVn. 1 4 . 4 b u t i n m y v i s i o n . . . b e ( g r a n t e d ) t o y o u : E t h ; Gr^™ ' b u t i n

96

T H EETHIOPIC

BOOK OF ENOCH

thus it appeared, that your petition (3r, b 2 5 ) will not be (granted) to you for all the days of eternity; and complete judgement (has been decreed) against you, and you will not have peace. 1 4 . 5 And from now on you will not ascend into heaven for all eternity, and it has been decreed that you are to be bound in the earth for all the days of eternity. (3r, b3o) 14. 6 And before this you will have seen the destruction of your beloved sons, and you will not be able to enjoy them,

m y vision this a p p e a r e d ; a n d y o u r petition h a s n o t b e e n cf. Aram<^i v i 1 3 for

psnwja n VSII^VD minm

all the days

.

. . against

fb

accepted';

niTna[.

y o u : E t h , c f . Aram"^!

vi 1 4

]lb[ ] . . T t « [ , r e a d (?) pbpVs? Xn]T'tX2[. GrP^-^ omits ( c f . also n e x t n o t e ) . T h e A r a m a i c evidence, although slight, is i m p o r t a n t for c o n firming that s o m e t h i n g c o m p a r a b l e t o Witii, i ^9:^1^ I ^OMlO^ ; d i d stand in A r a m . a n d y o u w i l l n o t h a v e p e a c e : Ryl^ B M 4 9 2 ; all o t h e r E t h M S S . 'and y o u will have n o t h i n g ' . Gr^^" o m i t s altogether ( c f . previous n o t e ) . I t is n o t entirely c l e a r w h e t h e r o r n o t a n y t h i n g c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o this clause did stand in Aram"=i v i 1 4 , b u t it seems unlikely. 1 4 . 5 A n d f r o m n o w o n y o u w i l l n o t a s c e n d : E t h ; Gr^a" ' T h a t y o u should n o longer a s c e n d ' . GrP^" links awkwardly with v . 4 , a n d it m a y b e asked w h e t h e r !va (cf. also v . 6 Kai iva) is a b a d rendering o f a n A r a m a i c ''1, f o r w h i c h w e w o u l d h a v e e x p e c t e d h e r e r a t h e r o t i (cf. v . 6 b ) , i n t r o d u c i n g the c o n t e n t o f t h e vision and/or j u d g e m e n t m e n t i o n e d in v . 4 . N o t e that the c o n s t r u c t i o n o f Gi^^" is n o t followed b y E t h . — C f . A r a m ' ' i vi 1 4 ]S?]3

lis? ""T w h i c h presimiably belongs h e r e .

f o r a l l t h e d a y s o f E t e r n i t y : E t h = Aram<^i v i 1 5 W bn T » p5[ Sa*?]!?; G r ^ ^ 'for all t h e generations o f e t e r n i t y ' . T h i s e x a m p l e is i m p o r t a n t as evidence for t h e i n d e p e n d e n t value o f E t h . 1 4 . 6 A n d b e f o r e . . . b e l o v e d s o n s : E t h ; G r ^ ^ ' a n d that before these things y o u should see t h e destruction o f y o u r beloved s o n s ' . O n Gr^^" Kai iva c f . t h e n o t e above o n v . 5 . —^Aram"^! v i 1 6 ] . ""a'an ]j?ai p m i would a p p e a r t o c o r r e s p o n d t o p a r t o f 1 4 . 6, b u t its precise relationship t o t h e t e x t k n o w n t o u s f r o m E t h Qj.pan |g unclear. a n d y o u w i l l n o t b e a b l e t o e n j o y t h e m : E t h ; Gr*"™ 'and that y o u will have n o e n j o y m e n t in t h e m ' . E t h p r o b a b l y reflects the s a m e t e x t as Gr^^'^, a n d should b e translated as above, although the n o u n T ^ T : c o r r e s p o n d s

C H A P T E R 14

97

but they will fall before you by the sword. 1 4 . 7 And your petition will not be (granted) in respect of them, nor in respect of yourselves. And while you weep (3r, b35) and supplicate, you do not speak a single word from the writing which I have written. 1 4 . 8 And the vision appeared to m e as follows: Behold clouds called m e in the vision, and mist called me, and the path of the stars and flashes of lightning hastened m e and drove me, and in the vision winds caused me to fly (3r, c i ) and hastened m e and lifted m e up into

t o KTfjats r a t h e r t h a n t o Svriais ( = nnH). T h e r e m a y , h o w e v e r , h a v e been a confusion h e r e in t h e A r a m a i c original. I^i-^'. in T i g r i n y a m e a n s 'alone, only', a n d it is possible that t h e E t h i o p i c translators c o n f u s e d nnn with m n . b u t t h e y w i l l f a l l b e f o r e y o u b y t h e s w o r d : E t h G r " " ^ ; Aram-^i vi 1 7 p a s possibly belongs h e r e . 14. 7 A n d y o u r p e t i t i o n . . . o f y o u r s e l v e s : E t h G r ' a " ; cf. Aram''i

vi 1 7 ]'?» . [

]a n Vaip'ra (read (?)

[pams?]3 n "raipVa).

A n d w h i l e y o u w e e p a n d s u p p l i c a t e : E t h Gr^^"; c f . A r a m ' ' i v i 1 8 ] . nriDi p a from

(read pijnnai p a ] w i n ) .

t h e writing

which

I have

written:

E t h Gr^^n = Aram"^!

vi 1 9 ]riana rm n Nana p . 1 4 . 8 a n d m i s t c a l l e d m e . . , f l a s h e s o f l i g h t n i n g : E t h GrP^"; c f .

Aram'=i vi 2 0 ]''|'?'l]ai p"-!! pS?T ''V. c a u s e d m e t o fly: E t h ; this is p r o b a b l y also t h e m e a n i n g o f G r * " ^ i^eiriTaCTav ys. T h e f o r m s o f irerAjco ('spread o u t ' ) a n d ir^TroiJiai/TTeTanai ('fly') a r e confused in t h e L X X (cf. H . S t . J . T h a c k e r a y , A Grammar of the Old Testament in Greek, i, C a m b r i d g e , 1 9 0 9 , 2 8 1 ; hereafter, T h a c k e r a y , Grammar), a n d t h e m e a n i n g 'cause t o fly' s e e m s n o t unlikely f o r t h e f o r m htkxaua. a n d h a s t e n e d m e a n d lifted m e u p into h e a v e n : E t h ; Gr""^ ' a n d lifted m e u p a n d b r o u g h t m e into h e a v e n ' . C f . A r a m ' ' i v i 2 1 ] . •'2[l'7]S?N1 -JlVaiXI N V s V — ' . . . u p a n d l e d m e a n d b r o u g h t m e into . . . ' . N o t e ( i ) t h a t E t h repeats ' a n d hastened m e ' , b u t h a s nothing c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o Kai £iar|V£yK(iv \iB; (2) that A r a m ' ' i vi 2 1 appears t o h a v e t w o v e r b s ("•Jl'jSXI 'nVaiX) w h e r e GrP^" h a s only Kai 6tar|V£yK
E

98

T H E ETHIOPIC

BOOK OF ENOCH

heaven. 1 4 . 9 And I proceeded until I came near to a wall which was built of hailstones, and a tongue of fire surrounded it, and it began to make m e afraid. 1 4 . 1 0 And I went into the tongue of fire and (3r, C 5 ) came near to a large house which was built of hailstones, and the wall of that house (was) like a mosaic (made) of hailstones, and its floor (was) snow. 14. 1 1 Its roof (was) like the path of the stars and flashes of lightning, and among them (were) fiery Cherubim, and their heaven (was like) water. 14. 1 2 And (3r, c i o ) (there was) a fire burning around its wall, and its door was ablaze with fire. 14. 1 3 And I went into that house, and (it was) hot as fire and cold as snow, and there was neither pleasure nor life in it. Fear covered me and trembling took hold of me. 14. 1 4 And as I was shaking (3r, C 1 5 ) and trembling, I fell on m y face. And I saw in the vision, 14. 1 5 and behold, another house, which was larger than the former, and all its doors

14. 9 w h i c h w a s built o f h a i l s t o n e s , a n d a t o n g u e o f fire s u r r o u n d e d i t , a n d i t ( i . e . t h e t o n g u e o f fire) b e g a n t o m a k e m e a f r a i d : E t h ; GT^^ ' o f a building (built) o f hailstones a n d tongues o f fire r o u n d t h e m , a n d t h e y b e g a n t o m a k e m e afraid'. C f . A r a m a i vi 2 2

•n]no lino ]nno -lu.[. 1 4 . 1 0 a n d c a m e n e a r t o a l a r g e h o u s e : E t h G r ^ a " ; cf. A r a m ' ' i vi 2 3 ]T ITS'? npaiN . S''a is p r e s u m a b l y t o b e taken as a n absolute, c f . •"3 in I Q A p G e n X X I 6 a n d F i t z m y e r , Genesis Apocryphon, 1 4 6 . a n d i t s f l o o r ( w a s ) s n o w : E t h ; Gr^^" ' a n d t h e foundations ( w e r e ) o f s n o w ' . —^Aram'^i vi 2 4 ]N if7T\[ m a y belong h e r e . — N o t e that E t h Cld£:; c a n m e a n b o t h 'hail' a n d ' s n o w ' , a n d t h a t I have used w h i c h e v e r r e n d e r ing s e e m e d appropriate in e a c h case. 1 4 . 1 2 a r o u n d i t s w a l l : E t h I I ; E t h I B M 4 9 2 ' a r o u n d t h e w a l l ' ; Gr^^^ ' a r o u n d t h e walls' (cf. v . 1 0 f o r t h e p l u r a l ) . C f . A r a m ' ' ! vi 2 5

]''n'l'7nD "?[,

b u t t h e t e x t c o u l d also b e r e a d IJIiTVDS V[. 1 4 . 1 3 a s s n o w , a n d t h e r e w a s n e i t h e r : cf. Aram<^i vi 2 6 1 4 . 1 4 I f e l l : cf. Aram-^i vi 2 7

jVlDI ^«l'7[n^.

jnVsil [.

14. 15 h o u s e w h i c h w a s l a r g e r t h a n t h e f o r m e r , a n d all its d o o r s ( w e r e ) o p e n b e f o r e m e , a n d ( i t w a s ) : E t h ; G r ' ^ " ' d o o r o p e n before

C H A P T E R 14

99

(were) open before me, and (it was) built of a tongue of fire. 14. 16 And in everything it so excelled in glory and splendour and size that I am unable to describe to you (3r, c2o) its glory and its size. 14. 1 7 And its floor (was) fire, and above (were) lightning and the path of the stars, and its roof also (was) a burning fire. 14. 18 And I looked and I saw in it a high throne, and its appearance (was) like ice and its surrounds like the shining sun (3r, C25) and the sound of Cherubim. 14. 19 And from underneath the high throne there flowed out rivers of burning fire so that it was impossible to look at it. 14. 20 And H e who is great in glory sat on it, and his raiment was brighter than the sun, and whiter than any snow. 14. 2 1 And no angel could (3r, C 3 0 ) enter, and at the appearance of the face of him who is honoured and praised no (creature of) flesh could look. 14. 2 2 A sea of fire burnt around him, and a great fire stood before him, and none of those around him came near to him. T e n thousand times ten thousand (stood) before him, (3r, C 3 5 ) but he needed no holy counsel. 14. 23 And the Holy Ones who were near to him did not leave by night or day, and

m e , and a house larger t h a n t h e f o r m e r , a n d all o f it ( w a s ) ' . T h e o r d e r o f t h e t e x t differs in Gr^^" a n d E t h . C f . Aram-^i vi 2 8 ]'7131 31

p

ja

[;

t h e distance o f this material f r o m JuVbSi [ (1. 2 7 = v . 1 4 ) w o u l d suggest that A r a m ' ' i vi h a d t h e s a m e o r d e r as G r ^ ^ , although this is n o t certain. T a n a 9 supports the w o r d - o r d e r of G r ^ ^ . 1 4 . 1 8 a n d i t s s u r r o u n d s l i k e t h e s h i n i n g s u n : E t h ; G r " " ^ 'and a wheel as o f t h e shining s u n ' . C f . D a n . 7 : 9. W e w o u l d h a v e e x p e c t e d ^^7*1: as a translation o f Tpoxos. Is E t h directly d e p e n d e n t o n a n A r a m a i c

a n d t h e s o u n d o f C h e r u b i m : E t h —^presumably a n allusion to t h e s o u n d o f t h e adoration o f G o d b y t h e C h e r u b i m is i n t e n d e d ; this m a k e s sense, b u t it is n o t clear h o w far t h e t e x t is reliable. Gr^^" opos, w h e t h e r taken as ' m o u n t a i n , hill' o r as ' b o u n d a r y ' , is n o n s e n s e . 1 4 . 2 2 f. b u t h e n e e d e d n o h o l y c o u n s e l . A n d t h e H o l y O n e s : A b b 3 5 E t h I I (for y ° t l C : in t h e feminine cf. Isa. 1 4 : 2 6 : P r o v . 1 5 : 2 2 ) ; QjPan 'ajjd his e v e r y w o r d (was) deed. A n d t h e m o s t h o l y angels'. N e i t h e r E t h n o r Gr^a" is entirely satisfactory, a n d it is possible, as C h a r l e s {Text, 40) suggests, that b o t h are defective.

100

THE ETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF

ENOCH

did not depart from him. 14. 2 4 And until then I had a covering on my face, as I trembled. And the L o r d called me with his own mouth and said to m e : 'Come hither, Enoch, to m y holy word.' 14. 25 And he lifted m e up (3V, a i ) and brought me near to the door. And I looked, with m y face down. 15. I And he answered m e and said to m e with his voice: 'Hear! D o not be afraid, Enoch, (you) righteous man and scribe of righteousness. Come hither and hear my voice. (3V, a s ) 1 5 . 2 And go, say to the Watchers of heaven who sent you to petition on their behalf: " Y o u ought to petition on behalf of men, not men on behalf of you. 15. 3 W h y have you left the high, holy and eternal heaven, and lain with the women (3V, a i o ) and become unclean with the daughters of men, and taken wives for yourselves, and done as the sons of the earth and begotten giant sons? 15. 4 And you (were) spiritual, holy, living an eternal hfe, (but) you became unclean upon the women, (3V, a i s ) and begat (children) through the blood of flesh, and lusted after the blood of men, and produced flesh and blood as they do who die and are destroyed. 15. 5 And for this reason I gave them wives, (namely) that they might sow seed in them and (that) children might be born

1 4 . 2 4 I h a d a c o v e r i n g o n m y f a c e : E t h ; Gt^^ ' I h a d b e e n p r o s t r a t e o n m y f a c e ' . I n s u p p o r t o f t h e idea u n d e r l y i n g E t h c f . i K g s . 1 9 : 1 3 ; E x o d . 3 3 : 2 2 f., b u t in t h e c o n t e x t ( c f . v . 1 4 ) G r " " ^ is p r o b a b l y m o r e original. I n this case t h e suggestion t h a t E t h derives f r o m reading •n-epipepXriiievos instead o f pspXriHEvos ( G r " " ^ ; c f . C h a r l e s , Text, 4 0 ) h a s s o m e plausibility. 1 5 . 4 u p o n t h e w o m e n : E t h ; Gr^™ ' t h r o u g h t h e blood o f t h e w o m e n ' . E t h n « a : c o r r u p t for fl^eoP :. a n d l u s t e d a f t e r t h e b l o o d o f m e n : E t h Gr^^". T h e idea o f m u r d e r o u s i n t e n t ( c f . 7 . 4 ; 8. 4 ; 9. i , 9) is h a r d l y v e r y suitable in t h e c o n t e x t , a n d w e m i g h t h a v e e x p e c t e d r a t h e r 'after t h e d a u g h t e r s o f m e n ' , i.e.

NE>1K n333 instead o f XB?1K m 3 . H a s t h e text been influenced b y t h e t w o i m m e d i a t e l y p r e c e d i n g o c c u r r e n c e s o f Q13 ? 15. 5 a n d (that) c h i l d r e n m i g h t b e born b y t h e m : B M 491 Abb 35 T a n a 9 E t h I I ; G r ^ ^ ' a n d (that) t h u s t h e y m i g h t b e g e t children b y t h e m ' . C h a r l e s (Text, 4 2 ) a n d F l e m m i n g (Text, 1 9 ) w o u l d r e n d e r B M 4 8 5

CHAPTERS 14-15

loi

(3V, a2o) by them, that thus deeds might be done on the earth. 1 5 . 6 But you formerly were spiritual, living an eternal, immortal life for all the generations of the world. 1 5 . 7 F o r this reason I did not arrange wives for you because (3V, 3 2 5 ) the dwelling of the spiritual ones (is) in heaven. 1 5 . 8 And now the giants who were born from body and flesh will be called evil spirits upon the earth, and on the earth will be their dwelling. 1 5 . 9 And evil spirits came out from their flesh because from above (3V, 330) they were created; from the holy Watchers was their origin and first foundation. Evil spirits they will be on the earth, and spirits of the evil ones they will be called. 1 5 . 1 0 And the dwelling of the spirits of heaven is in heaven, but the dweUing of the spirits of earth, (3V, a35) who were born on the earth, (is) on earth. 1 5 . 1 1 And the spirits of the giants . . . which do wrong and are

B e r l A b b 5 5 in t h e s a m e w a y as Gr^^", referring in s u p p o r t t o t h e u s e o f X'i'a'ft.C": in G e n . 3 0 : 3 . B u t their translation is quite unlikely; t h e usage in G e n . 3 0 : 3 is different a n d t h e parallel is n o t relevant. 1 5 . 9 A n d e v i l s p i r i t s . I h a v e tried t o r e n d e r

: consistently as ' s o u l '

a n d c r o l i f l j as 'spirit'. H e r e h o w e v e r , as in a few o t h e r passages, t h e c o n t e x t s e e m s t o require t h a t

! b e r e n d e r e d as 'spirit' ( c f . D i l l m a r m ,

Lexicon, c o l . 7 0 7 , 'spiritus coelestes vel d a e m o n e s ' ; cf. also v . i z ; 6 9 . 1 2 , 2 2 ; 99. 7 ) . f r o m a b o v e : E t h G r ? ^ ; GrSy"= •= ' f r o m m e n ' . C h a r l e s {Text, 4 2 f . ) thinks GrSy= •= is c o r r e c t , b u t E t h Gr^"™ give a quite a c c e p t a b l e sense. T h e clause explains w h y spirits c a m e o u t o f t h e flesh o f t h e giants, n o t w h y evil spirits c a m e o u t . T h e s a m e p o i n t is f u r t h e r elaborated in t h e n e x t clause. O n t h e o t h e r h a n d , Gr^y^ arouses suspicion as b e i n g t h e easier reading. — T h e t e x t o f E t h Gr''^" is s o m e w h a t repetitious a t this point, a n d it is p r o b a b l e , b u t n o t certain, t h a t t h e omission o f w . 9e, l o b y GrS>""^ " is c o r r e c t . 1 5 . I I A n d t h e s p i r i t s o f t h e g i a n t s . . . w h i c h d o w r o n g : E t h — i t is impossible t o m a k e a n y sense o f Aa^f^i ( B e r l aJ^fiffD^-^t.;); G r ^ ^ ' A n d t h e spirits o f t h e giants w r o n g t h e c l o u d s ' ; G r ^ y ^ ' T h e spirits o f t h e giants lay w a s t e , d o w r o n g ' . I n Gr''^'' a n d E t h VEq>6Xas = St.aoq-^: m a y b e c o r r u p t f o r Not9TiXeliJi ( F l e m m i n g , Translation, 4 3 ) , b u t , certainly i n E t h , t h e c o r r u p t i o n s e e m s t o g o f u r t h e r t h a n this a n d it is h a r d l y possible t o arrive a t a n entirely c o n v i n c i n g t e x t . I s G r ^ y c ' j g y waste* (ven6iJiEva) a n a t t e m p t t o m a k e sense o f a n already c o r r u p t t e x t ?

loa

THE ETHIOPIC

BOOK OF

ENOCH

corrupt, and attack and fight and break on the earth, and cause sorrow; and they eat no food and do not thirst, and are not observed. 1 5 . 1 2 And these spirits zvillrise (3V, b i ) against the sons of men and against the women because they came out (from them). I n the days of slaughter and destruction 16. I and the death of the giants, wherever the spirits have gone out from (their) bodies, their flesh shall be destroyed (3V, b 5 ) before the judgement; thus they will be destroyed until the day of the great consummation is accomplished upon the great age, upon the Watchers and the impious ones." 16. 2 And now to the Watchers who sent you to petition on their behalf, who were formerly in heaven 1 6 . 3—and now (say): " Y o u (3V, b i o ) were in heaven, but (its) secrets had not yet been revealed to you and a worthless mystery you

a n d b r e a k : E t h ; G r ^ ^ sync c ^ n d t h r o w ' . G r ^ ^ m u c h s e n s e ; is owpf-nTovra/fdiTToOvTa a n i n n e r - G r e e k ouvTpfpovTct ?

d o n o t give corruption of

a n d c a u s e s o r r o w : E t h ; Gr^""" sync c cause r u n n i n g ' ( ? ) . Gr^^" Sync c m a k e n o sense, a n d it h a s b e e n suggested (cf. e.g. C h a r l e s , Translation, 37) t h a t 5p6tAous is c o r r u p t f o r Tp6nous. r f t H l ! h a r d l y c o r r e s p o n d s t o Tp6|i0s, b u t n o b e t t e r explanation suggests itself. a n d a r e n o t o b s e r v e d : E t h ; G r ^ ^ sync c «and c a u s e offence'. D i l l m a n n (SAB 1892, 1049) suggests t h a t a)!Lfi.t"ia)i : is c o r r u p t f o r cOfi-'tO^i^i ( = G r ) , a n d this s e e m s n o t i m p r o b a b l e . T a n a 9 h a s (DfLf-'VOti'!. 1 5 . 1 2 A n d t h e s e s p i r i t s : see n o t e o n v . 9. 16. I E t h a n d G r ^ ^ differ considerably in m e a n i n g in this verse, a l t h o u g h t h e actual w o r d i n g in t h e t w o versions is similar. T h e t e x t o f E t h w o u l d a p p e a r t o h a v e suffered c o r r u p t i o n during t h e c o u r s e o f its transmission, a n d G r offers r a t h e r b e t t e r sense. 16. 3 b u t ( i t s ) s e c r e t s . . . y o u k n e w : E t h ; Gr''^"' ' b u t every m y s t e r y w h i c h h a d n o t b e e n revealed t o y o u a n d a m y s t e r y w h i c h w a s f r o m G o d y o u k n e w ' , ( i ) I n t h e first clause t h e relative 6 is p e r h a p s a n interpolation; its omission w o u l d give b e t t e r sense a n d m a k e G r ^ ^ virtually identical w i t h E t h . (2) I n t h e s e c o n d clause it has been suggested (cf. e.g. C h a r l e s , Text, 47) t h a t E t h presupposes uuorripiov T 6 i§ou6evriUEvov instead o f UUCTTTipiov T 6 kK ToO S E O O yEyevTinivov ( G r ^ ^ ) . E t h offers b e t t e r sense, b u t n o t e t h a t t h e variant is o f significance f o r t h e interpretation o f E n o c h ' s explanation o f t h e origin o f evil.

CHAPTERS 15-18

103

knew. This you made known to the women in the hardness of your hearts, and through this mystery the women and the men cause evil to increase on the earth." (3V, b i 5 ) 1 6 . 4 Say to them therefore: " Y o u will not have p e a c e . " ' 17. I And they took m e to a place where they were like burning fire, and, when they wished, they made themselves look like men. 1 7 . 2 And they led m e to a place of storm, and to a mountain the tip of whose summit (3V, b2o) reached to heaven. 1 7 . 3 And I saw lighted places and thunder in the outermost ends, in its depths, a bow of fire and arrows and their quivers, and a sword of fire, and all the flashes of lightning. 1 7 . 4 And they took me to the water of life, as it is called, (3V, b 2 5 ) and to the fire of the west which receives every setting of the sun. 1 7 . 5 And I came to a river of fire whose fire flows like water and pours out into the great sea which (is) towards the west. 1 7 . 6 And I saw all the great rivers, and I reached the great darkness (3V, b3o) and went where all flesh walks. 1 7 . 7 And I saw the mountains of the darkness of winter and the place where the water of all the deep pours out. 1 7 . 8 And I saw the mouths of all the rivers of the earth and the mouth of the deep. 1 8 . I And I saw the storehouses ( 3 V , b 3 5 ) of all the winds, and I saw how with them he has adorned all creation, and ( I saw) the foundations of the earth. 1 8 . 2 And I saw the cornerstone of the earth, and I saw the four winds which support the earth and the firmament of heaven. 1 8 . 3 And I saw how the

1 7 . 2 t o a p l a c e o f s t o r m : E t h ; G r " " ^ ' t o a dark (3096611) p l a c e ' . D o e s E t h derive f r o m yvo965Ti ( C h a r l e s , Text, 4 7 ) ? OflJ-ft": c o r r e s p o n d s t o L X X yv69os b o t h w h e r e yv69os r e n d e r s ' s t o r m ' Q o b 9 : 1 7 m S B ^ ; J o b 2 7 : 2 0 nSIO) a n d w h e r e yv69os r e n d e r s 'darkness' (Joel 2 : 2 nVSN; 2 C h r . 6 : i •JB-IS). 1 7 . 7 t h e m o u n t a i n s : E t h ; Gr''^" ' t h e w i n d s ' . E t h gives t h e sense r e q u i r e d in t h e c o n t e x t . I t is possible that t h e G r e e k translator m i s r e a d ••IW as ' n n , b u t it is in a n y case clear t h a t E t h is n o t h e r e d e p e n d e n t o n G r , o r at least o n t h e t y p e o f tradition r e p r e s e n t e d b y G r ^ * " (cf. U l l e n dorff, ' A n A r a m a i c " V o r l a g e " ?', 2 6 4 ) .

104

THE ETHIOPIC

BOOK OF

ENOCH

winds stretch out the height of heaven and (how) they position themselves (3V, c i ) between heaven and earth; they are the pillars of heaven. 1 8 . 4 And I saw the winds which turn heaven and cause the disk of the sun and all the stars to set. 1 8 . 5 And I saw the winds on the earth ( 3 V , 0 5 ) which support the clouds, and I saw the paths of the angels. I saw at the end of the earth the firmament of heaven above. 1 8 . 6 And I went towards the south—and it was burning day and night —^where (there were) seven mountains of precious stones, (3V, c i o ) three towards the east and three towards the south. 1 8 . 7 And those towards the east (were) of coloured stone, and one (was) of pearl and one of healing stone; and those t o wards the south (were) of red stone. 1 8 . 8 And the middle one reached to heaven, like the throne of (3V, C 1 5 ) the L o r d , of stibium, and the top of the throne (was) of sapphire.

1 8 . s w h i c h s u p p o r t t h e c l o u d s : A b b 3 5 E t h I I ; Gr""^" iv VEcpeXri (cf. B M 4 8 5 B e r l A b b 5 5 T a n a 9) is impossible. D o e s Iv V696XT| reflect t h e u s e in t h e A r a m a i c o f a c o n s t r u c t i o n w i t h 3 ? ( C f . T a r g u m t o N u m . 1 1 : 1 7 ' a laiO ( = 'a with the meaning 'to bear (a burden)'). I n a n y case it is clear t h a t E t h I I gives t h e r e q u i r e d reading. 1 8 . 7 h e a l i n g s t o n e : E t h — p o s s i b l y t o b e translated 'stibium' (cf. D i l l m a n n , Lexicon, c o l . 7 5 9 ) . Gr^'^'^Tcteev, in t h e light o f najTipsous ( 1 0 . 9) a n d 9ouK(i ( 1 8 . 8 ) , is p r o b a b l y t o b e r e g a r d e d as a c o r r u p t transliteration o f a n A r a m a i c w o r d for a p r e c i o u s stone (cf. D i l l m a n n , SAB 1 8 9 2 , 1 0 5 3 ) , b u t w h a t A r a m a i c w o r d is n o t clear t o m e . E t h is generally explained via t h e G r e e k , either f r o m a reading s u c h as ICCCTECOS (instead o f T O O E V ) , o r f r o m an a t t e m p t t o m a k e sense o f a n already c o r r u p t G r e e k f o r m (cf. C h a r l e s , Text, 4 9 ) . 1 8 . 8 s t i b i u m : Gr^^" <pouK(i is a transliteration (cf. ^a3Tlp6ouS 1 0 . 9 ; c f . also 2 8 . i ) o f t h e H e b r e w *11S o r (?) a n A r a m a i c ( b u t t h e w o r d is n o t t o m y knowledge attested elsewhere in A r a m a i c ) . I t is conceivable t h a t E t h "Eh j c o m e s via t h e G r e e k , b u t it s e e m s m u c h m o r e likely t h a t it c o m e s directly f r o m t h e S e m i t i c original (note t h a t D i l l m a n n , Lexicon, col. 1 3 9 2 , only quotes t h e w o r d a s o c c u r r i n g h e r e ) . C f . I s a . 5 4 : 1 1 ; I Chr. 29: 2. a n d t h e t o p o f t h e t h r o n e ( w a s ) o f s a p p h i r e : c f . (?) Aram<^i viii 2 7

] s Koia.

C H A P T E R 18

los

18. 9 And I saw a burning fire and what was in all the mountains. i 8 . 1 0 And I saw there a place beyond the great earth; there the waters were gathered together. i 8 . i i And I saw a deep chasm of the earth (3V, c2o) with pillars of heavenly fire, and I saw among them fiery pillars of heaven which were falling, and as regards both height and depth they were immeasurable. 18. 1 2 And beyond this chasm I saw a place and (it had) neither the firmament of heaven above it, nor the foundation

18. 9 a n d w h a t w a s i n a l l t h e m o u n t a i n s : E t h ; G r ^ ^ 'And beyond these m o u n t a i n s ' , ( i ) E t h , t h o u g h i t does m a k e sense, m a y well derive f r o m a m i s u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f G r KdrreKeiva TCOV opecov TOOTCOV a s Koi a l-n-eKEiva TCOV opecov TOOTCOV (cf. F l e m m i n g , Translation, 4 7 ) . (2) E t h O - f l t \ s e e m s t o i m p l y t h a t t h e E t h i o p i c translator did n o t u n d e r s t a n d l i r t e i v a , b u t r a t h e r t o o k it a s t h e equivalent o f ETTI. i-rrlKEivcc o c c u r s i n five o t h e r passages ( i 8 . 1 2 ; 2 4 . 2 ; 3 0 . i , 3 ; 3 1 . 2 ) a n d c o r r e s p o n d s t o p HVn*? i n t h e t h r e e passages w h e r e A r a m a i c evidence is available C^i x i i 2 3 , 2 5 , 2 7 = 3 0 . I , 3 ; 3 1 . 2 ; c f . also •=! viii 2 9 f. = 1 8 . 1 2 ) . I n addition p Vhif7 a p p a r e n t l y o c c u r s o n c e elsewhere (*i x x v i i 6 = 3 2 . i ) . E t h i n these passages offers a v a r i e t y o f readings, n o t all o f w h i c h c o r r e s p o n d t o / ilTEKElVOt, v i z . :

18.9 18. 1 2

llTEKElVa

p [sVnV

24.2

ITTIKEIVOC

31. 2

]a N[Vn"? p K^n"? la vb[r\b

32.

]a [NVH*?

30.1 30. 3

I

ITTEKEIVOC

ITTEKEIVOC

IDA: (?)

llTEKEIVa ITTEKEIVCC

18. 1 0 t h e r e t h e w a t e r s w e r e g a t h e r e d t o g e t h e r : A b b 35^ A b b 55^ E t h I I ; B M 485 B M 4 9 1 Berl A b b 3 5 ' A b b 5 5 ' T a n a 9 'there the heavens w e r e g a t h e r e d t o g e t h e r ' ; G r * " ^ ' t h e r e t h e heavens w e r e finished'. C f . (?) Aram-^i viii 2 8 jam. E t h fi-'VP-tth-i c a n h a r d l y b e derived f r o m owTEXEoei^CTovrai, a n d t h e variants possibly result f r o m a confusion o f t h e r o o t s ION a n d *]10 i n t h e t e x t w h i c h underlies E t h a n d Gr^^". F o r t h e latter c f . G e n . 2 : 1 . 18. I I a m o n g t h e m

fiery

p i l l a r s o f h e a v e n : c f . ( ? ) Aram"^! viii 2 9

]Tas; na. i m m e a s u r a b l e : for IfA^i

= iJETpov c f . I s a . 2 2 : 1 8 .

1 8 . 1 2 A n d b e y o n d t h i s : c f . (?) Aram-^i viii 2 9 f. ] . ] T p [NVH"?!.

io6

THE

ETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF

ENOCH

(3V, C25) of earth below it; there was no water on it, and no birds, but it was a desert place. 18. 1 3 And a terrible thing I saw there—seven stars like great burning mountains. And like a spirit questioning me 1 8 . 1 4 the angel said: 'This is the place of the end (3V, C30) of heaven and earth; this is the prison for the stars of heaven and the host of heaven. 1 8 . 1 5 And the stars which roll over the fire, these are the ones which transgressed the command of the L o r d from the beginning of their rising because they did not come out (3V, 03 5) at their proper times. 18. 16 And he was angry with them and bound them until the time of the consummation of their sin in the year of mystery.' 19. I And Uriel said to m e : ' T h e spirits of the angels who were promiscuous with the women will stand here; and they, assuming many forms, made men unclean and will lead men astray (4r, a i ) so that they sacrifice to demons as gods—(that is,) until the great judgement day on which they will be judged so that an end will be made of them. 19. 2 And their wives, having led astray the angels of heaven, will become peaceful.' (4r, as) 19. 3 And I, Enoch, alone saw the sight, the ends of everything; and no man has seen what I have seen. 2 0 . I And these are the names of the holy angels who keep watch. 2 0 . 2 Uriel, one of the holy angels, (4r, a i o ) namely (the angel) of thunder and of tremors. 2 0 . 3 Raphael, one of

1 8 . 1 6 i n t h e y e a r o f m y s t e r y : E t h ; G r ' ' ^ 'for ten t h o u s a n d y e a r s ' (cf. 2 1 . 6). E t h apparently derives f r o m a c o r r u p t G r e e k Vorlage (svioturcp tiuoTTipfou instead o f IvioturSv p u p i c o v — c f . e.g. C h a r l e s , Text, 5 1 ) . 1 9 . 2 w i l l b e c o m e p e a c e f u l : E t h ; Gr""*" 'will b e c o m e S i r e n s ' . E t h derives f r o m a c o r r u p t G r e e k Vorlage (cos ElprivaTai instead o f EIS CTEipfivas — c f . e.g. C h a r l e s , Text, 5 1 ) . 1 9 . 3 w h a t : literally ' a s ' . 2 0 . I F o r t h e following list o f n a m e s c f . 9. i . 20. 2 n a m e l y ( t h e a n g e l ) o f t h u n d e r a n d o f t r e m o r s : E t h (except B M 4 8 5 B e r l T a n a 9 ) ; Gr^^"^ ' t h e o n e in c h a r g e o f t h e w o r l d a n d o f T a r t a r u s ' . C h a r l e s {Text, 5 2 ) a t t e m p t s t o explain E t h in t e r m s o f Gr"""", b u t t h e t w o t e x t s a r e so different t h a t it is n o t at all clear to m e t h a t t h e y

CHAPTERS 18-21

107

the holy angels, (the angel) of the spirits of men. 20, 4 Raguel, one of the holy angels, who takes vengeance on the world and on the lights. 20. 5 Michael, one of the holy angels, namely the one put in charge of the best part of mankind, (4r, a i 5 ) in charge of the nation. 20. 6 Saraqael, one of the holy angels, who (is) in charge of the spirits of men who cause the spirits to sin. 20. 7 Gabriel, one of the holy angels, who (is) in charge of the serpents and the Garden and the Cherubim. (4r, a2o) 2 1 . I And I went round to a place where there was nothing made. 2 1 . 2 And I saw there a terrible thing—neither the high heaven, nor the (firmly) founded earth, but a desert place, prepared and terrible. 2 1 . 3 And there I saw seven stars of heaven bound on it together, (4r, 3 2 5 ) like great mountains, and burning like fire. 2 1 . 4 T h e n I said: ' F o r what sin have they been bound, and why have they been thrown here?' 2 1 . 5 and Uriel, one of the holy angels who was with m e and led me, spoke to m e and said: 'Enoch, (4r, 330) about whom do you ask ? About whom do you inquire and ask and care? 2 1 . 6 These are (some) of the stars which transgressed the command of the L o r d Most High, and they have been bound here until ten thousand ages are completed,

c a n b e related t o o n e a n o t h e r . I t is possible, although n o t entirely c o n vincing, t o a r g u e t h a t HA^rt7»: ( B M 4 8 5 B e r l T a n a 9) a n d Hd^y" i are c o r r u p t i o n s o f a n original E t h i o p i c reading H 9 r t ^ i ( f o r w h i c h c f . Q j P a n 5 ITTI TOO K6O-|JIOU), b u t this still leaves IM.'iAi unexplained— C h a r l e s ' s suggestion t h a t it m a y point b a c k t o a c o r r u p t transliteration o f TdpTopos seems unhkely. 2 0 . 6 S a r a q a e l : (M-^hA; is p r o b a b l y a n i n n e r - E t h i o p i c c o r r u p t i o n o f t\Ch,i^\ o r t h e like—cf. Gt^'^ Zapii^X a n d cf. also 9. i (hCSkiif tl^CK6i.: = Aram*"! iii 7 VS'IB'. 2 0 . 7 Gr""™ % p r o b a b l y correctly, a d d s a s e v e n t h angel t o t h e list. 2 1 . 3 b o u n d o n i t t o g e t h e r : E t h ; Gr^^" 'bound and thrown down on i t ' . Gr^^" » Kai ipinnEVous should p r o b a b l y b e r e g a r d e d as a gloss i n t r o d u c e d u n d e r t h e influence o f v. 4 . O n t h e o t h e r h a n d duoO ( = "iCtd:) w o u l d a p p e a r t o h a v e d r o p p e d o u t o f G r before t h e following 6po(ous ( C f . C h a r l e s , Text, 5 3 , 5 5 , a n d c o n t r a s t 5 2 ) .

io8

THE ETHIOPIC BOOK OF

ENOCH

the number (4r, 3 3 5 ) of the days of their sin.' 2 1 . 7 And from there I went to another place, more terrible than this, and I saw a terrible thing: (there was) a great fire there which burnt and blazed, and the place had a cleft (reaching) to the abyss, full of great pillars of fire which were made to fall; neither its extent nor its size could I (4r, b i ) see, nor could I see its source. 2 1 . 8 T h e n I said: 'How terrible this place (is), and (how) painful to look atl' 2 1 . 9 T h e n Uriel, one of the holy angels who was with me, answered me. H e answered m e (4r, b5) and said to m e : 'Enoch, why do you have such fear and terror because of this terrible place, and before this pain ?' 2 1 . 10 And he said to m e : 'This place (is) the prison of the angels, and there they will be held for ever.' (4r, b i o ) 2 2 . I And from there I went to another place, and he showed me in the west a large and high mountain, and a hard rock and four beautiful places, 2 2 . 2 and inside it was deep and wide and very smooth. H o w smooth (is) that which rolls, and deep and dark (4r, b i 5 ) to look at! 2 2 . 3 T h e n Raphael, one of the holy angels who was with me, answered me and said to m e : 'These beautiful places (are intended for this), that the spirits, the souls of the dead, might be gathered into t h e m ; for them they were created, (that) here they might gather all (4r, b2o) the souls of the sons of men.

2 1 . 7 n o r c o u l d I s e e i t s s o u r c e : \9:C: ( o m i t t e d b y T a n a 9) w o u l d a p p e a r to b e a gloss on "i^V! ( = stKotaai) w h o s e i n t r o d u c t i o n into t h e t e x t led t o t h e alteration o f ^JE.? ; ( B M 4 9 1 A b b 3 5 ' (?) A b b 55 T a n a 9) into ^ . e j . ; ( E t h II), cf. e.g. C h a r l e s , Text, 5 4 . 2 2 . I b e a u t i f u l p l a c e s : E t h ; Gr^^" 'hollow p l a c e s ' . Gr^"^" is m o r e a p p r o p r i a t e t o t h e c o n t e x t . E t h derives f r o m a m i s r e a d i n g o f KOTAOI as KoXol (cf. e.g. C h a r l e s Text, 5 6 ; Ullendorff, ' A n A r a m a i c " V o r l a g e " ? ' , 2 6 2 ) . C f . also v . 3 . 2 2 . 2 t h a t w h i c h r o l l s : E t h ; Gr^^" 'these hollow p l a c e s ' . E t h is n o n s e n s e . T h e E t h i o p i c translator appears t o h a v e r e a d (and m i s t r a n s l a t e d ) KUKXCOVicrra (cf. Gr""^" in v . 8) instead of KOiXcbuotra (cf. Charles, Text, 5 6 ) . 2 2 . 3 b e a u t i f u l p l a c e s : see t h e n o t e o n v . i a b o v e . a l l t h e s o u l s o f t h e s o n s o f m e n : cf. A r a m a i x x i i i

CHAPTERS 21-22

109

2 2 . 4 And these places they made where they will keep them until the day of their judgement and until their appointed time — a n d that appointed time (will be) long—until the great judgement (comes) upon them. 2 2 . 5 And I saw the spirits of the sons of men who were dead, (4r, b 2 5 ) and their voice reached

2 2 . 4 A l t h o u g h E t h a n d G r ' * " c o r r e s p o n d fairly closely t o A r a m i n this verse, neither agrees e x a c t l y w i t h it. A n d t h e s e p l a c e s . . . k e e p t h e m : E t h ; G r ' * " ' A n d these places t h e y m a d e f o r their r e c e p t i o n ' ; c f . A r a m a i x x i i i f.

]]iMs;

rraV

K^nne

]VK km

i

E t h Gr'"*" have n o t h i n g c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o STTDB i n this verse ( c f . w . I , 3 ) . p i s ' , if t h e reading is sound, is a n assimilated f o r m o f pnilS, cf. p l O in ii i . A t t h e e n d o f line i [""I] is p e r h a p s t o b e supplied. until t h e d a y o f their j u d g e m e n t :

E t h G r ' ' * " ; c f . A r a m a i xxii 2

jiniT' n a r iv. a n d u n t i l t h e i r a p p o i n t e d t i m e : E t h ; G r ' * " ' a n d until t h e appointed t i m e ' ; c f . A r a m a i x x i i 2 NSp OV ]»! tV\ a n d t h a t a p p o i n t e d t i m e (will b e ) l o n g (ht. 'great'): E t h ; G r ' * " 'and t h e appointed t i m e ' . E t h looks like a gloss, while G r ' ' * " appears t o b e a doublet o f t h e previous p h r a s e . A r a m a i x x i i 2 h a s a t this point only ]1, to b e r e s t o r e d ""jT (see t h e n e x t n o t e ) ? until t h e g r e a t j u d g e m e n t ( c o m e s ) upon t h e m : E t h ; G r ' * " ' w h e n t h e great j u d g e m e n t will b e u p o n t h e m ' ; c f . A r a m a i x x i i 2 f .

i3s?n'' ]inia n xai

3 [-•p.

2 2 . 5 A n d I s a w . . . w e r e d e a d : B M 4 8 5 A b b 3 5 ^ E t h I I ; G r ^ * " (following S w e t e , c f . a p p a r a t u s ) ' I s a w dead m e n c o m p l a i n i n g ' ; c f . A r a m a i x x i i 3 f. n7aj? na U'lS 4 nil rftn p n . i t is n o t certain t h a t mi is t h e last w o r d o f line 3 , b u t it s e e m s v e r y likely. N o t e : ( i ) neither E t h n o r Qj-pan r e n d e r p T l ; ( 2 ) Gr""*" h a s nothing c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o im, b u t E t h nothing c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o ( 3 ) a c c o r d i n g t o A r a m E n o c h sees t h e spirit o f o n e m a n , a c c o r d i n g t o E t h a n d (apparently) Gr""*" h e sees t h e spirits o f m e n . I n fact, h o w e v e r , G r ' ' * " in w . sb, 6 , 7 a n d E t h in v v . 6 a n d 7 g o o n t o m e n t i o n only a single spirit, t h a t o f Abel, a n d it h a d already been suggested that t h r o u g h o u t v . 5 originally only o n e spirit was m e n t i o n e d ( c f . e.g. Charles (Text, 5 7 ) w h o a c c o r d i n g l y e m e n d e d G r ' * " t o dv9p6TTou vEKpoO IvTuyx&vovroj).

JlVap;

no

T H EETHIOPIC

BOOK OF ENOCH

heaven and complained. 2 2 . 6 T h e n I asked Raphael, the angel who was with me, and said to h i m : 'Whose is this spirit whose voice thus reaches heaven and complains ?' 2 2 . 7 And he answered m e and said to me, saying: 'This (4r, b3o) spirit is the one which came out of Abel whom Cain, his brother, killed. And he will complain about him until his offspring is destroyed from the face of the earth, and from amongst the offspring of men his offspring perishes.' 2 2 . 8 T h e n I asked about him and about the judgement on all and I said: ' W h y (4r, b 3 5 ) is one separated from another?' 2 2 . 9 And he answered me and said to m e : 'These three (places) were made

a n d t h e i r v o i c e r e a c h e d h e a v e n : E t h ; Gr*"*" ' a n d his voice r e a c h e d h e a v e n ' ; C f . A r a m = i x x i i 4 |'?'?0 p ] » nraN[1]. T h e ending H o f nriN c o u l d indicate t h e e m p h a t i c state, b u t is m o r e p r o b a b l y t h e 3 r d m a s c . sing, suffix (cf. G r ' " * " ) . F o r t h e impHcations o f t h e variant ' t h e i r voice'/'his v o i c e ' c f . t h e previous n o t e . a n d c o m p l a i n e d : E t h G r ' ' * " ; cf. A r a m a i x x i i 4 22.

6 Raphael,

the angel

['?]ai?1 [i?]»r»r

w h o : E t h Gr^"*"; c f . A r a m a i

xxii 5

] T NWnpl Vrrxh '7[ND1V. E t h Gr^-*" agree against A r a m . W h o s e i s t h i s . . . a n d c o m p l a i n s ? : E t h ; G r ' ' * " ' W h o s e is this spirit w h i c h is c o m p l a i n i n g ? T h e r e f o r e his voice t h u s reaches a n d c o m p l a i n s to heaven'; Aramai xxii 6 N^n N[, r e a d ] l ] b T NTl JttT N[. E t h a t this p o i n t c a n h a r d l y b e d e p e n d e n t o n G r , o r a t least o n t h e t y p e o f tradition r e p r e s e n t e d b y G r ' ' * " . O n t h e o t h e r h a n d E t h HffoJ-: (D-K^ I Hhff'''H i reflects A r a m HIST NT! p T exactly, a n d i t is v e r y plausible in a case like this t o think t h a t E t h is directly d e p e n d e n t o n A r a m . 2 2 . 7 A n d h e a n s w e r e d m e a n d s a i d t o m e , s a y i n g : cf. (?) Aram"^! x x i i 7 ] X '•'?[. 2 2 . 8 a n d a b o u t t h e j u d g e m e n t o n a l l : E t h ; Gr""*" ' a b o u t all t h e c i r c u lar p l a c e s ' . C h a r l e s (Text, 5 8 f . ) thinks t h a t E t h derives f r o m a c o r r u p t G r e e k Vorlage ( K p i n & r w v c o r r u p t for KoiXcondrcov), a n d this is certainly plausible even t h o u g h E t h does m a k e sense a s it stands. F o r G r ' * " K\>KXco|ji
CHAPTER 22

in

in order that they might separate the spirits of the dead. And thus the souls of the righteous have been separated; this is the spring of water (and) on it (is) the light. 2 2 . 1 0 Likewise (a place) has been created for sinners when they die and are buried in the earth and judgement {^.r, c i ) has not come upon them during their life. 2 2 . 1 1 And here their souls will be separated for this great torment, until the great day of judgement and punishment and torment for those who curse for ever, {^r, 05) and of vengeance on their souls, and there he will bind them for ever. Verily he is from the beginning of the world. 2 2 . 1 2 And thus (a place) has been separated for the souls of those who complain and give information about (their) destruction, when they were killed in the days of the sinners. 2 2 . 1 3 T h u s (a place) has been created for the souls (4r, c i o ) of men who are not righteous, but sinners, accomplished in wrongdoing, and with the wrongdoers will be their lot. But their souls will not be killed on the day of judgement.

b e e n p u n i s h e d in this life—^w. 1 0 f . ; ( 3 ) f o r t h e m a r t y r e d r i g h t e o u s — v . iz, c f . w . 5 - 7 ; (4) f o r t h e wicked w h o h a v e been punished in this l i f e — v. 1 3 . T h e fourfold division is u n d e r l i n e d in G r ' ' * " b y t h e r e p e a t e d Kal oCh-cos, w . gh, 1 0 , 1 2 , 1 3 ; c f . in E t h whaVH: v . 9 b , flJlffO; h'^V'i V. 1 0 , (DhOTH; V. 1 2 , ('H ! V. 1 3 . P e r h a p s t h e m e a n i n g o f this verse is 'these t h r e e other p l a c e s ' — a p a r t , t h a t is, f r o m t h e place f o r t h e m a r t y r e d righteous w h i c h b y implication has already been dealt w i t h in v v . 5 - 7 , b u t w h i c h t h e angel n o n e t h e less m e n t i o n s again in v . 1 2 ( c o n trast C h a r l e s , Translation, 46-9). 2 2 . 1 2 g i v e i n f o r m a t i o n : literally ' s h o w ' . 2 2 . 1 3 a n d w i t h t h e w r o n g d o e r s w i l l b e t h e i r l o t : literally ' a n d w i t h t h e w r o n g d o e r s t h e y will b e like t h e m ' . B u t t h e i r s o u l s . . • d a y o f j u d g e m e n t : E t h ; G r ' * " ' B u t (their) spirits {, b e c a u s e t h o s e w h o a r e afflicted h e r e a r e punished less t h a n t h e m , } will n o t b e p u n i s h e d o n t h e d a y o f j u d g e m e n t ' ; c f . A r a m ' ' i x i i

]]h

ai''a pj?tin' V6 ][. N e i t h e r E t h n o r Gr""*" render pptW ('to b e

h u r t , injured') exactly, b u t note ( i ) t h a t E t h s e e m s t o b e closer in m e a n ing t h a n G r ' * " t o I'lpMri'', (2) t h a t E t h c a n h a r d l y b e d e p e n d e n t o n G r , at least as r e p r e s e n t e d b y G r ' * " .

iia

THE ETHIOPIC

BOOK OF ENOCH

nor will they rise from here.' 2 2 . 1 4 T h e n I blessed the L o r d of Glory, and said: 'Blessed be (4r, C15) my L o r d , the L o r d of Glory and Righteousness, who rules everything for ever.' 2 3 . I A n d from there I went to another place towards the west, to the ends of the earth. 2 3 . 2 And I saw a fire which burnt and ran without resting or ceasing from running (4r, c2o) by day or night, but (continued) in exactly the same way. 2 3 . 3 And I asked saying: 'What is this which has no rest?' 2 3 . 4 T h e n Raguel, one of the holy angels who was with me, answered m e and said to m e : 'This burning fire whose course you saw, towards the west, (4r, 025) is (the fire of) all the lights of heaven.' 24. I And from there I went to another place of the earth, and he showed m e a mountain of fire which blazed day and night. 24. 2 And I went towards it and saw seven magnificent mountains, and (4r, C30) all were different from one another, and precious and beautiful stones, and all (were) precious and

22. 14 a n d s a i d : ' B l e s s e d . . . R i g h t e o u s n e s s : B e r l E t h I I ; Gr'"*" ( c f . B M 485 A b b 35 A b b 55 T a n a 9 a n d B M 491) ' a n d s a i d : " B l e s s e d a r t

thou, L o r d of R i g h t e o u s n e s s " ' ; cf. A r a m a i xi 2 p

^ 1 3 mn*? nisNI [

]hmp N o t e ( i ) t h a t A r a m h a s f^l ' J u d g e ' , n o t Hia ' L o r d ' ( = E t h Gr^"*"); (2) t h a t A r a m agrees w i t h B M 485 A b b 35 A b b 55 T a n a 9 B M 491 Gr""*" against B e r l E t h I I in as m u c h as A r a m h a s n o t h i n g corresponding to Berl E t h I I

il-dih^;.

23. I A n d f r o m t h e r e I w e n t t o a n o t h e r p l a c e : E t h G r ' " * " ; c f . A r a m " * !

xi 3 ] . . nxV nVaiK p . . . . [, read Nijns'? n'raix ]a[n ]ai. 23. 2 f r o m r u n n i n g : literally ' f r o m its r u n n i n g ' o r ' f r o m its c o u r s e ' . 23.

3

which

liX'Vir b

has

no

rest:

E t h Gr*"*";

cf. ( ? ) A r a m a i

xi

5

[.

23. 4 T h i s b u r n i n g fire . . . l i g h t s o f h e a v e n : E t h ; G r ' * " ' T h i s c o u r s e o f fire is t h e fire t o w a r d s t h e west w h i c h p e r s e c u t e s all t h e lights o f h e a v e n . ' G r ' ' * " IKSICOKOV does n o t offer a v e r y suitable meaning, a n d m a y be c o r r u p t for SKSIKCOV (cf. 20. 4 a n d C h a r l e s , Translation, 5 1 ) . I n this case, does t h e variant H J & t ^ ' . f i ' ; / t h e a s s u m e d T O IKSIKCOV result f r o m a confusion o f t h e roots 1S?3 a n d S?"1S in t h e original A r a m a i c ?

CHAPTERS 22-25

113

their appearance glorious and their form beautiful; three (of the mountains) towards the east, one fixed firmly on another, and three towards the south, one on another, and deep and rugged valleys, (4r, C35) no one (of which) was near another. 24. 3 And (there was) a seventh mountain in the middle of these, and in their height they were all like the seat of a throne, and fragrant trees surrounded it. 24. 4 And there was among them a tree such as I have never smelt, and none of them nor any others were like it: (4V, a i ) it smells more fragrant than any fragrance, and its leaves and its flowers and its wood never wither; its fruit (is) good, and its fruit (is) like the bunches of dates on a palm. 24. 5 And then I said: 'Behold, this beautiful tree! (4V, 3 5 ) Beautiful to look at and pleasant (are) its leaves, and its fruit very delightful in appearance.' 24. 6 And then Michael, one of the holy and honoured angels who was with me and (was) in charge of them, answered me 2 5 . I and said to m e : 'Enoch why do you ask me (4V, a i o ) about the fragrance of this tree, and (why) do you inquire to learn?' 25. 2 T h e n I, Enoch, answered him, saying: T wish to learn about everything, but especially about this tree.' 25. 3 And he answered me, saying: 'This high mountain which you saw, whose summit (4V, a i 5) is like the throne of the Lord, is the throne where the Holy and Great One, the L o r d of Glory, the Eternal King, will sit when he comes down to visit the earth for good. 25. 4 And this beautiful fragrant tree—and no (creature of) flesh has authority to touch it (4V, a2o) until the great judgement when he will take vengeance on all and will bring {everything) to a consummation for ever—this will be given to the righteous and humble. 2 5 . 5

2 4 . 3 a n d i n t h e i r h e i g h t . . . t l i r o n e : E t h is inferior t o Gr'^*" a n d probably corrupt. 2 5 . I a n d ( w h y ) d o y o u i n q u i r e t o l e a r n ? : E t h ; G r ' * " 'and w h y do y o u wish t o learn t h e t r u t h ?' ^(tyfi-'P; c a n h a r d l y b e a rendering o f QEXEIS, a n d it m a y be suggested t h a t the t w o are independent translations o f a n A r a m a i c fCSJa. C f . 2 1 . 5 . 2 5 . 3 t h e H o l y a n d G r e a t O n e : on t h e title cf. n o t e o n i . 3 .

114

THE

ETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF

ENOCH

F r o m its fruit life will be given to the chosen; towards the north it will be planted, in a holy place, (4V, 3 2 5 ) by the house of the Lord, the Eternal King. 2 5 . 6 T h e n they will rejoice with joy and be glad in the holy (place); they will each draw the fragrance of it into their bones, and they will live a long life on earth, as your fathers lived, (4V, 3 3 0 ) and in their days sorrow and pain and toil and punishment will not touch them.' 25. 7 T h e n I blessed the L o r d of Glory, the Eternal King, because he has prepared such things for righteous men, and has created such things and said that they are to be given to them. (4V, 3 3 5 ) 26. I And from there I went to the middle of the earth and saw a blessed, (well-)watered place which had branches which remained (alive) and sprouted from a tree which had been cut down. 26. 2 And there I saw a holy mountain, and under the mountain, to the east of it, (there was) water, and it flowed towards the south. 26. 3 And I saw towards (4V, b i ) the east another mountain which was of the same height, and between them (there was) a deep and narrow valley; and in it a stream ran by the mountain. 26. 4 And to

2 5 . 6 a n d b e g l a d . . . t h e i r b o n e s : E t h ; G r ' ' * " ' a n d b e glad a n d into t h e holy (place) t h e y will e n t e r ; t h e f r a g r a n c e o f it (will b e ) in their b o n e s ' . T h e m a j o r difference is t h e variant i ' f l O J - f e : / EiasXsuCTOVTai w h i c h c o u l d , as Charles (Text, 6 5 ) points out, g o b a c k t o t h e A r a m a i c (p'7''S?'' / p V W ) . 2 6 . I w h i c h h a d b r a n c h e s . . . c u t d o w n : E t h ; G r ' * " ' w h e r e (there w e r e ) trees w h i c h h a d b r a n c h e s w h i c h r e m a i n e d (alive) a n d s p r o u t e d f r o m a t r e e w h i c h w a s c u t d o w n ' . C h a r l e s (Text, 6 5 ) rightly points o u t t h a t in Gr'"*" it is difficult t o think that b o t h SsvSpa axovTCt a n d T O O 5EV5POU EKKOTTEVTos are original, a n d it is n o t unlikely that T O O SsvSpou IKKOTTIVTOS = ? i y " 0 6 i HtflD^rd: is a gloss referring t o t h e situation after A . D . 7 0 . 2 6 . 2 a n d u n d e r t h e m o u n t a i n : E t h G r ' * " ( T a n a 9 Gr""*" o m i t ' a n d ' ) ; cf. A r a m " ! xii 3

]'mmnn p J[.

26. 3 a n d b e t w e e n t h e m ( t h e r e w a s ) a d e e p a n d n a r r o w v a l l e y : A b b 352 E t h I I ; Gr""*" ' a n d in t h e m i d d l e o f it ( s c . I saw) a deep a n d o

n a r r o w v a l l e y ' ; A r a m ' ' i xii 5 HPTTJS?

,

'tV?X\

o 00 • • •

P H T A I . . [. I t is u n f o r t u n a t e

CHAPTERS 25-27

iiS

the west of this one (was) another mountain which was lower (4V, b5) than it, and not high; and under it (there was) a valley between them, and (there were) other deep and dry valleys at the end of the three (mountains). 26. 5 And all the valleys (were) deep and narrow, of hard rock, and trees were planted on them. 26. 6 And I was amazed (4V, b i o ) at the rock and I was amazed at the valley; I was very much amazed. 27. I T h e n I said: 'What (is) the purpose of this blessed land which is completely full of trees and of this accursed valley in the middle of them?' 27. 2 T h e n (4V, b i 5 ) Raphael, one of the holy angels who was with me, answered m e and said to m e : 'This accursed valley is for those who are cursed for ever; here will be gathered together all who speak with their mouths against the L o r d words that are not fitting and say hard things about his glory. ( 4 V b2o) Here they will gather them together, and here (will be) their place of judgement.

that t h e w o r d before flVn is n o t clearly legible, b u t in a n y case E t h 'between t h e m ' gives b e t t e r sense than G r ' * " 'in t h e middle o f it'. 2 6 . 6 A n d I w a s a m a z e d a t t h e r o c k : Aram"*! xii 8 ] . W Vs? nHttpl. 27. 2 name spirits (20. 2

R a p h a e l : n o t e t h e m u c h b e t t e r attested variant ' U r i e l ' . E i t h e r w o u l d b e a p p r o p r i a t e — R a p h a e l , since h e is i n c h a r g e o f t h e o f m e n (20. 3 ) , a n d U r i e l , since h e is i n c h a r g e o f T a r t a r u s Gr'*").

v a l l e y : E t h ; G r ' * " 'land'. 'Valley' is clearly w h a t the c o n t e x t requires. U l l e n d o r f f ('An A r a m a i c " V o r l a g e " ?', 2 6 4 ) suggests t h a t G r ' * " yfj is a transliteration o f S e m i t i c N'J, a n d this is n o t unlikely, especially in view of t h e fact t h a t N ' ! is similarly t r a n s h t e r a t e d elsewhere ( c f . e.g. N e h . I I : 3 5 a n d C h a r l e s , Text, p p . xxviii, n o t e i , 6 7 ) . A d m i t t e d l y X""! does n o t o c c u r i n A r a m a i c , b u t t h e use o f H e b r e w w o r d s in a composition w h i c h s e e m s for t h e m o s t p a r t t o h a v e been written in A r a m a i c c a n n o t be ruled o u t (cf. above, I n t r o d u c t i o n , p . 7 , a n d c f . 6. 6 ) . I n a n y case a t this point E t h w o u l d h a r d l y appear t o b e dependent o n G r , a t least as r e p r e s e n t e d b y G r ' * " , and it is plausible t o r e g a r d this as a f u r t h e r case w h e r e E t h is directly dependent o n a S e m i t i c Vorlage. ( w i l l b e ) t h e i r p l a c e o f j u d g e m e n t : E t h ; G r ' * " 'will b e (their) dwelling'. ' P l a c e o f j u d g e m e n t ' is m o r e appropriate t o t h e c o n t e x t . G r ' * " oiKTi-rripiov could b e simply a mistake f o r KpiTripiov, b u t it is also possible that t h e variant goes b a c k t o t h e A r a m a i c a n d results f r o m a

ii6

T H EETHIOPIC BOOK O F ENOCH

27. 3 And in the last days there will be the spectacle of the righteous judgement upon them before the righteous for ever, for evermore; here the merciful will bless the L o r d of Glory, (4V, b25) the Eternal King. 2 7 . 4 And in the days of the judgement on them they will bless him on account of (his) mercy, according as he has assigned to them (their lot).' 27. 5 T h e n I myself blessed the L o r d of Glory and I addressed him, and I remembered his majesty, as was fitting. 28. I And from there I went towards (4V, b3o) the east to the middle of the mountain of the wilderness, and I saw only

confusion o f IIWT ( = E t h ) a n d p m n •An A r a m a i c " V o r l a g e " ? ' , 2 6 4 .

(= Gr'*"),

c f . Ullendorff,

2 7 . 3 t h e m e r c i f u l : E t h ; G r ' * " 'the i m p i o u s ' . P e r h a p s t h e idea u n d e r lying G r ' * ° is t h e s a m e a s t h a t o f 6 2 . 6 , 9 ; 6 3 . i - i o ( e s p . v . 2 ) — a t t h e m o m e n t o f j u d g e m e n t t h e wicked r e p e n t a n d bless G o d in t h e h o p e o f receiving forgiveness. B u t if this is t h e case, t h e idea is n o t m a d e clear, a n d i n t h e c o n t e x t (cf. v . 4 w h e r e t h e subject o f t h e v e r b c a n h a r d l y b e a s s u m e d t o b e a n y o n e o t h e r than t h e righteous) it s e e m s v e r y unlikely t h a t ol otaepsTs is t h e original reading. E t h af>'*iCS1: is certainly easier, b u t still a little strange i n t h e c o n t e x t . C h a r l e s e m e n d s G r ' ™ a n d E t h t o oi suCTspeis a n d y"dh6-1;, b u t oi eOaEpeTs is n o t t h e s a m e as 9^(h-6-'h:. T h e r e s e e m s , h o w e v e r , t o b e n o o t h e r explanation o f t h e variants. ( S e e also Burkitt, Jewish and Christian Apocalypses, 69 who accepts the reading ol daspsTs.) 27. 4 A n d i n t h e d a y s o f the j u d g e m e n t o n t h e m they will bless h i m : i.e. in t h e days o f t h e j u d g e m e n t o n t h e sinners (cf. v v . 2 , 3a) t h e r i g h t e o u s (cf. v . 3 b ) will bless G o d . 2 7 . S a n d I r e m e m b e r e d : E t h ; G r ' * " ' a n d I sang a h y m n ' . E t h f r o m a c o r r u p t G r e e k Vorlage

(vJiivriaa m i s r e a d a s l n v q a a — c f . F l e m m i n g ,

Text,

34)? 2 8 . I o f t h e m o u n t a i n : E t h ; G r ' * " o m i t s , b u t it is p r e s u p p o s e d b y 2 9 . I ( c f . C h a r l e s , Text,

68).

o f t h e w i l d e r n e s s : h e r e , a s in 2 9 . i , E t h a n d G r ' * " ( 2 8 . i MavSopapd, 2 9 . I BapSripd) h a v e transliterated t h e A r a m a i c N l S i a . I t is conceivable t h a t E t h Oo£:(y6': c o m e s via t h e G r e e k , b u t it s e e m s m o r e likely that it is directly d e p e n d e n t o n a n A r a m a i c original. ( C f . 7 7 . 7 , a n d f o r similar transliterations c f . 1 0 . 9 ; 1 8 . 7 , 8 ; b u t n o t e t h a t i n b o t h t h e G r e e k a n d E t h i o p i c versions t h e r e is a tradition o f transliteration i n t h e case o f

lana—cf. J o s h , s : 8 ; i 8 : 1 2 ) .

117

CHAPTERS 27-29

desert. 28. 2 But (it was) full of trees from this seed, and water gushed out over it from above. 28. 3 T h e torrent, which flowed towards the north-west, seemed copious, (4V, b35) and from all sides there went up . . . water and dew. 29. I And I went to another place (away) from the wilderness; I came near to the east of this mountain. 29. 2 And there I saw trees of judgement, especially vessels of the fragrance of incense and myrrh, and the trees were not alike.

a n d I s a w o n l y d e s e r t . 2 8 . 2 B u t (it w a s ) f u l l o f t r e e s : A b b 3 5 * E t h I I — t h i s is p r e s u m a b l y w h a t is m e a n t , a l t h o u g h C A . h P ' : l^ao • (read b y all E t h M S S . e x c e p t T a n a 9) is g r a m m a t i c a l l y a w k w a r d ; neither E t h I n o r G r ' * " offer a superior t e x t . I n view o f t h e awkwardness o f t h e t e x t it is possible t h a t G r ' * " Ipiinov ( = l^ao;) should b e r e g a r d e d as a gloss o n MctvSopapA w h i c h has c o m e into t h e t e x t o f G r , a n d f r o m t h e r e — a s l^ao; —into Eth. 2 8 . 2 f r o m t h i s s e e d : i.e. f r o m t h e seed o f t h e t r e e s m e n t i o n e d in 26. s; 27. I. o v e r i t : for this translation D i l l m a n n , Lexicon, col. 5 8 .

of

MOit:

(instead

of

(I'lOrt.tf-;)

cf.

2 8 . 3 t o w a r d s : F l e m m i n g (Translation, 5 9 ) explains t h e use o f h f f " : ( = G r ' * ° obs) as a literal r e p r o d u c t i o n o f t h e G r e e k i d i o m w h e r e b y obs is u s e d before prepositions in geographical expressions o f direction (cf. L i d d e l l & S c o t t ( N e w E d i t i o n ) ) . B u t cf. t h e use o f 3 in A r a m ' ' ! xii 3 0 , * i x x v i 1 7 ( = E t h 3 2 . i ) pnnna paSSVa (cf. F i t z m y e r , Genesis Apocryphon, 155 f . ) . a n d f r o m a l l s i d e s t h e r e w e n t u p . . . w a t e r a n d d e w : why OH: does n o t fit in easily, a n d it m a y well b e t h a t it is m i s p l a c e d f r o m t h e beginning o f 2 9 . i (cf. G r ' * " a n d C h a r l e s , Text, 68 f . ) . 2 9 . 2 t r e e s o f j u d g e m e n t : E t h G r ' * " ; b u t t h e p h r a s e does n o t m a k e m u c h sense. P r a e t o r i u s suggests that it derives f r o m a misreading o f U n m (i.e. 'fragrant t r e e s ' ) as S m (cf. C h a r l e s , Text, p p . x x x , 6 9 ) . especially vessels of the fragrance of incense and m y r r h : Eth II; G r ' * " ' w h i c h smelt o f t h e f r a g r a n c e o f incense a n d m y r r h ' . E t h is difficult, a n d i f w e are t o keep t h e text, w e shall p r o b a b l y h a v e t o follow t h e interpretation o f D i l l m a n n (Translation, 16, 134) who comments: 'Quasquas h a t ganz den Begriff des lat. vasa, also w o r t l i c h : G e f a s s e ( o d e r T r a g e r ) v o n W e i h r a u c h - G e r u c h u.s.f.'. H e n c e h e t r a n s l a t e s : ' b e s o n d e r s solche, welche W e i h r a u c h - u n d M y r r h e n - G e r u c h g e b e n ' . B u t t h e E t h i o p i c is still v e r y awkward, a n d it is possible, as C h a r l e s

ii8

T H EETHIOPIC

BOOK O F ENOCH

(4v, c i ) 30. I And above it, above these, above the mountains of the east, and not far away, I saw another place, valleys of water like that which does not fail. 30. 2 And I saw a beautiful tree and its fragrance (was) like that of the mastic. 30. 3 And by ( 4 V , 05) the banks of these valleys I saw fragrant cinnamon. And beyond those (valleys) I came near towards the east.

{Translation, 5 8 ; c f . Text, 68 f.) suggests, that "fefl^rt: derives ultim a t e l y f r o m a c o r r u p t transliteration o f Kotpuais w h i c h o c c u r s in G r ' * " at t h e end o f t h e verse. i n c e n s e a n d m y r r h : i . e . rUia*? a n d I I S c f . I . L o w , Die Flora der Juden, 4 vols., W i e n a n d Leipzig, 1 9 2 4 - 3 4 , i. 3 1 2 - 1 4 a n d i. 3 0 5 - 1 1 . 3 0 . I A n d a b o v e i t . . . n o t f a r a w a y : E t h ; G r ' * " ' A n d b e y o n d these (trees (29.2) ?) I w e n t towards t h e east, f a r a w a y ' ; c f . Aram"^! x i i 2 3

k^rb\

(Milik, RB 6s ( 1 9 5 8 ) , 7 1 ) nplinS pnia E t h offers a quite impossible text, w h e r e a s G r ' * " agrees with Aram^^i x i i in s o f a r as t h e latter exists. O n <10A i/eir^eiva cf. note o n 1 8 . 9. 3 0 . 2 A n d I s a w . . . t h e m a s t i c : E t h I I ; B e r l A b b 3 5 ' A n d I saw a beautiful tree w h i c h w a s like a fragrant tree like t h e m a s t i c ' ; G r ' * " (?) ' w h e r e also (there w a s ) a tree, t h e colour o f fragrant plants like t h e m a s t i c ' ; cf. Aram-^i xii 2 4 (Milik, RB 6 5 ( 1 9 5 8 ) , 7 1 ) F o r Xa»a n

n NStt^a H K'SB N'Jj?[.

K'atS X'Ji? c f . E x o d . 3 0 . 2 3 (D»a ?Up ' a r o m a t i c c a n e ' /

Nat»ia 'Jp/KAXanos 8U(i5Tis/#}Lq™t: ^.e-OM) a n d J e r . 6. 2 0 (aWn HJp 'sweet c a n e ' / s a w 'Ji?/Kiwdpicouov/*9"}9^A ! i P ^ j a j ) ; c f . also L 6 w , i. 6 9 2 - 4 . N o n e o f t h e textual witnesses c o r r e s p o n d s t o A r a m ' ' i x i i , b u t E t h I I is closest to it. G r ' * " X P ° « is n o w s h o w n t o b e impossible; one m i g h t have e x p e c t e d xpiT^ov (cf. 3 2 . i v6cp5ou xpncn-o^), b u t xp6a would n o t a p p e a r t o b e a likely c o r r u p t i o n o f XP^ICTTOV. m a s t i c : E t h ; G r ' * " h a s crxwco, generally r e a d as oxivco, b u t Milik {RB 65 ( 1 9 5 8 ) , 7 3 , n o t e 3 ) suggests oxofvcp, 'reed, r u s h ' o r ' c a m e l - h a y ' . S e e also t h e note o n 3 2 . i . 3 0 . 3 I s a w f r a g r a n t c i n n a m o n : A b b 35^ E t h I I G r ' * " = Aram"^! xii 2 5 (Milik, RB 6s ( 1 9 5 8 ) , 7 i ) ^J^t^a D31p f)[''m. T h e reading is n o t a b s o lutely certain (cf. t h e published p h o t o g r a p h ) , b u t seems very likely. F o r Sawa DJIp cf. E x o d . 3 0 : 2 3 (Dtt?a JMj?) a n d L o w , ii. 1 0 7 - 1 3 ; in E x o d . 3 0 : 2 3 012?a p J j ? is associated w i t h DtJ^a rUp, j u s t as h e r e in E n o c h S a » a nnp is associated w i t h N'aO X'lp. A n d b e y o n d t h o s e ( v a l l e y s ) : E t h ; G r ^ * " ' A n d b e y o n d these ( v a l l e y s ) ' ;

CHAPTERS 30-31

119

3 1 . I And I saw another mountain on which there were trees, and there flowed out water, and there flowed out from it as it were a nectar whose name is styrax (4V, c i o ) and galbanum. 3 1 . 2 And beyond this mountain I saw another mountain, and on it (there were) aloe trees.

Aram<=i xii 3 5 (Milik, RB 65 ( 1 9 5 8 ) , 7 1 ) trrktswa c f . t h e note o n 1 8 . 9.

»['']^r]i p sVnVl. O n ^A:/

3 1 . I a n o t h e r m o u n t a i n : B o d l 5 Ryl^ U l l m o s t E t h I I M S S . ; B M 4 8 5 B M 4 9 1 A b b 3 5 A b b 5 5 T a n a 9 R y P (?) 3 M S S . 'other m o u n t a i n s ' = Aram<^i xii 2 6 (Milik, RB 65 ( 1 9 5 8 ) , 7 1 ) T""!* fpll*'- T h e reading o f A r a m is n o t absolutely certain (cf. t h e published p h o t o g r a p h ) , b u t t h e f a c t that A r a m h a d t h e plural w o u l d a p p e a r t o b e confirmed b y t h e following pn3. o n w h i c h ( N . B . singular) t h e r e w e r e t r e e s : B M 4 8 5 B M 4 9 1 B e r l (?) A b b 3 5 ' A b b 5 5 T a n a 9 Ryl U l l most E t h I I M S S . ; G r ' * " 'and on them (cf. A b b 3 5 ^ C u r z o n 5 6 B M 4 9 2 ) (there w e r e ) groves o f t r e e s ' ; cf. A r a m ' ' i xii 2 6 (Milik, RB 65 ( 1 9 5 8 ) , 7 1 ) p'j'K nnn pna A r a m pn3 agrees with G r ' * " against E t h , b u t A r a m h a s nothing corresponding t o G r ' * " aXoT). N e i t h e r E t h n o r G r ' * " have anything corresponding to n'tn. a n d t h e r e f l o w e d o u t w a t e r , a n d t h e r e flowed o u t f r o m i t ( t h e m o u n t a i n ? ) : Bodl 5 Ryl most E t h I I M S S . ; B M 4 8 5 A b b 5 5 T a n a 9 'and there flowed o u t f r o m i t ' ; G r ' * " ' a n d there flowed o u t f r o m t h e m ( t h e t r e e s ? ) ' ; Aram-^i xii 2 6 (Milik, RB 6$ ( 1 9 5 8 ) , 7 1 ) n . I t is unfortunate that t h e beginning o f Aram"^! xii 2 7 is n o t preserved, b u t t h e s h o r t e r t e x t o f B M 4 8 5 A b b 5 5 T a n a 9 G r ' * ° would a p p e a r t o b e t h e m o r e original. s t y r a x : E t h (\6-£^',; G r ' * " ooppA. G e n e r a l l y identified with H e b r e w '•JS ( = styrax, c f . L o w , iii. 3 8 8 - 9 5 a n d i. 1 9 6 f . ) , although this is usually r e n d e r e d b y pnTlvn / C r t t l ; ( A r a m o r T'SB'); c f . e.g. G e n . 37: 2 5 ; Jer. 4 6 : I I . g a l b a n u m : i.e. nJ3'?n, c f . E x o d . 3 0 : 3 4 , S i r . 2 4 : 1 5 , a n d L o w , iii. 4 5 5 - 7 . 3 1 . 2 A n d b e y o n d . . . a n o t h e r m o u n t a i n : E t h ; G r ' * " ' A n d beyond these m o u n t a i n s I saw a n o t h e r m o u n t a i n ' ; cf. A r a m ' ' i xii 2 7 (Milik,

RB 65 ( 1 9 5 8 ) , 7 1 ) nsnnx JVN X m t S agrees with G r ' * " , b u t see T a n a 9. O n :

p N'?n['71. A r a m p» vf-rxi / ITTEKEIVCC

cf. t h e n o t e o n 1 8 . 9.

a n d o n i t ( t h e r e w e r e ) a l o e t r e e s : E t h ; G r ' * " o m i t s , b u t h a s instead ' t o t h e east o f t h e ends o f t h e e a r t h ' (cf. Ullendorff, ' A n A r a m a i c " V o r lage"?', 26s).

lao

T H EE T H I O P I C

BOOK O F ENOCH

and those trees (were) full of (a fruit) which (is) like an almond and (is) hard. 3 1 . 3 A n d when they take this fruit, it is better than any fragrance. 32. I And after (4V, C15) these fragrances, to the north, as

a n d t h o s e t r e e s . . . h a r d : E t h ; G r ' * " ' a n d all t h e trees ( w e r e ) full i m m e d i a t e l y ( ? ) i n t h e likeness o f a l m o n d s ' ; c f . A r a m ' ' ! x i i 2 8 (Milik,

RB 65

(1958), 7 1 ) [

]

"tibpb KMT xim

. . . jnVp p]k

m9>H "JlDp.

( i ) T h e reading ][''p[J2 p]k "riDp is c o m p l e t e l y u n c e r t a i n ( c f . t h e published p h o t o g r a p h ) , a n d i t is n o t possible t o s a y anything a b o u t t h e variant KlMh; / iTdvTct. (2) A w o r d s u c h a s 'fruit' (which m a y u n d e r lie t h e impossible l^oturfjs) w o u l d a p p e a r t o b e r e q u i r e d after F°itK^ i / irXripr); T o r r e y (JAOS 6 2 ( 1 9 4 2 ) , 5 5 ) plausibly suggests t h a t E^ourfis represents w h i c h w a s m i s r e a d f o r J'aS. I t is u n f o r t u n a t e t h a t A r a m ' ' i x i i 2 8 is illegible a t this point. ( 3 ) A r a m [ ] ""SVp ('husks o f . . . ' o r 'bark o f . . . ' ) is n o t r e p r e s e n t e d i n E t h G r ' * " . F o r E t h G r ' * " ' a l m o n d ' ( i . e . Ip^) c f . G e n . 4 3 : 1 1 ; N u m . 1 7 : 2 3 . 3 1 . 3 A n d w h e n . . . a n y f r a g r a n c e : E t h ; G r ' * " 'when they crush ( i t ) ; t h e r e f o r e (it is) m o r e f r a g r a n t t h a n a n y f r a g r a n c e ' ; c f . A r a m ' ' i x i i 2 9 (Milik,

RB 65

(1958), 7 1 )

and Aramai xxvi 1 6

P^ i^'siVp ]X

rpia -HD n h ci[»a]

[

'msVp ppn»[.

T h e readings tT"*! D[8?a a n d ] 7 N in '^i x i i 2 9 a n d t h e reading in xxvi 1 6 a r e n o t v e r y c e r t a i n ( c f . t h e published p h o t o g r a p h ) , ( i ) A r a m ('. . . f r a g r a n c e w h e n t h e y c r u s h these h u s k s ' ) a p p e a r s t o h a v e h a d t h e t w o clauses i n t h e opposite o r d e r t o t h a t o f G r ' * " a n d E t h . ( 2 ) A r a m

Ypi^ilppt^

agrees w i t h G r ' * " T p i p S a i v against E t h .fci^XjP:, a n d D i l l m a n n ' s suggestion (SAB 1 8 9 2 , 1 0 5 2 ) t h a t ^iP'}i9'! is a n E t h i o p i c c o r r u p t i o n o f ^t^fi-Pl w o u l d s e e m v e r y likely ( c f . Ullendorff, ' A n A r a m a i c " V o r l a g e " ? ' , 2 6 5 ) . O n t h e o t h e r h a n d N'Sl'rp/'msVp is n o t r e p r e s e n t e d a t all i n G r ' * " , while i n E t h i t w o u l d a p p e a r t o b e ( m i s ) r e p r e s e n t e d b y ¥ i > ! . ( 3 ) G r ' * " OTOCV Tpipcoaiv h a s t o b e taken w i t h v . 2 b e c a u s e o f t h e a w k w a r d 5 i 6 ; b u t G r ' * " i n w . 2 b , 3 a does n o t m a k e sense. 32. I A n d a f t e r t h e s e f r a g r a n c e s , t o t h e n o r t h : E t h ; G r ' * " ' T o the n o r t h - e a s t ' ; c f . Aram"^i x i i 3 0 (Milik, RB 63 ( 1 9 5 8 ) , 7 1 )

and « i x x v i 1 6 f.

pnnna pssVs p» [ x n w ] 1 7

] » [vtbnb^.

( i ) Milik's restoration N'TlB a t t h e b e g i n n i n g o f « i x x v i 1 7 w o u l d s e e m

CHAPTERS 31-32

121

I looked over the mountains, I saw^ seven mountains full of fine nard and fragrant trees and cinnamon and pepper. 3 2 . 2 And from there I went over the summits of those mountains,

plausible in t h e light o f t h e following piflN J'TD ( c f . also 3 1 . 2 ) despite E t h hLa>", ( = ITfT'l). E t h possibly, therefore, derives f r o m a t e x t i n w h i c h H'^IVi a n d KTI'"'! w e r e confused ( c f . t h e a p p a r e n t c o n fusion o f '"no a n d Tin i n 1 7 . 7 ) . G r ' * " h a s n o t h i n g c o r r e s p o n d i n g

to a)h9"£;'id:! hit i A-; / p» [nmtj] p [^br\b\ b u t if this omission is rightly explained b y h o m o i o t e l e u t o n (cf. Charles, Text, 7 1 ) , it implies t h a t G r ' * " , h k e E t h , presupposes S'-nn. ( 2 ) A r a m p n n n a pSShJO agrees with G r ' * " ' t o t h e n o r t h - e a s t ' against E t h ' t o t h e n o r t h ' . ( 3 ) O n

hy£:'^i!

cf. the note o n 1 8 . 9.

a s I l o o k e d o v e r t h e m o u n t a i n s : E t h ; G r ' * " = Aram'=i x i i 3 0 , « i x x v i 1 7 (Milik, RB 65 ( 1 9 5 8 ) , 7 1 ) o m i t . A d u p h c a t e rendering i n E t h ? I s a w s e v e n m o u n t a i n s : E t h G r ' * " ; c f . A r a m ' ' i xii 3 0 (Milik, RB 65 ( 1 9 5 8 ) , 7 1 ) fiiym r i N n n s a n d ^ x x v i 1 7 p i n x ]mt3 ir-pnN]. E t h G r ' * " have 'seven m o u n t a i n s ' instead o f A r a m a i x x v i ' o t h e r m o u n t a i n s ' . f u l l o f fine n a r d a n d f r a g r a n t t r e e s a n d c i n n a m o n a n d p e p p e r : E t h ; G r ' * " 'full o f fine n a r d a n d m a s t i c a n d c i n n a m o n a n d p e p p e r ' ; cf. A r a m a i x x v i i 8 (Milik,

RB 65 ( 1 9 5 8 ) , 7 1 ) pTIpl

3 0 T i p fPTi]

fine n a r d : c f . L o w , iii. 4 8 2 - 8 — b u t qCfi-hi m i g h t have been e x p e c t e d in E t h (cf. e.g. C a n t , i : 1 2 ) , r a t h e r t h a n tfittM":. f r a g r a n t t r e e s : E t h ; G r ' * " ' m a s t i c ' ; A r a m 1 S S ( = (?) ' p e p p e r w o r t ' ) . F o r I B S c f . L o w , i. 5 0 6 ; iv. 1 7 4 a n d Milik, RB 65 ( 1 9 5 8 ) , 7 4 , n o t e 6 . I B S does n o t s e e m t o have b e e n u s e d w i t h t h e sense ' m a s t i c ' (Milik, loc. c i t . ) o r with w h a t appears t o b e t h e sense o f dOcD i in>9H;. I n f a c t in t h e case o f b o t h this spice a n d t h e n e x t o n e E t h G r ' * " diverge f r o m A r a m a n d apparently refer again t o t h e spices already m e n t i o n e d i n 3 0 . 2 f. 09(D i OD'iHin t h e light o f 3 0 . 2 , possibly reflects a n A r a m a i c XatSa ''ip ('aromatic c a n e ' ) . T h i s is c o m p a r e d i n 3 0 . 2 ( E t h G r ' * " ) t o m a s t i c , a n d this is perhaps w h y G r ' * " gives h e r e (in 3 2 . i ) ' m a s t i c ' . ( C o n t r a s t Charles, Text, 7 2 f., w h o thinks O 0 a J ; aoim; is a free r e n d e r i n g o f ax'vos. F o r m a s t i c c f . L o w , i. 1 9 5 - 8 . ) c i n n a m o n : E t h Gr'*"—^but already m e n t i o n e d in 3 0 . 3 ( c f . previous n o t e ) ; A r a m ' c a r d a m o n ' (cf. L o w , iii. 4 9 9 f . ) . p e p p e r : c f . L o w , iii. 4 9 - 6 1 . 32. 2 A n d f r o m t h e r e . . . t h o s e m o u n t a i n s : E t h ; G r ' * " 'And from

123

THE ETHIOPIC BOOK OF ENOCH

far away to (4V, c2o) the east, and I went over the Red Sea and I was far from it, and I went over the angel Zotiel. 3 2 . 3 And I came to the Garden of Righteousness, and I saw beyond those trees many large trees (4V, 025) growing there, sweetsmelling, large, very beautiful and glorious, and the tree of wisdom from which they eat and know great wisdom. 3 2 . 4 And it is like the carob tree, and its fruit (is) like the bunches of grapes on a vine, very beautiful, (4V, 030) and the smell

t h e r e I w e n t o v e r t h e beginnings o f all these m o u n t a i n s ' ; c f . A r a m a i x x v i 1 8 f. (Milik, RB 6 5 ( 1 9 5 8 ) , 7 1 )

p» smti

"73

mnaV]

19

nVain p n p i .

( i ) E t h CXAow; a n d G r ' * " T O S ocpx^S a r e p e r h a p s b e s t explained as alternative r e n d e r i n g s o f an A r a m a i c C I . T h i s w o u l d i m p l y that E t h is h e r e directly d e p e n d e n t o n a n A r a m a i c Vorlage, b u t in a n y case E t h is clearly m o r e a p p r o p r i a t e t o t h e c o n t e x t t h a n G r ' * " . T h e D e a d S e a Scrolls a p p a r e n t l y h a d a different t e x t , f o r Milik's restoration o f t h e beginning of x x v i 1 9 a s nipa'? s e e m s n o t unlikely. ( 2 ) A r a m ]VX S'llO VD agrees w i t h G r ' * " 'all these m o u n t a i n s ' against E t h ' t h o s e m o u n t a i n s ' . f a r a w a y t o t h e e a s t : E t h ; G r ' * " ' f a r a w a y t o t h e east o f t h e e a r t h ' ; A r a m a i x x v i 1 9 (Milik, RB 65 ( 1 9 5 8 ) , 7 1 ) NSnX miKib pnia p'm. A r a m NVIK agrees w i t h G r ' * " xfis yfjs against E t h , b u t s e e T a n a 9 ; neither E t h n o r G r ' * " h a v e anything c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o JirUD. a n d I w e n t o v e r t h e R e d S e a : E t h G r ' * " = A r a m a i x x v i 1 9 f. (Milik, RB

65 ( 1 9 5 8 ) , 7 1 )

siJiaw [ x a ] ' p ^[Vs?] 2 0 [njBVnxi.

a n d I w a s f a r f r o m i t : E t h ; G r ' * " (?) ' a n d I w e n t to t h e o u t e r m o s t e n d s ' ; A r a m a i x x v i 2 0 (Milik, RB 65 ( i 9 S 8 ) , 7 1 ) VITW npnmSI. ( i ) G r ' * " iir' oKpwv is, i n t h e light o f E t h a n d A r a m , p r o b a b l y c o r r u p t for nocKptStv (cf. G r ' * " a n d A r a m i n 3 0 . i ) . ( 2 ) A r a m rwa agrees w i t h h.^lih: against G r ' * " ( b u t cf. &TT6 T O U T O U in t h e n e x t clause w h i c h c o u l d h a v e b e e n m i s p l a c e d f r o m h e r e ; c f . also C h a r l e s , Text, 7 2 ) . a n d I w e n t o v e r t h e a n g e l Z o t i e l : E t h ; G r ' * " ' a n d f r o m this I w e n t o v e r Z o t i e l ' ; A r a m a i x x v i 2 0 f. (Milik, RB 6 5 ( 1 9 5 8 ) , 7 1 )

raa ppjn-i NDwn p

2 1 [vpii

niaasi.

( i ) Miiik { r b 6 5 ( 1 9 5 8 ) , 7 6 )

suggests t h a t t h e impossible Zotiel is a c o r r u p t i o n f r o m 36905 o r 309(i)5Tis (T6TTOS). ( 2 ) A r a m ma TOUTOU,

p^rn

is lacking i n E t h G r ' * " ( c f . G r ' * " &TT6

b u t this m a y well h a v e b e e n m i s p l a c e d f r o m t h e previous c l a u s e ) .

3 2 . 3 And I c a m e to the Garden of Righteousness: A r a m n x x v i 2 1 (Milik, RB 65) ( 1 9 5 8 ) , 7 1 )

^I'^B'P

Eth Gr'*" =

0 1 1 8 T"?

nB^nXI.

CHAPTERS 32-34

123

of this tree spreads and penetrates afar. 3 2 . 5 And I said: 'This tree (is) beautiful! How beautiful and pleasing (is) its appearance!' 3 2 . 6 And the holy angel Raphael, who was with me, answered me and said to m e : 'This is the tree of wisdom from which your old father (4V, 035) and your aged mother, who were before you, ate and learnt wisdom; and their eyes were opened, and they knew that they were naked, and they were driven from the garden.' 3 3 . I And from there I went to the ends of the earth and I saw there large animals, each different from the other, and also birds (5r, a i ) (which) differed in form, beauty, and call—each different from the other. 3 3 . 2 And to the east of these animals I saw the ends of the earth on which heaven rests, and the open gates of heaven. (5r, 3 5 ) 3 3 . 3 And I saw how the stars of heaven come out, and counted the gates out of which they come, and wrote down all their outlets, for each one individually according to their number and their names, according to their constellations, their positions, their times, and their months, as (5r, a i o ) the angel Uriel, who was with me, showed me. 3 3 . 4 And he showed me everything and wrote it down, and also their names he wrote down for me, and their laws and their functions. 34. I And from there I went towards the north to the ends of the earth, (5r, 3 1 5 ) and there I saw a great and glorious wonder at the ends of the whole earth. 34. 2 And there I saw three gates of heaven open in heaven; through each of them north winds go out; when they blow, (there is) cold, hail, hoar-frost, snow, (sr, a2o) dew, and rain. 34. 3 And from one gate it blows for good; but when they blow through the other

3 2 . 6 a n d y o u r a g e d m o t h e r . . . l e a r n t w i s d o m : cf. (?) A r a m a i x x v i i

1 0 ] . 'I x n a i "7ax[. t h a t t h e y w e r e n a k e d : cf. (?) A r a m a i x x v i i 1 1 ] . J^VtSII^ . . [. 3 4 . 2 n o r t h w i n d s : literally 'winds towards t h e n o r t h ' .

124

THE ETHIOPIC

BOOK OF

ENOCH

two gates, it is with force and it brings torment over the earth, and they blow with force. 35. And from there I went towards the west to the ends (5r, 3 2 5 ) of the earth, and I saw there, as I saw in the east, three open gates—as many gates and as many outlets. 36. I And from there I went towards the south to the ends of the earth, and there I saw three gates of heaven open; and (5r, 330) the south wind and dew and rain and wind come out from there. 36. 2 And from there I went towards the east of the ends of heaven, and there I saw the three eastern gates of heaven open, and above them (there were) smaller gates. 36. 3 Through each of those smaller gates (5r, 3 3 5 ) the stars of heaven pass and go towards the west on the path which has been shown to them. 36. 4 And when I saw, I blessed, and I will always bless the L o r d of Glory who has made great and glorious wonders that he might show the greatness of his work (5r, 340) to his angels and to the souls of men, that they might praise his work, and that all his creatures might see the work

3 4 . 3 i t i s w i t h f o r c e a n d i t b r i n g s t o r m e n t : literally 'it is w i t h force and with torment'. 35.

open

gates:

cf. Aram''i

xiii

23

(Milik,

RB

65

(1958),

YnfT\S) fSJin. F o r Aram-^i xiii 2 4 ].N3 pn'^aim c f . E t h ahF^eni:

77)

and

aJ(fl)Ay"'nt:; b u t t h e fact t h a t so little h a s survived o f A r a m ' ' i xiii m a k e s it v e r y difficult to say anything a b o u t t h e relationship b e t w e e n it a n d E t h (cf. Ullendorff, ' A n A r a m a i c " V o r l a g e " ? ' , 265 a n d c o n t r a s t

Milik, RB 6s (1958), 77). 36. I A n d f r o m t h e r e . . . t o t h e e n d s : c f . Aram^^i xiii 25 ( M i h k ,

65 (1958), 77) ]0 a m * ? nVaiN ]an p .

RB

F o r Aram<=i xiii 26 mi"?

1 ] t J » 1 VB"? c f . E t h ' t h e s o u t h w i n d a n d d e w a n d rain a n d w i n d ' : b u t again, b e c a u s e o f t h e f r a g m e n t a r y state o f A r a m ' ' i xiii, it is v e r y difficult t o m a k e a n y precise s t a t e m e n t s a b o u t t h e relationship b e t w e e n A r a m a n d E t h ( c f . t h e n o t e o n c . 35). 36. 2 I s a w t h e t h r e e e a s t e r n g a t e s : c f . A r a m ' ' i xiii 27 (Milik,

6s (1958), 77) nnph

RB

p i n nnnx.

t h e t h r e e e a s t e r n g a t e s o f h e a v e n o p e n : literally ' t h e t h r e e gates o f h e a v e n o p e n t o w a r d s t h e east'.

CHAPTERS 34-38

125

(5r, b i ) of his power and praise the great work of his hands and bless him for ever. 3 7 . 1 T h e second vision which he saw, the vision of wisdom which Enoch, the son of Jared, the son of Malalel, the son of Cainan, (5r, b5) the son of Enosh, the son of Seth, the son of Adam, saw. 37. 2 And this is the beginning of the words of wisdom which I raised (my voice) to speak and say to those who dwell on the dry ground. Hear, you men of old, and see, you who come after, the words of the Holy One which I will speak before the L o r d of Spirits. 37. 3 It would have been better to have said these things before, (5r, b i o ) but from those who come after we will not withhold the beginning of wisdom. 37. 4 Until now there has not been given by the L o r d of Spirits such wisdom as I have received in accordance with my insight, in accordance with the wish of the L o r d of Spirits by whom the lot of eternal life has been given to me. (5r, b i 5 ) 37. 5 And three parables were imparted to me, and I raised (my voice) and said to those who dwell on the dry ground: 38. I T h e first parable. When the community of the righteous appears, and the sinners are judged for their sins and are driven from the face of the dry ground, 38. 2 and (5r, b2o) when the Righteous One appears before the chosen righteous whose works are weighed by the L o r d of Spirits, and (when) light appears to the righteous and chosen who dwell on the dry ground, where (will be) the dwelling of the sinners, and where the resting-place of those who (5r, b25) have denied the L o r d of Spirits ? It would have been better for them if they had not been born. 38. 3 And when the secrets of the righteous are revealed, the sinners will be judged and the impious driven from the presence of the righteous and the chosen. 38. 4 And from then on those who possess the earth will not be mighty and exalted, (sr, b3o) nor will they be able

3 8 . 2 t h e R i g h t e o u s O n e : B M 4 9 1 E t h I I ; B M 4 8 5 B e r l Abb 3 5 Abb T a n a 9 'righteousness'.

ss

126

THE ETHIOPIC

BOOK OF

ENOCH

to look at the face of the holy ones for the light of the L o r d of Spirits will have appeared on the face of the holy, the righteous, and the chosen. 38. 5 And the mighty kings will at that time be destroyed and given into the hand of the righteous and the holy. 38. 6 And from then on (5r, b 3 5 ) no one will (be able to) seek mercy from the L o r d of Spirits, for their life will be at an end. 39. I And it will come to pass in these days that the chosen and holy children will come down from the high heavens, and their offspring will become one with the sons of men. 39. 2 In those days Enoch received books (5r, c i ) of indignation and anger, and books of tumult and confusion. And there will be no mercy for them, says the L o r d of Spirits. 39. 3 And at that time clouds and a storm-wind carried me off from the face of the earth, (5r, 05) and set me down at the end of heaven. 39. 4 And there I saw another vision, the dwelling of the righteous and the resting-places of the holy. 39. 5 T h e r e my eyes saw their dwelling with the angels and their restingplaces with the holy ones, and they were petitioning (5r, c i o ) and supplicating and praying on behalf of the sons of m e n ; and righteousness like water flowed before them and mercy like dew upon the ground. T h u s it is among them for ever and ever. 39. 6 And in those days my eyes saw (5r, c i 5) the place of the chosen ones of righteousness and faith; and there will be righteousness in their days, and the righteous and chosen will be without number before him for ever and ever. 39. 7 And I saw their dwelling under the wings of the L o r d of Spirits, and all the righteous (5r, C2o) and chosen shone before him like the light of fire; and their mouth was full of blessing, and their lips praised the name of the L o r d of

3 9 . 6 A n d i n t h o s e d a y s . . . i n t h e i r d a y s : E t h I I ; B M 485 A b b 35^ A b b SS ' A n d in that place m y eyes saw t h e c h o s e n o n e o f righteousness a n d f a i t h ; a n d t h e r e will be righteousness in his d a y s . ' T h e reading of B M 48s e t c . appears preferable. 3 9 . 7 t h e i r d w e l l i n g : B e r l A b b 3s A b b 55 E t h I I ; B M 48s 'his dwelling'.

BM

491

127

CHAPTERS 38-40

Spirits. And righteousness will not fail before him, and truth will not fail before him. 39. 8 T h e r e I wished to dwell, and my soul longed for (5r, C25) that dwelling; there had my lot been assigned before, for thus it was decided about me before the L o r d of Spirits. 39. 9 And in those days I praised and exalted the name of the L o r d of Spirits with blessing and praise, for he has destined me for (5r, 030) blessing and praise, in accordance with the wish of the L o r d of Spirits. 39. 1 0 And for a long time my eyes looked at that place, and I blessed him and praised him, saying: 'Blessed is he, and may he be blessed from the beginning and for ever! 39. 1 1 And in his presence there is no end. H e (^i, C 3 5 ) knew before the world was created what the world would be, even for all the generations which are to come. 39. 1 2 Those who do not sleep bless you, and they stand before your glory and bless and praise and exalt, saying: ' " H o l y , holy, holy, L o r d of Spirits; he fills the earth with s p i r i t s . " ' (5V, a i ) 39. 1 3 And there my eyes saw all those who do not sleep standing before him and blessing and saying: 'Blessed are you, and blessed is the name of the L o r d for ever and ever!' 39. 1 4 And my face was transformed until I was unable to see. (5V, 3 5 ) 4 0 . I And after this I saw a thousand thousands and ten thousand times ten thousand, (a multitude) beyond number or reckoning, who stood before the glory of the L o r d of Spirits. 4 0 . 2 I looked, and on the four sides of the L o r d of Spirits I saw four figures different (5V, a i o ) from those who were standing; and I learnt their names, because the angel who went with me made known to me their names, and showed me all the secret things. 4 0 . 3 And I heard the voices of those four figures as they sang praises before the L o r d of Glory. 4 0 . 4 T h e first voice blesses (5V, 3 1 5 ) the L o r d of Spirits for ever and ever. 4 0 . 5 And the second voice I heard

4 0 . 2 f i g u r e s : literally 'faces' (so in w . 3 , 8 ; 64.

i).

w h o w e r e s t a n d i n g : cf. 3 9 . 1 2 f . ; 4 0 . i. B u t B M 4 8 5 B e r l A b b 3S^(?) A b b 5 5 T a n a 9 r e a d ' w h o d o n o t sleep'.

128

THE

ETHIOPIC

BOOK OF

ENOCH

blessing the Chosen One and the chosen who depend on the L o r d of Spirits. 4 0 . 6 And the third voice I heard as they petitioned and prayed on behalf of those who dwell on the dry ground and supplicate (5V, aao) in the name of the L o r d of Spirits. 4 0 . 7 And the fourth voice I heard driving away the satans, and not allowing them to come before the L o r d of Spirits to accuse those who dwell on the dry ground. 4 0 . 8 And after this I asked the angel (5V, 325) of peace who went with me and showed me everything which is secret: 'Who are these four figures whom I have seen and whose words I have heard and written down ?' 4 0 . 9 And he said to m e : 'This first one is the holy Michael, the merciful and long-suffering; and the second, (5V, 330) who (is) in charge of all the diseases and in charge of all the wounds of the sons of men, is Raphael; and the third, who (is) in charge of all the powers, is the holy Gabriel; and the fourth, who (is) in charge of the repentance (leading) to hope of those who will inherit eternal life, is Phanuel.' 4 0 . 10 And these (are) the four angels (5V, 335) of the L o r d Most High; and the four voices I heard in those days. 4 1 . I And after this I saw all the secrets of heaven, and how the kingdom is divided, and how the deeds of men are weighed in the balance. 4 1 . 2 T h e r e I saw the dwelling of the chosen and the resting-places of the holy; (5V, b i ) and my eyes saw there all the sinners who deny the name of the L o r d of Spirits being driven from there, and they dragged them off, and they were not able to remain because of the punishment which went out (5V, b5) from the L o r d of Spirits. 4 1 . 3 And there my eyes saw the secrets of the flashes of lightning and of the thunder, and the secrets of the winds, how they are distributed in order to blow over the earth, and the secrets of the

40. 6 A n d t h e t h i r d v o i c e I h e a r d a s t h e y p e t i t i o n e d a n d p r a y e d : t e x t i m p o s s i b l e ; r e a d XIH! CDjBJtA.:—'And t h e third voice I h e a r d petitioning a n d praying'. B u t t h e following OJjE'fl'tfl'llO'! m a k e s sense in t h e plural (cf. D i l l m a n n , Translation, 1 4 7 and contrast C h a r l e s , Text, 8 1 ) .

CHAPTERS 40-41

lag

clouds and of the dew; and there I saw whence they go out in that place, and (how) from there (5V, b i o ) the dust of the earth is saturated. 4 1 . 4 A n d there I saw closed storehouses from which the winds are distributed, and the storehouse of the hail, and the storehouse of the mist, and the storehouse of the clouds; and its cloud remained over the earth from the beginning of the world. 4 1 . 5 A n d I saw (5V, b i 5 ) the chambers of the sun and the moon, whence they go out and whither they return, and their glorious return, and how one is more honoured than the other, and their magnificent course, and (how) they do not leave the course, neither adding (anything) to, nor omitting (anything) from, their course, (5V, bzo) and (how) they keep faith with one another, observing (their) oath. 4 1 . 6 A n d the sun goes out first and completes its journey at the command of the L o r d of Spirits—and his name endures for ever and ever. 4 1 . 7 A n d after this (begins) the hidden and visible journey of the moon, (5V, b 2 5 ) and it travels the course of its journey in that place by day and by night. One stands opposite the other before the L o r d of Spirits, and they give thanks, and sing praises, and do not rest, because their thanksgiving is rest for them. 4 1 . 8 F o r the shining sun (5V, b3o) makes many revolutions, for a blessing and for a curse, and the path of the journey of the moon (is)

4 1 . 4 a n d i t s c l o u d . . , t h e w o r l d . T h e m e a n i n g o f this s e n t e n c e — a n d particularly o f ' a n d its c l o u d ' — i s s o m e w h a t o b s c u r e ( c f . D i l l m a n n , Translation, 1 5 0 ) . W e should p e r h a p s o m i t ' a n d t h e s t o r e h o u s e o f t h e c l o u d s ' w i t h B M 4 8 5 A b b 5 5 * T a n a 9 a n d take ' i t s ' t o refer b a c k t o t h e m i s t . I t w o u l d t h e n b e possible t o see h e r e a n allusion t o t h e c l o u d o f m i s t w h i c h c o v e r e d t h e e a r t h a t t h e t i m e o f creation ( c f . C h a r l e s , Translation, 80), a l t h o u g h this interpretation does n o t e m e r g e obviously f r o m t h e r a t h e r awkward E t h i o p i c . F l e m m i n g {Translation, 6 6 ) r e n d e r s ' u n d eine W o l k e daraus lagert iiber d e r E r d e v o n d e r U r z e i t a n ' ; this translation is s m o o t h e r , b u t ignores t h e fact t h a t ooAaoq; HJM" i is definite. 4 1 . 5 c h a m b e r s : literally ' s t o r e h o u s e s ' , cf. 4 2 . 3 . o b s e r v i n g ( t h e i r ) o a t h : o r 'in a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e o a t h w h i c h t h e y o b s e r v e ' ( f o r t h e omission o f t h e preposition b e f o r e H i ( l { . ; c f . D i l l m a n n ,

Grammar, 5 3 4 ) . S2616S

F

130

THE

ETHIOPIC

BOOK OF

ENOCH

for the righteous light, but for the sinners darkness, in the name of the L o r d who has created (a division) between light and darkness, and has divided the spirits of men, and has established (5V, b 3 5 ) the spirits of the righteous in the name of his righteousness. 4 1 . 9 F o r no angel hinders, and no power is able to hinder, because the Judge sees them all and judges them all before himself. 4 2 . I Wisdom found no place where she could dwell, and her dwelling was in heaven. (5V, c i ) 4 2 . 2 Wisdom went out in order to dwell among the sons of men, but did not find a dwelling; wisdom returned to her place and took her seat in the midst of the angels. 4 2 . 3 And iniquity came out from her chambers; (5V, 05) those whom she did not seek she found, and dwelt among them, like rain in the desert, and like dew on parched ground. 4 3 . I And again I saw flashes of lightning and the stars of heaven, and I saw how he called them all by their names, (5V, c i o ) and they obeyed him. 4 3 . 2 And I saw the balance of righteousness, how they are weighed according to their light, according to the width of their areas and the day of their appearing, and (how) their revolutions produce lightning; and (I saw) their revolutions according to the number of the angels, and (how) they keep faith (5V, C15) with one another. 43. 3 And I asked the angel who went with me and showed me what was secret: 'What (are) these?' 4 3 . 4 And he said to m e : 'Their hkeness has the L o r d of Spirits shown to y o u ; these are the names of the righteous who dwell ( 5 V , c2o) on the dry ground and believe in the name of the L o r d of Spirits for ever and ever.' 44. And other things I saw in regard to lightning, how some of the stars rise and become lightning, but cannot lose their form.

4 4 . b u t c a i m o t l o s e t h e i r f o r m . T h i s verse a p p a r e n t l y refers t o s h o o t i n g stars w h i c h , unlike lightning, d o n o t i m m e d i a t e l y disappear f r o m t h e sky.

CHAPTERS 41-46

131

45. I And this (is) the second parable (5V, C25) about those who deny the name of the dwelling of the holy ones and of the L o r d of Spirits. 45. 2 T h e y will not ascend into heaven, nor will they come upon earth: such will be the lot of the sinners who deny the name of the L o r d of Spirits, who will thus be kept for the day of affliction and distress. 45. 3 On that (5V, C 3 0 ) day the Chosen One will sit on the throne of glory, and will choose their works, and their resting-places will be without number; and their spirits within them will grow strong when they see m y Chosen One and those who appeal to m y holy and glorious name. 45. 4 And on that day (5V, 035) I will cause my Chosen One to dwell among them, and I will transform heaven and make it an eternal blessing and light. 45. 5 And I will transform the dry ground and make it a blessing, and I will cause my chosen ones to dwell upon it; but those who commit sin and evil will not tread upon it. 45. 6 F o r I have seen, and have satisfied (6r, a i ) with peace, m y righteous ones, and have placed them before m e ; but for the sinners m y judgement draws near before me, that I may destroy them from the face of the earth. 46. I And there I saw one who had a head of days, and his head (was) white like wool; (6r, 3 5 ) and with him (there was) another, whose face had the appearance of a man, and his face (was) full of grace, like one of the holy angels. 46. 2 And I asked one of the holy angels who went with me, and showed

4 5 . 3 W i t h V. 3 t h e a u t h o r leaves the wicked a n d transfers his attention t o the fate o f t h e r i g h t e o u s ; b u t t h e change is abrupt, a n d t h e suffixes in y " 7 a < 5 l f a*-:, in'Od-Ca^: e t c . have n o a n t e c e d e n t . a n d w i l l c h o o s e t h e i r w o r k s : ' c h o o s e ' is hardly c o r r e c t . I t seems v e r y probable that w e h a v e here a mistranslation o f my w h i c h in A r a m a i c c a n m e a n b o t h ' h e will c h o o s e ' a n d ' h e will test' (cf. S c h m i d t , 'Original L a n g u a g e o f t h e Parables o f E n o c h ' , 3 3 6 ; Charles, Text, 85). s e e m y C h o s e n O n e : B M 4 9 1 B o d l 5 Ryl^ U l l 7 M S S . ; B M 4 8 5 B e r l A b b 3 5 A b b 5 5 R y P 6 M S S . 'see m y chosen o n e s ' . 4 5 . 4 m y C h o s e n O n e : B M 4 9 1 A b b 3 5 B o d l 5 R y l U l l iz M S S . ; B M 4 8 5 B e r l A b b 5 5 T a n a 9 2 M S S . ' m y chosen o n e s ' .

132

THE

ETHIOPIC

BOOK OF

ENOCH

me all the secrets, about that Son of Man, who he was, and whence (6r, a i o ) he was, (and) why he went with the Head of Days. 46. 3 And he answered me and said to m e : 'This is the Son of M a n who has righteousness, and with whom righteousness dwells; he will reveal all the treasures of that which is secret, for the L o r d (6r, 3 1 5 ) of Spirits has chosen him, and through uprightness his lot has surpassed all before the L o r d of Spirits for ever. 46. 4 And this Son of M a n whom you have seen will rouse the kings and the powerful from their resting-places, and the strong from their thrones, and will loose (6r, aao) the reins of the strong, and will break the teeth of the sinners. 46. 5 And he will cast down the kings from their thrones and from their kingdoms, for they do not exalt him, and do not praise him, and do not humbly acknowledge whence (their) kingdom was given to them. 46. 6 And he will cast down the faces of the strong, and (6r, 325) shame will fill them, and darkness will be their dwelling, and worms will be their resting-place; and they will have no hope of rising from their resting-places, for they do not exalt the name of the L o r d of Spirits. 46. 7 And these are they who judge the stars (6r, 330) of heaven, and raise their hands against the Most High, and trample upon the dry ground, and dwell upon it; and all their deeds show iniquity . . . and their power (rests) on their riches, and their faith is in the gods which they have made with their hands, (6r, 3 3 5 ) and they deny the name of the L o r d of Spirits. 46. 8 And they will be driven from the houses of his congregation, and of the faithful who depend on the name of the L o r d of Spirits. 47. I And in those days the prayer of the righteous and the blood of the righteous will have ascended from the earth be-

4 6 . 7 s h o w i n i q u i t y . . . a n d t h e i r p o w e r . I follow A b b sS C u r z o n 5 6 ; R y l a n d m o s t o t h e r M S S . m a k e a d i t t o g r a p h i c addition h e r e . 4 7 . I t h e p r a y e r o f t h e r i g h t e o u s C^.&^'i:) a n d t h e b l o o d o f t h e righteous : ) : ^£:'P i b o t h h e r e a n d in v . 4 (viz. ©.COP* : A 5 5 J t * ! ) is p r o b a b l y t o b e taken as a collective in view o f fiffo'. ' { . f r ^ l ! in v . 2 (cf. C h a r l e s , Translation, go; D i l l m a n n , Translation, 159).

133

CHAPTERS 46-48

fore the L o r d of Spirits. 47. 2 I n these days (6r, b i ) the holy ones who dwell in the heavens above will unite with one voice, and supplicate, and pray, and praise, and give thanks, and bless in the name of the L o r d of Spirits, because of the blood of the righteous which has been poured out, (6r, h$) and (because of) the prayer of the righteous, that it may not cease before the L o r d of Spirits, that justice may be done to them, and (that) their patience may not have to last for ever.' 47. 3 And in those days I saw the Head of Days sit down on the throne of his glory, and the books of the living were opened before him, (6r, b i o ) and all his host, which (dwells) in the heavens above, and his council were standing before him. 47. 4 And the hearts of the holy ones were full of joy that the number of righteousness had been reached, and the prayer of the righteous (6r, b i 5 ) had been heard, and the blood of the righteous had been required before the L o r d of Spirits. 48. I And in that place I saw an inexhaustible spring of righteousness, and many springs of wisdom surrounded it, and all the thirsty drank from them (6r, b2o) and were filled with wisdom, and their dwelling (was) with the righteous and the holy and the chosen. 48. 2 And at that hour that Son of M a n was named in the presence of the L o r d of Spirits, and his name (was named) before the Head of Days. 48. 3 Even before the sun and the constellations were created, before

4 7 . 2 t h a t i t m a y n o t c e a s e : o r 'that it m a y n o t b e in vain* (cf. D i l l m a n n , L e x i c o n , col. 1 3 2 9 ) . 4 7 . 4 n u m b e r : i.e. y e a r - n i i m b e r , c f . D i l l m a n n , Translation, 1 5 9 . Alternatively, it is possible that I'.iV'f'* i is here t h e equivalent o f p^Tpov (cf. 1 8 . 1 1 ) ; t h e sense w o u l d then b e t h a t t h e p r e d e t e r m i n e d ' m e a s u r e o f righteousness' h a d been fulfilled. A s a t h i r d possibility B M 4 9 1 T a n a 9 h a v e ' t h e n u m b e r o f t h e righteous*. I n all t h r e e cases t h e basic d e t e r ministic idea is t h e s a m e . t h e b l o o d o f t h e r i g h t e o u s : o n .CflO"; M^e:^:

see v . i .

4 8 . I a n i n e x h a u s t i b l e s p r i n g : literally ' a spring that c a n n o t b e c o u n t e d ' o r ' a spring t h a t c a n n o t b e measured*. C f . Dillmarm, Translation, 1 5 9 f., and 5 8 . 6.

134

THE ETHIOPIC

BOOK OF

ENOCH

(6r, b25) the stars of heaven were made, his name was named before the L o r d of Spirits. 48. 4 H e will be a staff to the righteous and the holy, that they may lean on him and not fall, and he (willl be) the light of the nations, and he will be the hope of those who grieve (6r, b3o) in their hearts. 48. 5 All those who dwell upon the dry ground will fall down and worship before him, and they will bless, and praise, and celebrate with psalms the name of the L o r d of Spirits. 48. 6 And because of this he was chosen and hidden before him before the world was created, and for ever. (6r, b 3 5 ) 48. 7 But the wisdom of the L o r d of Spirits has revealed him to the holy and the righteous, for he has kept safe the lot of the righteous, for they have hated and rejected this world of iniquity, and all its works and its ways they have hated in the name of the L o r d of Spirits; for in his name they are saved, and he is the one who will require their lives. (6r, c i ) 48. 8 And in those days the kings of the earth and the strong who possess the dry ground will have downcast faces because of the works of their hands, for on the day of their distress and trouble they will not save themselves. (6r, 05) 48. 9 And I will give them into the hands of my chosen ones; like straw in the fire, and like lead in water, so they will burn before the righteous, and sink before the holy, and no trace will be found of them. 48. 1 0 And on the day of their trouble there will be rest (6r, c i o ) on the earth, and they will fall down before him and will not rise; and there will be no one who will take them with his hands and raise them, for they denied the L o r d of Spirits and his Messiah. May the name of the L o r d of Spirits be blessed! 49. I F o r wisdom has been poured out (6r, C15) like water, and glory will not fail before him for ever and ever. 49. 2 F o r he (is) powerful in all the secrets of righteousness, and iniquity

4 8 . 6 A n d b e c a u s e o f t h i s . ' T h i s ' refers t o w . 4 a n d 5 in general, a n d n o t j u s t to V. 5. 4 8 . 1 0 b e f o r e h i m : E t h I I , b u t t h e reading o f E t h I U l l 'before t h e m ' (i.e. t h e c h o s e n a n d righteous) is preferable.

CHAPTERS 48-51

135

will pass away like a shadow and will have no existence; for the Chosen One stands before the L o r d of Spirits, and his glory (is) for ever and ever, (6r, c2o) and his power for all generations. 49. 3 And in him dwells the spirit of wisdom, and the spirit which gives understanding, and the spirit of knowledge and of power, and the spirit of those who sleep in righteousness. 49. 4 And he will judge the things that are secret, and no one will be able to say an idle word before him, for (6r, C25) he (has been) chosen before the L o r d of Spirits, in accordance with his wish. 50. I And in those days a change will occur for the holy and the chosen; the light of days will rest upon them, and glory and honour will return to the holy. 50. 2 And on the day of trouble calamity will be heaped up (6r, C30) over the sinners, but the righteous will conquer in the name of the L o r d of Spirits; and he will show (this) to others that they may repent and abandon the works of their hands. 50. 3 And they will have no honour before the L o r d of Spirits, but in his name they will be saved; and the L o r d of Spirits (6r, C35) will have mercy on them, for his mercy (is) great. 50. 4 And he (is) righteous in his judgement, and before his glory iniquity will not (be able to) stand at his judgement: he who does not repent before him will be destroyed. 50. 5 'And from then on I will not have mercy on them', says the L o r d of Spirits. 5 1 . I And in those days the earth will return that which has been entrusted to it, (6v, a i ) and Sheol will return that which has been entrusted to it, that which it has received, and destruction will return what it owes. 5 1 . 2 And he will choose the righteous and holy from among them, for the day has come near that they must be saved. 5 1 . 3 And in those days the Chosen One (6v, 3 5 ) will sit on his throne, and all the secrets

4 9 . 2 n o e x i s t e n c e : literally ' n o place t o s t a n d ' , cf. 5 0 . 4 . 4 9 . 4 h i s w i s h : i.e. t h e wish o f the L o r d o f Spirits. 5 0 . 4 a n d b e f o r e h i s g l o r y i n i q u i t y w i l l n o t ( b e a b l e t o ) s t a n d : cf. 4 9 . 2 . 5 1 . 3 h i s t h r o n e : A b b 35^ E t h I I ; E t h I ' m y t h r o n e ' .

136

THE ETHIOPIC

BOOK OF

ENOCH

o f w i s d o m will flow o u t f r o m t h e counsel o f his m o u t h , for t h e 51.

L o r d o f Spirits h a s a p p o i n t e d h i m a n d glorified h i m .

4

A n d in t h o s e d a y s t h e m o u n t a i n s will l e a p like r a m s , a n d t h e hills will skip like l a m b s satisfied w i t h m i l k , a n d all will b e c o m e (6v,

51.

a i o ) angels in heaven.

5 T h e i r faces will shine w i t h

j o y , for in t h o s e d a y s t h e C h o s e n O n e will h a v e r i s e n ;

and

t h e earth will rejoice, a n d t h e righteous will dwell u p o n

it,

a n d t h e c h o s e n will g o a n d w a l k u p o n it. 52.

I A n d a f t e r t h o s e (6v,

315)

days, in that place where

h a d s e e n all t h e v i s i o n s o f t h a t w h i c h

is secret—^for

I

had

b e e n carried off b y a whirlwind, a n d t h e y h a d b r o u g h t m e the w e s t —

52.

2 there m y

eyes saw the secrets of

(6v,

of copper,

a2o) and

a mountain

of

and

silver,

a n d a m o u n t a i n o f gold, a n d a m o u n t a i n of soft metal, 52.

a m o u n t a i n of lead.

3 And

I asked the angel w h o

and went

with m e , saying: ' W h a t are these (things) which I have i n s e c r e t ?'

to

heaven,

e v e r y t h i n g t h a t will o c c u r o n e a r t h : a m o u n t a i n of iron, a mountain

I

seen

52. 4 A n d h e s a i d t o m e : ' A l l t h e s e ( t h i n g s ) w h i c h

y o u have seen serve t h e authority o f his Messiah, that he m 3 y be strong and powerful on the earth.' that angel of pe3ce 3nswered m e , S3ying:

'W3it

(6v, 52.

325)

5

3 little,

y o u will s e e , 3 n d e v e r y t h i n g w h i c h is s e c r e t , w h i c h t h e o f Spirits h a s established, will b e revealed t o y o u . t h e s e m o u n t a i n s (6v,

330)

52.

of copper,

o f g o l d , and

6

And

3nd the mountain the mountain of

metal, and the mountain of lead—all these before the O n e will b e like w a x

3nd Lord

which you h3ve seen, the mount3in

of iron, 3nd the mount3in silver, a n d t h e m o u n t a i n

And

b e f o r e fire, a n d like t h e w a t e r

c o m e s d o w n f r o m a b o v e (6v,

335)

Chosen which

on these mountains,

t h e y will b e c o m e w e 3 k u n d e r his feet.

of soft

3nd

52. 7 A n d it w i l l c o m e

t o p 3 s s i n t h o s e d 3 y s that n e i t h e r b y g o l d , n o r b y s i l v e r , w i l l m e n save t h e m s e l v e s ; t h e y will b e u n a b l e t o save t h e m s e l v e s

5 1 . 3 h a s a p p o i n t e d h i m . F o r this m e a n i n g o f toOfl i c f . i S a m . 1 2 : 1 3 ; I K g s . i : 4 8 ; 2 K g s . 2 3 : 5 ; E z r a 8 : 2 0 (in all cases = M T ]T\i, L X X

5i5wni).

CHAPTERS 51-53

137

or to flee. 52. 8 And there will be neither iron for war, nor material for a breastplate; bronze will be of no use, and tin will be of no use and will count for nothing, (6v, b i ) and lead will not be wanted. 52. 9 All these will be wiped out and destroyed from the face of the earth, when the Chosen One appears before the L o r d of Spirits.' 53. I And there my eyes saw (6v, b5) a deep valley, and its mouth (was) open; and all those who dwell upon the dry ground and the sea and the islands will bring gifts and presents and offerings to him, but that deep valley will not become full. 53. 2 And their hands commit evil, and everything at which (the righteous) toil, the sinners evilly (6v, b i o ) devour; and (so) the sinners will be destroyed from before the L o r d of Spirits, and will be bani^ied from the face of his earth, unceasingly, for ever and ever. 53. 3 F o r I saw the angels of punishment going and preparing all (6v, bi5) the instruments of Satan. 53. 4 And I asked the angel of peace who went with me, and I said to h i m : 'These instruments—for whom are

52. 8 m a t e r i a l : literally 'clothing, covering', i.e. n o covering w i t h w h i c h t o m a k e a b r e a s t p l a t e ; alternatively the t e x t could b e taken t o m e a n ' n o r t h e protection o f a breastplate', i.e. t h e r e will n o longer b e the protective covering p r o v i d e d b y a breastplate. 52. 9 w i p e d o u t . F o r this m e a n i n g o f ^'Vtlrh^; cf. the I t h p a ' a l o f I H S . I n fact it s e e m s quite plausible t o think t h a t f'thth^ i is directly d e p e n d e n t o n a n A r a m a i c ]nn3n''; this explanation is m o r e likely t h a n Charles's explanation in t e r m s o f t h e G r e e k (cf. Text, 96). 53. 2 a n d e v e r y t h i n g a t w h i c h ( t h e r i g h t e o u s ) t o i l . T h e m e a n i n g o f w . I f. appears t o b e t h a t t h e sinners, in o r d e r to s e c u r e their salvation, will bring offerings to t h e L o r d o f Spirits, b u t these offerings will b e u n a c c e p t a b l e , a n d o f n o advantage t o t h e sinners, b e c a u s e t h e y a r e a c q u i r e d unjustly. O n this view t h e first p a r t o f v . 2 explains w h y t h e offerings are u n a c c e p t a b l e . H o w e v e r , t h e t e x t is n o t v e r y clear, a n d appears c o r r u p t ; I h a v e supplied ' t h e r i g h t e o u s ' in t h e translation o n t h e a s s u m p tion that s o m e s u c h w o r d as this has d r o p p e d o u t o f t h e E t h i o p i c . B u t t h e t e x t is still n o t all t h a t clear, a n d t h e c o r r u p t i o n m a y well g o d e e p e r than this (cf. D i l l m a n n , Translation, 169). u n c e a s i n g l y : literally 'and t h e y will n o t cease'—^i.e. p r e s u m a b l y , f r o m being destroyed a n d banished. B u t s e e also A b b 35"^ T a n a 9.

138

THE ETHIOPIC

BOOK OF

ENOCH

they preparing t h e m ? ' 5 3 . 5 And he said to m e : 'They are preparing these for the kings and the powerful of this earth, that by means of them they may be destroyed. (6v, b2o) 5 3 . 6 And after this the Righteous and Chosen One will cause the house of his congregation to appear; from then on, in the name of the L o r d of Spirits, they will not be hindered. 53. 7 And before him these mountains will not be (firm) like the earth, and the hills will be like a spring of water; (6v, b25) and the righteous will have rest from the ill-treatment of the siimers.' 54. I And I looked and turned to another part of the earth, and I saw there a deep valley with burning fire. 54. 2 And they brought the kings and the powerful and threw them into that valley. 54. 3 And (6v, b3o) there my eyes saw how they made instruments for them—iron chains of immeasurable weight. 54. 4 And I asked the angel of peace who went with me, saying: 'These chain-instruments—for whom are they being prepared ?' 54. 5 And he said to m e : 'These are being prepared (6v, b 3 5 ) for the hosts of Azazel, that they may take them and throw them into the lowest part of Hell; and they will cover their jaws with rough stones, as the L o r d of Spirits commanded. 54. 6 And Michael and Gabriel, Raphael and Phanuel—these will take hold of them on that great day, (6v, C I ) and throw them on that day into the furnace of burning fire, that the L o r d of Spirits may take vengeance on them for their iniquity, in that they became servants of Satan and led astray those who dwell (6v, 05) upon the dry ground. 54. 7 And in those days the punishment of the L o r d of Spirits will go out, and all the storehouses of the waters which (are) above the heavens . . . and under the earth will be opened, 54. 8 and all the waters will be joined (6v, c i o ) with the waters which (are) above the heavens. T h e water which (is) above

54. 7 w h i c h ( a r e ) a b o v e t h e h e a v e n s . •. a n d u n d e r t h e e a r t h . T h e t e x t is in a confused state, and a p p e a r s t o b e overloaded. T h e evidence o f V. 8 m a k e s plausible t h e suggestion t h a t originally only t w o categories o f w a t e r w e r e m e n t i o n e d h e r e — t h a t above h e a v e n a n d that u n d e r t h e e a r t h (cf. C h a r l e s , Text, 9 8 ) .

CHAPTERS 53-56

139

heaven is male, and the vv^ater which (is) under the earth is female. 54. 9 And all those who dwell upon the dry ground and those who dwell under the ends of heaven will be wiped out. 54. 10 And because of this (6v, C15) they will acknowledge their iniquity which they have committed on the earth, and through this they will be destroyed.' 55. I And after this the Head of Days repented, and said: T have destroyed to no purpose all those who dwell upon the dry ground.' 55. 2 And he swore by his great n a m e : ' F r o m now on (6v, c2o) I will not act like this towards all those who dwell upon the dry ground; and I will put a sign in heaven, and it will be a pledge of faith between me and them for ever, so long as heaven (is) above the earth. 55. 3 And this will be in accordance with my command; when I want to take hold of them (6v, 025) by the hand of the angels on the day of distress and pain in the face of this my anger and m y wrath, my wrath and my anger will remain upon them', says the Lord, the L o r d of Spirits. 55. 4 'You powerful kings, who dwell upon the dry ground, will be obliged to watch (6v, 030) my Chosen One sit down on the throne of my glory, and judge, in the name of the L o r d of Spirits, Azazel and all his associates and all his hosts.' 56. I And I saw there the hosts of the angels of punishment (6v, 03 5) as they went, and they were holding chains of iron and bronze. 56. 2 And I asked the angel of peace who went with me, saying: ' T o whom are those who are holding (the chains) going?' 56. 3 And he said to m e : 'Each to his own chosen ones and to his own beloved ones, that they may be thrown into the chasm in the depths of the valley. 56. 4 And then that valley will be filled (yr, a i ) with their chosen and beloved ones, and the days of their hfe will be at an end, and the days of their leading astray will no longer be counted.

5 5 . 4 m y g l o r y : B e r l E t h I I ; B M 4 8 5 B M 4 9 1 A b b 35^ A b b 5 5 T a n a 9 omit 'my'. 5 6 . 3 i n t h e d e p t h s : literally ' o f t h e d e p t h s ' .

I40

T H E ETHIOPIC BOOK OF ENOCH

56. 5 And in those days the angels will gather together, and will throw themselves (yr, 3 5 ) towards the east upon the Parthians and Medes; they will stir u p the kings, so that a disturbing spirit will come upon them, and they will drive them from their thrones; and they will come out like lions from their lairs, and like hungry wolves (yr, a i o ) in the middle of their flocks. 56. 6 And they will go up and trample upon the land of my chosen ones, and the land of my chosen ones will become before them a tramping-ground and a beaten track. 56. y But the city of m y righteous ones will be a hindrance to their horses, and they will stir u p slaughter amongst themselves, (yr, 3 1 5 ) and their (own) right hand will be strong 3g3inst t h e m ; 3nd a man will not 3 d m i t to knowing his neighbour or his brother, nor a son his father or his mother, until through their death there are corpses enough, and their punishment— it will not be in vain. 56. 8 And in those days Sheol will open its mouth, (yr, 3 2 0 ) 3 n d they will sink into it; and their d e struction—Sheol will SW3II0W up the sinners before the f3ce of the chosen.' 5y. I A n d it C 3 m e to p 3 s s 3 f t e r this t h 3 t I saw another host

of chariots, with men riding on them, 3nd they C 3 m e upon the wind from the east (yr, 3 2 5 ) 3 n d from the west to the south. 5y. 2 And the sound of the noise of their c h 3 r i o t s W 3 s h e 3 r d , and when this commotion occurred, the holy ones observed (it) from heaven, and the pilkrs of the e 3 r t h were shsken from their f o u n d 3 t i o n s , 3 n d (the sound) W 3 S h e 3 r d

56. 6 m y c h o s e n o n e s ( i s t and 2 n d ) : T a n a 9 ; other M S S . have either 'his c h o s e n o n e s ' (so B M 4 8 5 B e r l A b b 3 5 ' o n t h e first o c c a s i o n , a n d m o s t M S S . o n t h e s e c o n d ) o r 'their c h o s e n o n e s ' . 5 6 . 7 a d m i t t o k n o w i n g : literally ' k n o w ' . t h e r e a r e c o r p s e s e n o u g h : literally ' t h e r e is a n u m b e r o f c o r p s e s ' ,

cf. Dillmann, Translation, 1 7 5 . 5 7 . I t o t h e s o u t h : Hterally ' t o t h e m i d d l e o f t h e d a y ' . T h e E t h i o p i c is possibly a ( n o t entirely satisfactory) rendering o f \J£c^r]\i^pla, u s e d in a local, n o t a t e m p o r a l sense ( c f . D i l l m a n n , Translation, 1 7 6 , a n d t h e a m b i g u o u s Korrdt neCTimPplov = ZHi! : of Acts 8: 26).

CHAPTERS 56-59

141

from the ends of earth to the ends of heaven throughout one day. (yr, 330) 5y. 3 And all will fall down and worship the L o r d of Spirits. And this is the end of the second parable. 58. I And I began to speak the third parable about the righteous and about the chosen. 58. 2 Blessed (are) you, the righteous and chosen, for your lot (will be) glorious! (yr, 3 3 5 ) 58. 3 And the righteous will be in the light of the sun, and the chosen in the light of eternal life; and there will be no end to the days of their life, and the days of the holy will be without number. 58. 4 And they will seek the light, and will find righteousness with the L o r d of Spirits. Peace (be) to the righteous with the L o r d of the world! (yr, b i ) 58. 5 And after this it will be said to the holy that they should seek in heaven the secrets of righteousness, the lot of faith; for it has become bright as the sun upon the dry ground, and darkness has passed away. 58. 6 And there will be ceaseless light, (yr, b5) and to a limit of days they will not come, for darkness will have been destroyed previously; and the light will endure before the L o r d of Spirits, and the light of uprightness will endure before the L o r d of Spirits for ever. (yr, b i o ) 59. I And in those days m y eyes saw the secrets of the flashes of lightning, and the lights, and the regulations governing them; and they flash for a blessing or for a curse, as the L o r d of Spirits wishes. 59. 2 And there I saw the secrets of the thunder, and (how) when it crashes in (yr, bi5) heaven above, the sound of it is heard; and they showed me the dwellings of the dry ground, and the sound of the thunder for peace and for blessing, or for a curse, according to the

5 8 . 6 c e a s e l e s s l i g h t : literally 'light t h a t c a n n o t be c o u n t e d ' o r 'light t h a t c a n n o t be m e a s u r e d ' , cf. 4 8 . i. 5 9 . I a n d t h e r e g u l a t i o n s g o v e r n i n g t h e m : literally ' a n d their r e g u l a t i o n ' , taking H"iii as t h e equivalent o f 5iKa(co|jia; b u t cf. also C h a r l e s ,

Translation, 1 1 2 . 59. 2 a n d t h e y s h o w e d m e t h e d w e l l i n g s o f t h e d r y g r o u n d . This s t a t e m e n t m a k e s n o sense in its p r e s e n t c o n t e x t , and should p r o b a b l y b e

148

THE ETHIOPIC

BOOK OF

ENOCH

word of the L o r d of Spirits. 59. 3 And after this all the secrets of the lights and of the flashes of lightning were shown to m e ; (yr, hzo) they flash to bring blessing and satisfaction. 60. I I n the five-hundredth year, in the seventh month, on the fourteenth (day) of the month in the life of Enoch. I n that parable I saw how the heaven of heavens was shaken violently, and the host (yr, hz^) of the Most High and the angels, a thousand thousands and ten thousand times ten thousand, were extremely disturbed. 6 0 . 2 And then I saw the Head of Days sitting on the throne of his glory, and the angels and the righteous were standing around him. 60.3 And a great trembling seized me, (yr, b3o) and fear took hold of me, and my loins collapsed and gave way, and m y whole being melted, and I fell upon m y face. 60. 4 And the holy Michael sent another holy angel, one of the holy angels, and he raised m e ; and when he raised me, m y spirit returned, for I had been unable (yr, b 3 5 ) to endure the sight of that host, and the disturbance, and the shaking of heaven. 60. 5 And the holy Michael said to m e : 'What sight has disturbed you like this? Until today has the day of his mercy lasted, and he has been merciful and long-suffering towards those who dwell upon

r e g a r d e d as a n interpolation (cf. M a r t i n , Translation, 1 1 7 , a n d c o n t r a s t Charles, Text, 1 0 3 ) . G . K u h n ('Beitrage z u r E r k l a r u n g d e s B u c h e s H e n o c h ' , ZAW 3 9 ( 1 9 2 1 ) , 2 6 9 ) seeks t o explain t h e difficulty b y a s s u m ing a confusion in t h e underlying A r a m a i c b e t w e e n pIK ' e a r t h ' a n d p13 'lightning'. A r e f e r e n c e t o lightning certainly fits m o r e naturally into t h e c o n t e x t , b u t E t h ' t h e d r y g r o u n d ' points b a c k t o KWa"*, n o t pIN. 60. I I t is generally a r g u e d that c . 6 0 belonged originally t o a N o a h apocalypse, a n d that E n o c h ' s n a m e h a s been substituted in v . i f o r t h a t o f N o a h (in s u p p o r t o f this view cf. v . 8 ) . B u t this c h a p t e r is n o t itself a u n i t y (see particularly t h e n o t e s o n v . 6 a n d v . 2 4 ) . 60. 3 a n d g a v e w a y : literally ' a n d w e r e loosened', c f . D a n . 5 : 6. 60. 5 W h a t s i g h t h a s d i s t u r b e d y o u l i k e t h i s ? : literally ' B e c a u s e o f w h a t sight a r e y o u disturbed like this ?'

CHAPTERS 59-60

143

the dry ground. 60. 6 And when (yr, c i ) the day, and the power, and the punishment, and the judgement come, which the L o r d of Spirits has prepared for those who worship the righteous judgement, and for those who deny the righteous judgement, and for those who take his name in vain—and that day has been prepared, (yr, C5) for the chosen a covenant, but for the sinners a visitation.' 60. y And on that day two monsters will be separated from one another: a female monster, whose name (is) Leviathan, to dwell in the depths of the sea above the springs of the waters; 60. 8 and the name of the male (is) Behemoth, (yr, c i o ) who occupies with his breast an immense desert, named Dendayn, on the east of

60. 6 f o r t h o s e w h o w o r s h i p t h e r i g h t e o u s j u d g e m e n t : (i) J & r t ? ^ : ( a n d equally t h e variant iLf-M^ i) is a strange w o r d t o use i n c o n j u n c tion w i t h itil:. T h e r e h a v e b e e n a t t e m p t s a t explaining J6.rt74.; in t e r m s o f a misunderstanding o f a H e b r e w Vorlage (cf. H a l e v y , jfA v i . 9 ( 1 8 6 7 ) , 3 6 7 - 9 ; B e e r , Translation, 2 6 9 ; C h a r l e s , Translation, 114), but n o n e o f these a t t e m p t s is convincing. I suggest that t h e mistake lies n o t in !, b u t i n M'ii i, a n d that Stii; is d e p e n d e n t o n a n A r a m a i c w h i c h in this case o u g h t t o h a v e b e e n taken a s ' j u d g e ' n o t as 'judgement' (for p a s a title o f G o d c f . Aram"*! x i 2 ( = 2 2 . 1 4 ) p ^ - 1 3 mnV). (2) T h e reading f.(\13i.\ presupposes t h a t a c o n trast is i n t e n d e d b e t w e e n those w h o worship t h e J u d g e a n d t h o s e w h o d e n y his j u d g e m e n t a n d take his n a m e in vain, j u s t a s a t t h e e n d o f t h e verse t h e r e is a c o n t r a s t b e t w e e n t h e c h o s e n a n d t h e sinners. Possibly t h e reading hS-M^! should b e a d o p t e d ; i n this case all t h r e e clauses beginning rtJirt: will refer t o t h e s i n n e r s — t h e y d o n o t w o r s h i p t h e J u d g e , t h e y d e n y his j u d g e m e n t , a n d t h e y take his n a m e in vain.

-php

T h e a c c o u n t o f t h e ( N o a c h i c ) j u d g e m e n t a p p e a r s t o break off a t this point, a n d t o b e c o n t i n u e d only in v . 2 4 c a n d v . 2 5 . H o w e v e r , w . 7 - 2 4 a b d o n o t themselves f o r m a u n i t y ; v v . 7 - 1 0 a n d 2 4 a b deal w i t h B e h e m o t h a n d L e v i a t h a n , while w . 1 1 - 2 3 describe various meteorological p h e n o m e n a (cf. F l e m m i n g , Text, 64 f., 6 8 ; Translation, 7 7 , 7 9 ) . 60. 7 w i l l b e s e p a r a t e d . T h e reading o f B M 4 9 1 ('were s e p a r a t e d ' ) has s o m e t i m e s b e e n p r e f e r r e d , since v . 9 a p p e a r s t o d e m a n d h e r e a r e f e r e n c e t o a n event i n t h e past (cf. Charles, Text, 1 0 5 ; B e e r , Translation, 2 6 9 ) . H o w e v e r , it s e e m s t o m e doubtful w h e t h e r B M 4 9 1 contains t h e original E t h i o p i c reading. 6 0 . 8 a n i m m e n s e d e s e r t : literally ' a desert t h a t c a n n o t b e s e e n ' . B u t

144

THE ETHIOPIC

BOOK OF

ENOCH

the garden where the chosen and righteous dwell, where m y great-grandfather was received, who was the seventh from Adam, the first man whom the L o r d of Spirits made, (yr, C15) 60. 9 And I asked that other angel to show m e the power of those monsters, how they were separated on one day and throvm, one into the depths of the sea, and the other on to the dry ground of the desert. 60. 1 0 And he said to m e : 'Son of M a n , you here wish (yr, c2o) to know what is secret.' 60. 1 1 And the other angel spoke to me, (the one) who went with m e and showed m e what (is) secret, what (is) first and last in heaven, in the heights, and under the dry ground, in the depths, and at the ends of heaven, and at the foundations of heaven, and in the storehouses (yr, C25) of the winds; 60. 1 2 and how the spirits are distributed, and how they are weighed, and how the springs and the winds are counted

cf. also D i l l m a n n , Translation, 3 0 , 1 8 4 . — I t is n o t clear w h e t h e r t h e r e is a c o n n e c t i o n between t h e n a m e D e n d a y n a n d t h e n a m e D u d a e l in 1 0 . 4 . I f n o t , t h e n t h e r e is s o m e t h i n g t o b e said f o r t h e view o f D i l l m a n n t h a t t h e n a m e c o m e s f r o m ]!J.l a n d is an invention o f t h e a u t h o r o f E n o c h . M o r e recently Milik (HTR 6 4 ( 1 9 7 1 ) , 3 4 8 f . ) h a s c o n n e c t e d this n a m e , as well as t h e n a m e in 1 0 . 4 , w i t h A r a m a i c Htl, viz. |"'1T ('the t w o b r e a s t s ' ) , a n d h a s identified t h e locality w i t h t h e M e s o p o t a m i a n

Mashu. 60. I I T h e a c c o u n t o f B e h e m o t h a n d L e v i a t h a n is i n t e r r u p t e d b y w . 1 1 - 2 3 , S i d is only c o n t i n u e d in v . 2 4 a b . w . 1 1 - 2 3 f o r m a self-contained section w i t h a distinctive theological view, a n d a t t e m p t t o explain various meteorological p h e n o m e n a . 60. 1 2 T h e t e x t o f v . 1 2 , w h i c h deals s u m m a r i l y w i t h springs, winds, a n d stars, a n d o f w . 1 3 - 1 5 , w h i c h deal w i t h t h u n d e r a n d lightning, is difficult, a n d t h e m e a n i n g is n o t always clear. t h e s p i r i t s . T h e r e f e r e n c e is apparently t o t h e spirits w h i c h , a c c o r d i n g t o this passage, c o n t r o l t h e p h e n o m e n a o f n a t u r e ( c f . especially w . 1 6 2 1 ) . H o w e v e r , it is possible t h a t in this verse aol£.il; should b e translated b y ' w i n d ' — ' a n d h o w t h e winds a r e distributed'. ( F o r o o ^ ^ f l : = ' w i n d ' cf. 70. 3 ) . t h e s p r i n g s a n d t h e w i n d s : E t h I I ; B M 4 8 5 B M 4 9 1 Berl A b b 3 5 T a n a 9 ' t h e springs o f t h e w i n d s ' . B u t c f . F l e m m i n g {Text, 6 5 ) w h o e m e n d s A l ^ O t " : t o liT[
145

C H A P T E R 60

according to the power of (their) spirit; and the power of the light of the moon . . . and the divisions of the stars according to their names, and (how) all the divisions are made; (yr, C30) 60. 1 3 and the thunder according to the places where it falls; and all the divisions that are made in lightning that it may flash, and its hosts, how they quickly obey; 60. 1 4 for the thunder has fixed intervals (which) have been given to its sound for waiting; and the thunder and the lightning are not separate, (yr, 035) and (although) not one, through a spirit the two of them move inseparably; 60. 1 5 for when the lightning flashes, the thunder utters its voice, and the spirit at the proper time causes (it) to rest and divides equally between t h e m ;

a c c o r d i n g t o t h e p o w e r o f ( t h e i r ) s p i r i t : o r 'according to the p o w e r o f the wind', cf. a b o v e . a n d t h e p o w e r o f t h e l i g h t o f t h e m o o n . T h e plural suffix o f ?J&ft°ff'>'; is p r o b a b l y to be explained o n the g r o u n d s that the a u t h o r h a d in m i n d the individual phases o f the m o o n a n d took •flCyt i (note the less well attested variant -aCViilr:) as a collective (cf. WlT'.er^A i aao'^ftWof*' i i n v . 1 3 ; cf. also D i l l m a n n , Translation, 186). . . . a n d t h e d i v i s i o n s o f t h e s t a r s . I o m i t cohao:

^J2.i[;

:

w h i c h makes httle sense in the c o n t e x t . I t is possible that ^fi'A: R'.C'^! is a marginal gloss o n ^J&A; «n>^^ft j w h i c h has c o m e into the t e x t . 60. 1 3 a n d i t s h o s t s . T h e suffix in 'fOfi^^O^l is a m b i g u o u s ; the present translation a s s u m e s that ao-ttd'p: is t o b e taken as a c o l l e c tive, a n d that the suflSx refers t o t h e lightning only (cf. tOlT'^t^.S:; noi'*^^"tWfl'>«: at the beginning o f t h e verse a n d D i l l m a n n , Translation, 1 8 7 ) . O n the o t h e r h a n d the suffix in I'Oj&l-f'aP'; could refer b a c k t o b o t h oD-nd*: a n d iT'JJ-^i.fi':. 60. 1 4 f o r t h e t h u n d e r . . . f o r w a i t i n g . T h e E t h i o p i c is difficult, a n d a relative is really r e q u i r e d before fltd?^^: (cf. B M 4 9 1 ) . a n d ( a l t h o u g h ) n o t o n e . F o r the insertion o f 'although' cf. D i l l m a n n , Translation, 1 8 7 . Hal6vy(JA vi. 9 ( 1 8 6 7 ) , 3 7 0 ) , o n the basis o f an a s s u m e d H e b r e w original finK K"71 for (Dh-i'., translates the whole p a s s a g e : 'le t o n n e r r e et I'^clair ne se separent pas m S m e u n e fois.' T h i s is possible, b u t unlikely. 60. 1 5 a t t h e p r o p e r Lexicon, col. 1 1 9 7 ) .

time

(ist):

or

'immediately'

(cf.

Dillmann,

c a u s e s ( i t ) t o r e s t : i.e. causes the t h u n d e r to rest. d i v i d e s e q u a l l y b e t w e e n t h e m : between the t h u n d e r a n d lightning.

146

THE

ETHIOPIC

BOOK OF

ENOCH

for the storehouse of the times for their occurrence is (like) that of the sand, and each of them at the proper time is held by a rein, (yv, a i ) and turned back by the power of the spirit, and likewise driven forward, according to the number of the regions of the earth. 60. 1 6 And the spirit of the sea is male and strong, and according to the power of its strength (the spirit) turns it back with a rein, and (yv, 3 5 ) likewise it is driven forward and scattered amongst all the mountains of the earth. 60. l y And the spirit of the hoar-frost is its (own) angel; and the spirit of the hail is a good angel. 60. 1 8 And the spirit of the snow has withdrawn because of its power, and it has a special spirit; and that which rises (yv, a i o ) from it is like smoke, and its name (is) frost. 60. 19 And the spirit of the mist is not associated with them in their

60. IS t h e s t o r e h o u s e o f t h e t i m e s f o r t h e i r o c c u r r e n c e : literally ' o f their t i m e s ' , i.e. o f t h e n u m b e r o f t h e t i m e s t h a t t h e lightning is t o flash a n d t h e t h u n d e r t o s o u n d ( b u t cf. also D i l l m a n n , Translation, 31, 187 f.). e a c h o f t h e m : t h e lightning a n d t h u n d e r alternately. N o t e : t h e idea underlying w . 1 3 - 1 5 (and particularly v . 1 5 ) s e e m s t o b e as follows: t h e r e is a storehouse w h i c h contains a n infinite n u m b e r o f flashes o f lightning a n d peals o f t h u n d e r ; at t h e a p p r o p r i a t e m o m e n t t h e spirit releases a flash of lightning a n d peal o f t h u n d e r ; in so doing t h e spirit ensures t h a t t h e h g h t n i n g a n d t h u n d e r c o r r e s p o n d in s t r e n g t h ('divides equally b e t w e e n t h e m ' ) ; t h e control o f t h e spirit is likened, u n d e r a different i m a g e , t o t h a t o f t h e rider o f a h o r s e — t h e spirit holds b a c k or u r g e s f o r w a r d t h e lightning a n d t h u n d e r alternately. n u m b e r : literally ' m u l t i t u d e ' . 6 0 . 1 6 i t s s t r e n g t h : i.e. t h e s t r e n g t h o f t h e sea (cf. D i l l m a n n , tion, 1 8 8 ) . m o u n t a i n s : see B e e r , Translation, 60. 1 8 h a s w i t h d r a w n . I take Translation, 189.

Transla-

270. : as intransitive, b u t see D i l l m a n n ,

i t s p o w e r : i.e. t h e p o w e r of the s n o w , cf. v . 1 6 . 6 0 . 1 9 w i t h t h e m : i.e. w i t h t h e spirits o f t h e h o a r - f r o s t , hail, a n d s n o w .

C H A P T E R 60

147

Storehouses, but has a special storehouse; for its course (is) glorious both in light and in darkness, and in winter and in summer, (yv, 3 1 5 ) and in its storehouse is an angel. 60. 20 T h e spirit of the dew (has) its dwelling at the ends of heaven, and it is connected with the storehouses of the rain; and its course (is) in winter and in summer, and its clouds and the clouds of the mist are associated, (yv, a2o) and one gives to the other. 60. 2 1 And when the spirit of the rain moves from its storehouse, the angels come and open the storehouse, and bring it out; and when it is scattered over all the dry ground, it joins with all the water that (is) on the dry ground; and whenever it joins (yv, 325) with the water that (is) on the dry ground . . . 60. 2 2 for the waters are for those who dwell upon the dry ground, for (they are) nourishment for the dryground from the Most High who is in heaven; therefore there is a fixed measure for the rain, and the angels comprehend it. 60. 23 All these things (yv, 330) I saw towards the Garden of

f o r i t s c o u r s e ( i s ) g l o r i o u s (literally 'in g l o r y ' ) b o t h i n l i g h t a n d i n d a r k n e s s , a n d i n w i n t e r a n d i n s u m m e r . I t is n o t clear w h y t h e p a t h o f t h e spirit o f t h e m i s t should b e 'in glory', b u t t h e alternative rendering ' i n b r i g h t n e s s ' (cf. 1 0 8 . 4 f.) does n o t really m a k e a n y b e t t e r sense. I suggest that flfl-flrft^; is a gloss o n d-nCYli w h i c h has c o m e into t h e t e x t b y m i s t a k e ; in s u p p o r t o f this view cf. w h a t is said o f t h e dew in V. 2 0 . W i t h o u t (Ifl-flrh^; t h e sense o f t h e passage is t h a t m i s t appears in all conditions ('in light a n d in darkness, a n d in w i n t e r a n d in summer'). a n d i n i t s s t o r e h o u s e i s a n a n g e l . I follow A b b 35^ A b b 5 5 w h o s e reading alone m a k e s a n y sense in a s o m e w h a t o b s c u r e passage. 60. 2 0 a n d i t i s c o n n e c t e d : i.e. t h e dwelling o f t h e d e w is c o n n e c t e d w i t h t h e storehouses o f t h e rain. a n d i t s c o u r s e ( i s ) i n w i n t e r a n d i n s u m m e r : i.e. t h e d e w appears in b o t h w i n t e r a n d s u m m e r (cf. v . 1 9 ) . 60. 2 1 a n d w h e n e v e r i t j o i n s w i t h t h e w a t e r t h a t ( i s ) o n t h e d r y g r o u n d . . . T h e s e w o r d s look like a dittograph, b u t cf. C h a r l e s , Text, 1 0 7 . I f t h e w o r d s a r e n o t a dittograph, t h e apodosis o f t h e s e n t e n c e has b e e n lost.

148

THE ETHIOPIC

BOOK OF

ENOCH

Righteousness. 60. 2 4 And the angel of peace who was with me said to m e : 'These two monsters, prepared in accordance with the greatness of the L o r d , will be fed that the punishment of the L o r d . . . in vain. And children will be killed with (yv, 3 3 5 ) their mothers, and sons with their fathers. 60. 2 5 W h e n the punishment of the L o r d of Spirits rests upon them, it will remain resting that the punishment of the L o r d of Spirits may not come in vain upon these. Afterwards the judgement will be according to his mercy and his patience.' 6 1 . I And in those days I saw (yv, b i ) long cords given to those angels, and they acquired wings for themselves, and flew, and went towards the north. 6 1 . 2 And I asked the angel, saying: 'Why did these take (yv, b 5 ) the long cords and g o ? ' And he said to m e : ' T h e y went that they may measure.' 6 1 . 3 And the angel who went with m e said to m e : 'These will bring the measurements of the righteous and the ropes of the righteous to the righteous, that they may rely on the name of the L o r d of Spirits (yv, b i o ) for ever and ever. 6 1 . 4 T h e chosen will begin to dwell with the chosen, and these measurements will be given to faith, and will strengthen righteousness. 6 1 . 5 And these measurements will reveal all

6 0 . 2 4 v . 2 4 a b f o r m s t h e continuation o f v . 1 0 . M o r e precisely, v . 2 4 a looks like a redactional link, a n d v . 2 4 b begins t h e a n s w e r t o t h e question p o s e d in v . 9 a b o u t t h e t w o m o n s t e r s . U n f o r t u n a t e l y t h e t e x t o f v . 2 4 c a n d V. 2 5 is clearly o u t o f o r d e r in t h e m a j o r i t y o f t h e M S S . ; t h e m i s take a p p e a r s t o h a v e arisen t h r o u g h t h e a c c i d e n t a l o m i s s i o n o f s o m e w o r d s in v . 2 4 , a n d t h e i r s u b s e q u e n t insertion in v . 2 5 (cf. T a n a 9 a n d f o r a different view s e e F l e m m i n g , Text, 6 8 ; Translation, 7 9 ) . t h e p u n i s h m e n t o f t h e L o r d . . . i n v a i n . T h e f a c t t h a t a v e r b is lacking in t h e m a j o r i t y o f t h e M S S . ( A . J & M : h a s been secondarily a d d e d in B o d l 5 U l l F r a n k f u r t M S . V a t 7 1 ) is a n indication t h a t t h e t e x t h e r e is o u t o f o r d e r . 6 1 . 3 t o t h e r i g h t e o u s : B M 485 Berl A b b 35 A b b 5 5 T a n a 9 B M 4 9 2 ; B M 4 9 1 E t h I I omit. 6 1 . 4 s t r e n g t h e n r i g h t e o u s n e s s : E t h I ; E t h I I b y a mistake h a s ' s t r e n g t h e n t h e voice {or ' w o r d ' ) o f r i g h t e o u s n e s s ' .

CHAPTERS 60-61

149

the secrets of the depths of the earth, and those who were destroyed by the desert, (yv, b i 5 ) and those who were devoured by the fish of the sea and by animals, that they may return and rely on the day of the Chosen One; for no one will be destroyed before the L o r d of Spirits, and no one can be destroyed.' 6 1 . 6 And all those in the heavens above received a command, (yv, hzo) and power and one voice and one light like fire were given to them. 6 1 . y And him, before everjrthing, they blessed and exalted and praised in wisdom; and they showed themselves wise in speech and in the spirit of life. 6 1 . 8 And the L o r d of Spirits set the Chosen One on the throne of his glory, (yv, b25) and he will judge all the works of the holy ones in heaven above, and in the balance he will weigh their deeds. 6 1 . 9 And when he lifts his face to judge their secret ways according to the word of the name of the L o r d of Spirits, and their path according to the way of the righteous judgement (yv, b3o) of the L o r d Most High, they will all speak with one voice, and bless, and praise, and exalt, and glorify the name of the L o r d of Spirits. 6 1 . 1 0 And he will call all the host of the heavens, and all the holy ones above, and the host of the Lord, (yv, b 3 5 ) the Cherubim, and the Seraphim and the Ophannim, and all the angels of power, and

6 1 . 7 A n d h i m : either t h e C h o s e n O n e o r G o d (cf. v . 5 ) . b e f o r e e v e r y t h i n g : hterally 'before a w o r d ' , i.e. b e f o r e u t t e r i n g a n y o t h e r w o r d , cf. D i l l m a n n , Translation, 193. 6 1 . 8 h i s g l o r y : E t h I I ; E t h I omits 'his'. 61. 9 a c c o r d i n g to t h e w o r d o f t h e n a m e of t h e L o r d of Spirits. ' T h e w o r d o f t h e n a m e ' is a c u r i o u s expression, a n d it s e e m s possible t h a t w e h a v e h e r e a double reading. 6 1 . 1 0 A n d h e w i l l c a l l . . . t h e h o l y o n e s a b o v e . D i l l m a n n (Translation, 1 9 4 ) c a n see n o reason w h y either G o d o r t h e C h o s e n O n e should n e e d t o call t h e host o f t h e heavens, a n d h e a c c o r d i n g l y e m e n d s itlf: a n d toitiv i i n t o ItCt i a n d (OUrit: (the latter reading is n o w attested b y B M 4 8 S BM 4 9 1 A b b ss T a n a 9 ) ; b u t t h e idea o f G o d s u m m o n i n g his host s e e m s t o m e n o t impossible, a n d in a n y case D i l l m a i m ' s e m e n d e d t e x t is n o t w i t h o u t difficulties. ( C f . f u r t h e r C h a r l e s , Text, n o . )

ISO

THE ETHIOPIC

BOOK OF

ENOCH

all the angels of the principalities, and the Chosen One, and the other host which (is) upon the dry ground and over the water, on that day, 6 i . ii and they will raise one voice, and will bless, and praise, and glorify, and exalt (him), in the spirit of faith, and in the spirit of wisdom and of patience, and (yv, C I ) in the spirit of mercy, and in the spirit of justice and of peace, and in the spirit of goodness; and they will all say with one voice: 'Blessed is he, and blessed be the name of the L o r d of Spirits for ever and ever.' 6 1 . 1 2 All those who do not sleep in heaven above will bless him; (yv, C5) all his holy ones who (are) in heaven will bless him, and all the chosen ones who dwell in the Garden of Life, and every spirit which is able to bless, and praise, and exalt, and hallow your holy name, (yv, CIO) and all flesh which beyond (its) power will praise and bless your name for ever and ever. 6 1 . 1 3 F o r great (is) the mercy of the L o r d of Spirits, and (he is) long-suffering; and all his works and all his forces, as many as he has made, he has revealed to the righteous and the chosen (yv, C15) in the name of the L o r d of Spirits. 62. I And thus the L o r d commanded the kings and the mighty and the exalted, and those who dwell upon the earth, and said: 'Open your eyes, and raise your horns, if you are able to acknowledge the Chosen One.' 62. 2 And the L o r d of Spirits sat (yv, C2o) on the throne of his glory, and the spirit of righteousness was poured out on him, and the word of his mouth kills all the sinners and all the lawless, and they are destroyed before him. 62. 3 And on that day all the kings and the mighty and the exalted, and those who possess the earth, will stand u p ; (yv, 025) and they will see and recognize how he sits on the throne of his glory, and the righteous are judged in righteousness before him, and no idle word is spoken before him. 62. 4 And pain will come upon them as (upon) a woman in labour for whom giving birth is difficult, (yv, C30)

6 1 . 1 2 h i s h o l y o n e s : Ryl most E t h II M S S . ; E t h I Bodl s Ull Vat 7 1 M u n i c h 3 0 ' t h e holy o n e s ' .

CHAPTERS 61-62

151

when her child enters the mouth of the womb, and she has difficulty in giving birth. 62. 5 And one half of them will look at the other, and they will be terrified, and will cast down their faces, and pain will take hold of them, when they see that Son of a W o m a n sitting on the throne of his glory, (yv, 03 5) 62. 6 And the mighty kings, and all those who possess the earth, will praise and bless and exalt him who rules everjrthing which is hidden. 62. 7 F o r from the beginning the Son of M a n was hidden, and the Most High kept him in the presence of his power, and revealed him (only) to the chosen; 62. 8 and the community of the holy and the chosen will be sown, and all the chosen will stand before him (8r, a i ) on that day. 62. 9 And all the mighty kings, and the exalted, and those who rule the dry ground, will fall down before him on their faces and worship; and they will set their hope upon that Son of Man, (8r, 35) and will entreat him, and will petition for mercy from him. 62. 10 But that L o r d of Spirits will then so press them that they will hasten to go out from before him, and their faces will be filled with shame, and the darkness will grow deeper on their faces. 62. 1 1 And the angels of punishment will take them, (8r, a i o ) that they may repay them for the wrong which they did to his children and to his chosen ones. 62. 1 2 And they will become a spectacle to the righteous and to his chosen ones; they will rejoice over them, for the anger of the L o r d of Spirits will rest upon them, and the sword of the L o r d (8r, 3 1 5 ) of Spirits will be drunk with them. 62. 1 3 And the righteous and the chosen will be saved on that day, and they will never see the face of the sinners and the

62. 5 S o n o f a W o m a n : B M 4 9 1 E t h I I ; B M 485 Berl A b b 3 5 A b b 5 5 T a n a 9 'Son of Man'. 6 2 . 6 w h o r u l e s e v e r y t h i n g w h i c h i s h i d d e n : or possibly ' w h o rules everything, w h o w a s h i d d e n ' . T h i s translation seems less plausible t h a n t h e o n e given above, b u t it w o u l d provide a s m o o t h e r transition t o t h e digression w h i c h follows in w . 7 f. (for w h i c h cf. 4 8 . 6 f . ) . 6 2 . I I f. a n d t o h i s c h o s e n . . . t h e r i g h t e o u s . T h e s e w o r d s are o m i t t e d b y B o d l 5 Ryl^ 5 M S S .

isa

T H E ETHIOPIC BOOK OF ENOCH

lawless from then on. 62. 1 4 And the L o r d of Spirits will r e main over them, and with that Son of M a n they will dwell, and eat, and lie down, (8r, a2o) and rise up for ever and ever. 62. 1 5 And the righteous and chosen will have risen from the earth, and will have ceased to cast down their faces, and will have put on the garment of life. 62. 1 6 And this will be a garment of life from the L o r d of Spirits; and your garments will not wear out, and your glory will not fail (8r, 3 2 5 ) before the L o r d of Spirits. 63. I I n those days the mighty kings who possess the dry ground will entreat the angels of his punishment to whom they have been handed over that they might give them a little respite, and that they might fall down and worship before the L o r d (8r, 330) of Spirits, and confess their sin before him. 63. 2 And they will bless and praise the L o r d of Spirits, and say: 'Blessed be the L o r d of Spirits and the L o r d of kings, the L o r d of the mighty and the L o r d of the rich, and the L o r d of glory and the L o r d of wisdom! (8r, 3 3 5 ) 63. 3 And everything secret is clear before you, and your power (is) for all generations, and your glory for ever and ever; deep, and without number, are all your secrets, and your righteousness is beyond reckoning. 63. 4 N o w we realize that we ought to praise and bless the L o r d of kings and the one who is king over all kings.' 63. 5 And they will say: 'Would that we might be given (8r, b i ) a respite, that we might praise and thank and bless him, and make our confession before his glory. 63. 6 And now we long for a little respite, but do not find (it); we are driven off, and do not obtain ( i t ) ; and the light has passed away from

6 2 . I s o f l i f e : B o d l s R y l m o s t E t h II M S S . ; E t h I U l l B M 4 8 6 B M 4 9 2 ' o f glory'. 6 3 . 3 b e f o r e y o u : so U l l ; all o t h e r M S S . omit, b u t t h e t h o u g h t is surely implied in a n y case (cf. D i l l m a n n , Translation, 1 9 9 ) . w i t h o u t n u m b e r . . . b e y o n d r e c k o n i n g : "i^iV^^i }i^(^{ao')\ a n d r h ^ - f l : ?i2V0! look like variant readings w h i c h b y mistake h a v e b o t h c o m e into t h e t e x t (cf. U l l ) .

CHAPTERS 62-65

153

before us, (8r, b5) and darkness (will be) our dwelling for ever and ever. 63. 7 F o r we have not made our confession before him, and we have not praised the name of the L o r d of kings, and we have not praised the L o r d for all his works, but our hope has been on the sceptre of our kingdom and of our glory. 63. 8 And on the day of our affliction and distress (8r, b i o ) he does not save us, and we find no respite to make our confession that our L o r d is faithful in all his doings, and in all his judgements and his justice, and (that) his judgements show no respect for persons. 63. 9 And we pass away from before him because of our works, and all our sins have been counted exactly.' 63. 10 T h e n (8r, b i 5 ) they will say to t h e m : 'Our souls are sated with possessions gained through iniquity, but they do not prevent our going down into the flames of the torment of Sheol.' 63. 1 1 And after this their faces will be filled with darkness and shame before that Son of Man, and they will be driven from before him, and the sword will dwell among them before him. (8r, b2o) 63. 1 2 And thus says the L o r d of Spirits: 'This is the law and the judgement for the mighty and the kings and the exalted, and for those who possess the dry ground, before the L o r d of Spirits.' 64. I And I saw other figures hidden in that place. 64. 2 I heard (8r, b25) the voice of the angel saying: 'These are the angels who came down from heaven on to the earth, and revealed what is secret to the sons of men, and led astray the sons of men so that they committed sin.' 65. I And in those days Noah saw that the earth (8r, b3o) had tilted, and that its destruction was near. 65. 2 And he set off from there, and went to the ends of the earth, and cried out to his great-grandfather E n o c h ; and Noah said three times in a bitter voice: 'Hear me, hear me, hear m e ! ' 65. 3 And he said to h i m : 'Tell me what it is that is being done on the

6 3 . 1 0 i n t o t h e flames: o n J i . ^ ' l W ' f l ! cf. D i l l m a n n , Translation, a n d c o n t r a s t F l e m m i n g , Translation, 84. 64. I

figures:

cf. 4 0 . 2 .

199,

IS4

THE

ETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF

ENOCH

earth (8r, b35) that the earth is so afflicted and shaken, lest I be destroyed with it.' 65. 4 And immediately there was a great disturbance on the earth, and a voice was heard from heaven, and I fell upon my face. 65. 5 And my great-grandfather Enoch came and stood by me, and said to m e : 'Why did you cry out to me with such bitter crying and weeping? 65. 6 And a command has gone out (8r, c i ) from before the L o r d against those who dwell upon the dry ground that this must be their end, for they have learnt all the secrets of the angels, and all the wrongdoing of the satans, and all their secret power, and all (8r, 05) the power of those who practise magic arts, and the power of enchantments, and the power of those who cast molten images for all the earth; 65. 7 and further how silver is produced from the dust of the earth, and how soft metal occurs on the earth; 65. 8 for lead and tin are not produced (8r, c i o ) from the earth like the former; there is a spring which produces them, and an angel who stands in it, and that angel distributes (them).' 65. 9 And after this my great-grandfather Enoch took hold of me with his hand, and raised me, and said to m e : 'Go, for I have asked the L o r d of Spirits (8r, C 1 5 ) about this disturbance on the earth.

6 5 . 6 e n c h a n t m e n t s . T h e use o f '^•(IC: to m e a n ' e n c h a n t m e n t ' reflects t h e use of the r o o t I S n in A r a m a i c a n d H e b r e w , a n d is f u r t h e r evidence f o r the view that t h e E t h i o p i c t e x t of E n o c h is directly d e p e n d e n t on a S e m i t i c Vorlage (contrast t h e opinion o f C a q u o t a n d Geoltrain, Semitica 1 3 (1963). 49, note i ) . 6 5 . 8 l i k e t h e f o r m e r : i.e. like silver (v. 7 ) . a n d t h a t a n g e l d i s t r i b u t e s ( t h e m ) . T h i s translation follows t h e s u g g e s tion o f C a q u o t a n d Geoltrain (Semitica 13 (1963), 4 7 - 9 ) who connect fD^(\£:C; w i t h t h e S y r i a c r o o t »•=>; it s e e m s preferable t o t h e translation o f C h a r l e s ('and t h a t angel is p r e - e m i n e n t ' ; cf. Translation, 130; D i l l m a r m , Translation, 3 5 , 2 0 2 f . ) , since t h e r e is n o reason w h y t h e angel should b e described as ' p r e - e m i n e n t ' . — 1 1 3 o c c u r s in A r a m a i c as well as in S y r i a c ; t h e fact t h a t i appears in this passage t o have a m e a n i n g derived f r o m A r a m a i c or S y r i a c is f u r t h e r evidence for t h e view t h a t t h e translator o f E n o c h m a d e direct use o f a S e m i t i c Vorlage.

C H A P T E R 65

155

65. 10 And he said to m e : "Because of their iniquity their judgement has been completed, and they will no longer be counted before m e ; because of the sorceries which they have searched out and learnt, the earth and those who dwell upon it will be destroyed." 65. 1 1 And for these there will be no place of refuge for ever, for (8r, c2o) they showed to them what is secret, and they have been condemned; but not so for you, m y s o n ; the L o r d of Spirits knows that you (are) pure and innocent of this reproach concerning the secrets. 65. 1 2 And he has established your name among the holy, and will keep you from amongst those who dwell upon the

6 5 . 1 0 a n d t h e y w i l l n o l o n g e r b e c o u n t e d . I follow t h e reading o f B M 4 9 1 , (BK^'V'%Mt\ ( n o t apparently k n o w n t o earlier s c h o l a r s ) ; b u t t h e m u c h b e t t e r attested (Dh.^^'%Ci^\ w o u l d p r e s u m a b l y h a v e t o b e i n t e r p r e t e d in t h e s a m e w a y . F o r t h e m e a n i n g o f t h e passage c f . 5 6 . 4 . H o w e v e r , t h e t e x t is n o t entirely satisfactory, a n d t h e r e is m u c h t o b e said f o r t h e suggestion o f S c h m i d t ('Original L a n g u a g e o f t h e P a r a b l e s o f E n o c h ' , 3 3 8 ) that in t h e A r a m a i c Vorlage VyiiTf' w a s mistaken f o r XIBIT'. T h e m e a n i n g will t h e n b e 'their j u d g e m e n t . . . will n o t b e w i t h held b e f o r e m e ' . t h e s o r c e r i e s . T h e translation a d o p t s t h e proposal o f H a l e v y (JA v i . 9 ( 1 8 6 7 ) , 3 7 4 f . ) w h o suggested t h a t t h e E t h i o p i c translator o f E n o c h m i s r e a d C t P i n ' m o n t h s ' f o r 0"'B'*in ' s o r c e r i e s ' . I t h a s subsequently b e e n p o i n t e d o u t that this confusion is possible in A r a m a i c as well as in H e b r e w , since A r a m a i c - s p e a k i n g J e w s did e m p l o y S ' t P i n as well as t h e m o r e c o m m o n XTI'T' (cf. Charles, Translation, 1 3 1 ; Ullendorff, ' A n A r a m a i c "Vorlage"}', 2 6 1 ) . H o w e v e r , C a q u o t a n d Geoltrain (Semitica 13 (1963), 4 9 - 5 1 ) a t t e m p t t o defend t h e reading AiD-iJ.'i; = ' m o n t h s ' . a n d l e a r n t , t h e e a r t h : B M 4 8 5 A b b 3 5 A b b 5 5 ; B M 4 9 1 Berl E t h I I ' t h e y h a v e learnt that t h e e a r t h ' . 6 5 . I I A n d f o r t h e s e : i . e . , apparently, f o r m a n k i n d ('those w h o dwell u p o n t h e d r y g r o u n d ' , c f . v . 6 a n d v . 1 0 ) , as t h e c o n t r a s t w i t h N o a h i n t h e s e c o n d half o f the verse suggests. t h e y s h o w e d t o t h e m : i.e. t h e angels s h o w e d t o m a n k i n d ( c f . v . 6 ) . B u t t h e c o n s t r u c t i o n could also b e r e g a r d e d as impersonal w i t h t h e m e a n i n g : ' t h e y (mankind) w e r e s h 9 w n . . . ' a n d t h e y h a v e b e e n c o n d e m n e d : i.e. m a n k i n d h a s been c o n d e m n e d , i n n o c e n t : literally ' g o o d ' .

1S6

T H E ETHIOPIC BOOK OF ENOCH

dry ground; and he has destined (8r, 025) your offspring in righteousness to be kings and for great honours, and from your offspring will flow out a spring of the righteous and holy without number for ever.' 66. I And after this he showed m e the angels of punishment who were ready to come and release all the forces (8r, C30) of the water which is under the earth in order to bring judgement and destruction on all those who reside and dwell upon the dry ground. 66. 2 And the L o r d of Spirits commanded the angels who were (then) coming out not to raise (their) hands, but to keep watch; for those angels were in charge of the forces of the waters. (8r, C35) 66. 3 And I came out from before Enoch. 67. I And in those days the word of the L o r d came to me, and he said to m e : 'Noah, behold your lot has come up before me, a lot without reproach, a lot of love and of uprightness. 67. 2 And now the angels are making a wooden (structure), and when the angels come out for that (task), I will put m y hand on it, (8v, a i ) and keep it safe, and from it will come the seed of life, and a change shall take place that the dry ground may not remain empty. 67. 3 And I will establish your offspring before m e for ever and ever, and I will scatter those who dwell with you over the face (8v, 3 5 ) of the dry ground; I will not (again) put (them) to the test on the face of the earth, but they will be blessed and will increase on the dry ground in the name of the L o r d . ' 67. 4 And they will shut up those

6 7 . 2 a n d w h e n . . . t h a t ( t a s k ) : i.e. w h e n t h e angels c o m e o u t f o r t h e task o f releasing t h e w a t e r s u n d e r t h e e a r t h , c f . 6 6 . i a n d a . ( N o t e t h a t f o r t h e v e r b h e r e A b b 3 5 h a s OJfrfr:, n o t ( D j ^ f r : (so C h a r l e s a n d F l e m m i n g ) — even supposing t h a t t D j f f r ; rtfl'-X'F! c o u l d b e i n t e r p r e t e d t o m e a n ' a n d w h e n t h e y h a v e c o m p l e t e d t h a t task', c f . C h a r l e s , Translation, 1 3 3 ; F l e m m i n g , Translation, 8 5 . ) 67. 3 I w i l l n o t ( a g a i n ) p u t ( t h e m ) t o t h e t e s t . T h i s seems to be the m e a n i n g o f A-J&ffOhC: ( c f . M a r t i n , Translation, 1 4 3 ; C a q u o t a n d G e o l train, Semitica 1 3 ( 1 9 6 3 ) , 5 1 ; a n d c f . G e n . 8 : 2 1 - 9 : 1 1 ) , even t h o u g h aoh&i is n o r m a l l y u s e d in t h e I I 2 f o r m , n o t t h e I i f o r m , w i t h this meaning.

CHAPTERS 65-67

157

angels who showed iniquity in that burning valley which m y great-grandfather Enoch had shown to me previously, in the west, near the mountains of gold and silver (8v, a i o ) and iron and soft metal and tin. 67. 5 And I saw that valley in which (there was) a great disturbance, and a heaving of the waters. 67. 6 And when all this happened, from that fiery molten metal and the disturbance which disturbed (the waters) in that place a smell of sulphur was produced, and it was associated with those (8v, 3 1 5 ) waters. And that valley of the angels who led (men) astray burns under the ground; 67. 7 and through the valleys of that same (area) flow out rivers of fire where those angels will be punished who led astray those who dwell upon the dry ground. 67. 8 And in those days those waters will serve the kings and the mighty and the exalted, and those (8v, a 2 o ) who dwell upon the dry ground, for the healing of soul and body, but (also) for the punishment of the spirit. And their spirits are (so) full of lust that they will be punished in their bodies, for they denied the L o r d of Spirits. And they see their punishment (8v, 3 2 5 ) every day, yet they do not believe in his name. 67. 9 And the more their bodies are burnt, the more a change will come over their spirits for ever and ever; for no one can speak an idle word before the L o r d of Spirits. 67. 1 0 F o r judgement will come upon them, for they believe (8v, 3 3 0 ) in the lust of their bodies, but deny the spirit of the L o r d . 67. 11 And those same waters will undergo a change in those days; for when those angels are punished in those days, the temperature of those springs of water will change, and when the angels come up (from the water), (8v, 3 3 5 ) that water of the springs will change and will becdme cold. 67. 1 2 And I heard the holy Michael answering and saying: 'This judgement with which the angels are

67. 6 t h e g r o u n d : literally 'that g r o u n d ' , o r ' t h a t a r e a ' . 67. 7 o f t h a t s a m e ( a r e a ) : Hfff: e n d o f v . 6.

refers b a c k t o ^htl

67. I I d a y s ( 2 n d ) : E t h I I ; E t h I ' w a t e r s ' .

^AC:

at the

158

T H EETHIOPIC BOOK OF ENOCH

judged is a testimony for the kings and the mighty who possess the dry ground. 67. 1 3 F o r these waters of judgement (serve) for the heaUng of the bodies of the kings, and (8v, b i ) for the lust of their bodies; but they do not see and do not beUeve that these waters will change, and will become a fire which burns for ever.' 68. I And after this m y great-grandfather Enoch gave m e the explanation of all the secrets in a book (8v, b 5 ) and the parables which had been given to him; and he put them together for me in the words of the Book of the Parables. 68. 2 And on that day the holy Michael answered Raphael, saying: ' T h e power of the spirit seizes m e and makes m e tremble because of (8v, b i o ) the harshness of the judgement of the secrets, the judgement of the angels. W h o can endure the harshness of the judgement which has been executed . . . and before which they melt (with fear)?' 68. 3 And the holy Michael answered Raphael again, and said to h i m : ' W h o would not soften (8v, b i 5 ) his heart over it, and (whose) mind would not be disturbed by this word ? Judgement has gone out

6 7 . 1 3 o f t h e k i n g s : E t h h a s ' o f t h e angels'—^my translation presupposes a misreading o f

iCSVa as

C h a r l e s , Translation,

(cf. H a l e v y ,

jfA vi. 9 ( 1 8 6 7 ) , 3 7 5 - 7 ;

135).

68. I t h e e x p l a n a t i o n : cf. D i l l m a n n , Lexicon, col. 7 3 3 . C f . also M a r t i n , Translation, 1 4 7 , w h o suggests t h a t ^Xy°C^': m a y b e a mistake f o r t ^ O C T : (the f o r m e r o c c u r s as a variant o f t h e latter in 1 0 . 8, 9 2 . i , 9 3 . 1 0 , a n d l o i . 8 ) . T a n a 9 in fact h a s ^^VCV i 68. 2 a n d m a k e s m e t r e m b l e : t h e translation follows the suggestion o f H a l e v y (JA vi. 9 ( 1 8 6 7 ) , 3 7 9 f.) w h o argues t h a t aof^O'ii.; is d e p e n d e n t o n a H e b r e w IfJ'T'l, a n d that f J i n o u g h t h e r e t o have b e e n u n d e r stood as ' t o m a k e t r e m b l e ' , n o t as ' t o p r o v o k e ' (cf. 69. 1 ) . T h e e x p l a n a tion is also possible in A r a m a i c (cf. Charles, Translation, 1 3 5 ) . e x e c u t e d . . . a n d b e f o r e . I h a v e o m i t t e d (Vl(\d'f I ('and r e m a i n s ' ) o n the evidence o f E t h I . Possibly t h e w o r d derives ultimately f r o m a m i s writing of t 7 - n < ! : t : . 68. 3 m i n d : literally 'kidneys'.

CHAPTERS 67-69

159

against them, upon those whom they have led out like this.' 68. 4 But it came to pass, when he stood before the L o r d of Spirits, that the holy Michael spoke as follows to Raphael: (8v, b2o) 'I will not take their part under the eye of the L o r d , for the L o r d of Spirits is angry with them, for they act as if they were the L o r d . 68. 5 Because of this the hidden judgement will come upon them for ever and ever; for neither any (other) angel, nor any man, will receive (8v, b25) their lot, but they alone have received their judgement for ever and ever.' 69. I And after this judgement they will terrify them and make them tremble, for they have shown this to those who dwell upon the dry ground. 69. 2 And behold the names of those angels. (8v, b3o) And these are their names: the first of them (is) Semyaza, and the second Artaqifa, and the third Armen, and the fourth Kokabiel, and the fifth Turiel, and the sixth Ramiel, and the seventh Daniel, and the eighth

u p o n t h o s e . . . l e d o u t : cf. D i l l m a n n , Translation, 2 0 9 . T h e passage m i g h t possibly also be translated 'because o f those w h o led t h e m out*. 6 9 . I a n d m a k e t h e m t r e m b l e : cf. 6 8 . 2 . 69. 2 I t is generally a r g u e d t h a t in 69. 2 the list o f n a m e s is a s e c o n d a r y i n s e r t i o n ; it was suggested above (in the discussion of 6. 7 ) t h a t the list in 69. 2 w a s copied f r o m the E t h i o p i c version o f 6.7, i.e. t h a t the list w a s only i n t r o d u c e d into 69. 2 at a v e r y late stage in the transmission o f t h e t e x t o f E n o c h . I n a n y event m o s t o f the difFerences b e t w e e n the list in 69. 2 a n d the list in the E t h i o p i c version o f 6. 7 appear t o have resulted f r o m the mistakes o f copyists, a n d I have drawn attention below to those cases w h e r e the existence o f this type o f mistake s e e m s fairly certain. B u t for m o r e details o n these n a m e s a n d o n the o t h e r n a m e s in the list see the discussion above u n d e r 6. 7 . A r t a q i f a : the spelling hC'^i^l ( B M 4 8 5 ) is closer to the a s s u m e d original «li?n»1N t h a n the spelling hCtldlii'; (so m o s t M S S . ) . A r m e n : this n a m e p e r h a p s derives ultimately f r o m a c o r r u p t i o n o f d . ' ^ A . A : , cf. 6. 7. T u r i e l ( 1 s t ) : probably c o r r u p t for T a m i e l ( i l t f l f c i V : ) .

i6o

T H EETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF ENOCH

Nuqael, and the ninth Baraqiel, and the tenth (8v, b35) Azazel, the eleventh Armaros, the tvi^elfth Batriel, the thirteenth Basasael, the fourteenth Ananel, the fifteenth Turiel, the sixteenth Samsiel, the seventeenth Yetarel, t h e eighteenth Tumiel, the nineteenth Turiel, the tvs^entieth Rumiel, the twenty-first Azazel. 69. 3 A n d these are the chiefs of their angels, and the names of their leaders of hundreds, (8v, C I ) and their leaders of fifties and their leaders of tens. 69. 4 T h e name of the first (is) Yequn, and this (is) the one who led astray all the children of the holy angels; and he

N u q a e l : p r o b a b l y c o r r u p t f o r E z e q i e l (ft.H>^A>2V: ( 6 . 7 ) ) iihAi SS)> Ifkh: ( B M 4 8 5 B M 4 9 1 A b b 3 5 T a n a 9 ) ) i-^k6i\). Azazel

( i s t ) : p r o b a b l y c o r r u p t f o r Asael

(Abb

(Mhlii).

B a s a s a e l . T h i s n a m e is a n addition t o t h e list—it o c c u r s in n o n e o f t h e witnesses in 6 . 7 . B y t h e addition o f this n a m e t h e total o f n a m e s i n t h e list b e c o m e s t w e n t y - o n e , n o t t w e n t y (see discussion o n 6 . 7 ) . T u r i e l ( a n d ) . N o n e o f t h e witnesses in 6 . 7 h a s T u r i e l a t this point. S i n c e T u r i e l is firmly attested as t h e eighteenth n a m e (nineteenth in 69. a ) , it is n o t clear w h y t h e n a m e should b e i n t r o d u c e d h e r e . Y e t a r e l : p r o b a b l y c o r r u p t f o r Satarel

(tl'tCkh;).

T u m i e l . T h i s n a m e is o m i t t e d b y E t h in 6 . 7 , while only p a r t o f t h e n a m e has survived in A r a m (see t h e discussion o n 6 . 7 ) . R u m i e l : probably corrupt for Yomiel

{fyShA:).

A z a z e l ( a n d ) : perhaps a corruption o f S^"H.P^: (cf. 6. 7 ) . 69. 4 Y e q u n . T h i s n a m e h a s b e e n derived f r o m Dip"" a n d explained a s m e a n i n g ' t h e r e b e l ' , b u t t h e derivation a n d explanation r e m a i n u n c e r t a i n (cf. D i l l m a r m , Translation, 3 i i ) . I f t h e c o n n e c t i o n w i t h D i p ' is s o u n d , t h e n a m e p e r h a p s o u g h t r a t h e r t o b e explained as ' M a y h e ( G o d ) arise' (cf. D•'p^ I C h r . 8 : 1 9 ; 2 4 : 1 2 ) ; s u c h a n a m e m i g h t n o t s e e m v e r y suitable f o r a fallen angel, b u t c f . G a d r e e l = (?) "jif * n » i n v . 6 . a l l t h e c h i l d r e n o f t h e h o l y a n g e l s : c f . v . s a n d 7 1 . i ; f o r these t h r e e passages t h e r e is s o m e plausibihty i n S c h m i d t ' s suggestion ('Original L a n g u a g e o f t h e P a r a b l e s o f E n o c h ' , 3 4 5 ) that t h e expression derives f r o m a false translation o f K-^PHp N'nVX ''33 ]in'7D, i . e . 'all t h e holy angels' (cf. D a n . 3 : a s ; also C h a r l e s , Translation, 1 3 7 , 1 4 2 ) . T h e r e is, h o w e v e r , n o n e e d t o a s s u m e a mistake in 1 0 6 . 5 w h e r e b o t h E t h a n d G r ^ ^ h a v e ' t h e children o f t h e angels o f h e a v e n ' ; c o n t r a s t t h e view o f C h a r l e s ,

Translation, 2 6 5 .

CHAPTER

69

i6i

brought them down on to the dry ground, and led them astray through the daughters of men. (8v, 05) 69. 5 And the name of the second (is) Asbeel: this one suggested an evil plan to the children of the holy angels, and led them astray, so that they corrupted their bodies with the daughters of men. 69. 6 And the name of the third (is) Gadreel: this is the one who showed all the deadly blows to the sons of m e n ; (8v, c i o ) and he led astray Eve, and he showed the weapons of death to the children of men, the shield and the breastplate and the sword for slaughter, and all the weapons of death to the sons of men. 69. 7 And from his hand they have gone out against those who dwell upon the dry ground, from that time and for (8v, C15) ever and ever. 69. 8 And the name of the fourth (is) Penemue: this one showed the sons of men the bitter and the sweet, and showed them all the secrets of their wisdom. 69. 9 H e taught men the art of writing with ink and paper, and through this many (8v, c2o) have gone astray from eternity to eternity, and to this day. 69. 1 0 F o r men were not created for this, that they should confirm their faith like this with pen and ink. 69. 1 1 F o r men were created no differently from the angels, that they might remain righteous and pure, (8v, C25) and death, which destroys everything, would not have touched them; but through this knowledge of theirs they are being destroyed, and through this power it (death) is consuming me. 69. 1 2 And the name of the fifth (is) Kasdeyae: this one showed the sons of men all the evil blows of the

69. 5 A s b e e l . S c h m i d t ('Original L a n g u a g e o f t h e Parables o f E n o c h ' , 3 4 4 ) plausibly derives this n a m e f r o m VlOBTJ, ' t h e t h o u g h t o f G o d ' o r ' G o d gives h e e d ' . C f . O . T .

Wat^n.

6 9 . 6 G a d r e e l . T h i s n a m e is generally derived f r o m "rX^nS?, ' G o d is m y helper' o r ' G o d h a s helped' (cf. Charles, Translation, 1 3 7 a n d i S a m . 1 8 : 1 9 ; a Sam. a i : 8). 69. 8 P e n e m u e . N o satisfactory explanation o f this n a m e is k n o w n t o m e . 69. l a K a s d e y a e . C a q u o t a n d Geoltrain {Semitica 1 3 ( 1 9 6 3 ) , 5 3 ) plausibly suggest t h a t this n a m e is a transcription o f a n A r a m a i c S''1B'3 ( ' C h a l d e a n s ' ) . C f . already K u h n , ZAW 3 9 ( 1 9 3 1 ) , 2 7 0 . 826163

G

i62

T H E ETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF ENOCH

Spirits and of the demons, and the blows (8v, C30) (which attack) the embryo in the womb so that it miscarries, and the blows (which attack) the soul, the bite of the serpent and the blows which occur at midday, the son of the serpent who is . . . strong. 69. 1 3 A n d this is the task of Kesbeel, the chief of the oath, who showed (the oath) to the holy ones when he dwelt on high in glory, and its name (8v, 035) (is) Beqa.

69. 1 2 i t m i s c a r r i e s : literally 'it falls'. t h e s o n o f t h e s e r p e n t w h o i s . . . s t r o n g . I have o m i t t e d fttnv; a n d take 'I'ftO't' i t o m e a n ' m a l e ' o r 'strong' o n t h e g r o u n d s ( i ) that it does n o t s e e m possible t o m a k e sense o f i ' l l d ' i as a p r o p e r n a m e , a n d ( 2 ) that ila^: c o u l d easily have c o m e into t h e t e x t b y mistake, particularly u n d e r t h e influence o f t h e r e p e a t e d ilav; at t h e beginning o f w . 4 , 5, 6, 8, a n d 12. B u t even s o t h e t e x t is a little o b s c u r e , a n d possibly ' t h e s o n o f t h e serpent' e t c . w a s originally a marginal gloss. v v . 1 3 - 2 5 f o r m a n independent section w h i c h deals with t h e divine o a t h . T h i s oath is held t o have played a role in creation similar t o that played elsewhere b y W i s d o m ( c f . P r o v . 8 : 2 2 - 3 1 ) , a n d t h e p o w e r o f this o a t h is described in w . 1 5 ff. H o w e v e r , t h e verses w h i c h i n t r o d u c e t h e section ( w . 1 3 - 1 5 ) raise a n i m i b e r o f p r o b l e m s w h i c h have n o t y e t f o u n d entirely convincing solutions ( c f . t h e latest discussion o f t h e passage in C a q u o t a n d Geoltrain, Semitica 1 3 ( 1 9 6 3 ) , 5 2 - 4 ) . A partial solution t o s o m e o f t h e p r o b l e m s o f these verses is perhaps t o b e found in t h e assumption that two different oaths a r e involved h e r e : ( i ) t h e o a t h sworn b y t h e angels w h o c a m e d o w n t o t h e earth i n t h e days o f J a r e d ( w . 1 3 f . ; c f . 6. 3 - 6 ) ; (2) t h e divine o a t h entrusted t o M i c h a e l w h i c h w a s u s e d b y G o d i n h i s a c t o f creation ( w . 1 5 ff). I f this view is c o r r e c t , v v . 1 5 - 2 5 should p r o b ably b e regarded as a s e c o n d a r y addition t o t h e t e x t . 6 9 . 1 3 A n d t h i s i s t h e t a s k o f K e s b e e l . I follow the suggestion o f Charles {Translation, 1 3 9 ) a n d take 'i^h.^; t o derive f r o m a misreading o f pJS? a s p a . I d o n o t k n o w h o w t h e n a m e K e s b e e l is t o b e explained, unless there is a c o n n e c t i o n with t h e r o o t 1tll?D. t h e c h i e f o f t h e o a t h : cf. the comments o f Caquot and Geoltrain: ' K a s b a ' e l a pris I'initiative d u s e r m e n t p a r lequel les anges s e sont sohdarises dans la d 6 c h 6 a n c e et dans le c r i m e . II j o u e d o n e le rSle q u e le passage parallele d e V I , 3 - 6 confere k S a m y a z a ' {Semitica 1 3 ( 1 9 6 3 ) , 5 2 ) . a n d i t s n a m e i s B e q a : i.e. t h e n a m e o f the o a t h is B e q a . B u t B e q a could also b e taken as a n alternative n a m e f o r K e s b e e l ('and his n a m e is B e q a ' ) . I n either case it is n o t clear t o m e h o w B e q a is t o b e explained.

C H A P T E R 69

163

69. 1 4 And this one told the holy Michael that he should show

him the secret name, that they might mention it in the oath, so that those who showed the sons of men everything which is secret trembled before that name and oath. 69. 1 5 And this (is) the power of this oath, for it is powerful and strong; (9r, a i ) and he placed this oath Akae in the charge of the holy Michael. 69. 1 6 And these are the secrets of this o a t h . . . and they are strong through his oath, and heaven was suspended before the world was created and for ever. (9r, 3 5 ) 69. 1 7 And through it the earth was founded upon the water, and from the hidden (recesses) of the mountains come beautiful waters from the creation of the world and for ever. 69. 1 8 And through that oath the sea was created, and as its foundation, for the time of anger, he placed for it the sand, and it 69. 1 4 t h a t t h e y m i g h t m e n t i o n i t i n t h e o a t h : t h e translation follows B M 48s B e r l . T h e t e x t o f A b b 3 5 is a variant o f t h i s ; B M 4 9 1 A b b 55 T a n a 9 c o m b i n e t h e readings o f B M 4 8 5 B e r l a n d A b b 3 5 , while E t h I I f u r t h e r alters B M 4 9 1 A b b 5 5 T a n a 9. 6 9 . 1 5 a n d h e p l a c e d t h i s o a t h A k a e i n t h e c h a r g e (lit. ' h a n d ' ) o f t h e h o l y M i c h a e l : w . 1 5 ff., as already indicated, appear to deal w i t h a n o a t h different f r o m t h e o n e m e n t i o n e d in w . 1 3 f. I n these c i r c u m s t a n c e s t h e o b s c u r e h^O/hi is possibly t o b e taken as a c o r r u p t i o n o f hSih ; — ' a n d he p l a c e d this o t h e r o a t h i n t h e c h a r g e o f t h e holy M i c h a e l ' ( T a n a 9 r e a d s 'this evil o a t h ' ) . T h e subject o f KittC: is left undefined ('and o n e placed . . . ' ) , b u t p r e s u m a b l y w e a r e m e a n t t o u n d e r s t a n d G o d as t h e subject o f t h e v e r b . T h e lack o f a clearly defined subject is p e r h a p s b o u n d u p w i t h t h e fact that v v . 1 5 - 2 5 appear to b e a s e c o n d a r y addition t o t h e t e x t (cf. t h e discussion o n v . 1 3 ) , w i t h v . 1 5 n o w serving as a redactional link. 69. 1 6 . . . a n d t h e y a r e s t r o n g t h r o u g h h i s o a t h , a n d h e a v e n w a s s u s p e n d e d . T h e t e x t appears t o b e in s o m e disorder, f o r as it stands (D^'iO' i h a s n o satisfactory subject. I t is possible t h a t s o m e w o r d s h a v e d r o p p e d o u t , o r t h a t t h e o r d e r o f t h e w o r d s has b e e n disturbed. A l t e r n a tively w e should follow t h e t e x t o f B e r l (cf. B M 4 8 5 A b b 5 5 ) a n d translate ' A n d these a r e t h e secrets o f this o a t h , a n d (it) is s t r o n g : t h r o u g h his o a t h heaven w a s s u s p e n d e d ' . I n a n y case it is clear that t h e force o f ' t h r o u g h his o a t h ' is intended t o c a r r y o v e r t o t h e clause ' a n d h e a v e n w a s suspended'. t h e y a r e s t r o n g : or 'they were made

firm'.

h i s o a t h : p r e s u m a b l y t h e o a t h o f G o d , c f . ' a n d h e p l a c e d ' (v. 1 5 ) .

i64

THE

ETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF

ENOCH

does not go beyond (it) from the creation (gr, a i o ) of the world and for ever. 69. 19 And through that oath the deeps were made firm, and they stand and do not move from their place from (the creation of) the world and for ever. 69. 20 And through that oath the sun and the moon complete their course and do not transgress their command from (the creation of) the world (9r, 3 1 5 ) and for ever. 69. 2 1 And through that oath the stars complete their course, and he calls their names, and they answer him from (the creation of) the world and for ever; 69. 2 2 and likewise the spirits of the water, of the winds, and of all the breezes, and their paths, (9r, a2o) according to all the groups of the spirits. 69. 23 And there are kept the storehouses of the sound of the thunder and of the light of the lightning; and there are kept the storehouses of the hail and the hoar-frost, and the storehouses of the mist, and the storehouses of the rain and the dew. 69. 24 And all these make their confession (9r, 325) and give thanks before the L o r d of Spirits, and sing praises with all their power; and their food consists of all their thanksgiving, and they give thanks and praise and exalt in the name of the L o r d of Spirits for ever and ever. 69. 25 And this oath is strong over them, and through it they are kept safe, (9r, 330) and their paths are kept safe, and their courses are not disturbed. 69. 26 And they had great joy, and they blessed and praised and exalted because the name of that Son of M a n had been revealed to them. 69. 2 7 And he sat on the throne of his glory, and the whole judgement (9r, 3 3 5 ) was given to the Son of Man, and he will cause the sinners to pass away and be

69. 22 T h i s verse is difficult t o interpret, unless t h e sense is ' a n d likewise ( f o r ) t h e spirits o f t h e w a t e r ' etc.—^i.e. t h a t in t h e s a m e w a y as t h e stars, a n d t h r o u g h t h e s a m e o a t h , t h e spirits o f t h e w a t e r , t h e winds a n d t h e breezes c a r r y o u t their duties (cf. D i l l m a n n , Translation, 213 f . ; also C h a r l e s , Translation, 140; for t h e m e n t i o n o f 'spirits' c f . 60. 11-23). 69. 25 d i s t » i r b e d : literally ' r u i n e d ' o r ' d e s t r o y e d ' . 69. 27 a n d t h e w h o l e j u d g e m e n t : judgement'.

literally ' a n d t h e s u m o f t h e

CHAPTERS 69-71

165

destroyed from the face of the earth. 69. 28 And those who led astray the world will be bound in chains, and will be shut up in the assembly-place of their destruction, and all their works will pass away from the face of the earth: 69. 29 And from then on there will be nothing corruptible, for that (9r, b i ) Son of M a n has appeared and has sat on the throne of his glory, and everything evil will pass away and go from before him; and the word of that Son of Man zvill be strong before the L o r d of Spirits. (9r, b5) This is the third parable of Enoch. 70. I And it came to pass after this (that), while he was living, his name was lifted from those who dwell upon the dry ground to the presence of that Son of M a n and to the presence of the L o r d of Spirits. 70. 2 And he was lifted on the chariots of the spirit, and his name vanished among them. (9r, b i o ) 70. 3 And from that day I was not counted among them, and he placed me between two winds, between the north and the west, where the angels took the cords to measure for me the place for the chosen and the righteous. 70. 4 And there I saw the first fathers (gr, b i 5 ) and the righteous who from (the beginning of) the world dwelt in that place. 7 1 . I And it came to pass after this that my spirit was carried off, and it went up into the heavens. I saw the sons of the holy angels treading upon flames of fire, and their garments (gr, b2o) (were) white, and their clothing, and the light of their face (was) like snow. 7 1 . 2 And I saw two rivers of fire, and the light of that fire shone like hyacinth, and I fell upon m y face before the L o r d of Spirits. 7 1 . 3 And the angel Michael, one of the archangels, took hold of me (gr, b25) by my right hand, and raised me, and led me out to all the secrets of mercy and the secrets of righteousness. 7 1 . 4 And he showed me all the secrets of the ends of heaven and all the

7 0 . 3 b e t w e e n t w o w i n d s : o r p e r h a p s 'between t w o q u a r t e r s ' o r ' b e t w e e n t w o r e g i o n s ' , cf. t h e u s e o f fllT in E z e k . 4 2 : 1 6 ff. a n d t h e n o t e on 7 6 . I . 7 1 . I t h e s o n s o f t h e h o l y a n g e l s : see t h e n o t e o n 69. 4 .

i66

THE

ETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF

ENOCH

Storehouses of all the stars and the lights, from where they come out before the holy ones. 71. 5 And the spirit carried Enoch off (gr, h^o) to the highest heaven, and I saw there in the middle of that light something built of crystal stones, and in the middle of those stones tongues of living fire. 71. 6 And my spirit saw a circle of fire which surrounded that house; (gr, b35) from its four sides (came) rivers full of living fire, and they surrounded that house. 71. 7 And round about (were) the Seraphim, and the Cherubim, and the Ophannim; these are they who do not sleep, but keep watch over the throne of his glory. 71. 8 And I saw angels who could not be counted, a thousand thousands and ten thousand times (gr, c i ) ten thousand, surrounding that house; and Michael and Raphael and Gabriel and Phanuel, and the holy angels who (are) in the heavens above, went in and out of that house, (gr, 05) 71. g And Michael and Raphael and Gabriel and Phanuel, and many holy angels without number, came out from that house; 71. 10 and with them the Head of Days, his head white and pure like wool, and his garments indescribable. 71. II And I fell upon my face, and my whole body melted, and my spirit (gr, c i o ) was transformed; and I cried out in a loud voice in the spirit of power, and I blessed and praised and exalted. 71. 1 2 And these blessings which came out from my mouth were pleasing before that Head of Days. 71. 13 And that Head of Days came with Michael and Gabriel, Raphael (gr, C15) and Phanuel, and thousands and tens of thousands of angels without number. 71. 14 And that angel came to me, and greeted me with his voice, and said to m e : 'You are the Son of M a n who was born to righteousness, and righteousness remains over you, and the righteousness of the Head of Days (gr, C2o) will not leave you.' 71. 15 And he said to m e : ' H e proclaims peace to you in the name of the world which is to come, for from there

7 1 . 1 0 o f D a y s : E t h I B o d l 5 U l l o t h e r E t h I I M S S . ; Ryl^ C u r z o n 5 6 B M 484 'of the oath'.

CHAPTERS

167

71-72

peace has come out from the creation of the world; and so you will have it for ever and for ever and ever. 71. 16 And all . . . will walk according to your way, inasmuch as righteousness will never leave you; (gr, C25) with you will be their dwelling, and with you their lot, and they will not be separated from you, for ever and for ever and ever. 71. 17 And so there will be length of days with that Son of Man, and the righteous will

have peace, and the righteous will have an upright way, (gr, C30) in the name of the L o r d of Spirits for ever and ever.' 72. I T h e book of the revolutions of the lights of heaven, each as it is, according to their classes, according to their (period of) rule and their times, according to their names and their places of origin, and according to their months, (gr, 035) which Uriel, the holy angel who was with me and is their leader, showed to m e ; and he showed me all their regulations exactly as they are, for each year of the world and for ever, until the new creation shall be made which will last for ever. 72. 2 And this is the first law of the lights. T h e light the sun, (gv, a i ) its rising (is) in the gates of heaven which (are) t o wards the east, and its setting (is) in the western gates of heaven. 72. 3 And I saw six gates from which the sun rises, and six gates in which the sun sets, and (gv, 3 5 ) the moon (also) rises and sets in those gates, and the leaders of the stars together with those whom they lead; (there are) six in the east and six in the west, all exactly in place, one next to the other; and (there are) many windows to the south and north of those gates. 72. 4 And (gv, a i o ) first there rises the greater light, named the sun, and its disc (is) like the disc of heaven, and the whole of it (is) full of a fire which gives light and warmth. 72. 5 T h e wind blows the chariots on which it

7 1 . 1 6 A n d a l l . . . w i l l w a l k . I omit

^YUD-I; m ('will b e

7 3 . I r e g u l a t i o n s : literally ' b o o k ' (cf. D i l l m a n n , Lexicon,

and') with E t h I. col. 1 2 6 9 ) .

7 2 . 3 t o t h e s o u t h a n d n o r t h : literally 'to t h e right a n d left'.

i68

THE

ETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF

ENOCH

ascends, and the sun goes down from heaven and returns through the north in order to reach the east, (gv, 3 1 5 ) and is led so that it comes to the appropriate gate, and shines (again) in heaven. 7 2 . 6 In this way it rises in the first month in the large gate, namely it rises through the fourth of those six gates which (are) towards the east. 7 2 . 7 And in that fourth (gv, a2o) gate, from which the sun rises in the first month, there are twelve window-openings from which, whenever they are opened, flames come out. 7 2 . 8 W h e n the sun rises in heaven, it goes out through that fourth (gv, 325) gate for thirty days, and exactly in the fourth gate in the west of heaven it goes down. 7 2 . g And in those days the day grows daily longer, and the night grows nightly shorter, until the thirtieth morning. 7 2 . 10 And on that day the day becomes longer than the night by a double (part), (gv, 330) and the day amounts to exactly ten parts, and the night amounts to eight parts. 7 2 . 1 1 And the sun rises from that fourth gate, and sets in the fourth gate, and returns to the fifth gate in the east for thirty mornings; and it rises from it, and sets (gv, 3 3 5 ) in the fifth gate. 7 2 . 1 2 And then the day becomes longer by two parts, and the day amounts to eleven parts, and the night becomes shorter and amounts to seven parts. 7 2 . 1 3 And the sun returns to the east, and comes to the sixth gate, and rises and sets in the sixth gate for thirty-one mornings because of its sign. 7 2 . 1 4 And on that day (gv, b i ) the day becomes longer than the night, and the day becomes double the night; and the day amounts to twelve parts, and the night becomes shorter and amounts to six parts. 7 2 . 1 5 And the sun rises up that the day may grow shorter, and the night longer; (gv, b5) and the sun returns to the east, and comes to the sixth gate, and rises from it and sets for thirty mornings. 7 2 . 1 6

7 2 . 7 w i n d o w - o p e n i n g s : literally ' o p e n w i n d o w s ' , i.e. w i n d o w s t h a t c a n b e o p e n e d — a s t h e following w o r d s m a k e clear (cf. 7 5 . 4, 7 ) . 7 2 . 8 i n h e a v e n : literally ' f r o m h e a v e n ' . 7 2 . 1 0 b y a d o u b l e ( p a r t ) : i.e. b y t w o p a r t s .

CHAPTER

72

169

And when thirty mornings have been completed, the day becomes shorter by exactly one part; and the day amounts to eleven parts, and the night to seven parts. 72. 17 And the sun goes out ( 9 V , b i o ) from the west through that sixth gate, and goes to the east, and rises in the fifth gate for thirty mornings; and it sets in the west again, in the fifth gate in the west. 72. 18 On that day the day becomes shorter by two parts, (gv, b i 5 ) and the day amounts to ten parts, and the night to eight parts. 72.19 And the sun rises from that fifth gate, and sets in the fifth gate in the west, and rises in the fourth gate for thirtyone mornings because of its sign, and sets in the west, (gv, hzo) 72. 20 On that day the day becomes equal with the night, and is (of) equal (length); and the night amounts to nine parts, and the day to nine parts. 72. 21 And the sun rises from that gate, and sets in the west, and returns to the east, and rises in the third gate (gv, hz^) for thirty mornings, and sets in the west in the third gate. 72. 22 And on that day the night

becomes longer than the day, and the night grows nightly longer, and the day grows daily shorter until the thirtieth morning; and the night amounts to exactly ten parts, and the day to eight parts. 72. 23 And the sun rises (gv, h^o) from that third gate, and sets in the third gate in the west, and returns to the east; and the sun rises in the second gate in the east for thirty mornings, and likewise it sets in the second gate in the west of heaven. 72. 24 And on that day (gv, h^S) the night amounts to eleven parts, and the day to seven parts. 72. 25 And the sun rises on that day from that second gate, and sets in the west in the second gate, and returns to the east, to the first gate, for thirty-one mornings, and sets in the west in the first gate. 72. 26 And on that day the night becomes longer, (gv, c i ) and becomes double the day; and the night amounts to exactly twelve parts, and the day to six parts. 72. 27 And (with this) the sun has completed the divisions of its journey, and it turns

7 3 . 2 7 the divisions of its journey: CXfl! seems h e r e t o b e a translation o f a G r e e k Ke9<5cAaiov—'division' (cf. D i l l m a n n , Translation, 225).

I70

THE

ETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF

ENOCH

back again along these divisions of its journey; and it comes through (gv, 05) that (first) gate for thirty mornings, and sets in the west opposite it. 72. 28 And on that day the night becomes shorter in length by one p a r t . . . and amounts to eleven parts, and the day to seven parts. 72. 29 And the sun returns, and comes to the second gate in the east, (gv, c i o ) and it returns along those divisions of its journey for thirty mornings, rising and setting. 72. 30 And on that day the night becomes shorter in length, and the night amounts to ten parts, and the day to eight parts. 72. 31 And on that day the sun rises from that second gate, and sets (gv, C15) in the west, and returns to the east, and rises in the third gate for thirty-one mornings, and sets in the west of heaven. 72. 32 And on that day the night becomes shorter, and amounts to nine parts, and the day amounts to nine parts, and the night becomes equal with the day. (gv, c 2 o ) And the year amounts to exactly three hundred and sixty-four days. 72. 33 And the length of the day and the night, and the shortness of the day and the night—they are different because of the journey of that sun. 72. 34 Because of it, its journey becomes daily longer, and nightly shorter, (gv, C25) 72. 35 And this is the

7 2 . 2 8 b y o n e p a r t . . . I h a v e n o t t r a n s l a t e d 'HOJ-X't i t l ¥ 2 V ! 5 ! s i n c e it is fairly clearly a gloss w h i c h is m e a n t t o explain t h a t in this p a s s a g e KA : is t h e equivalent o f tl^^V i (cf. D i l l m a n n , Translation, 226). 7 2 . 2 9 r e t u r n s , a n d c o m e s : literally ' r e t u r n e d , a n d c a m e ' . T h e r e is n o a p p a r e n t reason for t h e c h a n g e o f t e n s e . a n d it r e t u r n s a l o n g t h o s e d i v i s i o n s o f its j o u r n e y : the reference to t h e divisions o f t h e j o u r n e y is u n e x p e c t e d . T h e only o t h e r place in this c h a p t e r w h e r e w e h a v e t h e s a m e expression is v . 2 7 , a n d t h a t verse deals w i t h t h e special case o f t h e w i n t e r solstice a n d t h e start o f t h e p e r i o d w h e n t h e days begin t o g e t longer. Possibly 'along those divisions o f its j o u r n e y ' has b e e n copied here b y mistake f r o m v . 2 7 . 7 2 . 3 3 a r e d i f f e r e n t : literally ' a r e s e p a r a t e ' . 7 2 . 3 4 B e c a u s e o f i t : b e c a u s e o f t h e difference in t h e length o f d a y a n d night, i.e. in o r d e r t o b r i n g a b o u t t h e difference in t h e length o f d a y a n d night (cf. D i l l m a n n , Translation, 226).

CHAPTERS 72-73

171

law and the journey of the sun, and its return, as often as it returns; sixty times it returns and rises, that is the great eternal light which for ever and ever is named the sun. 72. 36 And this which rises is the great light, which is (so) named after its appearance, (gv, 030) as the L o r d commanded. 72. 37 And thus it rises and sets; it neither decreases, nor rests, but runs day and night in (its) chariot. And its light is seven times brighter than that of the moon, but in size the two are equal, (gv, 03 5) 73. I And after this law I saw another law, for the smaller light named the moon. 73. 2 And its disc (is) like the disc of the sun, and the wind blows its chariot on which it rides, and in fixed measure light is given to it. 73. 3 And every month its rising and its setting change, and its days (are) as the days of (lor, a i ) the sun, and when its light is uniformly (full), it is a seventh part of the light of the sun. 73. 4 And

7 3 . 4 - 8 T h e r e is A r a m a i c evidence t h a t is relevant t o this s o m e w h a t o b s c u r e passage. All t h e f r a g m e n t s o f Aram*^"- * a n d f r a g m e n t s 1 - 2 2 o f Aram ^ belong t o a table w h i c h deals w i t h t h e phases o f t h e m o o n (cf. o n this Milik, HTR 64 ( 1 9 7 1 ) , 3 3 8 f . ) . I n t h e A r a m a i c version it is clear t h a t t h e light o f t h e m o o n increases or decreases b y a half o f a s e v e n t h p a r t e a c h d a y . W h a t w e h a v e in t h e E t h i o p i c version o f 7 3 . 4 - 8 appears to be a garbled s u m m a r y of t h e table in A r a m * ^ " * a n d The idea of seventh parts o f light is retained in t h e E t h i o p i c version, b u t in a different w a y f r o m t h a t in t h e A r a m a i c . I n t h e E t h i o p i c version t h e m o o n is c o n c e i v e d o f as divided into t w o halves, e a c h half being f u r t h e r divided into seven p a r t s . T h u s in t h e E t h i o p i c 'a s e v e n t h p a r t ' , 'seven p a r t s ' , 'six p a r t s ' refer t o divisions o f half t h e m o o n , a n d 'fourteen p a r t s ' t o divisions o f t h e whole m o o n . T h e phases of t h e m o o n are discussed n o t only in 7 3 . 4 - 8 , b u t also in c c . 7 4 a n d 7 8 , b u t it is n o t entirely possible to m a k e sense o f t h e various different pieces o f information given in these t h r e e passages, o r t o reconcile t h e m w i t h o n e a n o t h e r . I t appears f r o m c c . 7 4 a n d 7 8 t h a t t h e lunar y e a r is held t o consist o f t h r e e h u n d r e d a n d fifty-four days, i.e. six m o n t h s of t w e n t y - n i n e days each, a n d six m o n t h s o f t h i r t y days e a c h ; f u r t h e r t h a t in t h e t w e n t y - n i n e - d a y m o n t h t h e r e a r e fourteen days f r o m n e w m o o n t o full m o o n , a n d in t h e t h i r t y - d a y m o n t h fifteen. I n 7 3 . 4 - 8 it s e e m s that w . 4 f. deal w i t h t h e case o f t h e t w e n t y - n i n e - d a y m o n t h ; in this m o n t h on t h e first d a y a f o u r t e e n t h p a r t o f t h e total light o f t h e m o o n appears (i.e. a s e v e n t h p a r t o f half t h e light, cf. v, 5 ) , o n t h e s e c o n d d a y

172

THE

ETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF

ENOCH

thus it rises, and its first phase (is) towards the east; it rises on the thirtieth morning, and on that day it appears and ( l o r , 3 5 ) becomes for you the first phase of the moon, on the thirtieth morning, together with the sun in the gate through which the sun rises. 73. 5 And a h a l f . . . with a seventh part, and its entire disc (is) empty, without fight, except for a seventh part, a fourteenth part of its (total) light. 73. 6 And on the day it receives (lor, a i o ) a seventh part and a half of its light, its light amounts to a seventh-and-seventh part and a half. 73. 7 It sets with the sun, and when the sun rises, the moon rises with it, and receives a half of one part of light; and on that night at the beginning of its morning, ( l o r , 3 1 5 ) at the beginning of the moon's day, the moon sets with the sun, and is dark on that night in six and seven parts and a half.

t w o - f o u r t e e n t h s , a n d so o n . I t also appears t h a t w . 7 f. deal w i t h t h e case o f t h e t h i r t y - d a y m o n t h ; in this m o n t h o n t h e first d a y a t w e n t y - e i g h t h p a r t o f t h e total light appears (a half o f a s e v e n t h p a r t o f half t h e Ught, c f . v . 7 ) , o n t h e s e c o n d d a y o n e - f o u r t e e n t h (a seventh p a r t o f half t h e light, cf. V. 8 ) , o n t h e t h i r d d a y t w o - f o u r t e e n t h s , a n d so on. B u t t h e interpretation o f v . 6 poses considerable p r o b l e m s , for it is difficult, if n o t impossible, t o m a k e sense o f t h e n u m b e r s in this v e r s e . I t is t h u s n o t clear w h e t h e r v . 6 belongs w i t h w . 4 f. o r w i t h w . 7 f. T h e m a n u s c r i p t s offer m a n y variant readings for t h e n u m b e r s t h r o u g h o u t 7 3 . 4 - 8 . M a n y o f these a r e n o t v e r y significant, b u t t h o s e in v . 6 a r e r a t h e r m o r e substantial. H o w e v e r , since n o n e o f t h e variants in v . 6 m a k e s a n y b e t t e r sense t h a n t h e t e x t o f R y l , I h a v e n o t discussed t h e m f u r t h e r . 7 3 . 4 first p h a s e : literally 'beginning'. 7 3 . s A n d a h a l f . . . w i t h a s e v e n t h p a r t . A v e r b m e a n i n g 'to r i s e ' ( A r a m a i c p B J ) o r ' t o a p p e a r ' is e x p e c t e d , a n d d ^ i is quite u n i n t e l ligible. Charles {Text, 1 3 8 ) suggests t h a t C * i ^ i is a translation o f li^x^v w h i c h is u s e d o f t h e rising o f t h e s u n . B u t it s e e m s t o m e m o r e likely t h a t t h e r o o t s Cib^: a n d Vd^; have been confused. 7 3 . 6. F o r this o b s c u r e verse see t h e general c o m m e n t above on 7 3 . 4 - 8 . 7 3 . 7 i n s i x a n d s e v e n p a r t s a n d a h a l f : i.e. in thirteen a n d a half p a r t s o f t h e total a m o u n t o f light; t h e m o o n is still virtually p i t c h black o n t h e first night o f t h e m o n t h . H e n c e it c a n still b e said o f it t h a t it 'sets w i t h the sun'.

CHAPTERS 73-74

173

73. 8 And it rises on that day with exactly a seventh part, and goes out, and recedes from the rising of the sun, and becomes bright on the remainder of its days in (the other) six and seven parts. ( l o r , a2o) 74. I And another journey and (another) law I saw for it, in that according to this law it makes its monthly journey. 74. 2 And Uriel, the holy angel who is the leader of them all, showed m e everything, and I wrote down their positions as he showed (them) to m e ; and I wrote down ( l o r , 3 2 5 ) their months, as they are, and the appearance of their light until fifteen days have been completed. 74. 3 I n seventh parts it makes all its darkness full, and in seventh parts it makes all its light full, in the east and in the west. 74. 4 And in certain months it changes (its) setting, ( l o r , 330) and in c e r t 3 i n months it follows its own i n d i v i d u 3 l course. 74. 5 I n

two months it sets with the sun in those two g 3 t e s which ( 3 r e ) in the middle, in the third 3 n d in the fourth g 3 t e . 74. 6 I t goes out for seven days, and turns back, and returns again to the gate from which the sun rises; 3 n d in t h 3 t ( g 3 t e ) ( l o r , 3 3 5 ) it m 3 k e s 3II its light full, and it recedes from the sun, and comes in eight days to the sixth gate from which the sun rises. 74. 7 And when the sun rises from the fourth gate, (the moon) goes out for seven days until it rises from the fifth (gate); 3 n d a g 3 i n it returns in seven d 3 y s to the fourth g 3 t e , ( l o r , b i )

3 n d m 3 k e s 3II its light full, 3 n d recedes, 3 n d comes to the first gate in eight days. 74. 8 And 3 g 3 i n it returns in seven d 3 y s to the fourth gate from which the sun rises. 74. 9 T h u s I saw

their positions, (lor, b5) how the moons rose and the sun set in those days. 74. 10 And (if) five years are added together, the sun has an excess of thirty d 3 y s ; but 3II the d 3 y s (which) 3 c c r u e

to it for one yesr of those five y e 3 r s , when they 3 r e complete, 3 m o u n t to ( l o r , b i o ) three hundred 3 n d sixty-four days.

7 3 . 8 i n ( t h e o t h e r ) s i x a n d s e v e n p a r t s : i.e. in t h e o t h e r thirteen p a r t s o f t h e total a m o u n t o f light. 7 4 . 2 o f t h e m a l l : i.e. o f t h e different phases o f t h e m o o n (cf. v . 1 7 ) .

174

THE

ETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF

ENOCH

74. I I And the excess of the sun and the stars comes to six days; in five years, six (days) each (year), they have an excess of thirty days, and the moon falls behind the sun and the stars by thirty days. 74. 12 And the moon conducts the years (lor, bi5) exactly, all of them according to their eternal positions; they are neither early nor late even by one day, but change the year . . . in exactly three hundred and sixtyfour days. 74. 13 In three years (there are) one thousand and ninety-tvsro days, and in five years one thousand eight hundred and tw^enty days, so that ( l o r , b2o) in eight years there are two thousand nine hundred and twelve days. 7 4 . 1 4 F o r the moon alone the days in three years come to one thousand and sixtytwo days, and in five years it is fifty days behind . . . 74. 15 And there are one thousand seven hundred and seventy days in five years, so that ( l o r , b25) for the moon the days in eight years amount to two thousand eight hundred and thirty-two days. 74. 16 F o r the difference in eight years (is) eighty days, and all the days which (the moon) is behind in eight years (are) eighty days. 74. 17 And the year is completed exactly in accordance with their positions and the positions of the sun, (lor, b3o) in that (sun and moon) rise from the gates from which (the sun) rises and sets for thirty days. 75. I And the leaders of the heads of thousands who (are) in charge of the whole creation and in charge of all the stars (have to do) also with the four (days) which are added, and are

7 4 . 1 3 a l l o f t h e m . . . e t e r n a l p o s i t i o n s : h; stands h e r e in place o f flhff"!, cf. 7 4 . 1 7 . . . . i n e x a c t l y : flJt.fi'^: a n d T l ^ ^ " : look like alternative r e n d e r i n g s o f a n original NplSa, cf. C h a r l e s , Text, 1 4 1 . 7 4 . 1 4 fifty d a y s b e h i n d . . . I h a v e o m i t t e d f r o m t h e translation hhao • . . . §a>gin>TOA; as a n unintelligible gloss w h i c h has c o m e into t h e t e x t in t h e w r o n g p l a c e . C f . Charles (Text, 1 4 3 ) w h o suggests t h a t t h e gloss referred originally t o t h e e n d o f v . 1 5 a n d see n o w T a n a 9. 7 4 . 1 7 i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e i r p o s i t i o n s : i.e. t h e positions o f t h e different phases o f t h e m o o n (cf. v . 3 ) . F o r t h e ideas contained in t h e verse cf. v . 1 3 .

CHAPTERS 74-75

175

not separated from their position, (lor, b35) according to the whole reckoning of the year. And these serve on the four days which are not counted in the reckoning of the year. 75. 2 And because of them men go wrong in them, for these lights really serve in the stations of the world, one in the first gate, and one in the third gate, and one in the fourth gate, and one in the sixth gate; and the exact harmony of the (course of the) world is completed in the separate three hundred and sixtyfour (lor, C I ) stations of the world. 75. 3 F o r the signs and the times and the years and the days the angel Uriel showed to me, whom the L o r d of eternal glory has placed in charge of all the lights of heaven, in heaven and in the world, (lor, C 5 ) that they might rule on the face of heaven, and appear over the earth, and be the leaders of day and night, (namely) the sun, and the moon, and the stars, and all the serving creatures who revolve in all the chariots of heaven. 75. 4 Likewise Uriel showed to me twelve gate-openings (lor, c i o ) in the disc of the chariot of the sun in heaven from which the rays of the sun come out; and from them heat comes out over the earth, when they are opened at the times which are appointed for them. 75. 5 And (there are such) for the winds and for the spirit of the dew, when they are opened at the (appointed) times, open (lor, C15) in heaven at the ends. 75. 6 I saw twelve gates in heaven, at the ends of the earth, from which the sun, and the moon, and the stars, and all the works of heaven go out in the east and in the west. 75. 7 And (there are) many window-openings to the north and to the south (lor, C 2 o ) — and each window at its (appointed) time sends out h e a t — corresponding to those gates from which the stars go out in

7 5 . 2 t h e ( c o u r s e o f t h e ) w o r l d : cf. 8 2 . 5 . 7 5 . 4 g a t e - o p e n i n g s : literally ' o p e n gates', cf. 7 2 . 7 . 7 5 . 7 w i n d o w - o p e n i n g s : literally ' o p e n w i n d o w s ' , cf. 7 2 . 7 ( a n d c f . also 7 2 . 3 ) . t o t h e n o r t h a n d t o t h e s o u t h : literally ' t o t h e left a n d t o t h e right'.

176

T H EETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF ENOCH

accordance with his command to them, and in which they set according to their number. 75. 8 And I saw chariots in heaven, running through the world ( l o r , 025) above and below those gates, in which the stars which never set rotate. 75. 9 And one is bigger than all (the others), and it goes round through the whole world. 76. I And at the ends of the earth I saw twelve gates open to all (lor, C30) the winds, from which the winds come out and blow over the earth. 76. 2 T h r e e of them (are) open in the front of heaven, and three in the west, and three on the right of heaven, and three on the left. 76. 3 And the three first (are) those which (are) towards the east, and three (are) towards the

north, and the three after these on the left (are) (lor, 035) t o wards the south, and three (are) in the west. 76. 4 Through four of them come winds of blessing and peace, and from those eight come winds of punishment; when they are sent.

7 6 . I t o a l l t h e w i n d s . H a l 6 v y {JA v i . 9 ( 1 8 6 7 ) , 3 8 3 f . ) suggests t h a t }4'?l: is d e p e n d e n t o n nil w h i c h , in this c o n t e x t , m e a n s 'side, d i r e c tion, q u a r t e r ' ( c f . E z e k . 4 3 : 1 6 ff.). H e r e t h e suggestion s e e m s t o m e unhkely, b u t i n v . 1 4 a n d i n 7 7 . 1 - 3 t h e suggestion t h a t }4"?l i = nil = 'side, direction, q u a r t e r ' does s e e m likely. 7 6 . 3 I t h a s been p o i n t e d o u t t h a t t h e regions a r e n o t h e r e described, as m i g h t h a v e been e x p e c t e d , in t h e o r d e r i n w h i c h t h e y a r e m e n t i o n e d i n t h e following a c c o u n t (vv. 5 - 1 4 ) , v i z . east, south, n o r t h , west (cf. C h a r l e s , Translation, 1 6 3 ) . H o w e v e r , t h e evidence o f A r a m m a y cast s o m e light

on this problem. C f . A r a m * ' " ' ^ ! ii i bv.m V» p n n n i H UnVni, ' a n d t h e t h r e e after t h e m ( a r e ) o n t h e n o r t h (lit. ' l e f t ' ) ' . T h i s c o r r e s p o n d s fairly closely t o (OmA-hC^l.): ?lA(A'): MP9°\, a clause r e g a r d e d b y C h a r l e s as c o r r u p t ( c f . Text, 1 4 4 ; Translation, 1 6 3 ) . Possibly t h e E t h i o p i c expression c a m e t o b e m i s u n d e r s t o o d , a n d this l e d t o t h e i n sertion o f ([aoYlA! Aft-fl i as a n e x p l a n a t o r y gloss w h i c h h a d t h e effect o f making t h e t h i r d region t h e south, n o t t h e n o r t h . I f this is c o r r e c t , t h e alteration r e g a r d i n g t h e third region w o u l d h a v e m e a n t t h a t t h e s e c o n d region h a d t o b e c o m e t h e n o r t h — h e n c e t h e p r e s e n t o r d e r o f Eth 76. 3 . 7 6 . 4 w i n d s o f b l e s s i n g a n d p e a c e : c f . A r a m * ' " ^ ' ' ! ii 3 K'SI*? nmnNVl n S I S . A r a m ^ ^ ' ^ i ii 3 w o u l d a p p e a r t o relate t o this p a r t o f E t h 7 6 . 4 , b u t t h e relationship b e t w e e n A r a m a n d E t h is r e s t r i c t e d t o a general similarity o f t h o u g h t .

177

CHAPTERS 75-76

they bring devastation to the whole earth, and to the water which (is) on it, and to all those who dwell upon it, and t o everything which is in the water and on the dry ground. 76. 5 And ( l o v , a i ) the first wind from those gates, called the east (wind), comes out through the first gate which (is) towards the east, (the one) which inclines to the south; from it come devastation, drought, and heat, and destruction. 76. 6 And through the second gate ( l o v , 3 5 ) in the middle comes what is right, and from it come rain, and fruitfulness, and prosperity, and dew; and through the third gate, which (is) t o wards the north, come cold and drought. 76. 7 A n d after these the winds towards the south come out through three gates. First, through the first ( l o v , a i o ) of the gates, (the

a n d t o t h e w a t e r . . . d r y g r o u n d : c f . Aram^'^-^i ii 3 ""T "731 JT^I jB'mi I'n»S1 X'yi n jha. E t h h a s nothing w h i c h c o r r e s p o n d s t o ]tt?mi l^naSl J ' S T n , b u t *""^"i ii 3 w o u l d a p p e a r t o relate t o this p a r t o f E t h 76. 4. 76.

s A n d t h e fu-st w i n d

. • . first

gate:

cf. Aram*

] . n a n p n n xpea N'-mp xsnna. 76. 6 A n d t h r o u g h t h e s e c o n d . . . w h a t i s r i g h t : c f . A r a m * ] . p n n p n n XpOa JWan XSr-inai. ^=''<^i ii 5 w o u l d a p p e a r t o relate to this p a r t o f E t h 76. 6, b u t E t h has CVd: w h e r e A r a m h a s ] . p O ' l p m i . — F o r the translation o f CirO : b y 'what is r i g h t ' cf. Charles, Translation, 164. B u t t h e evidence o f v . 11 suggests that t h e t e x t here is c o r r u p t ( c f . T a n a 9 i n this v e r s e a n d B e e r , Translation, 282). a n d t h r o u g h t h e t h i r d . • . c o l d a n d d r o u g h t : c f . Aram*'"^"=i ii 6 ] h j nrh a n p n nais n n p 6 [ n n . *"--'=i ii 6 w o u l d a p p e a r t o relate t o this p a r t o f E t h 76. 6, b u t , j u d g i n g f r o m w h a t has survived o f A r a m * ' " - ' ! ii, E t h h a s a s h o r t e r t e x t t h a n A r a m . 76. 7 F i r s t , t h r o u g h t h e first o f t h e g a t e s ( h t . ' t h r o u g h t h e first gate f r o m t h e m ' ) : c f . Aram*="<^i ii 7] j K ' B l p KSIfla p i p * ? pB3. F o r t h e s o m e w h a t u n e x p e c t e d ^^^"^'V: (so E t h I I ; see D i l l m a n n , Translation, 23s; Charles, Translation,

164) c f . n o w A r a m |''X3"Tfp'?. — ^ A r a m * ' " ' ' ! ii 8

(]7l3 naXl nV ]''"1p ""l) m i g h t have b e e n e x p e c t e d f r o m its position i n A r a m t o c o r r e s p o n d t o p a r t o f E t h 76. 7b-9, b u t , apart f r o m ? D , t h e r e is n o link between t h e t w o t e x t s .

178

T H E ETHIOPIC BOOK OF ENOCH

one) which incHnes towards the east, comes a hot wind. 76. 8 And through the middle gate, which (is) next to it, come pleasant fragrances, and dew, and rain, and prosperity, and life. 76. 9 And through the third gate, which (is) towards the west, come (lOv, 3 1 5 ) dew, and rain, and locusts, and devastation. 76. 10 And after these the winds towards the north . . . F r o m the seventh gate, which (is) towards the east, . . . come dew and rain, locusts and devastation. (lOv, aao) 76. 1 1 And through the middle gate exactly come rain, and dew, and life, and prosperity. And through the third gate, which (is) towards the west, . . . come mist, and hoar-frost, and snow, and rain, and dew, and locusts. 76. 1 2 And after ( l o v , 3 2 5 ) these . . . the winds towards the west. Through the first gate, which inclines towards the north, come dew, and rain, and hoar-frost, and cold, and snow, and frost. 76. 1 3 And from the middle gate come dew and rain, prosperity and blessing. And through (lOv, 330) the last gate, which (is) t o wards the south, come drought and devastation, burning and destruction. 76. 1 4 And (thus) the twelve gates of the four

76.10 A n d a f t e r t h e s e t h e w i n d s : c f . Aram*""''=i ii 9 jKmi j?Bl mn3[ 1. . . . F r o m t h e s e v e n t h g a t e . I o m i t Hftff»'5 (IfhCi as a gloss (cf. D i l l m a n n , Translation, 235), a n d r e a d Ky^fl-tt'ifi't '^'i'T j . B o t h E t h I (CDHmdhi Xy°g-9"itO a a d E t h I I (Xy»£/i>n9j&: 'V'h'Vi) a p p e a r t o h a v e conflate readings h e r e . t o w a r d s t h e e a s t , . . . I o m i t ' w h i c h inclines t o w a r d s t h e s o u t h ' a s a gloss (cf. V. 5 f o r t h e origin o f t h e g l o s s ; cf. also t h e addition in v . 11). 76. I I t o w a r d s t h e w e s t , . . . I o m i t ' w h i c h inclines t o w a r d s t h e n o r t h ' as a gloss (cf. (?) v . 12 X l t : fATtl: Aflo'iVA: avUO: for t h e origin o f t h e g l o s s ; cf. also t h e addition o f ' w h i c h inclines t o w a r d s t h e s o u t h ' in v . 10). 76. 12 . . . t h e w i n d s . I o m i t g as a gloss, cf. D i l l m a n n , Translation,

235.

76. 13 a n d d e s t r u c t i o n : cf. A r a m * ' " ' ! ii 14 p i n i . 76. 14 A n d ( t h u s ) t h e t w e l v e . . . a r e c o m p l e t e : cf. Aram*'"^''i ii 14

"-nn SaiX ••sin na^S? Vibm a n d *^""23 2 N''!3ir[. T h e reading ••nn in a s f - ^ i ii 14 confirms t h e suggestion (cf. F l e m m i n g , Text, 103; C h a r l e s , Text,

146) t h a t "^VhO) \ is c o r r u p t . O t h e r w i s e A r a m a n d E t h

CHAPTERS 76-77

179

quarters of heaven are complete. And all their laws, and all their punishments, and all their benefits I have shown to you, m y son Methuselah. (lOv, 335) 77. I T h e y call the first quarter eastern, because it is the first; and they call the second the south, because there the Most High descends, and there especially the one who is blessed for ever descends. 77. 2 And the western quarter is

are h e r e identical. N o t e that here, as i n 7 7 . 1 - 3 , mi w o u l d a p p e a r t o have the m e a n i n g 'side, direction, q u a r t e r ' (cf. v . i a n d H a l e v y , JA v i . 9 (1867), 383 f.). And

all their

laws

. . .

shown

t o y o u : cf. A r a m * " ' ' ' 3 3

2

nn]nN p.11»1S)1 ]in»'?». H e r e E t h a n d A r a m differ. 7 7 . I q u a r t e r : f o r this translation cf. 7 6 . 1 4 a n d 7 6 . i . b e c a u s e i t i s t h e first: cf. Aram*"'''=i ii 1 5 V^tHp Kin

a n d ^"-^z^ 3

n''aij?[. A r a m a n d E t h a r e identical. F o r the play o n the m e a n i n g o f t h e Dij? cf. D i l l m a n n , Translation, 2 3 6 .

root

a n d t h e y c a l l t h e s e c o n d t h e s o u t h : cf. A r a m * " ' = i ii 1 5 Main'? jnpl

mn

and * " ' " 2 3 3

mn xmn'? \"\p\

b e c a u s e t h e r e t h e M o s t H i g h d e s c e n d s : cf. A r a m ""^•"^i ii 1 5 ] i a a n d astr.b23 3 K a i 1 X 1 pTb '7">ia. T h e reading 1 X 1 seems v e r y likely, a n d is certainly compatible with w h a t is visible o n t h e m a n u s c r i p t . F o r t h e o c c u r r e n c e h e r e o f t h e r o o t 1 1 1 cf. already D i l l m a n n , Translation, 2 3 6 ; Charles, Text, 1 4 7 ; H a l e v y , JA v i . 9 ( 1 8 6 7 ) , 3 8 4 , a n d c o n t r a s t Charles, 0 . 0

Translation,

1 6 5 . A p a r t f r o m t h e variant 1 K 1 / J&0»CJ2" : n o t e the use h e r e

o f X a i as a title for G o d ; E t h has Aff-A: ( = X'Vs, cf. D a n . 4 : 1 4 e t c . ; I Q a p G e n I I 4 ; F i t z m y e r , Genesis Apocryphon,

5 0 f., 8 3 ) .

a n d t h e r e . . . d e s c e n d s : cf. A r a m * ' " " 2 3 3 f. Xa'7»[

] 4 [

] 3 1.

7 7 . 2 q u a r t e r : f o r this translation cf. 7 6 . 1 4 a n d 7 6 . i . A n d t h e w e s t e r n q u a r t e r . . . g o d o w n : cf. A r a m * = " ' ' 2 3 4 i -

I'xa

'3[i»

]

s

xs-isya p j ?

p n •'13 pi3i

X3is?a . [

paia

xnn"?! xbb'a pai p i s ?

]mi X3i

y\r\bv\

a n d * " ' ' ^ i ii i 6

]]a

'?''i3

x''33i[a

priVai fTi]^ ix'ai

pis?

jx-'xa

x'ats.

N o t e ( i ) that there is a n erased X ( a n d possibly a n o t h e r erased letter)

i8o

T H EETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF ENOCH

called waning, because there all the lights of heaven wane and go down. 77. 3 And the fourth quarter, (lOv, b i ) named the north, is divided into three parts. And the first of them (is) the dwelling-place for m e n ; and the second (contains) seas of

before

XaiSJtt in

astr.bg^ ^. (2) t h a t t h e spelling of JS'SO has been c o r r e c t e d

in ^"••<^i ii 1 6 a t t h e first o c c u r r e n c e o f t h e w o r d ( a n d possibly also a t t h e s e c o n d o c c u r r e n c e ) ; ( 3 ) t h a t ^^"-^ has ]]0 "jHS X'-SDIp i n place o f p 1 3 1 ]''3D1D. A l t h o u g h b o t h E t h a n d A r a m c o n v e y t h e s a m e general sense, E t h is m u c h s h o r t e r t h a n A r a m a n d differs considerably f r o m i t . 7 7 . 3 A n d t h e f o u r t h q u a r t e r . . . t h r e e p a r t s : cf. A r a m * " ' ' ' 3 3 6 - 8

f?m K'ow '-ais? "TD jnnoi ^••ojDnai p e s na n 3 [ K'[m] •'nna'? f['']Ka n 3 nnia ^si tcnv

•'nxa

p n pr\ ]» n 3 m p a

]

6 7

r'n-iT 8

T\[ a n d ^^"•'^i ii 1 7 f .

] . K>KiV Tina"? [f?m x'-aip f^ia by\ ymw ]''Dariai jsnnriK'?... [

] . WX3 p T - I'-mi p a n

17 18

O n this v e r s e s e e Milik, RB 65 ( 1 9 5 8 ) , 7 6 . —^There a r e s o m e m i n o r differences b e t w e e n A r a m * " ' " a n d *""••^ Besides this, it is difficult t o relate t h e few letters t h a t h a v e survived i n ^"-"i H 1 8 t o ^ s t r . b j j y f.^ o r t o fit t h e m into t h e (probably small) l a c u n a a t t h e beginning o f ^"-^23 8 , a n d it is possible t h a t t h e r e w a s s o m e m a t e r i a l i n ^^^•<=i ii t h a t was n o t i n a s t r . b g j . H o w e v e r , t h e reading a n d interpretation o f ^ s t - ^ I ii 1 8 are v e r y u n c e r t a i n . N o t e t h a t several c o r r e c t i o n s h a v e been w r i t t e n i n above this line. — E t h is again m u c h s h o r t e r t h a n A r a m a n d different f r o m i t . I n E t h t h e r e is n o explanation o f t h e n a m e o f t h e n o r t h e r n q u a r t e r , a n d t h e q u a r t e r is divided into t h r e e p a r t s . I n A r a m t h e r e is b o t h a full e x p l a n a tion o f t h e n a m e o f t h e n o r t h e r n q u a r t e r a n d a s e c o n d explanation o f t h e n a m e o f t h e eastern q u a r t e r (cf. v . i ) . I n addition, a c c o r d i n g t o A r a m it is a p p a r e n t l y t h e w h o l e e a r t h t h a t is divided into t h r e e parts, n o t j u s t t h e n o r t h e r n q u a r t e r (cf. Milik, l o c . c i t . ) . — I n ^^^-^23 7 n o t e t h e u s e o f t h e H e b r e w r o o t m t b y t h e side o f t h e A r a m a i c r o o t f l H . A n d t h e first... f o r m e n : cf. A r a m * " ' " 2 3 8 XWX E t h a n d A r a m are similar, b u t n o t identical. a n d t h e s e c o n d . . . m i s t : cf. A r a m * ' ' ' " 2 3 8 Jprua

Tl2 ITlTib

]inaa tn.

a n d (?) *^"<^i ii 1 9

C H A P T E R 77

i8i

water, and the deeps, and forests, and rivers, and darkness, and mist; and the third part (contains) the garden of righteousness. 77. 4 I saw seven high mountains (lOv, h^) which were higher than all the mountains which (are) on the earth, and from them snow comes. And days and times and years pass away and go by. 77. 5 I saw seven rivers on the earth larger than all the (other) rivers; one of them comes from the east (lov, b i o ) (and) pours out its water into the Great Sea. 77. 6 And two of them come from the north to the sea and pour out their water into the Erythraean Sea in the east. 77. 7 And the remaining four flow out on the side of the north t o their sea, the Erythraean Sea, and two into the Great Sea, and they discharge themselves there, ( l o v , bi5) but some say: into the wilderness. 77. 8 I saw seven large islands in the sea and on the land: two on the land, and five in the Great Sea.

]|n3a E t h has 'and t h e s e c o n d ' instead o f ' a n d one o f t h e m ' . I t is u n f o r t u n a t e t h a t w e k n o w nothing o f w h a t A r a m p l a c e d i n t h e s e c o n d section, b u t the list i n E t h s e e m s s o m e w h a t overloaded. a n d t h e t h i r d , . . r i g h t e o u s n e s s : cf. A r a m * " ' ' ' ' 2 3 9

KBBnj? . . [

].pals'?

[ p j a im.

N o t e t h a t t h e f o r m u l a )in3a i m c o u l d n o t (for reasons o f s p a c e ) h a v e stood b e t w e e n ] .

p a i a " ? [ a n d NBlPlj? . . [, a n d t h a t t h e r e f o r e t h e

c o n t e n t s o f t h e third section w e r e different i n E t h a n d A r a m (cf. Milik, RB

6 5 ( 1 9 5 8 ) , 7 6 ; HTR 6 4 ( 1 9 7 1 ) . 3 4 2 ) .

7 7 . 4 A n d f r o m t h e m s n o w c o m e s : cf. A r a m » " ' ' ' 2 3 1 0

J.)"?!! p-''?s; rnpi. 7 7 . 7 ~ 7 8 . I Milik h a s r e c e n t l y a r g u e d t h a t f r a g m e n t 3 (together w i t h f r a g m e n t 5 ) o f O x y r h y n c u s P a p y r u s 2 0 6 9 belongs t o a G r e e k version o f t h e a s t r o n o m i c a l section o f E n o c h ; t h u s h e identifies f r . 3 v w i t h 7 7 . 7 - 7 8 . i a n d f r . 3 r w i t h 78. 8. Milik h a s also p r o v i d e d a c o m p l e t e restoration o f the c o n t e x t o f f r . 3 r a n d a partial restoration o f t h e c o n t e x t o f f r . 3 v ( c f . Chronique d'£gypte 4 6 ( 1 9 7 1 ) , 3 2 1 - 4 3 . e s p . 3 3 3 ff.; HTR 6 4 ( 1 9 7 1 ) , 3 7 2 ; c f . also t h e I n t r o d u c t i o n , above p p . 2 0 f . ) . H o w e v e r , i n view o f t h e small size o f t h e f r a g m e n t t h e identifications, a l t h o u g h possible, c a n only b e r e g a r d e d as v e r y u n c e r t a i n , a n d I h a v e n o t a t t e m p t e d t o take this material into a c c o u n t . I t should b e a d d e d t h a t t h e restoration of t h e G r e e k t e x t o n t h e scale h e r e a t t e m p t e d seems t o m e o f v e r y doubtful value.

i82

THE

ETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF

ENOCH

78. I T h e names of the sun (are) as follows: the first Oryares, and the second Tomases. 78. 2 T h e moon has four names: the first name (is) Asonya, and the second Ebla, and the third Benase, (lov, b2o) and the fourth Era'e. 78. 3 These are the two great lights; their disc (is) like the disc of heaven, and in size the two (are) equal. 7 8 . 4 In the disc of the sun (are) seven parts of fight which are added to it more than to the moon, and in fixed measure (light) is transferred (to the moon) until (lOv, b25) a seventh part of the sun is exhausted. 78. 5 And they set, and go into the gates of the west, and go round through the north, and rise through the gates of the east on the face of heaven. 78. 6 And when the moon rises, it appears in heaven and has a half of a seventh part of light; (lOv, b3o) and on the fourteenth day it makes all its light full. 78. 7 And fifteen parts of light are transferred to it, until on the fifteenth day its light is full, according to the sign of the year, and amounts to fifteen parts. And the moon comes into being by halves (lov, b 3 5 ) of a seventh part. 78. 8 And in its

7 8 . I O r y a r e s . . . T o m a s e s . T h e s e n a m e s are generally derived f r o m Din l i x a n d nan (cf. D i l l m a n n , Translation, 339). 78. 3 A s o n y a . . . Ebla n a m e s m a y b e derived first a n d t h i r d n a m e s is 2 3 9 f . ; H a l 6 v y , JA vi. 9 78.

6

and

on

the

. • . B e n a s e • . . E r a ' e . T h e second and fourth from and b u t t h e derivation o f t h e s o m e w h a t u n c e r t a i n (cf. D i l l m a n n , Translation, (1867), 3 8 5 - 7 ) .

fourteenth

.

.

. full:

mini "?D na pVjt^ai i»s? ns?a-)N n r is? n

cf.

Aram*"'''=i

iii

4

'?aa ]•>»[. F o r t h e

restoration cf. line 5 . L i n e 4 is a little difficult t o r e a d , b u t t h e o b s c u r e piece o n t h e right half o f t h e line ( 0 " 7 3 3 ]""»[) suggests that t h e t e x t o f A r a m w a s r a t h e r different f r o m E t h . 7 8 . 7 u n t i l . . . i s f u l l : cf. A r a m * ' " ^ - : ! iii 5

njnns VD na p'rwai itrs? nwan[ a r is?. A n d t h e m o o n • . . s e v e n t h p a r t : cf. Aram*""^"^! iii 6

]

]''s?"'AB? rht)^ x'ni'' i a . [.

7 8 . 8 S e e t h e n o t e o n 7 7 . 7 - 7 8 . i a n d t h e I n t r o d u c t i o n , p p . 2 0 f.

C H A P T E R 78

183

waning on the first day it decreases to fourteen parts of its fight, and on the second to thirteen parts, and on the third to twelve parts, and on the fourth to eleven parts, and on the fifth to ten parts, and on the sixth to nine parts, and on the seventh t o eight parts, and on the eighth to seven (lOv, c i ) parts, and on the ninth to six parts, and on the tenth to five parts, and on the eleventh to four parts, and on the twelfth to three, and on the thirteenth to two, and on the fourteenth to half of a seventh part, and all (lOv, C 5 ) the light that remains from the total disappears on the fifteenth day. 78. 9 And in certain months the moon has twenty-nine days in each (month), and once twenty-eight. 78. 10 And Uriel showed m e another law, (namely) when light is transferred to the moon, and on which side it is transferred (lov, c i o ) from the sun. 7 8 . 1 1 All the time that the moon is increasing in its fight, it transfers (light to itself) opposite the sun until, in fourteen days, its light is full in heaven; and when it is all ablaze, its light is full in heaven. 78. 1 2 And on the first day it is called the new moon, (lov, C 1 5 ) for on that day light rises on it. 78. 1 3 And (its light) becomes full exactly on the day the sun goes down into the west, and it rises from the east at night. And the moon shines through the whole night, until the sun rises opposite it, and the moon is seen (lov, c2o) opposite the sun. 78. 1 4 And on the side on which the light of the moon appears, there again it wanes until all its light disappears, and the days of the moon come to an end, and its disc remains empty.

to f o u r t e e n p a r t s o f its light, a n d o n t h e s e c o n d to t h i r t e e n p a r t s :

cf. A r a m " ' ' - - : ! iii 7

] . . . . Tn xrjn xavai trif.

a n d o n t h e f o u r t h t o e l e v e n p a r t s : cf. A r a m » " ' " i iii 8

78.

10 A n d U r i e l . . . w h e n l i g h t i s t r a n s f e r r e d : cf. A r a m * " ' ' ' 2 S 3

i84

THE ETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF

ENOCH

without light. 78. 15 And for three months, at its proper time, it achieves thirty days, (lOv, 025) and for three months it achieves in each (month) twenty-nine days, during which it completes its waning, in the first (period of) time and in the first gate, in one hundred and seventy-seven days. 7 8 . 1 6 And in the time of its rising for three months it appears in each (month) for thirty days, and for three months it appears in each (month) for twenty-nine days. ( l o v , 03o) 78. 17 B y night, for twenty (days) each time, it looks like a man, and by day like heaven, for there is nothing else in it except its light. 79. I And now, m y son Methuselah, I have shown you everything, and the whole law of the stars of heaven is complete. 79. 2 And he showed m e the whole ( l o v , 035) law for these, for every day, and for every time, and for every (period of) rule, and for every year, and for the end thereof, according to its command for every month and every week; 79. 3 and the waning of the moon which occurs in the sixth gate, for in that sixth gate its light becomes full, and after that it is ( i i r ,

7 8 . i s f . A r a m * ' " ' " 3 6 5-7 c o r r e s p o n d t o p a r t s o f E t h 7 8 . 1 7 - 7 9 . i> a n d it m i g h t b e e x p e c t e d t h e r e f o r e t h a t A r a m * " " ' ' ' 2 6 2 - 4 w o u l d c o r r e s p o n d t o p a r t s o f E t h 7 8 . 1 5 f. B u t t h e t e x t o f a ^ ' - ^ z S 2 - 4 s e e m s t o b e a r n o relation t o t h a t o f E t h . 7 8 . 1 5 f. T h e t e x t is a s follows:

]kem

] n a sTi'-nB? N»-ina[

2

p lonai f i n

3

] . s n n a mini n a ' a i im niaia n a . [

4

F o r lines 2 a n d 3 c f . (?) E t h 7 9 . 3 - 5 . 78. 1 7 B y n i g h t . . . a n d b y d a y : cf. Aram*"'^''26 s

n s j ? ] p x a a r a p »]im niaia ] i xirn ••ai nsp>[ ]a. f o r t h e r e i s n o t h i n g . . . i t s l i g h t : cf. A r a m * " ' ' ' 2 6 6 ""minVa n[1ini. 7 9 . I A n d n o w . . . s h o w n y o u : cf. A r a m * " ' • ' ' 2 6 6

]

na

nis m n a ]s?ai.

79. 2 A n d h e s h o w e d m e t h e w h o l e l a w f o r t h e s e : cf. ( ? ) A r a m * " ' " 2 6

7 ] . . X ]ia»[n. 7 9 . 3 f. i t s l i g h t b e c o m e s f u l l , a n d a f t e r t h a t i t i s t h e b e g i n n i n g o f t h e

CHAPTERS 78-80

185

a i ) the beginning of the month; 79. 4 and the waning which occurs in the first gate, at its proper time, until one hundred and seventy-seven days are complete (reckoned according to weeks: twenty-five (weeks) and two days); 7 9 . 5 and how it falls behind the sun, according to the law ( i i r , 3 5 ) of the stars, by exactly five days in one (period of) time, and when this place which you see has been traversed. 79. 6 Such (is) the appearance and the likeness of every light which Uriel, the great angel who is their leader, showed to m e . 80. I And in those days ( i i r , a i o ) Uriel answered m e and said to m e : 'Behold I have shown you everything, O Enoch, and have revealed e v e r j ^ i n g to you, that you may see this sun, and this moon, and those who lead the stars of heaven, and all those who turn them, their tasks, and their times, ( i i r , a i 5 ) and their rising. 80. 2 But in the days of the sinners the years will become shorter, and their seed will be late on their land and on their fields, and aU things on the earth will change, and will not appear at their proper time. And the rain will be withheld, and heaven ( i i r , a2o) will retain (it). 80. 3 And in those times the fruits of the earth will be late and will not grow at their proper time, and the fruits of the trees will be withheld at their proper time. 8 0 . 4 And the moon will change its customary practice, and will not appear at its proper time. 80. 5 But in those days it will appear in heaven.

m o n t h ; 7 9 . 4 a n d t h e w a n i n g : E t h I I ; t h e t e x t c o u l d possibly b e t r a n s l a t e d : 'its light c o m e s t o a n e n d , a n d after t h a t it is t h e beginning o f t h e m o n t h ; 7 9 . 4 a n d t h e w a n i n g ' . B u t this translation s e e m s unlikely in view o f t h e m e a n i n g o f I'^RffO : in 7 8 . 7 , 1 1 , a n d 1 3 . F l e m m i n g {Text, 1 0 7 ; Translation, 1 0 2 ; c f . C h a r l e s , Text, 1 5 1 ) argues, n o t implausibly, t h a t in t h e E t h i o p i c t h e r e originally stood Ch(\ \ ^ttiWV ll tO^iMH/V i, t h a t W^th^^Jf: fell o u t b y mistake (cf. E t h I ) , a n d that E t h I I r e p r e sents a n a t t e m p t t o c o r r e c t t h e t e x t . 7 9 . 6 o f e v e r y l i g h t : literally: ' f r o m e v e r y light'. 80. s i t w i l l a p p e a r i n h e a v e n , a n d c o m e . . . I h a v e taken this v e r s e t o refer t o t h e m o o n , a n d h a v e o m i t t e d hdC; as a gloss o n w . 2 f. w h i c h h a s c o m e into t h e t e x t a t t h e w r o n g place b y mistake, w . 4 - 7 deal w i t h t h e m o o n a n d t h e stars, a n d AOC i ( ' d r o u g h t ' ) is quite impossible

i86

T H EETHIOPIC BOOK OF ENOCH

and come ( i i r , 325) . . . on top of a large chariot in the west, and shine with more than normal brightness. 80. 6 A n d many heads of the stars in command will go astray, and these will change their courses and their activities, and will not appear at the times ( i i r , 330) which have been prescribed for them. 80. 7 And the entire law of the stars will be closed to the sinners, and the thoughts of those who dwell upon the earth will go astray over them, and they will turn from all their ways, and will go astray, and will think them gods. 80. 8 And many evils will ( i i r , 3 3 5 ) overtake them, and punishment will come upon them t o destroy them all.' 8 1 . I And he said to m e : 'O Enoch, look at the book of the tablets of heaven, and read what is written upon them, and note every individual fact.' 8 1 . 2 And I looked at everything in the tablets of heaven, and I read everything which was written, and I noted everything, ( i i r , b i ) And I read the book and everything which was written in it, all the deeds of men, and all who will be born of flesh on the earth for the generations of eternity. 8 1 . 3 And then I immediately blessed the Lord, ( i i r , b5) the eternal king of glory, in that he has made all the works of the world, and I praised the

in this c o n t e x t , b u t w o u l d n o t b e inappropriate a s a gloss o n w . 2 f. B u t t h e c o r r u p t i o n i n this verse m a y well g o d e e p e r t h a n t h i s . — N o t e t h a t H a l e v y {JA v i . 9 ( 1 8 6 7 ) , 3 8 7 - 9 0 ) seeks t o explain t h e difficulty o n t h e basis o f a c o r r u p t i o n i n a n a s s u m e d H e b r e w Vorlage, a n d a r g u e s t h a t in t h e Vorlage 3 1 S ? 3 Na"-! VHm nKT w a s m i s r e a d as a S 7 i n Na*"! D-SlSn ni«T

(= ^Tdhf-! A'^jE: : a ) . e n « r A :

mc:).

o n t o p o f a l a r g e c h a r i o t : R ' l ^ i m e a n s literally ' e n d ' o r 'side'. P r e s u m a b l y w h a t is m e a n t is ' o n t h e (out)side o f a large chariot', i.e. o n t h e t o p . B u t i f this is s o , t h e usage is s t r a n g e , a n d Rft'ii.l m a y well b e corrupt. 80. 6 i n c o m m a n d : literally ' o f c o m m a n d ' . 8 0 . 8 A n d m a n y e v i l s w i l l o v e r t a k e t h e m : literally ' A n d evil will increase o v e r t h e m ' . 8 1 . 2 a n d a l l w h o w i l l b e b o r n o f f l e s h o n t h e e a r t h : literally ' a n d all t h e children o f flesh w h o (will b e ) o n t h e e a r t h ' (cf. 8 4 . i ) .

CHAPTERS 80-82

187

L o r d because of his patience, and I blessed (him) on account of the sons of Adam. 8 1 . 4 And at that time I said: 'Blessed is the man who dies righteous and good, concerning whom no book of iniquity has been written, ( i i r , b i o ) and against whom no guilt has been found.' 81. 5 And these three holy ones brought me, and set me on the earth before the door of my house, and said to m e : 'Tell everything to your son Methuselah, and show all your children that no flesh is righteous ( i i r , bi5) before the Lord, for he created them. 81. 6 F o r one year we will leave you with your children, until you have regained your strength, that you may teach your children, and write (these things) down for them, and testify to all your children. And in the second year they will take you from among them, ( i i r , bao) 81. 7 L e t your heart be strong, for the good will proclaim righteousness to the good, the righteous will rejoice with the righteous, and they will wish each other well. 81. 8 But the sinner will die with the sinner, and the apostate will sink with the apostate. 81. 9 And those who practise righteousness will die ( i i r , b25) because of the deeds of men, and will be gathered in because of the deeds of the impious.' 81. 10 And in those days they finished speaking to me, and I went to my family, as I blessed the L o r d of the ages. 82. I And now, my son Methuselah, all these things I re-

count to you ( i i r , b3o) and write down for you; I have revealed

everything to you and have given you books about all these things. Keep, my son Methuselah, the books from the hand of your father, that you may pass (them) on to the generations of eternity. 82. 2 I have given wisdom to you and to your children, and ( i i r , b35) to those who will be your children, that they may give (it) to their children for all the generations for ever—^this wisdom (which is) beyond their thoughts.

8 1 . 6 u n t i l y o u h a v e r e g a i n e d y o u r s t r e n g t h : for this translation cf. D i l l m a n n , Translation, 5 1 , 2 4 6 . F o r a different interpretation cf. C h a r l e s , Translation, 173. 8a. I f r o m t h e h a n d : literally ' o f t h e h a n d ' .

i88

THE

ETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF

ENOCH

82. 3 And those who understand it will not sleep, but will incline their ears that they may learn this wisdom, and it will be better for those who eat (from it) than good food. 82. 4 Blessed are all the righteous, ( i ir, c i ) blessed are all those who walk in the way of righteousness, and do not sin like the sinners in the numbering of all their days in which the sun journeys in heaven, coming in and out through the gates (i ir, 05) for thirty days with the heads over thousands of this order of stars, (and) with the four which are added and divide between the four parts of the year, which lead them and appear with them on four days. 82. 5 Because of them men go wrong, and they do not reckon them ( i i r , c i o ) in the reckoning of the whole (course of the) world; for men go wrong in respect of them, and do not know them exactly. 82.6 F o r they belong in the reckoning of the year, and are truly recorded (therein) for ever, one in the first gate, and one in the third, and one in the fourth and one in the sixth. And the year is completed ( i i r , C15) in three hundred and sixty-four days. 82. 7 And the account of it (is) true, and the recorded reckoning of it (is) exact, for the lights, and the months, and the feasts, and the years, and the days Uriel showed me, and he inspired m e — he to whom the L o r d of the whole created world gave commands about the host of heaven for me. ( i ir, c2o) 82. 8 And he has power in heaven over night and day to cause light to shine on m e n : the sun, and the moon, and the stars, and all the powers of heaven which rotate in their orbits. 82. 9 And this is the law of the stars which set in their places, ( i i r , 025) at their times, and at their feasts, and in their months.

82. 4 w h i c h l e a d t h e m a n d a p p e a r w i t h t h e m o n f o u r d a y s : 'them' refers t o the subordinate leaders o f t h e stars, ' t h e heads o v e r t h o u s a n d s ' , c f . 7 5 . I a n d D i l l m a n n , Translation, 247. 8 2 . 9 A r a m * " ' ' ' 2 8 a p p e a r s t o relate t o E t h 8 2 . 9 - 1 3 . B u t the limited size o f tills f r a g m e n t o f A r a m m a k e s the suggested c o r r e s p o n d e n c e s v e r y uncertain. and

at their feasts,

and in their

] . pTbH"? iin-wnnV ]inn»a[.

For

montlis:

prr-Vn"?

cf. (?) A r a m * " ' ' ' > 2 8 of. A r a m * i

i

ii 2 , 6 ( c f .

189

C H A P T E R 82

82. 1 0 And these (are) the names of those who lead them, who keep watch that they appear at their times, and in their orders, and at their proper times, and in their months, and in their periods of rule, ( i i r , 030) and in their positions. 8 2 . 1 1 Their four leaders who divide the four parts of the year appear first; and after them the twelve leaders of the orders who divide the months and the years into three hundred and sixtyfour (days), with the heads over thousands who separate ( i i r , 035) the days; and for the four (days) which are added to them there are the leaders who separate the four parts of the year. 82. 1 2 And as for these heads over thousands, one is added between the leader and the led behind a position, but their leaders make the separation. 82. 1 3 And these (are) the names of the leaders who separate the four appointed parts of the year: ( i i v , a i ) Melkiel, Helemmelek, Meleyal,

E t h a . 3 ; 4 ) . T h e translation is p r e s u m a b l y ' ( a n d ) a c c o r d i n g t o their divisions'. I take t h e w o r d t o h a v e a m e a n i n g similar t o
literally ' a n d t h e y a p p e a r ' , c f . D i l l m a n n ,

a n d i n t h e i r p e r i o d s o f r u l e , a n d i n t h e i r p o s i t i o n s : c f . (?) A r a m * " ' ' ' ' 2 8

2 ] . K Jinmoa Va"? ^ ^ ^ ^ [ t r . F o r i m m o a c f . Aram<^i i 1 9 ( E t h 2 . i ) . I a s s u m e t h a t t h e r o o t is "110 a n d t h a t t h e m e a n i n g is 'circuit' o r 'orbit'. 8 2 . I I A r a m ' " ' ' ' 2 8 3 ]T pN") ) [ w o u l d a p p e a r t o relate t o E t h 8 2 . 1 1 , b u t it is n o t clear t o w h i c h p a r t o f E t h 8 2 . 1 1 it c o r r e s p o n d s . w i t h t h e h e a d s o v e r t h o u s a n d s w h o s e p a r a t e t h e d a y s : c f . (?)

A r a m * " ' - " 2 8 4 plj-'a p i p a .

8 2 . 1 2 O n this o b s c u r e verse see D i l l m a n n , Translation,

249.

8 2 . 1 3 A n d t h e s e ( a r e ) t h e n a m e s : c f . (?) A r a m * " ' ' ' 2 8 5

Iin]nnaw.. [. M e l k i e l = "TiTaVa. Helemmelek =

(?) qVa'-Vx,

cf. Halevy,

JfA

vi. 9 (1867), 3 9 0 .

M e l e y a l . T h i s n a m e p e r h a p s derives f r o m a n original VifNVa a n d is t o be coimected with the root

I90

THE

ETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF

ENOCH

and Narel. 82. 1 4 And the names of those whom they lead (are) Adnarel, lyasusael, and lylumiel; these three follow behind ( i i v , 35) the leaders of the orders, and (each) one follows behind the three leaders of the orders who follow behind those leaders of positions who separate the four parts of the year. 8 2 . 1 5 In the beginning of the year Melkiel rises first and rules, (the one) who is called ( i i v , a i o ) the southern sun; and all the days of his period of rule during which he rules (are) ninety-one. 82. 16 And these (are) the signs of the days which are to be seen on earth in the days of his period of rule: sweat, and heat, and calm; and all the trees ( i i v , 3 1 5 ) bear fruit, and leaves appear on all the trees, and the wheat harvest, and rose flowers, and all the flowers bloom in the field, but the trees of winter are withered. 82. 1 7 And these

82. 1 3 N a r e l = (?) Vxil (cf. innS, J e r . 3 6 : 1 4 etc.) 8 2 . 1 4 T h i s verse is s o m e w h a t o b s c u r e (see D i l l m a n n , Translation, 249 f.). v . I I refers t o t h r e e classes of s t a r s : t h e f o u r leaders w h o s e p a r a t e t h e f o u r p a r t s o f t h e y e a r , t h e twelve leaders o f t h e o r d e r s , a n d the h e a d s o v e r t h o u s a n d s , v . 1 4 appears t o i n t r o d u c e a h i t h e r t o u n m e n t i o n e d class o f stars, s u b o r d i n a t e t o t h e leaders o f t h e o r d e r s . H o w e v e r , t h e a c c o u n t of t h e leaders o f t h e stars in w . 9 - 2 0 appears to b r e a k off in t h e m i d d l e in E t h , a l t h o u g h f r a g m e n t s o f the ending o f this a c c o u n t in A r a m a i c m a y h a v e survived in A r a m * ^ " - ' ' i i-iii, cf. Milik, HTR 64 ( 1 9 7 1 ) , 3 3 9 a n d t h e I n t r o d u c t i o n , a b o v e , p . 1 2 . I suggest t h a t t h e i n t r o d u c t i o n into t h e t e x t o f V. 1 4 m a y b e c o n n e c t e d w i t h t h e loss of t h e description o f t h e s e c o n d h a l f o f t h e y e a r . I f so, t h e t h r e e stars m e n t i o n e d in v . 1 4 m a y originally have b e e n c o m p a r a b l e t o those m e n t i o n e d in w . 1 7 a n d 2 0 . — T h e n a m e s w o u l d a p p e a r to b e c o r r u p t , a n d t h e i r derivation a n d m e a n ing a r e u n c e r t a i n . 8 2 . I S t h e s o u t h e r n s u n . D i l l m a n n {Translation, 2 5 0 ) rightly points o u t t h a t
(are) under them.

Dillmann

{Translation,

2 5 0 ) points o u t t h a t Berkeel a n d Zelebsael m u s t surely b e leaders o f

C H A P T E R 82

igi

(are) the names of the leaders who (are) under t h e m : Berkeel, Zelebsael, and another one who is added, ( i i v , a2o) a head over a thousand named Heloyaseph. And the days of the period of rule of this one are complete. 82. 1 8 T h e second leader after htm (is) Helemmelek whom they call the shining sun; and all the days of his light (are) ninety-one. 82. 19 And these are the signs of the days on earth: heat, and drought; ( i i v , 3 2 5 ) and the trees bring their fruit to ripeness and maturity, and make their fruit d r y ; and the sheep mate, and become pregnant; and men gather all the fruits of the earth, and everything which is in the fields, and the vats of wine. And (these things) occur in the days of his period of rule. 82. 20 And these ( i i v , 330) are the names and the orders and the leaders . . . of these heads over thousands: Gedaeyal, Keel, and Heel; and the name of

m o n t h s (cf. ' t h e twelve leaders o f t h e o r d e r s ' , v . 1 1 ) . S i n c e t h e leaders o f the m o n t h s a r e only subordinate t o t h e leaders o f their respective q u a r t e r s , h e suggests t h a t ana^fch-tlfao'i is a slip f o r ao^'ih-bO';. H e also points o u t t h a t t h e r e appears t o b e a n a m e missing, since w e need t h r e e leaders o f t h e m o n t h s f o r e a c h q u a r t e r (cf. v . 2 0 ) , n o t t w o . Berkeel =

(?) "jlOia (cf. J o b 3 2 : 2 ) .

Z e l e b s a e l : t h e f o r m o f this n a m e would a p p e a r t o b e c o r r u p t . H e l o y a s e p h = *]81'''7N with a n intentional play o n t h e r o o t (cf. H a l e v y , jfA v i . 9 ( 1 8 6 7 ) , 3 9 0 ) . F o r t h e functions o f this h e a d o v e r a t h o u s a n d c f . (?) v . 1 2 . 82. 20 A n d t h e s e a r e t h e n a m e s a n d t h e o r d e r s a n d t h e l e a d e r s . . . o f t h e s e h e a d s o v e r t h o u s a n d s . Gedaeyal, K e e l , a n d H e e l a r e p r e s u m a b l y leaders o f m o n t h s (cf. w . 1 7 a n d 1 1 ) . I have o m i t t e d J l A ; OD^ch'tlPa'*'! with B M 4 8 5 B e r l ; t h e w o r d s a r e as difficult h e r e a s t h e y a r e in v . 1 7 . B u t t h e t e x t still appears to b e confused. T h e sense a p p e a r s t o b e ' A n d these, a c c o r d i n g to their n a m e s a n d their orders, a r e t h e leaders o f these heads o v e r t h o u s a n d s ' (see D i l l m a n n , Translation, 2 5 0 ) . — T h e derivation a n d t h e m e a n i n g o f t h e n a m e s a r e again u n c e r t a i n , e x c e p t t h a t Asfael p e r h a p s derives f r o m a n original VXBOS ( b u t c f . H a l e v y , JA v i . 9 ( 1 8 6 7 ) , 3 9 0 , w h o suggests a n original VMBOV—cf. 'jOV'rN, v . 1 7 ) ; f o r t h e functions o f this h e a d o v e r a t h o u s a n d c f . (?) V. 1 2 . — T h e E t h i o p i c t e x t breaks off a b r u p t l y a t 8 2 . 2 0 in t h e m i d d l e o f

193

THE

ETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF

ENOCH

the head over a thousand who is added to them (is) Asfael. And the days of his period of rule are complete. 83. I And now, ( i i v , 3 3 5 ) my son Methuselah, I will show you all the visions which I saw, recounting (them) before you. 83. 2 T w o visions I saw before I took a wife, and neither one was like the other. F o r the first time when I learnt the art of writing, and for the second time before I took your mother, I saw a terrible vision; and concerning them I made supplication ( i i v , b i ) to the L o r d . 83. 3 I had lain down in the house of my grandfather Malalel, (when) I saw in a vision (how) heaven was thrown down and removed, and it fell upon the earth. 83. 4 And when it fell upon the earth, I saw how the earth was swallowed up ( i i v , h^) in a great abyss, and mountains were suspended on mountains, and hills sank down upon hills, and tall trees were torn up by their roots, and were thrown down, and sank into the abyss. 83. 5 And then speech fell into my mouth, and I raised (my voice) to cry out ( i i v , b i o ) and said: ' T h e earth is destroyed!' 83. 6 And my grandfather Malalel roused me, while I lay near him, and said to m e : 'Why do you cry out so, my son, and why do you moan so ?' 83.7 And I recounted to him the whole vision which I had seen, and he said to m e : 'A terrible thing you have seen, my son! Y o u r dream-vision concerns ( i i v , bi5) the secrets of all the sin of the earth; it is about to sink into the abyss, and be utterly destroyed. 83. 8 And now, my

t h e description o f t h e leaders o f t h e stars a n d t h e seasons w h i c h t h e y control, a n d t h e a s t r o n o m i c a l section o f t h e E t h i o p i c E n o c h is p r o b a b l y i n c o m p l e t e . H o w e v e r , t h e r e a r e f r a g m e n t s in A r a m a i c ( A r a m * " ' - ^ ! i-iii) w h i c h h a v e n o parallel in E t h , b u t a p p e a r t o h a v e belonged to t h e final p a r t o f t h e Q u m r a n B o o k o f A s t r o n o m y ; see the I n t r o d u c t i o n , a b o v e , p. 1 2 . 8 3 . 4 b y t h e i r r o o t s : literally ' f r o m their r o o t s ' , o r ' f r o m their t r u n k s ' . 8 3 . 7 c o n c e r n s : c f . D i l l m a n n , Translation, 54, 2 5 3 . ' J ? A i means literally ' b e s t r o n g ' , h e n c e ' b e heavy, b e b u r d e n s o m e ' — ' Y o u r d r e a m vision is h e a v y w i t h t h e s e c r e t s o f all t h e sin o f t h e e a r t h ' .

CHAPTERS 82-84

193

son, rise, and make supplication to the L o r d of Glory—for you are faithful—^that a remnant may be left on the earth, and that he may not wipe out the whole ( i i v , hzo) earth. 83. 9 M y son, from heaven all this will come upon the earth, and upon the earth there will be great destruction.' 83. 1 0 And then I rose, and prayed, and made supplication, and wrote m y prayer down for the generations of eternity, and I will show everything to you, my son Methuselah. 83. 1 1 And when I went out below, and ( i iv, b25) saw heaven, and the sun rising in the east, and the moon setting in the west, and some stars, and the whole earth, and everj^hing as he knew it at the begirming, then I blessed the L o r d of Judgement, and ascribed majesty to him, for he makes the sun come out from the windows of the east, ( i i v , b3o) so that it ascends and rises on the face of heaven, and sets out and goes in the path which has been shovm to it. 84. I And I raised my hands in righteousness, and I blessed the Holy and Great One, and I spoke with the breath of m y mouth, and with the tongue of flesh which God has made for men born of flesh, ( i i v , b 3 5 ) that they might speak with it; and he has given them breath, and a tongue and a mouth, that they might speak with them. 84. 2 'Blessed (are) you,

8 3 . I I a s h e k n e w i t : w e e x p e c t 'as h e m a d e / c r e a t e d it', r a t h e r t h a n ' a s h e k n e w it'. F o r s o m e suggested explanations o f t h e t e x t see C h a r l e s , Text, 1 6 1 . s o t h a t i t a s c e n d s a n d r i s e s e t c . : hterally 'and it ascends a n d rises, e t c . ' . 84.

I

Cf. 14. 2.

t h e H o l y a n d G r e a t O n e : cf. i . 3 . for m e n b o m of cf. 8 1 . 2.

flesh:

literally 'for t h e children o f t h e flesh of m e n ' ,

84. 2 - 4 T h e r e m a y possibly b e a relationship b e t w e e n t h e A r a m a i c f r a g m e n t 4 Q E n G i a n t s * 9 a n d E t h 84. 2 - 4 (cf. line 4 w i t h E t h 84. 3 ) , 826163

H

194

THE ETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF

ENOCH

O L o r d King, and great and powerful in your majesty. L o r d of the whole creation of heaven. King of Kings, and God of the whole world! And your kingly authority, and your sovereignty and your majesty will last for ever, and for ever and ever, ( i i v , c i ) and your power for all generations. And all the heavens (are) your throne for ever, and the whole earth your footstool for ever, and for ever and ever. 84. 3 F o r you made, and you rule, ever)rthing, and nothing is too hard for you, ( i i v , 05) and no wisdom escapes y o u ; it does

not turn zwzy from your throne, nor from your presence. And you know and see and hear everything, and nothing is hidden from you, for you see everything. 84. 4 And now the angels of your heaven ( i iv, c i o ) are doing wrong, and your anger rests upon the flesh of men until the day of the great judgement. 84. 5 And now, O God and L o r d and Great King, I entreat and ask that you will fulfil m y prayer to leave m e a posterity on earth, and not to wipe out all (11 v, C15) the flesh of men and make the earth empty, so that there is destruction

a l t h o u g h t h e t w o t e x t s a r e clearly v e r y different. T h e A r a m a i c reads as follows: I

] '71D...[

jT"

n

3

]nDnBpn «•? las '7i3i[

4

] . isai

5

nD'mi[p

]tr'7 namai ma'7a[

6

84. 3 a n d n o w i s d o m e s c a p e s y o u . S i n c e w i s d o m is personified in t h e following clause, t h e reading (Dh-htMl', T f l - f l : k^^hMi: is a little difficult. T h e reading o f A b b 5 5 ( t D T d - f l : M1iP l f l C ^ : as a gloss a n d r e a d Jiy"in<5h: (cf. B e r l a n d D i l l m a n n , Translation, 2 5 4 ) .

CHAPTERS

84-85

195

for ever. 84. 6 And now, my L o r d , wipe out from the earth the flesh which has provoked you to anger, but the flesh of righteousness and uprightness establish as a seed-bearing plant for ever. And do not hide your face from the prayer of your servant, ( i i v , cao) O L o r d . ' 85. I And after this I saw another dream, and I will show it all to you, my son. 85. 2 And Enoch raised (his voice) and said to his son Methuselah: ' T o you I speak, my son. Hear my words, and incline your ear to the dream-vision of your father. 85. 3 Before I took your mother Edna, ( i iv, C25) I saw in a vision on my bed, and behold, a bull came out of the earth, and that bull was white; and after it a heifer came out and with the heifer came two bullocks, and one of them was black, and the other red. 85. 4 And that black bullock struck ( I I V , C30) the red one, and pursued it over the earth, and from then on I could not see that red bullock. 85. 5 But that black bullock grew, and a heifer went with it; and I saw that many bulls come out from it which were like it ( i i v , C35) and followed behind it. 85. 6 And that cow, that first one, came from the presence of that first bull, seeking that red bullock, but did not find it; and thereupon it moaned bitterly, and continued to seek it. 85. 7 And I looked until that first bull came to it and (i2r, a i ) calmed it, and from that time it did not cry out. 85. 8 And after this she bore another white bull, and after it she bore many black bulls and cows. 85. 9 And I saw in my sleep that (i2r, 35) white bull, how it likewise grew and became a large white bull, and from it came many

84. 6 T h e r e m a y possibly b e a relationship b e t w e e n 4 Q E n G i a n t s * i o a n d E t h 84. 6, b u t this is n o t at all certain. T h e A r a m a i c reads as follows:

J-Sa is;S[ ] . 1 rr-jw [ ] 3 i xasn[ 8 5 . 3 a n d w i t h t h e h e i f e r : literally ' a n d w i t h it ( f e m . ) ' . 82616S

H

2

I

2 3

196

THE ETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF

ENOCH

white bulls, and they were like it. 85. 10 And they began to beget many white bulls which were like them, one following another. (i2r, a i o ) 86. i And again I looked with m y eyes as I was sleeping, and I saw heaven above, and behold, a star fell from heaven, and it arose and ate and pastured amongst those bulls. 86. 2 And after this I saw the large and the black bulls.

8 5 . 1 0 - 8 6 . 2 Milik h a s r e c e n t l y maintained that f r a g m e n t s i a n d 2 o f O x y r h y n c u s P a p y r u s 2 0 6 9 belong t o a G r e e k version o f t h e B o o k o f D r e a m s a n d h a s restored t h e f r a g m e n t s t o p r o d u c e a c o m p l e t e G r e e k t e x t o f t h e passages in question. T h u s h e identifies f r . i r + 2 r w i t h 8 5 . 1 0 - 8 6 . 2 a n d f r . i v + 2 v w i t h 8 7 . 1 - 3 a n d argues that t h e f o r m e r overlap with A r a m a i ( f o r w h i c h c f . 8 6 . 1 - 3 ) ; s e e Chronique d'£gypte 46 (1971), 3 2 1 - 4 3 ; HTR 64 ( 1 9 7 1 ) , 3 7 2 ; cf. also t h e I n t r o d u c t i o n , a b o v e , p p . 2 0 f. H o w e v e r , t h e restoration o f t h e G r e e k t e x t o n t h e scale here a t t e m p t e d seems t o m e o f v e r y limited value, a n d while t h e identification o f t h e f r a g m e n t s is plausible, it c a n n o t b e regarded as certain. I n view o f t h e v e r y small size b o t h o f the G r e e k f r a g m e n t s a n d o f A r a m ' i it is difficult, if n o t impossible, t o m a k e positive s t a t e m e n t s a b o u t t h e relationship o f the G r e e k a n d E t h i o p i c t o t h e A r a m a i c text, a n d it does n o t s e e m t o m e w o r t h discussing t h e G r e e k f r a g m e n t s in detail. B u t f o r purposes o f c o m p a r i s o n I give h e r e t h e ( u n r e s t o r e d ) t e x t o f f r . i r a n d f r . 2 r a n d below (see o n 8 7 . 1 - 3 ) t h e t e x t o f f r . i v a n d f r . 2 v . Fr. ir

KGI s . . [

F r . 2r

]EP[

TEPOS T [ O ] Y £ T E P O Y [

cov otvapAEifias T [

inrvco Ei5ov Toy [

]EPF

KOI EeECOpOUV [

£K T O U OUPCTVOU

jAoiao-, _ TR|v[ ] TTiv vonriv[ ] Kai rip5av[T0

[

cov TCOV tJi£yaXco[v T O UETa[

[..]?.iY[ F o r fr. i r c f . 8 5 . l o ( e n d ) a n d 8 6 . i , a n d f o r f r . 2 r c f . 8 6 . 2 . 86. 1 a n d b e h o l d , a s t a r . . . a m o n g s t t h o s e b u l l s : c f . Aram^^i i f.

2

pn''ra[ 8 6 . 2 A n d a f t e r t h i s I s a w : cf. A r a m ' i 2

nl'tn i n x a Sm.

t h e l a r g e a n d t h e b l a c k b u l l s : o r ' t h e large bulls a n d t h e black o n e s ' . T h e a u t h o r appears t o m a k e a distinction b e t w e e n t h e descendants o f

197

CHAPTERS 85-87

( i 2 r , a i 5 ) and behold, all of them changed their pens and their pastures and their heifers, and they began to moan, one after another. 86. 3 And again I saw in the vision and looked at heaven, and behold, I saw many stars, how they came down and were thrown down from ( l a r , aao) heaven to that first star, and amongst those heifers and bulls; they were with them, pasturing amongst them. 86.4 And I looked at them and saw, and behold, all of them let out their private parts like horses and began to mount ( i 2 r , 3 3 5 ) the cows of the bulls, and they all became pregnant and bore elephants and camels and asses. 86. 5 And all the bulls were afraid of them and were terrified before them, and they began to bite with their teeth, and to devour, and to gore with their horns. 86. 6 And ( i z r , 330) so they began to devour those bulls, and behold, all the sons of the earth began to tremble and shake before them, and to flee. 87. I And again I saw them, how they began to gore one S e t h ( ' t h e large bulls', c f . 8 5 . 9 f.) a n d t h e d e s c e n d a n t s o f C a i n ( ' t h e black bulls', c f . 8 5 . 5 , b u t cf. also 8 5 . 8 b ) . C f . D i l l m a n n , Translation, 3 5 6 . t h e i r p e n s a n d t h e i r p a s t u r e s e t c . : cf. A r a m ' i 3 ] . . •?....[

n W T T f [ .

t o m o a n . Milik {Chronique d'Sgypte 4 6 ( 1 9 7 1 ) , 3 2 9 , c f . his restoration o f t h e G r e e k o n p . 3 2 4 ) adopts t h e u n i q u e reading o f B M 4 8 5 , ' t o live' ('k vivre I'un prfes d e I ' a u t r e ' ) . H o w e v e r , in view o f t h e countless mistakes a n d mis-spelHngs i n B M 4 8 5 it s e e m s t o m e v e r y unlikely t h a t ithf-OO, j is t h e original E t h reading. A l l o t h e r E t h M S S . attest ' t o m o a n ' , a reading w h i c h makes p e r f e c t l y g o o d sense. 86. 3 a n d b e h o l d , I s a w m a n y s t a r s : cf. A r a m ' i 4 ] . .

]''3S13 S m [ .

a n d w e r e t h r o w n d o w n : o r ' a n d t h r e w themselves d o w n ' . 8 7 . 1 - 3 S e e t h e discussion a b o v e o n 8 5 . i o - 8 6 . 2 a n d t h e I n t r o d u c t i o n , p p . 2 0 f. F r . I V a n d f r . 2 v o f O x y r h y n c u s P a p y r u s 2 0 6 9 r e a d as f o l l o w s :

Fr. IV

]

[_o]£TEPOS

KA]i Tip^oTo iras a ]v ovapXevj/as ]E[I]S TOV oupcevo ]pcc|JIORN KCI 1

F r . 2 v ]y.?.?.5EXo[ ] TTIS xe\pos n[ ] uicov TTIS [

].
]v SK TOU OUpOtVOU

]lV .[..]oiS ]«??.[ F o r f r . I V cf. 8 7 . i ( e n d ) a n d 2 , a n d f o r f r . 2 v cf. 8 7 . 3 .

198

T H EETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF ENOCH

another and to devour one another, (i2r, 3 3 5 ) and the earth began to cry out. 87. 2 And I raised my eyes again to heaven and saw in the vision, and behold, there came from heaven beings who were like white m e n ; and four came from that place, and three (others) with them. 87. 3 And those three who came out last took hold of me by my hand, and raised me from the generations (i2r, b i ) of the earth, and lifted me on to a high place, and showed me a tower high above the earth, and all the hills were lower. 87. 4 And one said to m e : " R e main here until you have seen everything which is coming upon these elephants and (i2r, b5) camels and asses, and upon the stars, and upon all the bulls." 88. I And I saw one of those four who had come out first, how he took hold of that first star which had fallen from heaven, and bound it by its hands and its feet, and threw it (i2r, b i o ) into an abyss; and that abyss was narrow, and deep, and horrible, and dark. 88. 2 And one of them drew his sword and gave (it) to those elephants and camels and asses, and they began to strike one another, and the whole earth shook because of them. (i2r, b i 5 ) 88. 3 And as I looked in the vision, behold, one of those four who had come out cast from heaven and gathered and took all the large stars whose private parts (were) like the private parts of horses, and bound them all by their hands and their feet, ( 1 2 , b2o) and threw them into a chasm of the earth. 89. I And one of those four went to a white bull and taught

8 7 . 2 f o u r . I r e a d ' f o u r ' with E t h I since t h e r e a p p e a r t o b e seven angels altogether, cf. 88. i ; 90. 2 1 f. 88. 3 c a s t f r o m h e a v e n . . . t h e l a r g e s t a r s . A s the t e x t stands, Ytte: hTtl-n-l"! 'idS-Vi m u s t b e taken as t h e object o f (Bid.:. T h i s is a httle difficult so far as the sense is c o n c e r n e d , b u t n o t impossible. Cf., h o w e v e r , D i l l m a n n , Translation,

2 5 7 . — C f . ( ? ) Aram»4 i 1 1 ]N^NW [X]^iD[ ID.

t h e m a l l . . . a n d t h r e w : cf. A r a m ^ i 1 2

Xail

^'T" pn'?5[.

89. I A n d o n e o f t h o s e f o u r w e n t t o a w h i t e b u l l . I r e a d H h - : ' I t t y " \ with B M 4 9 1 a n d take "Hh": t o b e e m p l o y e d with t h e sense o f a n i n -

199

CHAPTERS 87-89

him a mystery, trembhng as he was. H e was born a bull, but became a man, and built for himself a large vessel and dwelt on it, (i2r, b25) and three bulls dwelt with him in that vessel, and they were covered over. 89. 2 And I again raised my eyes to heaven and saw a high roof, with seven water-channels on it, and those channels discharged much water into an enclosure. 89. 3 And (i2r, b3o) I looked again, and behold, springs opened on the floor of that large enclosure, and water began to bubble up and to rise above the floor; and I looked at that enclosure until its whole floor was covered by water. 89. 4 And water, and darkness, and mist increased on it; (i2r, b35) and I looked at the height of that water, and that water had risen above that enclosure and was pouring out over the enclosure, and it remained on the earth.

definite article (cf. D i l l m a n n , Grammar, 'those white bulls'. C f . Aram=4 i 1 3 x m n

3 3 1 ) . T h e o t h e r M S S . have p

in

Vs? V p x ]

xn2;[aix.

B M 4 9 1 clearly gives b e t t e r sense than the o t h e r E t h M S S . , b u t in the light o f the A r a m a i c it is possible that B M 4 9 1 does n o t contain the original E t h reading, b u t r a t h e r a c o r r e c t i o n of a t e x t that h a d b e c o m e corrupt. a n d b u i l t . . . o n i t : cf. Aram=4 i 1 4 m i a an""! m n aiS7 nV n [ a » . a n d t h r e e b u l l s . . . c o v e r e d o v e r : cf. Aram^4 i 1 5 (cf. T a n a 9) n'-oai n-ien x a n s ? i x a i s ? " ? nas? i [ a n \ 89. 2 a n d s a w . . . a n d t h o s e c h a n n e l s d i s c h a r g e d : cf. A r a m ' 4 i 1 6 ]''DBtt> nSJaa^ X m n t n [ T(^r\. A r a m would a p p e a r n o t to h a v e m e n t i o n e d the 'high r o o f a n d t o have h a d a s h o r t e r t e x t than E t h . 89. 3 a n d b e h o l d , s p r i n g s . . . a n d w a t e r b e g a n : cf. Aram«4 i 1 7 r"m XSJ1X X U a W n a ] m n X n i [ . E t h uses the w o r d 'springs' w h e r e A r a m has ' c h a m b e r s ' ( p i n , b u t see T a n a 9 a n d below on 89. 7 ) . N o t e also that the t e x t o f A r a m is s h o r t e r t h a n that o f E t h . a n d I l o o k e d . . . c o v e r e d b y w a t e r . I r e a d t D J l C J i f with B M 4 8 5 A b b 3 5 (cf. also A b b 5 5 ) . E t h I I has 'and m a d e that enclosure invisible until . . .' Cf. A r a m H i 1 8 ]"•» n'-Sn XSDX 757 n t n n'-in n3X[. N o t e t h e agreement between B M 4 8 5 A b b 35 and A r a m . 89. 4 a n d i t r e m a i n e d o n t h e e a r t h : cf. A r a m ' 4 i 1 9 n'h'S l ' ' a x p [ . A r a m would appear t o have h a d a s h o r t e r t e x t than E t h in this verse.

200

T H E ETHIOPIC

BOOK OF ENOCH

89. 5 And all the bulls of that enclosure were gathered together until I saw how they sank and were swallowed up and destroyed (i2r, c i ) in that water. 89. 6 And that vessel floated on the water, but all the bulls and elephants and camels and asses sank to the bottom, together with all the animals, so that I could not see them. (i2r, 05) And they were unable to get out, but were destroyed and sank into the depths. 89. 7 And again I looked in the vision until those water-channels were removed from that high roof, and the chasms of the earth

89. 5 A n d a l l t h e b u l l s . . . w e r e s w a l l o w e d u p : c f . Aram=4 i 1 9 ]''S?2t51 p p l T X^'lim. A r a m would again a p p e a r t o have h a d a s h o r t e r text than E t h . 89. 6 A n d t h a t v e s s e l . . . a l l t h e b u l l s a n d e l e p h a n t s a n d c a m e l s a n d a s s e s , e t c . : c f . A r a r n ^ i 2 0 f.

x j ' a m K'''7''si[

21

XJ'Sim (assuming t h e reading t o b e c o r r e c t ) h a s n o c o u n t e r p a r t in E t h (but cf. ' t o g e t h e r w i t h all t h e a n i m a l s ' ) . Besides this, in E t h t h e elephants are m e n t i o n e d i m m e d i a t e l y after t h e bulls, whereas this seems n o t t o have been t h e case in A r a m ' 4 i 2 0 f. 89. 7 f. A r a m ' 4 ii ( f r a g m e n t c ) m a y c o r r e s p o n d t o E t h 8 9 . 7 f. (see t h e n o t e o n Aram=4 ii 2 ) , b u t in view o f t h e small size o f t h e f r a g m e n t a n d t h e differences b e t w e e n A r a m a n d E t h t h e identification c a n n o t b e r e g a r d e d as certain. 89. 7 i n t h e v i s i o n u n t i l t h o s e w a t e r - c h a n n e l s : c f . (?) Aram''4 ii i

].

IS •^apnx

a n d t h e c h a s m s o f t h e e a r t h w e r e m a d e l e v e l : c f . ( ? ) Aram«4 ii 2 ] . TT'DB? K'''1'7n[. 8 9 . 7 ( t h e r e m o v a l o f t h e flood f r o m t h e e a r t h ) is t h e c o u n t e r p a r t o f 8 9 . 2 f. ( t h e c o m i n g o f t h e flood). A s in G e n . 7 : 1 1 t h e waters c o m e b o t h f r o m above a n d f r o m below. T h e waters f r o m above a r e c o n d u c t e d b y m e a n s o f channels, a n d E t h uses t h e s a m e w o r d (A?l<J""fl;) b o t h in 8 9 . 2 ( c f . ' 4 i 1 6 f^nKi) a n d in 8 9 . 7 . B u t E t h ( a p a r t f r o m T a n a 9) uses different w o r d s f o r t h e waters f r o m below. 8 9 . 3 refers t o t h e opening o f ' s p r i n g s ' ( A l ^ O ^ ' l ' ; ) , b u t 8 9 . 7 t o t h e making level o f t h e ' c h a s m s o f t h e e a r t h ' ( l ^ ' J I * : y£:Ci). Aram«4 i 1 7 c o r r e s p o n d s t o

Ylin

o o

89. 3 , b u t t h e w o r d u s e d in A r a m is ' c h a m b e r s ' (IITTB Sni). I t is plausible t o think t h a t t h e reversal o f this p r o c e s s is described

C H A P T E R 89

aoi

were made level, and other abysses were opened. 89. 8 And the water began to run down ( l a r , c i o ) into them until the earth became visible, and that vessel settled on the earth; and the darkness departed, and light appeared. 89. 9 And that white bull who became a man went out from that vessel, and the three bulls with him. And one of the three bulls was ( i 2 r , C15) white, like that bull, and one of them (was) red as blood, and one (was) black; and that white bull passed away from them. 89. 10 And they began to beget wildanimals and birds, so that there arose from them every (i2r, c 2 o ) kind of species: lions, tigers, wolves, dogs, hyenas, wild-boars, foxes, badgers, pigs, falcons, vultures, kites, eagles, and ravens. But amongst them was born a white bull. (i2r, C25) 89. 1 1 And they began to bite one another; but that white bull which was born amongst them begat a wild ass and a white bull with it, and the wild asses increassd. 89.12 But that bull which was born from it begat a black wild-boar (i2r, 030) and a white sheep; and that wild-boar begat many boars, and that sheep begat twelve sheep. 89. 1 3 And when those twelve sheep had grown, they handed one of their

in A r a m ' 4 ii 2 ]• I T ' S © N"'1in[, a n d that t h u s Aram=4 ii 2 c o r r e s p o n d s t o E t h ' a n d t h e c h a s m s o f t h e e a r t h w e r e m a d e level'. B u t if this is s o , A r a m a n d E t h clearly differ h e r e considerably. 89. 8 A n d t h e w a t e r . . . i n t o t h e m u n t i l t h e e a r t h : cf. (?) Aram«4 ii 3

] . B 8 i » y\rr\a p . . . . s e t t l e d o n t h e e a r t h : cf. (?) Aram^4 ii 4

"?»

89. I I A r a m ' ' 2 i 2 4 f. a p p e a r s t o relate t o E t h 89. 1 1 , b u t E t h has nothing c o r r e s p o n d i n g to ''2 i 2 4 ]'7K a n d t h e w i l d a s s e s : cf. (?) A r a m ' ' 2 i 2 5 ]''T1S?1 . . [. 89. 1 2 B u t t h a t b u l l : cf. (?) Aram«4 ii 1 2 JXVSSJI. a n d a w h i t e s h e e p : cf. (?) A r a m * 2 i 2 6 t w e l v e s h e e p : cf. (?) Aram«4 ii 1 4 ]

fS ""T l^lTi] •.. [. a n d (?) " 2 i 2 7 i » »

89. 1 3 o n e o f t h e i r n u m b e r : literally 'one o f t h e m ' .

[nn,

202

T H E E T H I O P I C BOOK OF E N O C H

number over to the asses, and those asses in turn handed ( i 2 r , C35) that sheep over to the vi^olves; and that sheep grew up amongst the wolves. 89. 1 4 And the L o r d brought the eleven sheep to dwell with it and to pasture with it amongst the wolves, and they increased and became many flocks of sheep. 89. 1 5 And the wolves began to make them afraid, and ( i 2 v , a i ) they oppressed them until they made away with their young, and they threw their young into a river with much water; but those sheep began to cry out because of their young, and t o complain to their L o r d . 89. 1 6 B u t a sheep which had been saved from the wolves ( i 2 v , a s ) fled and escaped to the wild asses. And I saw the sheep moaning and crying out, and petitioning their L o r d with all their

8 9 . 1 3 t h e y h a n d e d . . . t h a t s h e e p o v e r : cf. Aram-Jz i 2 8 Xnis?"? pnps

s m s n and % ii IS i]an'' Nnisi. 89. 1 4 A n d t h e L o r d b r o u g h t t h e e l e v e n s h e e p : c f . A r a m ° 4 ii 1 6 p S-IDT l a T a n d ^2 i 2 9 linVs S n [ » S ] . . . . [ . I f t h e placing o f A r a m ' 4 ii 1 6 in relation t o E t h is c o r r e c t , t h e r e is a significant difference b e t w e e n A r a m ( w h e r e J a c o b leads t h e sheep, c f . ^2 i 2 6 ]S? l a p ) and E t h ( w h e r e G o d leads t h e s h e e p ) . a m o n g s t t h e w o l v e s , a n d t h e y i n c r e a s e d : c f . A r a m ' 4 ii 1 7

89.

IS A n d t h e w o l v e s . . . oppressed t h e m :

NjlS?"? ^nVaV vip].

c f . Aram=4 ii 1 8

A r a m appears t o h a v e nothing c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o

' t o m a k e t h e m afraid', while E t h h a s a p r o n o m i n a l suffix instead o f

a n d t h e y t h r e w . . . m u c h w a t e r : Aram=4 ii 1 9 Sp^[ p r e s u m a b l y belongs a t this point, a l t h o u g h E t h has n o t h i n g c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o these words. 89. 1 6 B u t a s h e e p . . . w o l v e s

fled:

c f . (?) A r a m ° 4 ii 2 0 ( f r a g m e n t d )

]ri iaN[. T h e placing o f f r a g m e n t d a n d t h e restoration o f t h e s e c o n d word are both uncertain.

C H A P T E R 89

203

power, until that L o r d of the sheep came down . . . at the call of the sheep (i2v, a i o ) from a high room, and came to them, and looked at them. 89. 1 7 And he called that sheep which had fled from the wolves, and spoke to it about the wolves that it should warn them that they should not touch the sheep. 89. 18 And the sheep went to the wolves (i2v, 3 1 5 ) in accordance with the word of the Lord, and another sheep met that sheep and went with it; and the two of them together entered the assembly of those wolves, and spoke to them, and warned them that from then on they should not touch the sheep. (i2v, a2o) 89. 19 And after this I saw the wolves, how they acted even more harshly towards the sheep with all their power, and the sheep cried out. 89. 20 And their L o r d came to the sheep and began to beat those wolves; and the wolves began to moan, but the sheep (i2v, 325) became silent, and from then on they did not cry out. 89. 2 1 And I looked at the sheep until they escaped from the wolves; but the eyes of the wolves were bhnded, and those wolves went out in pursuit of the sheep with all their forces. 89. 2 2 And the L o r d of the sheep went (i2v, 330) with them as he led them, and all his sheep followed h i m ; and his face (was) glorious, and his appearance terrible and magnificent. 89. 23 But the wolves began to pursue those sheep until they met them by a stretch of water. 89. 24 And that stretch of water was divided, (i2v, 3 3 5 ) and the water stood on one side and on the other before them; and their L o r d , as he led them, stood between them and the wolves. 89. 25 And while those wolves had not yet seen the sheep, they went into the middle of that stretch of water; but the wolves pursued (i2v, b i ) the sheep.

u n t i l t h a t L o r d o f t h e s h e e p c a m e d o w n : cf. (?) A r a m ° 4 ii 2 1 (fragm e n t d) ] .

nnns? n. [.

c a m e d o w n . . . a t t h e c a l l . I o m i t K^^Cftt; t w i c e b y mistake in R y l a n d B M 4 8 6 . a n d l o o k e d a t t h e m : or 'and p a s t u r e d t h e m ' .

( i s t ) w h i c h was copied

ao4

T H EETHIOPIC BOOK OF ENOCH

and those wolves ran after them into that stretch of water. 89. 2 6 But when they saw the L o r d of the sheep, they turned to flee before him; but that stretch of water flowed together again and suddenly resumed its natural form, ( i 2 v , h^) and the water swelled up and rose until it covered those wolves. 89. 2 7 And I looked until all the wolves which had pursued those sheep were destroyed and drowned. 89. 2 8 B u t the sheep escaped from that water and went t o a desert where there was neither water ( i 2 v , b i o ) nor grass; and they began to open their eyes and to see; and I saw the L o r d of the sheep pasturing them and giving them water and grass, and that sheep going and leading them. 89. 29 And that sheep went up to the summit of a high rock, and ( i 2 V , b i 5 ) the L o r d of the sheep sent it to them. 89. 3 0 And after this I saw the L o r d of the sheep standing before them, and his appearance (was) terrible and majestic, and all those sheep saw him and were afraid of him. 8 9 . 3 1 And all of them were afraid and trembled

89. 2 5 a n d t h o s e w o l v e s : hlSih i A'HO'fll'; (2nd) seems superfluous here, cf. F l e m m i n g , Text, 1 2 5 . 89. 2 7 t h e w o l v e s w h i c h h a d p u r s u e d t h o s e s h e e p : c f . ( ? ) Aram=4

iii 1 4 N]!!?*? r S T I

K-'ap. — A r a m H iii i S reads prT-Vs? ISH

T h e r e is n o t h i n g c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o this i n E t h 8 9 . 2 7 , b u t s o m e t h i n g similar at t h e e n d o f E t h 8 9 . 2 6 . 89. 2 8 B u t t h a t s h e e p : c f . (?) Axam%

iii 1 5

a d e s e r t w h e r e : c f . A r a m ^ iii 1 6 j't 1T1K NmnS[. a n d t h e y b e g a n t o o p e n t h e i r e y e s : c f . A r a m ° 4 iii 1 7

i]nn&r)[n] ]i,Tr5?i[. p a s t u r i n g t h e m a n d g i v i n g t h e m : c f . A r a m ' 4 iii 1 8 ] • *? ami pfl"? [. 89. 2 9 w e n t u p t o t h e s u m m i t o f a h i g h r o c k : c f . A r a m ° 4 iii 1 9 «ia m]ib

i?'?[0 a n d ( ? ) ^2 ii 2 7 ] • a X I ini

C f . Aram<^4 3 ( E t h 89. 3 2 ) .

89. 3 0 b e f o r e t h e m , a n d h i s a p p e a r a n c e ( w a s ) t e r r i b l e a n d m a j e s t i c : E t h I I ; E t h I 'before t h e m , a n d his a p p e a r a n c e (was) great a n d terrible and m a j e s t i c ' ; c f . Axzm^z ii 2 9 ] . a i l *\'>pT\ mm K3S7 VppV. 89. 3 1 A n d a l l o f t h e m w e r e a f r a i d : c f . Aram'=4 i ] . Sim ]1il'7iai [.

205

CHAPTERS 89

before h i m ; ( i 2 v , hzo) and they cried out after that sheep with them which was in their midst: " W e cannot stand before our L o r d , nor look at h i m . " 89. 32 And that sheep which led them again went up to the summit of that rock; and the sheep began to be blinded ( i 2 v , b25) and to go astray from the path which it had shown to them, but that sheep did not know. 89. 33 And the L o r d of the sheep was extremely angry with them, and that sheep knew, and went down from the summit of the rock, and came t o the sheep, and found ( i 2 v , b3o) the majority of them with their eyes bUnded and going astray from his path. 89. 34 And when they saw it, they were afraid and trembled before it, and wished that they could return to their enclosure. 89. 35 And that sheep took some other sheep with it, and went to those ( i 2 v , b35) sheep which had gone astray, and then began to kill them; and the sheep were

a f t e r t h a t s h e e p w i t h t h e m . . . b e f o r e o u r L o r d . I follow t h e t e x t o f B M 4 8 5 ( c f . A b b 5 5 ) a n d a s s u m e t h a t originally i n E t h t h e r e was only a r e f e r e n c e t o M o s e s h e r e (cf. E x o d . 2 0 : 1 8 f f . ) ; c f . Aram''4 2 "ralipV W r a X fby pn-ra nin . [ i t is interesting t o n o t e t h a t WPi; '^hhfpao': ( A b b 3 5 E t h I I ) / HOtf: °7Xhft°fn>*: B M 4 8 5 B M 4 9 1 B e r l A b b 5 5 T a n a 9 ) , w h i c h C h a r l e s took as a d i t t o g r a p h (cf. Text, 1 7 2 ; B e e r , Translation, 2 9 2 ) , w o u l d appear t o represent s o m e t h i n g w h i c h s t o o d in A r a m . 89. 3 2 a g a i n w e n t u p . . . s h e e p b e g a n : c f . Aram'=4 3

]

[ijnw NJsn p NBD mib pVoi w">i[na.

t o t h e m . . . d i d n o t k n o w : cf. Aram<=4 4

pna S T

KlttNl

pri[V.

89. 3 3 A n d t h e L o r d . . . a n g r y w i t h t h e m : c f . Aram'=4 4

ps...

xis? Niai.

a n d c a m e . . . e y e s b l i n d e d : c f . Aram'=4 5

] . a ]in[ ] . » " r i a nawxi s i s bs n n x i . . [ 89. 3 4 b e f o r e i t . . . t h e i r e n c l o s u r e : c f . Aram'=4 6

IpmnV . . . " ? ]''as[ pn]"?i Miaipp. 89. 3 5 t o t h o s e s h e e p w h i c h h a d g o n e a s t r a y . . . w e r e a f r a i d o f i t :

cf. (?) Aram'=4 7 ]"ia"? Vm

kvst}

Via

[. Because o f t h e

2o6

THE ETHIOPIC BOOK OF

ENOCH

afraid of it. And that sheep brought back those sheep which had gone astray, and they returned to their enclosures. 89. 36 And I looked there at the vision until that sheep became a man, and built a house for the L o r d of the sheep, and made all the sheep stand ( i 2 v , c i ) in that house. 89. 37 And I looked until that sheep which had met that sheep which led the sheep fell asleep; and I looked until all the large sheep were destroyed and small ones rose up ( i 2 v , 05) in their place, and they came to a pasture, and drew near to a river of water. 89. 38 And that sheep which led them, which had become a man, separated from them and fell asleep; and all the sheep sought it and cried out very bitterly over it. 89. 39 And I looked until they left off ( i 2 v , c i o ) crying for that sheep and crossed that river of water; and there arose all the sheep which led them in place of those which had fallen asleep, and they led them. 89. 40 And I looked until the sheep came to a good place and a pleasant and glorious land, ( i 2 v , C15) and I looked until those sheep were satisfied; and that house (was) in the middle of them in the pleasant land. 89. 4 1 And sometimes their eyes were opened, and sometimes blinded, until

difficulty o f reading A r a m " 4 t h e relationship b e t w e e n E t h a n d A r a m at this point is n o t entirely clear. T h u s it is n o t clear w h e t h e r t h e subject o f flW] is M o s e s a n d t h e L e v i t e s (cf. E x o d . 3 2 : 2 5 - 9 ) o r t h e apostate Israelites (the sheep w h o h a d g o n e a s t r a y ) . H o w e v e r , E t h a n d A r a m w o u l d a p p e a r in a n y case t o have differed f r o m one a n o t h e r . 89. 3 5 A n d t h a t s h e e p . . . t h e i r e n c l o s u r e s : cf. Aram''4 8 f.

].

xa-'

np»K"7i

n y n " ? ! XVJ . . . . s"?

p[

T h e r e is nothing in E t h w h i c h c o r r e s p o n d s t o Aram"=4 9, b u t in a n y case the m e a n i n g a n d interpretation o f this line are s o m e w h a t u n c e r t a i n . 89. 3 6 t h a t s h e e p b e c a m e a m a n , a n d b u i l t : cf. Aram''4 1 0

] . 13571BHJX S i m ^Bnnx °f [ x ] ' i a [ x . 89. 3 9 a l l t h e s h e e p . 'All' is a slightly o d d w o r d t o use here (cf. D i l l m a n n , Translation, 2 6 1 ; C h a r l e s , Text, 1 7 3 ) , b u t t h e t e x t is n o t impossible.

207

CHAPTER 89

another sheep rose up and led them, and brought them all back, and their eyes were opened, (izv, c2o) 89. 4 2 And the dogs and the foxes and the wild-boars began to devour those sheep until the Lord of the sheep raised up a ram from among them which led them. 8 9 . 4 3 And that ram began to butt those dogs and foxes and wild-boars, on one side and on the other, ( i 2 v , C25) until it had destroyed them all. 89. 4 4 And the eyes of that sheep were opened, and it saw that ram in the middle of the sheep, how it renounced its glory and began to butt those sheep, and (how) it trampled on them and behaved unbecomingly. ( i 2 V , C30) 89. 4 5 And the L o r d of the sheep sent the sheep to another sheep and raised it up to be a ram, and to lead the sheep in place of that sheep which had renounced its glory. 89. 46 And it went to it, and spoke with

89. 42 u n t i l t h e L o r d o f t h e s h e e p r a i s e d u p . I follow U l l w h o s e t e x t agrees with G r ^ * ' . I t is interesting t o note t h e successive stages in t h e d e v e l o p m e n t o f t h e E t h i o p i c t e x t h e r e : ( i ) U l l ; ( l a ) B M 492; (2) B M 48s; (3) R y l = B M 491 Berl A b b 35 T a n a 9 o t h e r E t h I I M S S . ; (4) A b b SS B o d l s 7 M S S . 89. 43 Aram''2 iii 27 reads ].m3[, w h i c h is perhaps t o b e restored

•>]niinpa ( c f . Gr^^t

TOTS K^paaiv). Aram'^z f o r w h i c h c f . G r ^ * ' uots troAAous.

iii

28 has fl'-X'J^ ]''Tm[

89. 44 A n d t h e e y e s o f t h a t s h e e p w e r e o p e n e d . E t h refers here t o S a m u e l (cf. v . 41), G r ^ * ' (TO irpopocTa) t o t h e Israehtes in general. S i n c e b o t h E t h a n d G r ^ * ' specifically allude t o S a m u e l in t h e n e x t verse, E t h w o u l d a p p e a r t o have a superior t e x t here ( c f . Charles, Text, 17s a n d c o n t r a s t Charles, Text, 174). t h a t r a m i n t h e m i d d l e o f t h e s h e e p : c f . A r a m ' ' 2 iii 29 N]3S7 ""T S I D l V ] . h o w i t r e n o u n c e d i t s g l o r y : E t h ; G r ^ * ' 'until it left its w a y ' . E t h presupposes a G r e e k TTIV SO^CCV aCrroO, instead o f TTIV 6 5 6 V aCrroO. Similarly at t h e e n d of t h e verse ( H h l U A i t . S r ' l i / dvoSlqt), a n d at t h e e n d of v . 4s (H:^A11 ft-nrfitO-j/ToO oKp^vTos Tfiv 656v auToO). Aram<'2 iii 30 ] n i x a [ (for w h i c h cf. (?) G r ^ * ' ocvoSia) appears to indicate that A r a m used t h e s a m e terminology as Gr'^*', b u t in view of t h e d a m a g e d state of A r a m * 2 iii this m u s t r e m a i n uncertain. 89. 4S w h i c h h a d r e n o u n c e d i t s g l o r y : see t h e n o t e on v . 44.

2o8

THE

ETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF

ENOCH

it alone, and raised up that ram, and made it (i2v, C 3 5 ) the prince and leader of the sheep; and during all this those dogs oppressed the sheep. 89. 4 7 And the first ram pursued that second ram, and that second ram rose and fled before it. And I looked until those dogs made the first ram fall. 89. 48 And that second ram ( i 3 r , a i ) rose up and led the small sheep, and that ram begat many sheep and fell asleep; and a small sheep became ram in place of it, and became the prince and leader of those sheep. (i3r, 3 5 ) 89. 49 And those sheep grew and increased; but all the dogs and foxes and wild-boars were afraid and fled from it, and that ram butted and killed all the animals, and those animals did not again prevail amongst the sheep and did not seize anything further ( i 3 r , a i o ) from them. 89. 50 And that house became large and broad, and for those sheep a high tower was built on that house for the L o r d of the sheep; and that house was low, but the tower (i3r, 3 1 5 ) was raised up and high; and the L o r d of the sheep stood on that tower, and they spread a full table before him. 89. 5 1 And I saw those sheep again, how they went astray, and walked in many ways, and left that house of theirs; and the L o r d (i3r, a2o) of the sheep called some of the sheep and sent them to the sheep, but the sheep began to kill them. 89. 52 But one of them was saved and was not killed, and it sprang away and cried out against the sheep, and they wished to kill it; but the L o r d of the sheep saved it from (i3r, 3 2 5 ) the hands of the sheep, and brought it up to me, and made it remain (there). 89. 53 And he sent many other sheep to those sheep to testify (to them) and to lament over

89. 4 8 a n d t h a t r a m b e g a t , e t c . I t is noticeable t h a t whereas E t h 89. 4 8 b refers t o t h e d e a t h o f D a v i d a n d t h e accession o f S o l o m o n , E t h 89. 4 9 refers m o r e naturally t o t h e military exploits o f D a v i d t h a n t o those o f S o l o m o n . I n view o f this, a n d in view o f t h e omission o f 89. 4 8 b in G r ^ * ' , it is plausible t o think t h a t 89. 4 8 b originally followed at t h e e n d of v. 4 9 , a n d t h a t at s o m e stage v . 4 8 b d r o p p e d o u t o f t h e t e x t o f E t h a n d was subsequently reinserted in t h e w r o n g place (cf. C h a r l e s , Translation, 1 9 7 f., c o n t r a s t D i l l m a n n , Translation, 262 f.).

C H A P T E R 89

209

them. 89. 54 And after this I saw how when they left the house of the L o r d of the sheep and his tower, they went astray in everything, (i3r, 330) and their eyes were blinded; and I saw how the L o r d of the sheep wrought much slaughter among them in their pastures until those sheep (themselves) invited that slaughter and betrayed his place. 89. 55 And he gave them into the hands of the lions and the tigers and (i3r, 3 3 5 ) the wolves and the hyenas, and into the hands of the foxes, and to all the animals; and those wild animals began to tear those sheep in pieces. 89. 56 And I saw how he left that house of theirs and their tower and gave them all into the hands of the lions, that they might tear them in pieces and devour them, (i3r, b i ) into the hands of all the animals. 89. 5 7 And I began to cry out with all my power, and to call the L o r d of the sheep, and to represent to him with regard to the sheep that they were being devoured by all the wild animals. (i3r, h^) 89. 58 But he remained still, although he saw (it), and rejoiced that they were devoured and swallowed up and carried off, and he gave them into the hands of all the animals for food. 89. 59 And he called seventy shepherds and cast off those sheep that they might pasture them; and he said to (i3r, b i o ) the shepherds and to their companions: " E a c h one of you from now on is to pasture the sheep, and do whatever I command you. 89. 60 And I will hand (them) over to you duly numbered and will tell you which of them are to be destroyed, and destroy t h e m . " And he handed those sheep over to them. (i3r, b i 5 ) 89. 61 And he called another and said to h i m : "Observe and see everything that the shepherds do against these sheep, for they will destroy from among them more than I have commanded them. 89. 62 And write down all the excess and destruction which is wrought by the shepherds, how many they destroy (i3r, b2o) at m y command, and how many they destroy of their own volition; write down against each shepherd

89. 60 d u l y n u m b e r e d : literally ' b y n u m b e r ' .

aio

THE

ETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF

ENOCH

individually all that he destroys. 89. 63 And read out before me exactly how many they destroy of their own volition, and how many are handed over to them for destruction, that this may be a testimony for me (i3r, b25) against them, that I may know all the deeds of the shepherds, in order to hand them over (for destruction), and may see what they do, whether they abide by my command which I have commanded them, or not. 89. 64 But they must not know (this), and you must not show (this) to them, nor reprove them, but (only) write down against each individual in his time all that the shepherds destroy (i3r, b3o) and bring it all u p to m e . " 89. 65 And I looked until those shepherds pastured at their time, and they began to kill and to destroy more than they were commanded, and they gave those sheep into the hands of the lions. 89. 66 And the lions and the tigers devoured and swallowed up (i3r, b35) the majority of those sheep, and the wild-boars devoured with them; and they burnt down that tower and demolished that house. 89. 67 And I was extremely sad about the tower, because that house of the sheep had been demohshed; and after that I was unable to see (i3r, c i ) whether those sheep went into that house. 89. 68 And the shepherds and their companions handed those sheep over to all the animals that they might devour them; each one of them at his time received an exact number, (i3r, 05) and (of) each

89. 63 e x a c t l y : literally ' b y n u m b e r ' . a n d h o w m a n y a r e h a n d e d o v e r t o t h e m f o r d e s t r u c t i o n . I take t h e subject o f j^'^'TtD'Pa^! to b e impersonal, cf. D i l l m a n n , Translation, 2 6 8 . T h e passage c o u l d also be t r a n s l a t e d : 'and h o w m a n y t h e y h a n d o v e r f o r destruction'. i n o r d e r to h a n d t h e m o v e r (for d e s t r u c t i o n ) : Abb 35 Eth. II. T h i s t e x t s e e m s t o m a k e reasonable sense, t h e r e f e r e n c e being t o t h e future p u n i s h m e n t of t h e shepherds (cf. 90. 2 2 ff.). Charles {Text, 179) reads J l f f n T P f l " * i ('that I m a y c o m p r e h e n d t h e m ' ) , a n e m e n d a t i o n o f B M 4 8 5 B e r l T a n a 9 X a J T P o D * j ; this is a w k w a r d g r a m m a t i c a l l y a n d , although possible, seems t o m e an unlikely e m e n d a t i o n . 89. 66 d e m o l i s h e d : literally ' d u g ' , ' u n d e r m i n e d ' . 89. 68 a n e x a c t n u m b e r : literally ' b y n u m b e r ' .

C H A P T E R 89

211

one of them after the other there was written in a book how many of them he destroyed . . . 89. 69 And each one killed and destroyed more than was prescribed, and I began to weep and to moan very m u c h because of (i3r, c i o ) those sheep. 89. 70 And likewise in the vision I saw that one who wrote, how every day he wrote down each one which was destroyed by those shepherds, and (how) he brought up and presented and showed the whole book to the L o r d of the sheep, everything that they had done, and all that each one of them had made away with, (i3r, c i 5 ) and all that they had handed over to destruction. 89. 71 And the book was read out before the L o r d of the sheep, and he took the book in his hand, and read it, and sealed it, and put it down. 89. 72 And after this I saw how the shepherds pastured for twelve hours, and behold, three of those sheep (i3r, c2o) returned and arrived and came and began to build up all that had fallen down from that house; but the wild-boars hindered them so that they could not. 89. 73 And they began again to build, as before, and they raised up that tower, and it was called the high tower; and they began again to place (i3r, C25) a table before the tower, but all the bread on it (was) unclean and was not pure. 89. 74 And besides all (this) the eyes of these sheep were blinded so that they could not see, and their shepherds likewise; and they handed yet more of them over to their shepherds for destruction, and they trampled upon the sheep with their feet (i3r, 030) and devoured them.

a f t e r t h e o t h e r . I take this t o be t h e sense o f Ah^h-i, a l t h o u g h t h e c o n s t r u c t i o n is s o m e w h a t s t r a n g e . I t w o u l d be m u c h simpler to o m i t A before iliVfr:, cf. D i l l m a n n , Translation, 2 6 9 . t h e r e w a s w r i t t e n . I take j B J f r A ^ i as i m p e r s o n a l . d e s t r o y e d . . . I o m i t A^fimistake.

i Ain>9^di^ i w h i c h has b e e n c o p i e d h e r e b y

89. 7 0 p r e s e n t e d : literally ' c a u s e d t o r e s t ' , ' p u t d o w n ' .

212

THE

ETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF

ENOCH

89. 75 But the L o r d of the sheep remained still until all the sheep were scattered abroad and had mixed with them, and they did not save them from the hand of the animals. 89. 7 6 And that one who wrote the book brought it up, and showed it, and read (it) out in the dwelling of the L o r d of the sheep; and he entreated him (i3r, C 3 5 ) on behalf of them, and petitioned him as he showed him all the deeds of their shepherds, and testified before him against all the shepherds. 89. 7 7 And he took the book, and put it down by him, and went out. 90. I And I looked until the time that thirty-seven shepherds had pastured (the sheep) in the same way, and, each individually, they all completed their time like (13V, a i ) the first ones; and others received them into their hands to pasture them at their time, each shepherd at his own time. 90. 2 And after this I saw in the vision all the birds of heaven coming: the eagles, ( 1 3 V , 3 5 ) and the vultures, and the kites, and the ravens; but the eagles led all the birds; and they began to devour those sheep, and to peck out their eyes, and to devour their flesh. 90. 3 And the sheep cried out because their flesh was devoured by the birds, and I cried out ( 1 3 V , a i o ) and lamented in my sleep on account of that shepherd who pastured the sheep. 90. 4 And I looked until those sheep were devoured by the dogs and by the eagles and by the kites, and they left on them neither flesh nor skin nor sinew until only their bones remained; ( 1 3 V , 3 1 5 ) and their bones fell upon the ground, and the sheep became few. 90. 5 And I looked until the time that twenty-three shepherds had pastured (the sheep); and they completed, each in his time, fifty-eight times. 90. 6 And small lambs were born from those

89. 7 5 w i t h t h e m : i.e. w i t h t h e animals, a l t h o u g h t h e expression is a little careless (cf. D i l l m a n n , Translation, 271). a n d t h e y : i.e. a n d t h e s h e p h e r d s . 9 0 . I t h i r t y - s e v e n : generally taken as a mistake for 'thirty-five', c f . 8 9 . 7 2 ; 9 0 . 5, 1 7 .

CHAPTERS 89-90

213

white sheep, and they began to open their eyes, (13V, a2o) and to see, and to cry to the sheep. 90. 7 But the sheep did not cry to them and did not hsten to what they said to them, but were extremely deaf, and their eyes were extremely and excessively blinded. 90. 8 And I saw in the vision how the ravens flew upon those lambs, and took one of those (13V, 325) lambs, and dashed the sheep in pieces and devoured them. 90. 9 And I looked until horns came up on those lambs, but the ravens cast their horns down; and I looked until a big horn grew on one of those sheep, and their eyes were opened. (13V, 330) 90. 10 And it looked at them, and their eyes were opened, and it cried to the sheep, and the rams saw it, and they all ran to it. 90. 1 1 And besides all this those eagles and vultures and ravens and kites were still continually tearing the sheep in pieces (13V, 3 3 5 ) and flying upon them and devouring them; and the sheep were silent, but the rams lamented and cried out. 90. 1 2 And those ravens battled and fought with it, and wished to make away with its horn, but they did not prevail against it. 90. 13 And I looked at them until the shepherds and the eagles and those vultures and kites came and cried (13V, bi) to the ravens that they should dash the horn of that ram in pieces; and they fought and battled with it, and it fought with them and cried out that its help might come to it. 90. 1 4 And I looked until that man (13V, bs) who wrote down the names of the shepherds and brought (them) up before the L o r d of the sheep came, and he helped that ram and showed it every^ing, (namely, that) its help was coming down. 90. 15 And I looked until that L o r d of the sheep came to them in anger, and all those who saw him fled, and they all fell (13V, b i o ) into the shadow before him. 90. 16 All the eagles and vultures and ravens and kites gathered together and brought with them all the wild sheep, and they all came together and helped one another in

9 0 . IS i n t o t h e s h a d o w : B M 4 8 5 B M 4 9 1 T a n a 9 ; o t h e r M S S . 'into his s h a d o w ' . T h e expression is a Httle o b s c u r e ; cf. D i l l m a n n , Translation, 2 8 1 f . ; F l e m m i n g , Translation, 119.

214

T H E ETHIOPIC BOOK OF ENOCH

order to dash that horn of the ram in pieces. 90. 1 7 And I looked at that ( 1 3 V , b i 5 ) m a n who wrote the book at the command of the L o r d until he opened that book of the destruction which those twelve last shepherds had wrought, and he showed before the L o r d of the sheep that they had destroyed even more than (those) before them. 90. 1 8 A n d I looked until the L o r d of the sheep came to them ( 1 3 V , hzo) and took in his hand the staff of his anger and struck the earth; and the earth was split, and all the animals and the birds of heaven fell from those sheep and sank in the earth, and it closed over them. 90. 1 9 And I looked until a big sword was given to the sheep, ( 1 3 V , hz^) and the sheep went out against all the wild animals to kill them, and all the animals and the birds of heaven fled before them. 90. 20 And I looked until a throne was set up in the pleasant land, and the L o r d of the sheep sat on it; and they took ( 1 3 V , b3o) all the sealed books and opened those books before the L o r d of the sheep. 90. 2 1 And the L o r d called those men, the seven first white ones, and commanded (them) to bring before him the first star which went before those stars ( 1 3 V , b 3 5 ) whose private parts (were) like the private parts of horses . . . and they brought them all before him. 90. 2 2 And he said t o that man who wrote before him, who was one of the seven white ones—he said to h i m : " T a k e those seventy shepherds to whom I handed over the sheep, and who, on their own authority, took and killed more than I commanded t h e m . "

90. 1 8 c l o s e d : literally 'was c o v e r e d ' . 90. 2 0 a n d t h e y t o o k . . . a n d o p e n e d . I take (Oihh i a n d codjffi^lil t o have a n impersonal s u b j e c t ; c o n t r a s t C h a r l e s , Text, 1 8 5 . 90. 2 1 t h e f i r s t s t a r w h i c h w e n t b e f o r e t h o s e s t a r s w h o s e p r i v a t e p a r t s ( w e r e ) l i k e t h e p r i v a t e p a r t s o f h o r s e s . . . T h e t e x t is c o r r u p t . I r e a d Alih-O; w i t h B M 4 8 5 B M A d d . 2 4 9 9 0 a n d o m i t (DAJih-O: ^^'^<Ei 11(0^4'! 'PAao ! as a gloss. T h i s is n o t v e r y satisfactory, b u t it is d o u b t ful w h e t h e r it is n o w possible t o r e c o v e r t h e original E t h i o p i c t e x t . F o r a different view, c f . D i l l m a n n , Translation, 6 4 , 2 8 4 ; C h a r l e s , Translation, 2 1 3 .

C H A P T E R 90

215

(13V, c i ) 90. 23 And behold, I saw them all bound, and they all stood before him. 90. 24 And the judgement was held first on the stars, and they were judged and found guilty; and they went to the place of damnation, and were thrown into (13V, 05) a deep (place), full of fire, burning and full of pillars of fire. 90. 25 And those seventy shepherds were judged and found guilty, and they also were thrown into that abyss of fire. 90. 26 And I saw at that time how a similar abyss was opened in the middle (13V, c i o ) of the earth which was full of fire, and they brought those blind sheep, and they were all judged and found guilty and thrown into that abyss of fire, and they burned; and that abyss was on the south of that house. 90. 2 7 And I saw those sheep burning, (13V, C15) and their bones were burning. 90. 28 And I stood up to look until he folded up that old house, and they removed all the pillars, and all the beams and ornaments of that house were folded up with it; and they removed it and put it in a place in the south of the land. 90. 29 And (13V, c2o) I looked until the L o r d of the sheep brought a new house, larger and higher than that first one, and he set it up on the site of the first one which had been folded u p ; and all its pillars (were) new, and its ornaments (were) new and larger than (those of) the first one, the old one which he had removed. (13V, C25) And the L o r d of the sheep (was) in the middle of it. 90. 30 And I saw all the sheep which were left, and all the animals on the earth and all the birds of heaven falling down and worshipping those sheep, and entreating them and obeying them in every command. 90. 3 1 And after this (13V, 030) those three who were dressed in white and had taken hold of me by my hand, the ones who had brought me up at first—^they, with the hand of that ram also holding me, took me up and put me down in the middle of those sheep before the judgement was held.

90. 2 6 s o u t h : literally 'right'. 90. 3 8 s o u t h : literally 'right'. 9 0 . 3 1 b e f o r e t h e j u d g e m e n t w a s h e l d . T h e s e w o r d s are confusing a n d

2i6

THE

ETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF

ENOCH

90. 3 2 And those sheep were all white, and their wool (13V, C35) thick and pure. 90. 33 And all those which had been destroyed and scattered and all the wild animals and all the birds of heaven gathered together in that house, and the L o r d of the sheep rejoiced very much because they were all good and had returned to his house. 90. 3 4 And I looked until they laid down that sword which had been given to the sheep, and they brought it back (i4r, a i ) into his house, and it was sealed before the L o r d ; and all the sheep were enclosed in that house, but it did not hold them. 9 0 . 3 5 And the eyes of all of them were opened, and they saw well, and there was not one (i4r, 35) among them that did not see. 90. 36 And I saw that that house was large and broad and exceptionally full. 90. 3 7 And I saw how a white bull was born, and its horns (were) big, and all the wild animals and all the birds of heaven were afraid of it (i4r, a i o ) and entreated it continually. 90. 38 And I looked until all their species were transformed, and they all became white bulls; and the first one among them was a wild-ox, and that wild-ox was a large animal and had big black horns on its head. (i4r, 3 1 5 ) And the L o r d of the sheep rejoiced over them and over all the bulls. 90. 39 And I was asleep in the middle of them; and I woke up and saw everything. 90. 40 And this is the vision which I saw while I was asleep, and I woke up and blessed the L o r d of righteousness and ascribed glory to him. (i4r, a2o) 90. 4 1 But after

a p p e a r t o b e o u t o f p l a c e ; t h e y are difficult t o reconcile w i t h ' A n d after t h i s ' at t h e beginning o f t h e verse, b u t cf. D i l l m a n n , Translation, 286. 90. 3 8 a n d t h e first o n e a m o n g t h e m w a s a w i l d - o x . I follow t h e old suggestion t h a t ilCi derives f r o m ^f\\xa, a c o r r u p t transliteration o f N f i ' l (cf. D i l l m a n n , Translation, 2 8 7 f . ) . I t is n o t clear w h e t h e r this wildo x is to b e identified w i t h t h e w h i t e bull m e n t i o n e d in v . 3 7 . Possibly w e h a v e in these verses a b e h e f in t w o M e s s i a h s — a priestly leader (the while bull o f v . 3 7 ) a n d a m i h t a r y leader (the w i l d - o x o f v . 3 8 ) . B u t t h e passage m i g h t also b e t r a n s l a t e d : ' a n d t h e first one a m o n g t h e m b e c a m e a w i l d - o x ' ; this translation w o u l d p r o b a b l y i m p l y a n identification o f t h e w h i t e bull o f v . 3 7 w i t h t h e w i l d - o x o f v . 3 8 . o v e r t h e m . W e w o u l d e x p e c t 'over it', cf. C h a r l e s , Text,

189.

CHAPTERS 90-91

217

this I wept bitterly, and my tears did not stop until I could not endure it; when I looked, they ran down on account of that which I saw, for everything will come to pass and be fulfilled; and all the deeds of men in their order were shown to me. 90. 4 2 T h a t night I remembered (i4r, 325) my first dream, and because of it I wept and was disturbed, because I had seen that vision. 9 1 . I And now, my son Methuselah, call to me all your brothers and gather to me all the children of your mother, for a voice calls me, and a spirit has been poured out over me, (i4r, 330) that I may show to you ever5rthing that will come upon you for ever.' 9 1 . 2 And after this Methuselah went and called all his brothers to him and gathered his relations. 9 1 . 3 And he spoke about righteousness to all his sons and said: (i4r, 3 3 5 ) 'Hear, my children, all the words of your father and listen properly to the voice of my mouth, for I will testify to you and speak to you, my beloved. Love uprightness and walk in it. 9 1 . 4 And do not draw near to uprightness with a double heart, and do not associate with those of a double heart, but walk in righteousness, my children, and it will lead you in good paths, (i4r, b i ) and righteousness will be your companion. 9 1 . 5 F o r I know that the state of wrongdoing will continue on the earth, and a great punishment will be carried out on the earth, and an end will be made of all iniquity, and it will be cut off (i4r, h^) at its roots, and its whole edifice will pass away. 9 1 . 6 And iniquity will again be complete on the earth, and all the deeds of iniquity and the deeds of wrong and of wickedness will prevail for a second time. 9 1 . 7 And when iniquity and sin and blasphemy and wrong and all kinds of (evil) deeds increase, and (when) apostasy and wickedness and uncleanness increase, (i4r, b i o ) a great punishment will come from heaven upon all these, and the holy L o r d will come in anger and in wrath to execute

9 1 . 5 a t i t s r o o t s : literally ' f r o m its r o o t s ' .

2i8

THE

ETHIOPIC

BOOK OF

ENOCH

judgement on the earth. 9 1 . 8 In those days wrongdoing will be cut off at its roots, and the roots ( i 4 r , b i 5 ) of iniquity together with deceit will be destroyed from under heaven. 9 1 . 9 And all the idols of the nations will be given u p ; (their) towers will be burnt in fire, and they will remove them from the whole earth; and they will be thrown down into the judgement of fire and will be destroyed in anger and in the severe judgement which (is) ( i 4 r , hzo) for ever. 9 1 . 10 And the righteous will rise from sleep, and wisdom will rise and will be given to them. 9 1 . 1 1 And after this the roots of iniquity will be cut off, and the sinners will be destroyed by the sword; from the blasphemers they will be cut off in every place, and those who plan wrongdoing and those who commit

9 1 . 8 a t i t s r o o t s : literally ' f r o m its r o o t s ' . 9 1 . 9 a n d t h e y w i l l b e t h r o w n d o w n : i.e. t h e nations will b e t h r o w n down. 9 1 . 1 1 T h e r e h a s b e e n s o m e dislocation o f t h e t e x t in t h e E t h i o p i c version o f c c . 9 1 - 3 , a n d it h a s long b e e n r e c o g n i z e d t h a t 9 1 . 1 2 - 1 7 f o r m t h e continuation o f 9 3 . i - i o , w h i c h t o g e t h e r constitute t h e s o - c a l l e d A p o calypse o f W e e k s . ( 9 1 . 1 2 - 1 7 w a s p e r h a p s m o v e d t o its p r e s e n t position in t h e E t h i o p i c version b e c a u s e these verses, like 9 1 . i - i o , relate t o t h e j u d g e m e n t o f t h e sinners.) O n this view 9 1 . 1 1 h a s b e e n r e g a r d e d m e r e l y as a redactional link, a n d has generally b e e n b r a c k e t e d as an interpolation (cf. e.g. C h a r l e s , Text, 1 9 1 ; Translation, 2 2 7 f . ) . H o w e v e r , it n o w a p p e a r s t h a t A r a m did h a v e s o m e m a t e r i a l c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o E t h 9 1 . 1 1 , viz.

A r a m a i iv 1 4 [(?) p T

xipw nssi SB?an ^v. pps? ]inVi

' a n d t h e y (the righteous) will u p r o o t t h e foundations o f w r o n g d o i n g a n d t h e w o r k ( s ) o f deceit in it in o r d e r t o c a r r y o u t [the j u d g e m e n t ] ' . ( T h e s e w o r d s in A r a m a i iv 1 4 f o r m t h e c o n c l u s i o n o f t h e description o f t h e s e v e n t h w e e k in t h e A p o c a l y p s e o f W e e k s , cf. 9 3 . 9 f.) S i n c e A r a m a i iv 1 3 relates t o E t h 9 3 . 1 0 a n d A r a m a i iv 1 5 relates t o E t h 9 1 . 1 2 , it w o u l d a p p e a r b o t h t h a t A r a m a i iv 1 4 relates t o E t h 9 1 . 1 1 , b u t also t h a t A r a m h a d a t e x t s h o r t e r t h a n , a n d different f r o m , t h a t o f E t h in 9 1 . 1 1 . I t w o u l d s e e m t h a t t h e t e x t o f 9 1 . 1 1 h a s b e e n elaborated within t h e E t h i o p i c version b e c a u s e o f t h e dislocation o f 9 1 . 1 1 - 1 7 in o r d e r t o s m o o t h o v e r t h e h a r s h j u x t a p o s i t i o n of 9 1 . i - i o a n d 9 1 . 1 1 - 1 7 , a n d to this e x t e n t t h e view t h a t 9 1 . 1 1 is a redactional link is c o r r e c t .

319

C H A P T E R 91

( I 4 r , b25) blasphemy will be destroyed by the sword. 9 1 . 1 2 And after this there will be another week, the eighth, that of righteousness, and a sword will be given to it that the righteous judgement may be executed on those who do wrong, and the sinners will be handed over into the hands of the righteous. 91. 1 3 And at its end ( i 4 r , b3o) they will acquire houses Ijecause of their righteousness, and a house will be built for the great king in glory for ever. 9 1 . 1 4 And after this in the ninth week the righteous judgement will be revealed to the whole world, and all the deeds of the impious will vanish from the whole earth; ( i 4 r , b35) and the world will be written

9 1 . 1 3 C f . A r a m a i iv 1 5 - 1 7

xmn

nai "jis p

anj'-nn

p'lB,-!

aij?- nina ]ai Nin lasaV yvi'^p Via'?

'•ran tJWj? yi

»iaB>

pHT-a iianTfi

15 16

17

T h e differences b e t w e e n E t h a n d A r a m a r e n o t substantial. N o t e ( i ) t h a t in line 1 6 o f A r a m appears t o have been e r a s e d ; ( 3 ) t h a t A r a m t J W p yn agrees with B M 4 8 5 C u r z o n 5 5 Ytiil 9t£:'f: against the o t h e r Ethiopic M S S . 91.

1 3 A n d a t i t s e n d . . . t h e i r r i g h t e o u s n e s s : c f . A r a m a i iv 1 7

OWpa I'ODJ pip' nSIO a»1.

N o t e t h e difference b e t w e e n »1B?pa yt'Dl

and A-ni't! X^^R-jfr*: R A l F o i v ; . a n d a h o u s e will b e built f o r t h e g r e a t king i n g l o r y f o r e v e r : cf. A r a m a i iv 1 8

j^aVs; ""Ti "TIDV ii[

j a i a Kan m[ ] . [ pvn Naan'i.

T h e precise restoration o f the t e x t i n this line m u s t r e m a i n u n c e r t a i n , b u t t h e r e clearly a r e s o m e difFerences b e t w e e n E t h a n d A r a m h e r e . 9 1 . 1 4 A n d a f t e r t h i s . . . t o t h e w h o l e w o r l d : c f . A r a m a i iv 1 9 f.

nan mjp'' ••strn

»ia»

n"?a

m n a pi

ssnn ••la

Via*?

19 30

A g a i n t h e r e are m i n o r difFerences b e t w e e n E t h a n d A r a m , a n d a l l t h e d e e d s . . . t h e w h o l e e a r t h : cf. A r a m a i iv 3 0 f .

n'?ia n5?ix

31

Via

]a[

najb

Viai.

a n d t h e w o r l d . . . f o r d e s t r u c t i o n : cf. A r a m a i iv 3 1 ]nia"7 paTI. H e r e t h e differences b e t w e e n A r a m a n d E t h would a p p e a r t o b e

220

THE

ETHIOPIC BOOK OF

ENOCH

down for destruction, and all men will look to the path of uprightness. 9 1 . 1 5 And after this in the tenth week, in the seventh part, there will be the eternal judgement which will be executed on the watchers, and the great eternal heaven which will spring from the midst of the angels. 9 1 . 1 6 And the first heaven will vanish and pass away, and a new heaven will appear, ( i 4 r , c i ) and all the powers of heaven will shine for ever (with) sevenfold (light). 9 1 . 1 7 And after this there will

substantial, a n d it is u n f o r t u n a t e t h a t the A r a m a i c m a n u s c r i p t is d a m a g e d . T h e interpretation o f E t h is in a n y case s o m e w h a t o b s c u r e . 9 1 . 1 4 a n d a l l m e n . . . t h e p a t h o f u p r i g h t n e s s : cf. A r a m a i iv 2 1 f.

SaVs? DtTj? msV 2 2 to xaVs?.

pn'?1D[. N o t e t h a t E t h has nothing corresponding

9 1 . IS t h e r e w i l l b e . . . t h e a n g e l s : m o s t E t h I I M S S . ; A b b 3 5 T a n a 9 B M 4 8 6 'there will be the eternal j u d g e m e n t w h i c h will be e x e c u t e d o n the w a t c h e r s o f the eternal heaven, the great ( j u d g e m e n t ) w h i c h will spring f r o m the m i d s t o f the a n g e l s ' ; B M 4 8 5 ' t h e r e will b e the great eternal j u d g e m e n t w h i c h will spring f r o m the m i d s t o f the a n g e l s ' ; B M 4 9 1 (cf. B e r l ) 'there will b e the great eternal j u d g e m e n t in w h i c h h e will take v e n g e a n c e a m o n g the angels'. A r a m a i iv 2 2 f. has for this v e r s e

n.[

] pi

22

]N3"i Sin fi?i saVa pT 2 3 I n view o f the m a j o r differences b e t w e e n E t h I a n d E t h I I it is u n f o r t u n a t e t h a t the m a n u s c r i p t o f A r a m is d a m a g e d h e r e . B u t the s h o r t e r t e x t o f B M 4 9 1 (cf. B e r l a n d B M 4 8 5 ) would a p p e a r t o be superior to t h a t o f Eth II. 91. 16 A n d the

first...

w i l l a p p e a r : cf. A r a m a i iv 2 3 f.

pjatn pias' na pip 24

ptm[.

a n d a l l t h e p o w e r s , . . s e v e n f o l d ( l i g h t ) : cf. A r a m a i iv 2 4 f .

j-'aVs; Via"? p m ]"<[ ] 2 5

K''air[.

N o t e t h a t A r a m does have something corresponding to A^Ay" : ( o m i t t e d b y Charles o n the evidence o f B M 4 8 5 A b b 5 5 3 M S S . ; cf. Text, 1 9 2 ) . 9 1 . 1 7 A n d a f t e r t h i s . . . i n r i g h t e o u s n e s s : cf. A r a m a i iv 2 5 f.

->w

pa[»

pas?'

NDpp

25

]a ViaV f\V3

Tf^i

]

26

T h e position o f fiiUVi.; is a little strange, a n d t h e r e is s o m e t h i n g t o

C H A P T E R 91

321

be many weeks without number for ever in goodness and in righteousness, and from then on sin will never again be mentioned. (i4r, 05) 9 1 . 1 8 And now I tell you, my children, and show you the paths of righteousness and the paths of wrongdoing; and I will show you again that you may know what is to come. 9 1 . 19 And now listen, m y children, and walk in the paths of righteousness, and do not walk in the paths of wrongdoing; for (i4r, c i o ) all those who walk in the path of iniquity will be destroyed for ever.'

b e said for the reading o f B M 4 8 5 tDitfcav-; ( 1 1 4 - ^ : (Oa^J^:^: fi-hePi-:; o n c e again it is u n f o r t u n a t e t h a t w e do n o t know w h a t e x a c t l y s t o o d in A r a m b e c a u s e o f t h e d a m a g e to t h e m a n u s c r i p t . —^Aram^i iv e n d s w i t h |N3S7'', a n d w e t h u s also d o n o t know

what

followed

immediately

after t h e A p o c a l y p s e o f W e e k s ( E t h 9 3 . 1 - 1 0 + 9 1 . 1 1 - 1 7 ) in A r a m . 9 1 . 1 8 A r a m a i ii 1 8 f. appears to c o r r e s p o n d t o E t h 9 1 . 1 8 , a n d it m i g h t t h e r e f o r e h a v e b e e n e x p e c t e d , since 9 1 . 1 1 - 1 7 has b e e n m i s p l a c e d f r o m after 9 3 . i - i o in t h e E t h i o p i c version, t h a t A r a m a i ii 1 3 - 1 7 w o u l d c o r r e s p o n d t o E t h 9 1 . 9 f. H o w e v e r , A r a m a i ii 1 3 - 1 7 does n o t a p p e a r t o c o r r e s p o n d t o E t h 9 1 . 9 f., a n d this suggests that w h e n 9 1 . 1 1 - 1 7 w a s inserted in its p r e s e n t position in t h e E t h i o p i c version, s o m e o t h e r material w a s lost (cf. Milik, HTR 6 4 ( 1 9 7 1 ) , 3 6 0 ) . A r a m a i ii 1 3 - 1 7 reads as follows: ].[

13

],brr\

.[

14 nV.

is

] 7 N miPn

16

A'aVs? m

Vs

17

t h e p a t h s o f r i g h t e o u s n e s s : cf. A r a m a i ii i 8 ]Wp

m i S .

t h a t y o u m a y k n o w w h a t : cf. A r a m a i ii 1 9 ]ntt pS?in 91.

n.

1 9 a n d w a l k i n t h e p a t h s o f r i g h t e o u s n e s s : cf. A r a m a i ii 2 0

] . P N A ^na'? stjtnj?. w i l l b e d e s t r o y e d f o r e v e r : cf. A r a m a i ii 2 1 ] . h a X t\\Ob TaS . . "?[. A l t h o u g h only a small p a r t o f A r a m « i ii 2 1 h a s survived, A r a m a n d E t h w o u l d a p p e a r t o diverge f r o m o n e a n o t h e r a t this point.

222

T H E ETHIOPIC BOOK OF ENOCH

92. I Written by Enoch the scribe—this complete wisdom teaching, praised by all men and a judge of the whole e a r t h — for all my sons who dwell upon the earth and for the last generations who will practise (i4r, C15) uprightness and peace. 92. 2 L e t not your spirit be saddened because of the times, for the Holy Great One has appointed days for all things. 92. 3 And the righteous man will rise from sleep, will rise and will walk in the path of righteousness, and all his paths and his journeys (will be) in eternal goodness and mercy. (i4r, c2o) 92. 4 H e will show mercy to the righteous man and to him give eternal uprightness and (to him) give power; and he will live in goodness and in righteousness and will walk in eternal light. 92. 5 And sin will be destroyed in darkness for ever and from that day will never again be seen.

9 2 . I A r a m a i ii 2 2 - 4 a p p e a r s t o c o r r e s p o n d t o E t h 9 2 . i , although, b e c a u s e of t h e d a m a g e d state o f t h e m a n u s c r i p t o f A r a m , t h e only clear parallel

is S n n x Km"? (^i y 2 4 ) = M^m-^A:

.eibCi'l:. T h e text o f A r a m a i

ii 2 2 - 4 reads as follows:

] . »"? an'! a[ ]...[

22

] . n a i saniN o^ap

23

]...

24

]•> Via"? x n n s i<m'7[

F r o m w h a t has survived in A r a m , it w o u l d again a p p e a r that A r a m and E t h diverge f r o m o n e a n o t h e r . 9 2 . 2 L e t n o t y o u r s p i r i t b e s a d d e n e d : c f . (?) A r a m « i ii 2 5

]riN sriE'naa . . [. t h e H o l y G r e a t O n e : cf. i . 3 . 9 2 . 4 T h e e n d o f 9 2 . 3 a n d t h e beginning o f 9 2 . 4 could also b e t r a n s l a t e d : 'and all his p a t h s a n d his j o u r n e y s (will b e ) in g o o d n e s s . A n d in eternal m e r c y h e will s h o w m e r c y t o t h e righteous m a n . ' l i v e : literally ' b e ' . 9 2 . s i n d a r k n e s s : cf. (?) A r a m a i iii 1 6 NaW[na. f r o m t h a t d a y : c f . (?) A r a m a i iii 1 7 XaV

223

CHAPTERS 92-93

(i4r, C25) 93. I And after this Enoch began to speak from the books. 93. 2 And Enoch said: 'Concerning the sons of righteousness and concerning the chosen of the world and concerning the plant of righteousness and uprightness I will speak these things to you and make (them) known to you, (i4r, C30) my children, I Enoch, according to that which appeared to me in the heavenly vision, and (which) I know from the words of the holy angels and understand from the tablets of heaven.' 93. 3 And Enoch then began to speak from the books and said: 'I was born the seventh in the first (i4r.

9 3 . I E n o c h b e g a n t o s p e a k f r o m t h e b o o k s . I t seems impossible t o explain t h e variant Wl /aoUClli. I n t h e translation I follow E t h I I , b u t it is n o t at all clear that this represents the original E t h i o p i c t e x t . O n t h e o t h e r h a n d t h e reading ffiUrti.; o f B M 4 8 5 B e r l A b b 5 5 m a k e s n o sense as it stands. — S i n c e A r a m a i iii 2 3 nVnD "|13n 303 appears t o

correspond t o E t h 9 3 . 3 fflA^^Hi Kihi it is possible t h a t A r a m a i iii 1 8 n V n S XoDi?A¥t:here.

PrqiC;

XS'h: K f l P R A ^ t ; ,

f-'VqiCi

Tllp 303 c o r r e s p o n d s

to

(DhihM;

9 3 . 2 A n d E n o c h s a i d : cf. ( ? ) A r a m a i iii 1 9 ] n a S . and concerning the plant of righteousness a n d uprightness:

A r a m » i iii 1 9 f. ]Xn3S-' 2 0

cf.

r)3S3 ] » 1[.

I w i l l s p e a k . . . I E n o c h : cf. A r a m a i iii 2 0 f.

]. ins and

ym

21

xin

rm

'Sp.

(which) I know . . . holy angels:

i n S T " XVS

rm. 2 2

pnj?!

[rJ^DS?].

cf. A r a m a i

E t h has nothing

iii 2 1 f. corresponding

to KV3. a n d u n d e r s t a n d f r o m t h e t a b l e t s o f h e a v e n : cf. (?) A r a m « i iii 2 2

9 3 . 3 A n d E n o c h . . . a n d s a i d : cf. A r a m * ' ! iii 2 2 f.

303 2 3 [

n a s i n V n a (cf. also v . I a n d A r a m a i iii 1 8 ) . I w a s b o r n t h e s e v e n t h i n t h e first w e e k : cf. A r a m « i iii 2 3 f. -anj? 24

[

] . s?-3»[

] . . . .

] ..

224

THE

ETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF

ENOCH

C 3 5 ) week, while justice and righteousness still lasted. 93. 4 And after me in the second week great wickedness will arise, and deceit will have sprung u p ; and in it there will be the first end, and in it a man will be saved. And after it has ended, iniquity will grow, and he will make a law for the sinners. 93. 5 And ( 1 4 V , a i ) after this in the third week, at its end, a man will be chosen as the plant of righteous judgement; and after him will come the plant of righteousness for ever. 93. 6 And after this in the fourth week, at its end, (14V, 3 5 ) visions of the holy and righteous will be seen, and a law for all generations and an enclosure will be made for them. 93. 7 And after this in the fifth week, at its end, a house of glory and of sovereignty will be built for ever. 93. 8 And after this in the sixth week (14V, a i o ) all those who live in it (will be) blinded, and the hearts of all, lacking wisdom, will sink into impiety. And in it a man will ascend; and at its end the house of sovereignty will be burnt with fire, and in it the whole race of the chosen root will be scattered. 93. 9 And after this in the seventh week (14V, 3 1 5 ) an apostate generation will arise, and many (wiU be) its deeds, but all its deeds (will be)

9 3 . 3 w h i l e j u s t i c e a n d r i g h t e o u s n e s s s t i l l l a s t e d : cf. A r a m * ' ! iii 2 4 ] a D SBWj? 'Vs? TSI. T h e E t h i o p i c m i g h t also b e t r a n s l a t e d : ' W h i l e j u d g e m e n t a n d righteousness held b a c k . ' I n this case t h e j u d g e m e n t will b e t h e j u d g e m e n t o f t h e flood. C f . D i l l m a n n , Translation, 67, 2 9 4 ; cf. also C h a r l e s , Translation, 229. 9 3 . 4 A n d a f t e r m e . . . h a v e s p r u n g u p : cf. A r a m ^ r iii 2 5 njas' xoam a l a w : o r 'a c o v e n a n t ' ; f o r col. 2 4 4 . 9 3 . 6 a l a w : cf. v. 4. 9 3 . 8 l i v e : hterally ' a r e ' .

na n

}"C'it\ =

pan.

5ia9i^Kti c f . D i l l m a n n ,

Lexicon,

CHAPTER 93

aas

apostasy. 93. l o And at its end the chosen righteous from the eternal plant of righteousness will be chosen, to whom will be given sevenfold teaching concerning his whole creation. (14V, a2o) 93. II F o r is there any man who can hear the voice of the Holy One, and not be disturbed ? And who is there who can think his thoughts? And who is there who can look at all the works of heaven? 93. 1 2 And how should there be

9 3 . 1 0 A n d a t i t s e n d . . . w i l l b e c h o s e n : c f . A r a m a i iv 1 2 f

nasji p » » p

12

] pnnanp NpVjS?

13

E t h h a s n o t h i n g c o r resp o n d i n g t o A r a m tJB?j? ''ITIV. [. t o w h o m . . . h i s w h o l e c r e a t i o n : cf. A r a m a i iv 1 3 j p S S j S nsatP n pn? ajn'rin S I S I naan. T h e a c c o u n t o f t h e seventh week is c o n t i n u e d i n A r a m a i iv 1 4 , f o r w h i c h c f . E t h 9 1 . 1 1 . T h e conclusion o f t h e A p o c a l y p s e of W e e k s in E t h is, o f c o u r s e , t o be found in 9 1 . 1 1 - 1 7 . 9 3 . I I Aram^^i v c o r r e s p o n d s t o E t h 9 3 . 1 1 - 9 4 . i> a n d t h e evidence o f A r a m thus confirms t h a t t h e series o f rhetorical questions i n E t h 9 3 . 1 1 1 4 is in t h e c o r r e c t position immediately before c . 94. H o w e v e r , t h e series o f questions begins v e r y a b r u p t l y i n E t h , a n d it m a y well b e t h a t s o m e material h a s d r o p p e d o u t o f E t h b e c a u s e o f t h e disruption o f t h e t e x t c a u s e d b y t h e m o v i n g o f t h e last p a r t o f t h e A p o c a l y p s e o f W e e k s f r o m after 9 3 . 1 0 t o after 9 1 . 1 0 . F o r i s t h e r e . . . b e d i s t u r b e d ? C f . A r a m a i v 1 5 f.

]....[

].a s i r .[

•>[ ]. vm'' by ' p

IS 16

E t h Hfi'ilS^: (it'H.'ii fife: A'P^il: c o r r e s p o n d s t o A r a m a i v 1 6 , b u t E t h a p p e a r s t o h a v e n o t h i n g c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o A r a m a i v 1 5 ; this w o u l d t e n d t o confirm t h a t s o m e material h a s d r o p p e d o u t o f E t h before 9 3 . 1 1 (cf. the n o t e a b o v e a n d cf. Milik, HTR 6 4 ( 1 9 7 1 ) , 3 6 0 ) . — N o t e that E t h OBi.; aJ-Jil^! H-ft"! m-CtS!.: rt-flXi HfAl^: reproduces exactly the A r a m a i c c o n s t r u c t i o n by ' T WUS Via SIH1385, for w h i c h cf. A r a m a i v 1 7 a n d 2 2 (contrast C h a r l e s , Text, 1 9 6 f . ) . A n d w h o is t h e r e w h o c a n look a t a l l t h e works o f h e a v e n ? C f . ( ? ) A r a m a i v 1 7 ]©13N VlD Sin 130 IK, although it is n o t entirely clear t o w h i c h o c c u r r e n c e o f (DflUj.! H.&}l2V: i n 9 1 . 1 1 A r a m a i v 1 7

226

THE ETHIOPIC

BOOK OF

ENOCH

anyone who could understand the works of heaven (14V, 3 2 5 ) and see a soul or a spirit and could tell (about it), or ascend and see all their ends and comprehend them or make (anything) like them ? 9 3 . 1 3 And is there any man who could know what is the breadth and the length of the earth ? ( 1 4 V , 330) And to whom have all its measurements been shown? 93. 1 4 Or is there any man who could know the length of heaven, and what is its height, and on what it is fixed, and how large is the number of the stars, and where all the lights rest?

c o r r e s p o n d s . — N o t e t h a t A r a m a i v i 8 f. a p p e a r t o h a v e n o parallel in E t h 9 3 . l i b a n d 1 2 . T h e t e x t is as follows:

] .[

]3S n

N-ilt

18

jnaV ana"?

19

H o w e v e r , t h e t e x t o f A r a m a i v i 8 f. is so f r a g m e n t a r y t h a t it is impossible t o s a y anything definite a b o u t t h e relationship o f this material t o E t h 93. l i b and 1 2 . 9 3 . 1 2 t h e i r e n d s : t h e E t h i o p i c t e x t is n o t v e r y clear, b u t t h e suffix appears t o refer b a c k t o ' t h e w o r k s o f h e a v e n ' . 9 3 . 1 3 A n d i s t h e r e . . . t h e e a r t h ? cf. A r a m a i v 2 0 f .

jVa' •'T ti?ii[N

]Kin iia i n

20

]iN nVia x»-)S n mnsi na-iis

21

T h e E t h M S S . (except for A b b 5 5 ) have the words which correspond to n^nSI n a i l N in t h e reverse o r d e r ; t h e y also h a v e nothing c o r r e s p o n d i n g

to nVia. A n d t o w h o m h a v e a l l i t s m e a s u r e m e n t s b e e n s h o w n ? : cf. A r a m a i v 2 1 f. n m S I 2 2 [ ]1N. I take n m S I t o m e a n ' a n d its f o r m ' ,

i.e. nnmsi. 93. 1 4 O r i s t h e r e . . . l e n g t h o f h e a v e n : cf. A r a m a i v 2 2

b]y n ma Via sin iiai. a n d w h a t i s i t s h e i g h t : c f . Aram^^i v 2 3 p n s n S i n . a n d o n w h a t i t i s fixed: c f . A r a m a i v 2 3 fl^DBO p S

na''m.

CHAPTERS 93-94

227

(14V, 3 3 5 ) 9 4 . I And now I say to you, my children, love righteousness and walk in it; for the paths of righteousness are worthy of acceptance, but the paths of iniquity will quickly be destroyed and vanish. 9 4 . 2 And to certain men from a (future) generation the paths of wrongdoing and of death will be revealed, and they will keep away from them and will not follow them. (14V, b i ) 9 4 . 3 And now I say to you, the righteous: do not walk in the wicked path, nor (in) wrongdoing, nor in the paths of death, and do not draw near to them, lest you be destroyed. 9 4 . 4 But seek and choose for yourselves righteousness and a life that is pleasing, (14V, b5) and walk in the paths of peace, that you may live and prosper. 9 4 . 5 And hold m y words firmly in the thoughts of your heart, and let (them) not be erased from your heart, for I know that sinners will tempt men to debase wisdom, and no place will be found for it, (14V, b i o ) and temptation will in no way decrease. 9 4 . 6 W o e to those who build iniquity and wrongdoing and found deceit, for they will quickly be thrown down and will not have peace. 9 4 . 7 W o e to those who build their houses with sin, for from their whole foundation they will be thrown down, (14V, b i 5 ) and by the sword they will fall; and those who acquire gold and silver will quickly be destroyed in the judgement. 9 4 . 8 W o e to you, you rich, for you have trusted in your riches, but from your riches you will depart, for you did not remember the Most High in the days of your riches. (14V, b2o) 9 4 . 9 Y o u have committed blasphemy and iniquity and are ready for the day of the outpouring of blood and for the day of darkness and for the day of the great judgement. 9 4 . 1 0 T h u s I say and make known to you that H e who

9 4 . I A n d n o w I s a y t o y o u , m y c h i l d r e n : cf. A r a m a i v 2 4

]'3a l a s ruK pa"? p a r t h e p a t h s o f r i g h t e o u s n e s s : cf. A r a m a i v 2 5 ] • ibj? Hn*1N. v a n i s h : literally ' d e c r e a s e ' . 9 4 . 5 t o d e b a s e w i s d o m : literally 'to m a k e w i s d o m bad*.

228

THE

ETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF

ENOCH

created you will throw you down, and over your fall there will be no (14V, b 2 5 ) mercy, but your creator will rejoice at your destruction. 94. 11 And your righteous in those days will be a reproach to the sinners and to the impious. 9 5 . 1 Would that m y eyes were a cloud of water that I might weep over you and pour out my tears (14V, b3o) like a cloud of water, so that I might have rest from the sorrow of my heart! 95. 2 W h o permitted you to practise hatred and wickedness? M a y judgement come upon you, the siimers! 95. 3 D o not be afraid of the sinners, you righteous, for the L o r d will again deliver them into your hands that you may execute (14V, b 3 5 ) judgement upon them as you desire. 95. 4 W o e to you who pronounce anathemas that you cannot loose; healing (will be) far from you because of your sin. 95. 5 W o e to you who repay your neighbours with evil, for you will be repaid according to your deeds. 95. 6 W o e to you, lying witnesses, and to those who weigh out (14V, c i ) iniquity, for you will quickly be destroyed. 95. 7 W o e to you, you sinners, because you persecute the righteous, for you yourselves will be handed over and persecuted, you men of iniquity, and their yoke will be heavy upon you. (14V, C 5 ) 9 6 . 1 B e hopeful, you righteous, for the sinners will quickly be destroyed before you, and you will have power over them as you desire. 96. 2 And in the day of the distress of the sinners your young will mount up and rise like eagles, (14V, c i o ) and your nest will be higher than (that of) vultures; and you will go u p and like badgers enter the crevices of the earth and the clefts of the rock for ever before the lawless, but they

9 5 . I w e r e a c l o u d o f w a t e r . T h e suggestion o f C h a r l e s {Translation, 2 3 6 ) t h a t ' c l o u d ' h e r e derives f r o m a misreading o f p S 'spring' as pS? is interesting, b u t not, I think, likely. 9 5 . 4 t h a t y o u c a n n o t l o o s e : literally 'in o r d e r n o t t o loose ( t h e m ) ' . 96. 2 O n t h e interpretation o f this difficult v e r s e see C h a r l e s , 2 3 7 f . ; D i l l m a n n , Translation, 307.

Translation,

CHAPTERS 94-97

229

will groan and weep because of you like satyrs. 96. 3 And do not be afraid, (14V, C 1 5 ) you who have suffered, for you will receive healing, and a bright light will shine upon you, and the voice of rest you will hear from heaven. 96. 4 W o e to you, you sinners, for your riches make you appear righteous, but your hearts prove to you that you are sinners; (14V, C2o) and this word will be a testimony against you as a reminder of (your) evil deeds. 96. 5 W o e to you who devour the finest of the wheat and drink the best of the water and trample upon the humble through your power. 96. 6 W o e to you who drink water all the time, for (14V, C25) you will quickly be repaid and will become exhausted and dry, for you have left the spring of life. 96. 7 W o e to you who commit iniquity and deceit and blasphemy; it will be a reminder against you for evil. 96. 8 W o e to you, you powerful, who through power oppress the righteous, for the day of your destruction will c o m e ; (14V, C30) in those days many good days will come for the righteous—in the day of your judgement. 97. I Believe, you righteous, that the sinners will become an object of shame and will be destroyed on the day of iniquity. 97. 2 Be it known to you (sinners) (14V, 035) that the Most High remembers your destruction, and (that) the angels rejoice over your destruction. 97. 3 W h a t will you do, you

l i k e s a t y r s : t h e m e a n i n g o f t h e E t h i o p i c w o r d is un c er t ai n . I t o c c u r s in t h e O l d T e s t a m e n t as follows: Isa. 1 3 : 2 1

nJSJTin

Jer. 5 0 : 39

7W

Isa. 3 4 : 1 1 Isa. 3 4 : 1 4

mn

aeipfivES euycrr^pss creipi^vcov ovoK^ocupoi

hV^A:

8J?.i:Hr! }0'fVVi(D%.£f:^'.

ns D^'S WJDl Koci OWOCVTI^CTOUCTIV tOf.'TMlQfi flW?: n^'X Sainovia ovoKEVTOupois hpYW i m%.A':^

i

9 6 . 5 t h e b e s t o f t h e w a t e r . T h i s is p r e s u m a b l y w h a t is intended, b u t t h e E t h i o p i c literally m e a n s : ' t h e strength/goodness o f t h e r o o t o f t h e spring'. W e e x p e c t a n expression c o m p a r a b l e t o t h e preceding fl'flrh! tlCiJ^l ( = ntjn aVn/oTEap irupoO, cf. P s s . 8 i : 1 7 ; 1 4 7 : 1 4 ; D e u t . 3 2 : 1 4 ) , b u t there is n o obvious explanation o f t h e s o m e w h a t o b s c u r e 'pJ^A I i"Ca) i 826183

I

330

T H EETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF ENOCH

sinners, and where will you flee on that day of judgement, when you hear the sound of the prayer of the righteous ? 97. 4 But you will not be like them, (you) against whom this word will be a testimony: (i5r, a i ) " Y o u have been associated with the sinners." 97. 5 And in those days the prayer of the holy will come before the Lord, and for you will come the days of your judgement. 97. 6 And all the words of your iniquity will be read out before the Great (i5r, 35) and Holy One, and your faces will blush with shame, and every deed which is founded upon iniquity will be rejected. 97. 7 W o e to you, you sinners, who (are) in the middle of the sea and on the dry ground; their memory (will be) harmful to you. 97. 8 W o e to you who acquire silver and gold, but not in righteousness, and say: (i5r, a i o ) " W e have become very rich and have possessions and have acquired everything that we desired. 97. 9 And now let us do what we planned, for we have gathered silver and filled our storehouses, and as many as water are the husbandmen of our houses." 97. 10 And like water your lie will flow away, ior your riches will not stay with you, (i5r, ai5) but will quickly go up from y o u ; for you acquired everything in iniquity, and you will be given over to a great curse. 98. I And now I swear to you, the wise and the foolish, that you will see many things on the earth. 98. 2 F o r (i5r, a2o) you men will put on yourselves more adornments than a woman and more coloured (garments) than a girl . . . in 9 7 . 4 l i k e t h e m : i.e. t h e righteous, m e n t i o n e d a t t h e e n d o f v . 3 . 9 7 . 7 h a r m f u l t o y o u : Hterally 'evil against y o u ' . 9 7 . 9 f. f o r w e h a v e g a t h e r e d . . . w i l l flow a w a y : E t h ; G r ™ ' " f o r w e h a v e s t o r e d u p silver in o u r storehouses a n d m a n y goods in o u r houses, a n d like w a t e r t h e y h a v e b e e n p o u r e d o u t . " Y o u have been d e c e i v e d . ' G r ° ^ gives b e t t e r sense, b u t t h e difFerences b e t w e e n E t h a n d G r ° " a r e n o t as g r e a t as a t first sight a p p e a r s . JlffP ! '^f': has b e e n repeated b y mistake, while t h e unsuitable ihd.ttf i m a y derive f r o m a c o r r u p t i o n o f <5cyc[6dc into s o m e t h i n g like Ipydtrai (so B o n n e r , Enoch, 3 3 ) . 98. 3 a g i r l . . . i n s o v e r e i g n t y . w i t h E t h I GrCB.

I o m i t t h e impossible

Rao'il^i

C H A P T E R S

9 7 - 9 8

231

sovereignty and in majesty and in povirer; and silver and gold and purple and honour and food will be poured out like water. 98. 3 Because of this they will have neither knowledge nor wisdom, (i5r, 325) and through this they will be destroyed together with their possessions and with all their glory and their honour; and in shame and in slaughter and in great destitution their spirits will be thrown into the fiery furnace. 98. 4 I swear to you, you sinners, (i5r, 330) that (as) a mountain has not, and will not, become a slave, nor a hill a woman's maid, so sin was not sent on the earth, but man of himself created it, and those who commit it will be subject to a great curse. 98. 5 And barrenness has not been given to a woman, (i5r, 3 3 5 ) but because of the deeds of her hands she dies without children. 98. 6 I swear to you, you sinners, by the Holy and Great One, that all your evil deeds are revealed in heaven, and (that) your wrongdoing is not covered or hidden. 98. 7 And do not think in your spirit, nor say in your heart that you do not know and do not see (i5r, b i ) (that) every sin is written down every day in heaven before the Most High. 98. 8 F r o m now on you know that all your wrongdoing which you do will be written down every day until the day of your judgement. 98. 9 W o e (i5r, to you, you fools, for you will be destroyed through your folly; and you do not listen to the wise, and good will not come upon you. 98. 10 And now know that you are ready for the day of destruction. And do not hope that you will live, you sinners; rather you will go and die, (i5r, b i o ) for you know no ransom, for you are ready for the day of the great judgement and for the day of distress and

98. 5 Between hAVf! and '^avay-'V: Gr^^ j^as a long addition (OTI O O x cbplodTi . . . dcTSKvlot) which is perhaps an alternative version of w . 4 f. —hence the somewhat illogical sequence of thought noted b y Bonner, Enoch, 3 6 f. Within the remaining m a t e r i a l ( K O I oTcipcc yuvaiKi OUK I 5 6 9 t i ocX[X6c 5i]a < T a > ipycc TCOV X6ip2>v | STeKvo; AiToeotveTTai, which corresponds to V. 5 (Eth), CTTEipa causes difficulty because w e n e e d ' b a r r e n n e s s ' not 'barren'. Possibly, following Kenyon (cf. Bonner, Enoch, 3 6 ) , we should insert oTSKvia after i566Ti and read Kal crreipqi: yuvaiKi OOK 4 5 6 9 : 1 <&TeKv{a> KTA. (Cf. also Jeremias, ThBl 1 8 ( 1 9 3 9 ) , col. 1 4 6 ) .

232

THE

ETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF

ENOCH

great shame for your spirits. 98. 11 W o e to you, you stubborn of heart who do evil and eat blood. Whence do you have good things to eat and to drink (i5r, bi5) and to be satisfied ? F r o m all the good things which our L o r d , the Most High, has placed in abundance on the earth: (therefore) you will not have peace. 98. 12 W o e to you who love deeds of iniquity. W h y do you hope for good for yourselves? Know that you will be given (i5r, b2o) into the hand of the righteous, and they will cut your throats and kill you and will not have mercy on you. 98. 13 W o e to you who rejoice in the distress of the righteous, for graves will not be dug for you. 98. 14 W o e to you who declare the words of the righteous empty, for (i5r, b25) you will have no hope of life. 98. 15 W o e to you who write lying words and the words of the impious, for they write their lies that (men) may hear and not forget (their) folly; and they will not have peace, but will die a sudden death.

(i5r, b3o) 99. I Woe to you who do impious deeds and praise and honour lying words; you will be destroyed and will not have a good life. 99. 2 W o e to you who alter the words of truth, and they distort the eternal law (i5r, b35) and count themselves as being without sin; they will be trampled underfoot on the ground. 99. 3 In those days make ready, you righteous, to raise your prayers as a reminder, and lay them as a testimony before the angels that they may lay the sin of the sinners before the Most High as a reminder. 99. 4 In those (i5r, c i ) days the nations will be thrown into con-

9 8 . I I h a s p l a c e d i n a b u n d a n c e : literally 'has c a u s e d t o increase', 'has caused to be abundant'. 9 8 . 1 2 t h r o a t s : literally ' n e c k s ' . 9 8 . 1 5 flf. T h e r e are frequent changes f r o m s e c o n d to t h i r d p e r s o n ( a n d back again) in this section, as e.g. in verse 1 5 . I n t h e translation I n o r mally follow R y l , e x c e p t that in 99. i t h e c h a n g e s are so a b r u p t t h a t I h a v e p u t t h e w h o l e verse in t h e s e c o n d p e r s o n . 99. I y o u w i l l b e d e s t r o y e d : cf. D i l l m a n n , Grammar,

169.

CHAPTERS 98-99

233

fusion, and the races of the nations will rise on the day of destruction. 99. 5 And in those days those who are in need will go out and seize their children and cast out their children; (i5r, C 5 ) and their offspring will slip from them, and they will cast out their children while they are sucklings and will not return to them and will not have mercy on their beloved ones. 99. 6 And again I swear t o you, the sinners, that sin is ready for the day of unceasing bloodshed. 99. 7 And they worship stone, and some {ie,r, c i o ) carve images of gold and of silver and of wood and of clay, and some, with no knowledge, worship unclean spirits and demons and every (kind of) error, but no help will be obtained from them. 99. 8 And they will sink into impiety because of the folly of their hearts, and their eyes will be bUnded (i5r, C15) through the fear of their hearts and through the vision of their dreams. 99. 9 Through these they will become impious and fearful, for they do all their deeds with lies and worship stones, and they will be destroyed at the same moment. 99.10 And in those days blessed (are) all those who accept the words of wisdom (i5r, C 2 o ) and understand them, and follow the paths of the Most High, and walk in the path of righteousness, and do not act impiously with the impious, for they will be saved. 99. 11 W o e to you who extend

99. 5 t h o s e w h o a r e i n n e e d w i l l g o o u t , a n d s e i z e t h e i r c h i l d r e n , a n d c a s t o u t t h e i r c h i l d r e n : E t h I I ; Gr^^ 'those w h o give birth will cast o u t a n d . . . a n d a b a n d o n their infants'. N e i t h e r E t h n o r GiP^ is free f r o m difficulty. E t h f-%iCt^ i is possibly a n i n n e r - E t h i o p i c c o r r u p tion o f '• ('those w h o a r e p r e g n a n t ' ) . I n Gr'^^ ^he m o s t obvious c o r r e c t i o n o f sioTocCTOuaiv is K e n y o n ' s iKTr6ccrouaiv (cf. B o n n e r , Enoch, 4 2 ) , w h i c h h a s a similar m e a n i n g to E t h ^OOJ^m:. B u t iKCTTT&o-ouaiv is n o t entirely suitable as t h e m i d d l e m e m b e r between iKpotAoOoiv a n d iyKcrrccXefvj;ouaiv. Z u n t z (jfBL 6 1 ( 1 9 4 2 ) , 1 9 5 f.) c o n j e c t u r e s oirapdlouaiv, w h i c h m i g h t conceivably have b e e n r e n d e r e d b y J&(n>/"in'j; b u t this p r e supposes a long p r o c e s s o f c o r r u p t i o n in t h e G r e e k , while aovcil; does n o t s e e m a v e r y likely rendering o f airapdaaco. ( C f . also Z u n t z , JTS 45 (1944), 166, note). a n d t h e i r o f f s p r i n g w i l l s l i p f r o m t h e m : i.e. in p r e m a t u r e birth. 9 9 . 9 a t t h e s a m e m o m e n t : c f . L u k e 1 4 : 1 8 a n d S . Aalen, ' S t . L u k e ' s G o s p e l a n d t h e L a s t C h a p t e r s o f I E n o c h ' , NTS 1 3 ( 1 9 6 6 / 7 ) , 3 .

234

THE

ETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF

ENOCH

evil to your neighbours, for you will be killed in Sheol. 99. 1 2 W o e to you who lay (i5r, C25) foundations of sin and deceit, and (to those) who cause bitterness on the earth, for because of this an end will be made of them. 99. 13 W o e to you who build your houses with the toil of others, and all their building materials (are) the bricks and stones of sin; I say to y o u : " Y o u will not have (i5r, 030) peace." 99. 14 W o e to those who reject the measure and the eternal inheritance of their fathers and cause their souls to follow after error, for they will not have rest. 99. 15 W o e to those who commit iniquity and help wrong and kill their neighbours (i5r, 035) until the day of the great judgement, 99. 16 for he will throw down your glory and put evil into your hearts and rouse the spirit of his anger that he may destroy you all with the sword; and all the righteous and holy will remember your sin. 1 0 0 . I And in those days in one place fathers and (15V, a i ) sons will strike one another, and brothers will together fall in death until there flows of their blood as it were a stream. 1 0 0 . 2 F o r a man will not in mercy withhold his hand from his sons, nor from his sons' sons, (15V, 3 5 ) in order to kill them, and the sinner will not withhold his hand from his honoured brother; from dawn until the sun sets they will kill one another. 1 0 0 . 3 And the horse will walk up to its chest in the blood of sinners, and the chariot will sink up to its height. (15V, a i o ) 1 0 0 . 4 And in those days the angels will come down into the hidden places and gather together in one place all those who have helped sin, and the Most High will rise on that day to execute the great judgement on all the sinners. 1 0 0 . 5 And he will set guards (15V, 3 1 5 ) from the holy angels over all the righteous and holy, and they will guard them like the apple of an eye until an end is made of all evil and all sin; and even if the righteous sleep a long sleep, they have nothing to fear. 1 0 0 . 6 And the wise men will see

9 9 . 1 3 t h e b r i c k s a n d s t o n e s o f s i n : cf. B e r l , b u t also D i l l m a n n , Translation, 314.

CHAPTERS 99-101

235

the truth, (15V, a2o) and the sons of the earth will understand all the words of this book, and they will know that their riches will not be able to save them in the overthrow of their sin. 100. 7 W o e to you, you sinners, when you afflict the righteous on the day of severe trouble and burn them (15V, 3 2 5 ) with fire; you will be repaid according to your deeds. 100. 8 W o e to you, you perverse of heart, who watch to devise evil; fear will come upon you, and there is no one who will help you. 100. 9 W o e to you, you sinners, for on account of the words of your mouth, and on account of the deeds (15V, 330) of your hands which you have impiously done, you will burn in blazing flames of fire. 100. 1 0 And now know that the angels will inquire in heaven into your deeds from the sun and the moon and the stars, (that is) into your sins, for on earth (15V, 3 3 5 ) you execute judgement on the righteous. 100. 1 1 And all the clouds and mist and dew and rain will testify against you, for they will all be withheld from you so that they

do not fall on you, and they will think about your sins. 100. 1 2 And now give gifts to the rain that it may not be withheld from falling on you, (15V, b i ) and that the dew, if it has accepted gold and silver from you, may fall. 1 0 0 . 1 3 W h e n hoar-frost and snow with their cold and all the snowwinds with all their torments fall on you, (15V, h$) in those days you will not be able to stand before them. l o i . I Contemplate heaven, all you sons of heaven, and all the works of the Most High, and fear him and do not do evil before him. 1 0 1 . 2 I f he closes the windows of heaven, and withholds the rain ( i 5 V , b i o ) and the dew so that it does not

1 0 0 . 7 w h e n y o u a f H i c t . . , w i t h fire: E t h , a n d similarly Gr^^ (reading (PX4|TIT[E] f o r 9uXdfr|T[6], c f . a p p a r a t u s ) . I t is possible t o m a k e sense o f t h e t e x t o n t h e a s s u m p t i o n t h a t ' t h e d a y o f severe t r o u b l e ' is t h e p e r i o d o f t h e persecution o f t h e r i g h t e o u s ; b u t t h e p h r a s e suggests r a t h e r t h e eschatological d a y o f j u d g e m e n t (cf. C h a r l e s , Translation, 2 5 0 ; Torrey, JAOS 6 2 ( 1 9 4 2 ) , 5 8 f . ) ; if this is s o , t h e n t h e p h r a s e m a y well h a v e b e e n t r a n s p o s e d in t h e Vorlage o f b o t h E t h a n d G r ™ — b u t f r o m t h e e n d o f t h e verse, n o t (so Charles a n d T o r r e y ) f r o m t h e beginning (after ' s i n n e r s ' ) , c f . D i l l m a n n , Translation, 315.

236

THE

ETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF

ENOCH

fall on the earth because of you, what will you do? l o i . 3 And if he sends his anger upon you and upon all your deeds, will you not entreat him ? F o r you speak proud and hard (words) against his righteousness, (15V, b i 5 ) and you will not have peace. l o i . 4 And do you not see the kings of the ships, how their ships are tossed by the waves and rocked by the winds, and are in distress? l o i . 5 And because of this they are afraid, for all their good possessions go out on the sea (15V, b2o) with them, and they think nothing good in their hearts, (namely) that the sea will swallow them up, and (that) they will be destroyed in it. l o i . 6 Is not all the sea and all its waters and all its movement the work of the Most High, and did he not seal all its doings and bind it all with sand? ( 1 5 V , b 2 5 ) l o i . 7 And at his rebuke it dries up and becomes afraid, and all its fish die and everything that is in it; but you sinners who (are) on earth do not fear him. l o i . 8 Did he not make heaven and earth and everj^hing that is in them? And who gave knowledge (15V, b3o) and wisdom

l o i . 4 t h e k i n g s o f t h e s h i p s : E t h ; G r ™ 'the saihng-masters' or 'the sailors'. E t h is q u i t e unsuitable a n d v e r y p r o b a b l y derives f r o m a m i s reading o f TlVa as 'SVS (cf. Halivy, jfA vi. 9 ( 1 8 6 7 ) , 3 9 2 ) . T h e reading o f E t h is i m p o r t a n t as attesting t h e i n d e p e n d e n t u s e o f A r a m b y E t h . C o n t r a s t t h e views o f ( i ) C h a r l e s a n d F l e m m i n g , w h o a s s u m e d t h a t it w a s t h e G r e e k t r a n s l a t o r w h o m i s r e a d t h e original—^but cf. n o w Gr'^^. (2) B o n n e r , w h o suggests t h a t t h e fault lies w i t h t h e E t h i o p i c t r a n s l a t o r w h o w a s unfamiliar w i t h vaCn i, p r e f e r r e d b y C h a r l e s , could either b e taken as O^ao; ('and did h e n o t p r e s c r i b e all its d o i n g s ' , cf. C h a r l e s , Text, 2 1 1 ; Translation, 2 5 2 ) , o r as t h e I I i f o r m of t h e r o o t * f l » i (cf. G r ™ C J W E OTi^coTo). H o w e v e r , it seems t o m e difficult t o explain t h e o t h e r E t h i o p i c readings o n t h e a s s u m p t i o n t h a t R"J'in>; w a s t h e original E t h i o p i c r e a d ing. — T h e readings o f t h e E t h I M S S . a r e all c o r r u p t . — C h a r l e s a n d F l e m m i n g give t h e r e a d i n g of M u n i c h M S . 3 0 as ffl^^jP; 04>rn>;, b u t I h a v e e x a m i n e d a p h o t o g r a p h o f this M S . a n d it h a s t h e r e a d i n g
CHAPTERS 101-102

337

to all the things that move on the ground and in the sea? l o i . 9 D o not those kings of the ships fear the sea? Y e t sinners do not fear the Most High. 1 0 2 . I And in those days if he brings a fierce fire upon you, (15V, b35) whither will you flee, and where will you be safe? And when he utters his voice against you, will you not be terrified and afraid ? 1 0 2 . 2 And all the lights will shake with great fear, and the whole earth will be terrified and will tremble and quail. 1 0 2 . 3 And all the angels will carry out their commands and will seek to hide (15V, c i ) before the one who is great in glory, and the children of the earth will tremble and shake; and you sinners (will be) cursed for ever and will not have peace. 1 0 2 . 4 D o not be afraid, you souls of the righteous, and be hopeful, (you) who have died (15V,

C 5 ) in righteousness. 1 0 2 . 5 And do not be sad that your souls

have gone down into Sheol in sadness, and (that) your bodies did not obtain during your life (a reward) in accordance with

1 0 1 . 9 k i n g s o f t h e s h i p s : cf. above o n verse 4 . 1 0 2 . 2 f. ( i ) Z u n t z (JTS 4 5 ( 1 9 4 4 ) , 1 6 7 - 9 ; cf. C h a r l e s , Translation, 253; T o r r e y , JAOS 62 ( 1 9 4 2 ) , 5 9 ; also t h e translation b y B e e r o f verse 3 ) thinks t h a t t h e r e is a c o n t r a d i c t i o n b e t w e e n ( a ) ' A n d all t h e angels will c a r r y o u t their c o m m a n d s ' a n d (b) ' a n d will seek t o hide before t h e one w h o is great in g l o r y ' . I t s e e m s t o m e t h a t t h e t e x t o f E t h is intelligible as it s t a n d s ; w h e r e a s t h e g o o d angels will c a r r y o u t their duties o n t h e d a y o f j u d g e m e n t , t h e y will, like t h e lights o f h e a v e n a n d t h e e a r t h , b e terrified b y t h e occasion a n d will seek t o hide. H o w e v e r , it should b e p o i n t e d o u t t h a t Gt^^ has n o t h i n g c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o 'and will seek t o hide before t h e o n e w h o is great in g l o r y ' ; a l t h o u g h t h e t e x t o f Gr'-'^ h a s b e e n disrupted in these t w o verses, Gt^^ has clauses c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o e v e r y clause in E t h w i t h t h e e x c e p t i o n o f this o n e . Is this clause a gloss w h i c h originated in E t h o n t h e mistaken a s s u m p t i o n t h a t t h e angels m e n t i o n e d h e r e w e r e fallen angels, n o t g o o d o n e s ? (2) A s already m e n tioned, t h e t e x t o f G r ™ has b e e n disrupted in these t w o v e r s e s . T h e origin of t h e c o r r u p t i o n w o u l d a p p e a r to h e in t h e omission, a n d s u b s e q u e n t reinsertion in t h e w r o n g place, o f t h e clause in GrP^ w h i c h c o r r e s p o n d s t o ' A n d all t h e lights will shake w i t h great fear', viz. Kai 6 oOpavos Kai oi (pcoorfipes osidnEvoi. F o r a v e r y plausible a t t e m p t t o explain all t h e difficulties raised b y Gr<=B cf. Zuntz, JTS 4 5 (1944), 1 6 1 - 7 0 ; id., JBL 6 3 ( 1 9 4 4 ) , S 3 f.

238

THE

ETHIOPIC

BOOK OF

ENOCH

your goodness, but on the day on which you became as sinners and on the day of cursing (15V, c i o ) and punishment . . . 1 0 2 . 6 But when you die, the sinners say about y o u : " A s we die, the righteous have died, and of what use to them were their deeds ? 1 0 2 . 7 Behold, like us they have died in sadness and in darkness, and what advantage do they have over us? F r o m now on we are equal, 1 0 2 . 8 and what (15V, C15) will they receive, and what will they see for ever? F o r behold, they too have died, and from now on they will never

102. 5 b u t o n t h e d a y o n w h i c h y o u b e c a m e a s s i n n e r s a n d o n t h e d a y o f c u r s i n g a n d p u n i s h m e n t . . . E t h is c o r r u p t , b u t seems to derive ultimately f r o m a Vorlage similar t o t h a t o f Gr'^^^ 102. 7 - 1 1 F r o m the e n d o f v . 7 t o v . 1 1 b o t h E t h a n d G r ™ have suffered c o r r u p t i o n w i t h t h e result t h a t it is n o t entirely clear w h o is t h e speaker in e a c h v e r s e . I n E t h it is m o s t n a t u r a l t o a s s u m e t h a t v . 8 f o r m s t h e e n d o f t h e speech o f t h e sinners, t h a t w . g a n d 1 0 are a reply f r o m t h e a u t h o r , a n d t h a t v . 1 1 is a final t a u n t f r o m t h e sinners (so B e e r , Translation, 306, a n d Charles, Translation, 255); it is possible t o m a k e sense o f t h e text, b u t V . 8 E t h is v e r y different f r o m v . 8 Gr^^, while v . 9 E t h is weak as a reply t o v. 8 E t h . Also in E t h w . 1 0 a n d 1 1 refer t o t h e righteous, w h e r e a s in Gr^^ t ^ e y s e e m t o refer t o t h e wicked. I n Gr^^ t h e s p e e c h o f t h e sinners would a p p e a r t o e n d in v . 8, w i t h v v . 9, 1 0 and 1 1 as t h e reply f r o m t h e a u t h o r (so B o n n e r , Enoch, 6 0 - 3 , 9 2 f . ) . B u t since s o m e w o r d s s e e m to have d r o p p e d o u t o f t h e t e x t after ToiyapoOv in v . 9, a n d since it is n o t absolutely clear t o w h o m ol SIKCIOOVTES [IOUTJOOS (v. 1 0 ) refers (see discussion below o f w . 1 0 f . ) , this interpretation is n o t certain, a n d Z u n t z (JBL 6 1 ( 1 9 4 2 ) , 2 0 1 ) argues t h a t t h e whole o f w . 6 - 1 1 Gi^^ is t o b e r e g a r d e d as spoken b y t h e sinners. T h i s , h o w e v e r , s e e m s t o m e unlikely, a n d B o n n e r ' s interpretation w o u l d a p p e a r t o m a k e b e t t e r sense. T h e effect o f t h e differences indicated a b o v e is, n o t surprisingly, t h a t t h e m e a n i n g o f w . 7 - 1 1 as a w h o l e is n o t t h e s a m e in E t h a n d in Gr^^. 102. 7 f. F r o m n o w o n w e a r e e q u a l , a n d w h a t w i l l t h e y r e c e i v e : B M 4 9 1 A b b 3 5 E t h I I ; B M 485 B M 485a Berl T a n a 9 ' F r o m now on w e are equal, a n d h o w will t h e y r i s e ' ; Gr'^^ ' F r o m n o w o n let t h e m rise a n d b e s a v e d ' . E t h derives f r o m misreadingCTcoei^Tcocrotvas iaci)9tiaocv. N o t e also t h a t E t h presupposes t h e o r d e r OCOQI^TCOOOV KOI <3tvaoTr|TCOCTav. S e e B o n n e r , Enoch, 6 1 . 1 0 2 . 8 a n d w h a t w i l l t h e y s e e . • . s e e l i g h t : E t h ; Gr^^ 'and t h e y will for ever see u s (reading f\\xSs for ini&s, cf. B o n n e r , Enoch, 6 2 ; Z u n t z , JBL 6 1 ( 1 9 4 2 ) , 2 0 1 ) eating a n d drinking well'. E t h is w e a k e r t h a n Gr^^^ a n d m e r e l y repeats t h e s u b s t a n c e o f w . 6 f. A r e f e r e n c e t o eating a n d drinking

CHAPTERS

102-103

239

again see light." 102. 9 I say to you, you sinners: " Y o u are content to eat and drink, and strip men naked and steal and sin, and acquire possessions and see ( 1 5 V , c 2 o ) good days. 102. 1 0 But you saw the righteous, how their end was peace, for no wrong was found in them until the day of their death." 102. II " B u t they were destroyed and became as though they had not been, and their souls went down into Sheol in distress." (15V, C 2 5 ) 103. I And now I swear to you, the righteous, by his great glory and his honour, and by his magnificent is required at t h e e n d o f v . 8 in o r d e r to give point t o t h e r e p l y o f v . 9 (for w h i c h cf. I s a . 2 2 : 1 3 ; Z u n t z , JBL 61 (1942), 201 f.). As E t h now stands, v . 9 c o m e s in s o m e w h a t strangely as a c o m m e n t o n v . 8. 1 0 2 . 9 I n GtP^ s o m e w o r d s s e e m to h a v e d r o p p e d o u t after TOiyapoOv b e c a u s e o f t h e immediately p r e c e d i n g o c c u r r e n c e o f a similar expression, a n d w e m a y restore with B o n n e r , Enoch, 6 2 , ToiyapoOv &piT&CTat K T X . , ' T h e n steal a n d sin a n d steal clothes a n d a c q u i r e (possessions) a n d see g o o d d a y s . ' H o w e v e r , note that Z u n t z {JBL 6 1 ( 1 9 4 2 ) , 2 0 1 f.) inserts
240

THE

ETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF

ENOCH

sovereignty and by his majesty I swear to you 1 0 3 . 2 that I understand this mystery. And I have read the tablets of heaven and seen the writing of the holy ones, and I found (15V, C 3 0 ) written and engraved in it concerning them 1 0 3 . 3 that all good and joy and honour have been made ready and written down for the spirits of those who have died in righteousness, and (that) much good will be given to you in recompense for your toil, and (that) your lot (will be) more excellent than (15V, 0 3 5 ) the lot of the living. 1 0 3 . 4 And the spirits of you who have died in righteousness will live, and their spirits will rejoice and be glad, and the memory of them (will remain) before the Great One for all the generations of eternity. Therefore do not fear their abuse. 1 0 3 . 5 W o e to you, you sinners, when you die in your sin, (i6r, a i ) and those who are like you say about y o u : "Blessed were the sinners; they saw all their days. 1 0 3 . 6 And now they have died in prosperity and wealth; distress and slaughter they did not see during their life, (i6r, 3 5 ) but they died in glory, and judgement was not executed on them during their life." 1 0 3 . 7 Know that their souls will be made to go down into Sheol, and they will be wretched, and their distress (will be) great; 1 0 3 . 8 and in darkness and in chains and in burning flames (i6r, a i o ) your spirits will come to the great judgement, and the great judgement will last for all generations for ever. W o e to you, for you will not have peace. 1 0 3 . 9 D o not say of the righteous and good who were alive: " I n the days of our affliction we toiled laboriously (i6r, 3 1 5 ) and saw every affliction and met many evils; we were spent and became few, and our spirit small. 1 0 3 . 1 0 W e were destroyed, and there was no one who helped us with words or deeds; we were

103. 9 D o not say of t h e righteous a n d g o o d w h o w e r e a l i v e : Eth. I n E t h t h e sinners, speaking as if t h e y w e r e t h e r i g h t e o u s , u t t e r t h e following w o r d s ( w . 9 - 1 5 ) in d e r i s i o n ; t h e verses c o n t a i n t h e s i n n e r s ' view o f t h e lot of t h e r i g h t e o u s (cf. C h a r l e s , Translation, 257). But Gr™ y*P E1TTT1T6 ol 6(K[ai]oi KTA.) p e r h a p s offers a b e t t e r i n t r o d u c t i o n t o t h e w o r d s w h i c h follow.

CHAPTERS

103-104

341

powerless and found nothing. W e were tortured and destroyed, and did not expect to see life ( i 6 r , a2o) from one day to the next. 103. II W e hoped to become the head, but became the tail. W e toiled and laboured, but were not masters of the fruits of our toil; we became food for the sinners, and the lawless made their yoke heavy upon us. 103. 1 2 T h o s e who hated us and those who goaded us were masters of us, and ( i 6 r , 3 2 5 ) to those who hated us we bowed our necks, but they did not have mercy on us. 103. 1 3 W e sought to escape from them that we might flee and be at rest, but we found no place where we might flee and be safe from them. 103. 1 4 W e complained about them to the rulers in our distress and cried out against those who devoured us, but they took no notice of our cry ( i 6 r , 330) and did not wish to listen to our voice. 1 0 3 . 1 5 And they helped those who plundered us and devoured us and those who made us few, and they concealed their wrongdoing and did not remove from us the yoke of those who devoured us and scattered us and killed u s ; and they concealed our slaughter and did not remember that they had raised ( i 6 r , 3 3 5 ) their hands against u s . " 104. I I swear to you, you righteous, that in heaven the angels remember you for good before the glory of the Great One, and (that) your names are written down before the glory of the Great One. 104. 2 Be hopeful! F o r you were formerly put to shame through evils and afflictions, but now you will shine like the lights ( i 6 r , b i ) of heaven and will be seen, and the gate of heaven will be opened to you. 104. 3 And persevere in your cry for judgement, and it will appear to you, for (justice) will be exacted from the rulers for all your distress, and from all those who helped those who plundered you. ( i 6 r , h$) 104. 4 Be hopeful, and do not abandon your hope, for you will have great joy like the angels of heaven. 104. 5

What will you have to do ? Y o u will not have to hide on the

1 0 4 . s B o t h E t h a n d Gr"^B gj-e difficult in this verse, ( i ) T h e beginning o f t h e v e r s e in G r ^ ^ jg tneaningless. v . 4 has o f c o u r s e disappeared

342

THE

ETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF

ENOCH

day of the great judgement, nor will you be found to be sinners. T h e eternal judgement will be upon you for all the generations (i6r, b i o ) of eternity. 104. 6 And now do not be afraid, you righteous, when you see the sinners growing strong and prospering in their desires, and do not be associated with them, but keep far away from their wrongdoing, for you shall be associates of the host of heaven. 104. 7 F o r

you sinners say: " N o n e of our sins vdll be inquired into and written d o w n ! " — ( i 6 r , b i 5 ) (but) they will write down all your sins every day. 104. 8 And now I show to you that light and darkness, day and night, see all your sins. 104. 9 D o not be impious in your hearts, and do not lie, and do not alter the words of truth, nor say that the words of the Holy and Great One are lies, (i6r, hzo) and do not praise your idols, for all your lies and all your impiety lead not to righteousness, but to great sin. 104. 1 0 And now I know this mystery, that many sinners will alter and distort the words of truth, and speak evil words, (i6r, b25) and lie, and concoct great fabrications, and write books in their (own) words. 104. 1 1 But when they write out all my words exactly in their languages.

entirely f r o m G r ™ (unless, t h a t is, verse 4 is a n interpolation in E t h ) , a n d it is possible t h a t s o m e w o r d s f r o m t h e beginning o f v. 5 h a v e also d r o p p e d o u t o f G r ™ (cf. B o n n e r , Enoch, 7 1 ) . O n t h e o t h e r h a n d E t h has nothing c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o Gr^^ TCJ KOCKA. (2) T h e s e c o n d p a r t o f t h e verse is v e r y s t r a n g e if t h e w o r d s a r e m e a n t t o refer to t h e righteous, as is apparently t h e case for t h e whole o f w . 1 - 6 . T h e E t h i o p i c is c o n v e n tionally translated 'and t h e eternal j u d g e m e n t will b e far f r o m y o u ' , a n d s u c h a translation w o u l d certainly a p p e a r t o b e d e m a n d e d b y t h e c o n t e x t . H o w e v e r , in a passage like this h ^ " } : c a n only m e a n ' u p o n ' , n o t '(far) f r o m ' , cf. 1 0 0 . 4 ; 1 0 4 . 3 ; cf. also B o n n e r , Enoch, 4 9 , 7 1 f., o n t h e c o m parable use o f EK. H e n c e it is possible that t h e s e c o n d half o f v . 5 w a s originally a s t a t e m e n t addressed t o t h e sinners. — T h e s a m e p r o b l e m arises in G r ™ w h e r e t h e o c c u r r e n c e o f aKuXriaEa6E (not present in E t h ) indicates clearly t h a t t h e following w o r d s m u s t be translated ' a n d eternal j u d g e m e n t will be u p o n y o u ' . B o n n e r , Enoch, 7 1 f., a n d T o r r e y , JAOS 62 ( 1 9 4 2 ) , 5 9 f., b o t h a t t e m p t to deal w i t h t h e p r o b l e m b y e m e n d i n g t h e G r e e k so t h a t t h e s e c o n d half o f v . 5 b e c o m e s quite exphcitly a n address t o t h e sinners. 1 0 4 . 1 0 i n t h e i r ( o w n ) w o r d s : o r p e r h a p s ' c o n c e r n i n g their w o r d s ' .

CHAPTERS

104-105

243

and do not alter or omit (anything) from my words, but write out everything exactly, everything which I testified about them b e f o r e — 104. 1 2 (then) I know another mystery, ( i 6 r , b3o) that books will be given to the righteous and wise (which will be the source of) joy and truth and much wisdom. 104. 1 3 And books will be given to them, and they will believe in them and rejoice over t h e m ; and all the righteous who have learnt from them all the ways of truth will be glad. ( i 6 r , b 3 5 ) 1 0 5 . I And in those days, says the Lord, they shall call and testify to the sons of the earth about the wisdom

1 0 4 . 1 3 Aram'^S i 2 0 ] • pntttP''[ appears t o belong h e r e a n d could c o r r e s p o n d either t o (Ofi-^^^dh \ o r t o (Df-^-^Mt^f;. 1 0 5 . I f. G r ° B h a s nothing c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o c . 1 0 5 o f E t h . Charles (Translation, 2 6 2 ) long a g o suggested that c . 1 0 5 did n o t originally belong with c c . 9 1 - 1 0 4 , a n d this view s e e m e d t o b e confirmed b y t h e evidence o f G r ° ^ (cf. B o n n e r , Enoch, 4 , 7 6 ) . H o w e v e r , Aram'^S i does s e e m t o h a v e h a d material corresponding at a n y rate t o v . i o f c . 1 0 5 . T h i s seems fairly certain, despite t h e fact that only a f e w w o r d s have survived i n "^5 i, because o f t h e o c c u r r e n c e in '5 i 2 1 o f N]»1S •'32a[ = (\iD-(tA : I o f E t h 1 0 5 . I . A p a r t f r o m 1 0 5 . i , 'sons o f t h e e a r t h ' a r e m e n t i o n e d in five places i n E n o c h ( 1 2 . 4 Gr^^"; 1 5 . 3 ; 8 6 . 6 ; l o o . 6 ; 1 0 2 . 3 ) , b u t whereas the w o r d s above a n d below N j S ' l S ''23a[ in "^5 i c a n fairly easily b e related t o t h e verses s u r r o u n d i n g 1 0 5 . i (viz. 1 0 4 . 1 3 - 1 0 6 . 2 ) , t h e s a m e is n o t t r u e o f t h e verses s u r r o u n d i n g t h e five o t h e r passages w h e r e t h e p h r a s e ' t h e sons o f the e a r t h ' o c c u r s . Aram'^S i is thus o f considerable i m p o r t a n c e as f a r as t h e value o f t h e evidence o f E t h in relation t o G r is c o n c e r n e d . H o w e v e r , while it is virtually certain that A r a m d i d have material c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o E t h 1 0 5 . i , t h e situation w i t h r e g a r d t o E t h 1 0 5 . 2 is n o t quite clear b e c a u s e so little h a s survived o f Aram'^S i. T h e M e s s i a n i c reference i n 1 0 5 . 2 — ' F o r I a n d m y s o n will join ourselves with t h e m f o r ever in t h e p a t h s o f uprightness during their lives'—is quite o u t o f place in t h e c o n t e x t o f c c . 9 1 - 1 0 4 , a n d it seems v e r y unlikely that A r a m h a d anything corresponding t o this. W h e t h e r A r a m h a d a n y material c o r r e sponding t o t h e r e m a i n d e r o f t h e verse ('and y o u will have p e a c e . R e j o i c e , y o u sons o f u p r i g h t n e s s ! A m e n ' ) remains u n c e r t a i n , b u t cf. t h e c o m m e n t o n <^s i 2 3 (cf. Milik, HTR 6 4 ( 1 9 7 1 ) , 3 6 5 ) . t o t h e s o n s o f t h e e a r t h : c f . Aram-^s i 2 1 N]S?1N ''Ja3[. a b o u t t h e w i s d o m i n t h e m : hterally 'about their w i s d o m ' , 'about t h e w i s d o m o f t h e m ' , i . e . a b o u t t h e w i s d o m i n t h e books ( 1 0 4 . 1 2 f . ) .

244

THE

ETHIOPIC BOOK OF

ENOCH

in them. Show (it) to them, for you (are) their leaders, and the rewards (which are to come) over all the earth. 105. 2 F o r I and my son will join ourselves with them for ever in the paths of uprightness during their lives, and you will have peace. Rejoice, (i6r, c i ) you sons of uprightness! Amen.' 106. I And after (some) days my son Methuselah took for his son L a m e c h a wife, and she became pregnant by him and bore a son. 106. 2 And his body was white like snow and red like the flower (i6r, 05) of a rose, and the hair of his head (was) white like w o o l . . . and his eyes (were) beautiful; and when he opened his eyes, he made the whole house bright like the sun so that the whole house was exceptionally bright. 106. 3 And when he was taken from the hand of the midwife, he opened his mouth and spoke to the L o r d of Righteousness. 106. 4 And his father L a m e c h was afraid (i6r, c i o ) of him and fled and went to his father Methuselah. 106. 5 And he said to h i m : 'I have begotten a strange son; he is not like a man, but is like the children of the angels of heaven, of a different type, and not like us. And his eyes (are) like the rays

1 0 5 . I y o u ( a r e ) : cf. Aram'^5 i 2 2 Aram'^S i 2 3 ] ViD

p5[

] pinU pDpN. — I t

is n o t clear h o w

is t o be related t o E t h , b u t it is possible t h a t

t h e suffix p 3 [ is t o b e r e s t o r e d p3[V, cf. AhoD-; in 1 0 5 . 2 . 1 0 6 . I A n d a f t e r . . . L a m e c h a w i f e : E t h ; note t h e m u c h longer t e x t o f G r ™ . Aram-^s i 2 6 "ipb

n»»[ w o u l d a p p e a r t o s u p p o r t t h e originality o f

t h e longer text, b u t it m u s t b e a d m i t t e d t h a t t h e evidence is t e n u o u s . a w i f e , a n d s h e : c f . Aram'=s i 2 7

]S'ni finpN,

106. 2 a n d r e d : cf. Aram'^s i 2 8 plOp. a n d the hair of his h e a d (was) white like wool . . . a » . C - y " £ " ^ 0 ' : as a gloss o n (DKbCi CKChi (cf. v . 1 0 ) . 1 0 6 . 3 A n d w h e n h e w a s t a k e n : c f . D i l l m a n n , Translation, c o n t r a s t t h e readings o f B M 48sa a n d G r ™ .

I omit 326, but

1 0 6 . 5 t h e c h i l d r e n o f t h e a n g e l s o f h e a v e n : see t h e n o t e o n 69. 4 .

CHAPTERS

105-106

245

of the sun, and his face glorious. 106. 6 And it seems t o m e that (i6r, C15) he is not sprung from me, but from the angels, and I am afraid lest something extraordinary should be done on the earth in his days. 106. 7 And now, m y father, I a m entreating you and petitioning you to go to our father Enoch, and learn from him the truth, for his dwelling is with the angels.' (i6r, c2o) i o 6 . 8 And when Methuselah heard the words of his son, he came t o m e at the ends of the earth, for he had heard that I was there. And he cried out, and I heard his voice and went to him. And I said to h i m : 'Behold, I a m (here), m y son, for you have come to m e . ' io6. 9 And he answered m e and said: 'Because of (i6r, 025) a great matter have I come to you, and because of a disturbing vision have I come near. 106. 1 0 And now hear me, m y father, for a child has been born to m y son L a m e c h whose form and type are not like the type of a m a n ; his colour is whiter than snow and redder than the flower of a rose, and the hair of his head (i6r, C30) is whiter than white wool, and his eyes (are) like the rays of the sun; and he opened his eyes and made the whole house bright. 106. 1 1 And he was taken from the hand of the midwife and opened his mouth and blessed the L o r d of Heaven. 106. 1 2 And his father L a m e c h was afraid and fled to me. And he does not believe that he (is sprung) from him, (i6r, C35) but thinks him (to be) from the angels of heaven. And behold I have come to you that you may make known to me the truth.' 106. 1 3 A n d I, Enoch, answered and said t o h i m : ' T h e L o r d will do new things on the earth, and this I have already seen in a vision and made known to you, for in the generation of m y father Jared some from the height of

1 0 6 . I I A n d h e w a s t a k e n f r o m : f o r this translation c f . v . 3 . 106. 1 3 f o r i n t h e g e n e r a t i o n . ' t h a t in t h e g e n e r a t i o n ' .

T h e E t h i o p i c c o u l d also b e translated

s o m e f r o m t h e h e i g h t . . . t h e L o r d : E t h ; Gr'^^ ' t h e y transgressed t h e w o r d o f t h e L o r d , (departing) f r o m t h e c o v e n a n t o f h e a v e n ' . E t h a n d Gr^B a r e identical a p a r t f r o m Jio"AO^I" i / <3rTr6 TTIS 5icc9i^Ktis. GrP^ is

246

THE ETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF

ENOCH

heaven transgressed the word of the L o r d . i o 6 . 1 4 And behold, ( i 6 v , a i ) they commit sin and transgress the law, and have been promiscuous with women and commit sin with them, and have married some of them, and have begotten children

difficult. B o n n e r , Enoch, 8 1 f., argues t h a t irap^pTioocv h a s b e e n u s e d w i t h a d o u b l e c o n s t r u c t i o n , o n c e w i t h a d i r e c t object a n d o n c e w i t h a p r e p o s i tion a n d g e n i t i v e ; p e r h a p s t h e situation is m o r e plausibly explained o n t h e a s s u m p t i o n t h a t T 6 V Aoyov T O O Kupfou a n d (Snro Tfjs SIOQI^KTIS T O O oOpavoO r e p r e s e n t alternative readings w h i c h h a v e b o t h b e e n i n c o r p o r a t e d i n t o t h e t e x t b y m i s t a k e . I t is possible t o m a k e sense o f E t h as t h e t e x t s t a n d s , b u t X O P A O I V I ' : is a little a w k w a r d . I suggest t h a t X«N>ADAI*! derives f r o m a confusion o f Sa''p ( ' c o v e n a n t ' ) w i t h Xnaip ( ' h e i g h t ' ) . ( O n this passage c f . also T o r r e y , JAOS 6 2 ( 1 9 4 2 ) , 6 0 a n d s e e n o w T a n a 9.) 1 0 6 . 1 4 f. AND HAVE BEGOTTEN . . . THE WHOLE EARTH: E t h ; G r ^ ^ ' a n d t h e y b e a r (children) n o t like spirits, b u t o f flesh. A n d t h e r e will b e g r e a t w r a t h o n t h e e a r t h . ' T h e t e x t o f G r ° B h e r e is similar t o v . 1 7 a E t h ( ' T h e y will b e g e t o n t h e e a r t h giants, n o t o f spirit, b u t o f flesh, a n d t h e r e will b e g r e a t w r a t h o n t h e e a r t h ' ) , a passage w h i c h , t o g e t h e r w i t h t h e last t h r e e w o r d s o f v . 1 6 E t h ('he a n d h i s sons will b e s a v e d ' ) , is n o t p r e s e n t i n Gr<=B. N o t e f u r t h e r ( i ) t h a t '^'h^ I (//6PYR|) a t t h e beginning o f v . 1 5 c o m e s i n r a t h e r awkwardly i n view o f t h e o c c u r r e n c e o f ^ T ' - ^ : = dorcbAEioc a t t h e e n d o f v . 1 5 ; ( 2 ) t h a t 6PYF| ( a t t h e beginning o f v . 1 5 G r ^ " ) a n d aoipv^^i ( v . 1 7 a E t h ) c o r r e s p o n d t o o n e a n o t h e r in several passages ( 5 . 9 ; 1 0 . 2 2 ; 1 3 . 8 ) ; ( 3 ) t h a t i n f a c t v . 1 7 a E t h is all b u t identical w i t h t h e e n d o f V . 1 4 a n d t h e beginning o f v . 15 Gi'^^, a p a r t f r o m ^Cl: : XRT: JPC'FLW:. I t m a y b e s u g g e s t e d t h a t v . 1 7 a E t h derives u l t i m a t e l y f r o m a m a r g i n a l c o r r e c t i o n ( o r a n alternative version) o f t h e e n d o f v . 1 4 a n d t h e beginning o f v . 1 5 w h i c h w a s inserted into t h e t e x t o f E t h in t h e w r o n g position ( a n d w i t h o u t t h e r e m o v a l o f t h e passage it w a s m e a n t t o r e p l a c e ) ; t h e insertion o f this m a t e r i a l will h a v e necessitated a t least o n e consequential c h a n g e ( f r o m a p e r f e c t (DA^ \ ( c f . v . 1 4 ) t o a n i m p e r f e c t jS-tDSi^: ( v . 1 7 ) ) , a n d m a y h a v e b e e n t h e o c c a s i o n o f o t h e r alterations o r additions a t t h e beginning o f v . 1 7 E t h . O n t h e o t h e r h a n d t h e last t h r e e w o r d s o f v . 1 6 E t h ('he a n d his sons will b e s a v e d ' ) m e r e l y r e p e a t w h a t h a s already b e e n s t a t e d earlier in v . 1 6 , a n d look like a n addition m a d e b y a n E t h i o p i a n copyist. Certainly, G r ^ ^ p r e s e n t s a s m o o t h e r a n d m o r e logical t e x t i n w . 1 4 - 1 7 . — C h a r l e s {Translation, 2 6 7 ) thought that the whole o f v . 1 7 h a d been misplaced from between w . 1 4 a n d 1 5 , b u t in f a c t v . 1 7 b E t h ( ' a n d t h e e a r t h will b e cleansed f r o m all c o r r u p t i o n ' ) c o r r e s p o n d s t o v . 1 7 G r ™ ([Koi] •rrpotuvgi TTIV yfjv doro TTJS ouati; iv [ccuTJrj
247

C H A P T E R 106

by them. io6. 15 And there will be great destruction over the whole earth, and there will be a deluge, (i6v, a^) and there will be great destruction for one year. 106, 16 But this child who has been born to you will be left on the earth, and his three sons will be saved with him; when all the men who (are) on the earth die, he and his sons will be saved. 106. 17 They will beget on the earth giants, (i6v, a i o ) not of spirit, but of flesh, and there will be great wrath on the earth, and the earth will be cleansed from all corruption. 106. 18 And now make known to your son L a m e c h that the one who has been born is truly his son. And call his name Noah, for he will be a remnant for you, (i6v, ai5) and he and his sons will be saved from the destruction which is coming on the earth because of all the sin and all the iniquity which will be committed on the earth in his days. 106. 19 But after this there will be yet greater

106. I S e a r t h : cf. (?) Aram'^s ii 20 ] 106. 16 a n d h i s t h r e e s o n s w i l l b e s a v e d w i t h h i m : cf. (.?) Aram'^s ii

21 poVja"" "-[mn. 106. 16 f. h e a n d h i s s o n s . . . w r a t h o n t h e e a r t h : E t h ; Gr'^^ o m i t s (cf. t h e discussion above u n d e r w . 14 f . ) . N o t e t h a t E t h could also b e t r a n s l a t e d : ' h e will be saved. A n d his sons will b e g e t . . .' (cf. B M 491 Bodl s). 106. 17 a n d t h e e a r t h . . . a l l c o r r u p t i o n : E t h ; G r ™ ' A n d h e will s u b d u e t h e earth f r o m t h e c o r r u p t i o n w h i c h is o n i t . ' Aram'^S ii 22 ] X 3 [ p r e s u m a b l y belongs h e r e , b u t it is n o t clear h o w it relates t o E t h o r GrCB. 106. 18 A n d c a l l h i s n a m e : E t h G r ™ ; cf. Aram"=s ii 23 ] natP

\lp.

a n d h e a n d h i s s o n s w i l l b e s a v e d : E t h ; in G r ™ t h e r e appears t o b e a l a c u n a a n d t h e t e x t is u n c e r t a i n (cf. B o n n e r , Enoch, 83); cf. Aram"=5 ii 24

w h i c h w i l l b e c o m m i t t e d o n t h e e a r t h i n h i s d a y s : E t h ; the text of G r ™ is again u n c e r t a i n ; cf. Aram'^s ii

25 MljaVS Kin'7[.

106. 19 B u t a f t e r t h i s . . . t h e e a r t h b e f o r e : E t h ; G r ™ is lost; cf. (?)

Aram-^s ii 25 f.

]...'-i26[

]'\yT\

[

] . [.

248

T H EETHIOPIC

BOOK

OF ENOCH

iniquity than that which was committed on the earth before. ( i 6 v , a2o) F o r I know the mysteries of the holy ones, for that L o r d showed (them) t o m e and made (them) known t o me, and I read (them) in the tablets of heaven. 107. I And I saw written on them that generation upon generation will do wrong until a generation of righteousness

106. 1 9 F o r I k n o w . . . t a b l e t s o f h e a v e n : E t h ; G r ™ only survives i n p a r t ; cf. Aram'^S ii 2 6 f .

[••niVai] w n s i w i n s yvfipi n

26

rus » T ' [

27

n'p])?

E t h is fairly close t o A r a m , b u t n o t identical w i t h it. ( i ) W e d o n o t k n o w w h a t stood i m m e d i a t e l y after

'Ha in

]''Jia N]''tia

line 2 6 , b u t t h e gap b e t w e e n

00

a n d pB?''lj?[ is t o o large for t h e restoration suggested b y E t h , ""T ^ ^ ^ [ j t o b e a d e q u a t e . ( 2 ) I n a n y case yVflp w o u l d a p p e a r t o b e t h e subject o f t h e following plural v e r b s , "JT'inS a n d 'JVtnS; c o n t r a s t E t h w h e r e 'that L o r d ' f o r m s t h e subject o f t h e c o r r e s p o n d i n g v e r b s ( w h i c h are i n the singular). I n view of t h e fact that t h e v e r b s are plural i n A r a m , t h e reading o f Gr^^ \JTT£5EI§OCV, c o r r e c t e d b y B o n n e r t o OTT^SEI^EV, should p e r h a p s b e r e c o n s i d e r e d . 1 0 7 . I A n d I s a w w r i t t e n o n t h e m : E t h ; Gr^^ ' T h e n I saw w h a t w a s w r i t t e n o n t h e m ' ; c f . Aram-^s ii 2 7 ]ina a''nD mtm. N e i t h e r E t h n o r A r a m h a v e anything c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o G r ™ T O T E . t h a t g e n e r a t i o n u p o n g e n e r a t i o n w i l l d o w r o n g : E t h ; G r ™ (as r e s t o r e d ) ' t h a t o n e generation will b e w o r s e thari a n o t h e r ' ; c f . Aram"=s ii 2 7 ]k)nb WKai ] . . a my I T ] » [ I T ] n . T h e reading o f t h e w o r d after is u n c e r t a i n , b u t t h e r e appears in a n y case t o b e nothing c o r responding t o this w o r d i n E t h o r G r ™ ; t h e latter also h a v e nothing

corresponding t o Kin*? 19X31. u n t i l a g e n e r a t i o n o f r i g h t e o u s n e s s s h a l l a r i s e : E t h ; G r ™ 'and this (reading T 6 5 E for T 6 T E w i t h B o n n e r ) I saw until a generation o f r i g h t e o u s ness shall a r i s e ' — s o B o n n e r . B u t Kai E I S O V T 6 T E / T 6 5 £ is p r o b a b l y only a variant reading for T O T E TEdEanat (at t h e beginning o f t h e v e r s e ) w h i c h has c o m e into t h e t e x t in t h e w r o n g place (cf. Z u n t z , jfTS 4 5 ( 1 9 4 4 ) , 1 6 7 , n . 2 ) . I f this is s o , E t h a n d Gr^^ w o u l d b e identical. C f . Aram"^S ii 2 8 • KBtPlj? ''*n. N o t e t h e plural ""IT i n c o n t r a s t t o E t h Gr^^ w h i c h h a v e t h e singular.

CHAPTERS

106-108

249

shall arise, and wrongdoing shall be destroyed, ( i 6 v , az^) and sin shall depart from the earth, and everything good shall come upon it. 107. 2 And now, my son, go, make known t o your son L a m e c h that this child who has been born is truly his son, and (this) is no lie.' 107. 3 And when Methuselah had heard the words of his father Enoch ( i 6 v , a3o)—for he showed everything to him which is secret—^he returned, having seen him, and called the name of that child Noah; for he will comfort the earth after all the destruction. 1 0 8 . 1 Another book which Enoch wrote for his son Methuselah and for those who should come after him and keep the law ( i 6 v , a35) in the last days. 108. 2 Y o u who have observed (it) and are waiting in these days until an end shall be made of those who do evil, and an end shall be made of the power of the wrongdoers, 108. 3 do indeed wait until sin shall pass away; for their names will be erased from the books of the holy ones, and their offspring will be destroyed for ever, and their spirits ( i 6 v , b i ) will be killed, and they will cry out and

a n d w r o n g d o i n g s h a l l b e d e s t r o y e d : E t h G r ^ S ; c f . Aram"=5 ii 2 8 *]10' nStt^ll n W S a i . N e i t h e r E t h n o r Gr^^ h a v e anything c o r r e s p o n d -

ing t o nswii.

a n d s i n s h a l l d e p a r t f r o m t h e e a r t h : E t h G r ^ ^ ; c f . Aram"^5 ii 2 8 NSnS p »by against A r a m

NOaril. N o t e t h a t E t h G r ^ B , w i t h 'sin', a g r e e t o g e t h e r

SOafl.

a n d e v e r y t h i n g g o o d s h a l l c o m e u p o n i t : E t h ; G r ™ 'and g o o d things shall c o m e t o t h e m u p o n t h e e a r t h ' ; cf..Aram'=5 ii 2 8 f. IWVs 2 9 [ G r ™ ^tt' aCrroOs appears t o a g r e e w i t h A r a m pfT'Vs? against E t h . 1 0 7 . 2 A n d n o w . . . y o u r s o n L a m e c h : E t h G r ™ ; C f . Aram'^S ii 2 9 fpb[ Nl VTN ] » D 1 . O n SI c f . t h e discussion o f W i n I Q a p G e n X X 2 5 ( F i t z m y e r , Genesis Apocryphon, 136). that

t h i s c h i l d . . . n o l i e : E t h G r ™ ; c f . Aram-^s ii 3 0 XIS'^S

n

(read J-aiSa) p a i a SVl DWpa nSin m a p . A r a m appears n o t t o have anything c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o E t h Gr^B ' w h o has been b o m ' .

250

THE ETHIOPIC BOOK OF

ENOCH

moan in a chaotic desert place, and will burn in fire, for there is no earth there. io8. 4 And there I saw something like a cloud which could not be discerned, for because of its depth I was not able to look up at it; and the flames of a fire I saw (i6v, h^) burning brightly, and (things) like bright mountains revolved and shook from side to side. 108. 5 And I asked one of the holy angels who (were) with me and said to h i m : 'What is this bright (place)? F o r there is no heaven, but only the flames of a burning fire and the sound of crying and weeping and moaning (i6v, b i o ) and severe pain.' 108. 6 And he said to m e : 'This place which you see—here will be thrown the spirits of the sinners and of the blasphemers, and of those who do evil, and of those who alter everything which the L o r d has spoken by the mouth of the prophets about the things which shall be done. 108. 7 F o r there are books and records about them in heaven above, (i6v, bi5) that the angels may read them and know what is to come upon the sinners, and

upon the spirits of the humble, and of those who afflicted their bodies and were recompensed by God, and of those who were abused by evil m e n ; 108. 8 who loved God, and did not love gold, or silver, or any (i6v, b2o) worldly good, but gave up their bodies to torment; 108. 9 who, from the moment they existed, did not desire earthly food, but counted themselves as a breath which passes away, and kept (to) this; and the L o r d tested them much, and their spirits were found pure that

1 0 8 . 3 i n a c h a o t i c d e s e r t p l a c e . I translate HAJPfll'C/S.: b y ' c h a o t i c ' b e c a u s e o f t h e use o f (Dh.^l\'^Ch.; t o r e n d e r d6pocTOS, t h e w o r d w h i c h t h e L X X gives for Wri in 'Gen. i : 2 (cf. D i l l m a n n , Translation, 329, 184). HA.i'ft'l'C/l.: m e a n s literally 'that c a n n o t b e seen', a n d t h e passage m i g h t also be r e n d e r e d 'in a n u n f a t h o m a b l e desert p l a c e ' , 'in a n i m m e n s e desert p l a c e ' (cf. 60. 8 ) . 1 0 8 . 6 a b o u t t h e t h i n g s w h i c h s h a l l b e d o n e : cf. D i l l m a n n , tion, 3 2 9 .

Transla-

1 0 8 . 7 F o r t h e r e a r e b o o k s a n d r e c o r d s a b o u t t h e m : i.e. a b o u t t h e things w h i c h shall b e d o n e i n t h e f u t u r e (cf. v . 6 ) ; literally ' F o r ( s o m e ) o f t h e m are w r i t t e n a n d inscribed'.

C H A P T E R 108

251

( i 6 v , 825) they might bless his name.' 108. 10 And all their blessings I have recounted in the books; and he has assigned them their reward, for they were found to be such as loved heaven more than their life in the world, and even though they were trampled underfoot by evil men, and had to listen to reviling and reproach from them ( i 6 v , b3o) and were abused, yet they blessed me. 108. 11 And now I will call the spirits of the good (who are) of the generation of light, and I will transform those who were born in darkness, who in the flesh were not recompensed with honour, as was fitting to their faith. 108. 12 And I will bring out into shining ( i 6 v , b35) light those who love my holy name, and I will set each one on the throne of his honour. 108. 13 And they will shine for times without number, for righteousness (is) the judgement of God, for with the faithful he will keep faith in the dwelling of upright paths. 108. 14 And they wiU see those who were born in darkness ( i 6 v , c i ) thrown into darkness, while the righteous shine. 108. 15 And the sinners will cry out as they see them shining, but they themselves will go where days and times have been written down for them.

1 0 8 . 1 0 a n d h e h a s a s s i g n e d t h e m t h e i r r e w a r d : literally 'and h e h a s rewarded them'.

REFERENCE INDEX T h e numbers refer to the pages of volume 2. Enoch I. i - 6 o . 1 3 a 1-36 1-32 I. 2 I. 3 I- 5 I. 6 1. 8 I. 9 - 2 . 3 1.9 2. 1 - 5 . 6 2. 1 2. 2 2. 3 3-5- I 3 4 S- I 5- 3 S- 4 5.6 5.8 5- 9 6. i - j o . 1 4 6. 1 - 9 . 4 6. 1 - 7 6. 1 - 4 6. 3 - 6 6.3 6. 4 - 7 - 5 6.4 6. 6 6. 7 - 7 - I 6.7 6. 8 7. 1 - 8 . 3 7- I 7. 2 7. 3 - 6 7. 3 7.4f. 7-4

24 8, 9, 10 2, i 6 , 1 7 , 3 3 9 4 1 , 69 87. 1 1 3 , 1 9 3 , 2 2 2 17 17 17 9 IS, 2 1 , 4 1 , 6s 9 4 1 , 6 1 , 189 60 1 7 , 60, 189 9, 1 7 4 1 , 60, 61 4 1 , 60, 6 1 , 189 4 1 , 45, 46, 60, 61 60 60 17. 41 17,40 4 1 , 246 I 16 21 9 162 71 9 33 7, 1 7 , 69, 7 3 , I IS 9 9, 19, 67, 79. 8 1 , 82, 83, 87, 1 5 9 . 160 69 1 3 . 19. 20, 7 7 1 3 , 19, 20, 4 1 , 7 8 , 84 19, 2 0 1 3 , 19, 7 7 44 1 3 , 77, 83 100

Enoch 7. 5 - 8 . 1 8. 1 - 3 8. I 8- 3 - 9 - 3 8. 3-9- I 8.3

9 78 17, 41, 73. 77 9 9 1 3 , 19, 67, 69, 7 1 . 7 2 . 7 3 , 74. 7 5 . 7 7 . 84 8. 4 - 1 0 . 1 4 16 8. 4 - 9 . 4 7 8.4 100 9. 1 87, 88, 89, 100, 106, 107 9- 3 84 9. 4 9. 92 9.Sf. 17 9.8 41 9. 9 100 9. 10 85 10. 1 58, 84, 88, 89 10. 2 41 10. 4 7 3 . 84. 87, 1 4 4 10. 5 87 10. 7 2 10. 8 73. 158 10. 9 9. 4 1 . 84. 87. 93. 94. 104, 1 1 6 10. 1 1 f. 9 10. 1 1 84. 87, 93 10. 1 3 - 1 9 10 10. 16 17 10. 1 8 43 10. 2 2 246 1 2 . 2 f. 59 12. 3 10, 58, 85 12. 4 243 13- 1 46, 73 13. 6-14. 15 10 13.6 4 3 , 44 13.8 246 14. I 3 3 , 58 14. 2 193 14. 4 44 14- 5 44 14. 6 41 14. 1 4 100

REFERENCE

254

Enoch

Enoch

14.18 15- 3 I S - 8-16. IS- 9 IS- u IS- 12

INDEX

I

17- 3 17- 4 17. 6 17. 7 18.7 18. 8-12 18. 8 18. 9 18.10 18. I I i8. 12 18. IS 19. 2 19. 3-21- 9 20 20. 2 20. 3 20. 4 21- 5 21. 6 22. I 22. 2 22. 3-7 22. 3 22. S-7 22. 6 22. 7 22. 8 22. 13-23- 3 22. 13 22. 14 23- 4 24. 2 25- I 25- 3 25- 5 2S.6 25- 7 26. 2-6 26. 5 27-32 27. I 27. 2 27- 3 28. I 29. I

40 243 I , 16 102 17 lOI

33 33 17 41, 121 116 10 104,116 118, 119, 121 40 133 105 17 38 16, 17 84 "5 IIS

41, 112 "3 106 109 38, H O 10 38, 109 in

44. 109 109 108 10 17 143 40 105 41 58. 8s 8S 41 8S 10 117 7 117 7. 41. 69 8s 41. 104 116

29. 2 30. 1-32. I 30. I 30. 2 f . 3°- 2 30. 3 31- I 31- a 31- 3-32- 3 31- 3 32. I 32- 2 32.6 35-36- 2 37-71 39- 12 f. 40. I 40. 2 40- 3 40. 8 42- 3 47- I 47- 2 47-4 48. I 48-4 48-5 48. 6 f. 49- 2 SO- 4 52. 9 54-8 56- 4 58.4 58-6 60 60. 6 60. 7-24 60. 7-10 60. 8 60. 9 60. 10 60. 11-23 60. 13-15 60. 13 60. 16-21 60. 16 60. 19 60. 20 60. 24 60. 25 61.5

118 10 43, l o s , 122 121 121 105, 121 2 105, 121 10 43 105, 117, 118 41 10 10 7.8 127 127 153 127 127 129 133 132 133 141 134 134 151 135

13s

87, 142, 143. 143, 144. 144,

142, 143, 143.

41 138 155 8S 133 142 142 143 143 250 148 148 164 146 145 144 146 147 147 144 148 149

REFERENCE Enoch 62. 6 62. 9 63 63. l - I O 63.1 63.2 63.3 63- 4 63. 5 f. 63. S

116 116 28, 3 1 116 29. 30, 3 1 30,31. 116 29. 30, 3 1 29. 30, 3 1 29 29. 30 29. 30, 3 1 63.6 29. 3 0 63-7 63. 8 30 29. 30. 3 1 63- 9 63. 10 30 63. I I 29. 30. 3 1 63. 1 2 29 64. I 137 65. 6 4 1 . 42. 1 5 5 154 65.7 65.8 42 65. lO 155 66. I 156 66. 2 156 67.6 157 67. 9 25 68. a 159 6g. I 158 69. a 69, 70, 7 1 , 7 2 , 7 3 . 74. 7 5 , 76 i6a, 1 6 5 , 344 69. 4 160, 1 6 2 69- S 160, 1 6 2 69. 6 162 69. 8 101 69. l a 162 69. 1 3 - 2 5 i6a 69- 1 3 - 1 5 1 6 2 , 163 69. 13 f. 69. 13 2 5 , 163 1 6 2 , 163 69. IS flf. 162, 163 69- 1 5 - 2 5 69. 1 5 163 lOI 69. 2 2 144 70- 3 160 71. 1 7 1 . i 2 b - 7 8 . 8a 36 8 7a-8a 7a. I 37 175 72. 3 7a. 7 I7S 7 2 . a7 25. 170 11, 171, 172 73- 4 - 8

INDEX

255

Enoch 73- 4 f73- 5 73-6 73- 7 f. 73- 7 73.8 74 74- 2 74. 1 2 74- IS 74- 1 7 75- I 75- 2 75- 4 75- 7 76. 1 76. 3 - 1 0 76. 4 76. S - 1 4 76. 5 76. 6 76. 7 - 9 76.7 76. 10 76. I I 76. 1 2 76. 1 3 - 7 7 . 3 76. 1 4 - 7 7 . 4 76. 1 4 77- 1 - 3 77. 1 77. a 77. 3 77- 7 - 7 8 . I 77- 7 78 78. 6 - 8 78.7 78. 8 78. 10 78. I I 78. 13 78. 1 5 78. 1 7 - 7 9 . a 79- 3 - 5 80. a f. 80. 4 - 7 81. 2 81. 10 82 82.5 82. 9 - 2 0

171. 172 171 172 17a 17a 173 171 174 174 174 173. 174 188 25 168 168 165, 1 7 9 12 13 176 178 13 177 13 178 177. 178 178 12 II 176, 1 7 9 176, 179 180 13 13 20, 1 8 1 , 1 8 2 116 171 12 185 20, 1 8 1 11 185 i8s 13 I I . 184 184 1 8 5 , 186 185 193 85 37 175 190

256

REFERENCE

Enoch 82. 9 - 1 3 82. 9 82. 10 82. 1 1 82. 1 2 82. 1 4 82. 1 5 - 2 0 82. 1 7 82. 18 82. 20 83-90 84. I 84. 2 - 4 84- 3 84. 6 85.5 85.8 85. 85. 86. 86. 86. 86. 86.

9 f10-86. 2 1-3 I

2 4 6

87. 1 - 3 87. I 87.3 88. I 88. 2 88. 3 - 8 9 . 6 89. 2 f . 8g. 2 89.3 89. 7 - 8 89.7 89. 1 1 - 1 4 89. 1 2 - 1 6 89. 26 89. 2 7 - 9 89. 29 f . 89. 3 1 - 6 89. 3 2 89. 4 1 89. 4 2 - 9 89. 4 2 89. 43 f . 89. 44 89- 45 89. 49 89. 64 89.72 90. 5

188 1 3 . 62 6 1 , 189 189, 190, 1 9 1 191 190 12 190, 191 190 190, 1 9 1 8, 9, 10 58, 186 10, 1 3 1 3 , 193 10, 13 197 197 197 20, 196, 197 I I , 196 196 196 78 243 20, 196 197 197 198 78 II,

II

200 200 200 II

199 10 n 204 II

10 10 204 207 1 7 . 33 34 10 207 207 208 25 212 212

INDEX Enoch 90. 1 2 90. 1 7 90. 2 1 f . 90. 2 2 ff.

25 212 ig8 210 216 8, 9, 10, I I , 18 243 14, 2 1 8 14, 2 1 8 23 221 225 1 1 , 2 1 8 , 2 2 1 , 225 14, 2 1 8 , 225 14, 2 1 8 14, 2 1 8 I I , 14

90- 3 7 91-107 91-104 91-3 91. I - I O 91. 6 91. 9 f. 9 1 . 10 91. 1 1 - 1 7 91. I I 91. 1 2 - 1 7 g i . 12 91. 18-92. 2 g i . 18-19 14 9 1 . 18 13. 14 92 14 92. I 1 3 , 14. 1 5 8 92. 2 58 II 92. 5-93- 4 14, 2 1 8 , 2 2 1 93. I - I O 223 93- I 21 93- 3 - 8 223 93- 3 224 93- 4 218 93. 9 fg3- 10 I I , 14, 1 5 8 , 2 1 8 , 225 93. 1 1 - 9 4 . I I I , 14, 225 93. 1 1 - 1 4 14. 225 93- I I 1 3 , 14. 44. 45. 226 226 93. 1 2 93- 1 3 44 14. 225 94 230 97- 3 6, 18 97. 6 - 1 0 7 . 3 97. 6 S8 97. 6 b - i o 8 . 10 23 98. 4 f . 231 98. 6 58 gg. I 232 lOI 99- 7 100. 4 35. 242 100. 6 243 100. 7 34 101. 3 35 101. 4 39. 4 5 . 2 3 7 101. 8 158 102. 1 - 3 18 102. 3 243

REFERENCE Inoch 102. 6 - 1 1 I 0 2 . 6 f. I02. 7-11 102. 8 f. 102. 8 102. 9 102. 10 102. I I

238, 239 238 238 239 238 238, 2 3 9 238 238 240

103. 9 - 1 5 103. I I 35 104. 1 - 6 242 104. 2 3S 242 104- 3 104. 4 241, 242 104. 6 35 104. 7 35 104. 9 S8 104. I I 35 104. 1 2 f. 243 104. 1 3 - 1 0 6 . 2 10, 243 104. 1 3 35 105. 1 - 2 14. I S . 19 105. I 14, 1 5 , 243 105. 2 14, 243, 244 106-7 IS 106. I - 1 8 21 106. I IS 106. 2 7 106. 3 245 106. 5 160 106. 10 244 106. I I 85 106. 13 39 f. (but see the preface in volume i ) 106. 1 4 f. 247 106. 1 4 246 106. 1 5 - 1 0 7 . 2 10 106. I S 246 106. 1 6 246 106. 1 7 246 108 I S . 19 108. 4 f. 147 108. 6 250 >LD TESTAMENT Gen. 1 : 2 2: I 6:2 6: 1 1 7: I I 8: 2 1 - 9 : I I 30: 3

250 105 76 8S 200 156 LOI

INDEX OLD TESTAMENT Gen. 3 7 : 2 5 43: I I Exod. 2 0 : i8ff. 3 0 : 23 30: 34 32: 25-9 3 3 : 2 2 f. L e v . 1 6 : 21 f. Num. 2 : 2 I I : 17 1 7 : 23 2 4 : 3 f. 24: I S Deut. 3 : 29 3 2 : 14 Josh. 5 : 8 18: 12 I Sam. 1 2 : 1 3 1 8 : 19 2 Sam. 2 1 : 8 I Kgs. 1 : 48 1 9 : 13 2 Kgs. 2 3 : 5 I Chr. 8 : 19 24: 12 29: 2 2 Chr. 6: I Ezra 8 : 20 Neh. 1 1 : 3 5 J o b 9: 7 9: 1 7 2 7 : 20 32: 2 Ps. 8 1 : 1 7 147: 14 Prov. 8: 2 2 - 3 1 15: 22 Cant. 1 : 1 2 Isa. 8: 2 1 13: 21 1 4 : 26 2 2 : 13 2 2 : 18 34: I I 34: 14 40: 12 54: I I Jer. 6: 20 14:' 6 36: 14 46: I I 5 0 : 39

257 (cont.): 119 120 205 118 119 206 100 87 189 104 I20

57 57 89 229 116 116 136 161 161 136 100 136 i6o 160 104 103 136 115 236 103 103 191 229 229 162 99 121 66 229 99 239 105 229 229 89 104 118 89 190 119 229

REFERENCE

258 OLD TESTAMENT (cont.): Ezek. 4 2 : i6ff. Dan. 2 : 28 3 : 25 4: 14 5:6 7:8 7: 9 7 : 20 Joel 2 : 2 APOCRYPHA Sir. 2 4 : 1 5 NEW TESTAMENT Luke 1 4 : 18 16: 15 Acts 8 : 26

165, 176 57 160 179 142 60 40. 99 60 103

119

233 239 140

INDEX NEW TESTAMENT (cont.): Acts 2 7 : I I 39. 236 60 1 Cor. 1 6 : 1 2 I S , 16, 2 1 , 59 Jude 14 f. 60 14 60 IS Rev. 4 : I 57 DEAD SEA SCROLLS IQSa I I IQ 20 2 5 IQapGen I I 4 II 14 X I I 17 X X 25 XXI 6 X X I 13 XXII 4 XXII 8

61 8S 179 58 58 249 98 64 61 67

AUTHOR INDEX T h e numbers refer to the pages of volume 2. Aalen, S., 2 3 3 , 239 D'Abbadie, A., 22

Grebaut, E., 22, 26 Grenfell, B. P., 16

Baars, W . , 27, 3 2 Barth^lemy, D . , 7 Beer, G., 3 , 69, 1 4 3 , 146, 1 7 7 , 205, 237. 238 Black, M . , 7, IS, 1 7 , 20, 44, 60, 64, 69 Bonner, C , 1 8 , 20, 3 5 , 39, 2 3 0 - 4 8 passim Bouriant, U . , 16 Brock, S. P., 20, 2 1 Brockelmann, C , 2 2 , 26 Burkitt, F . C , 20, 88, 92, 1 1 6

Halevy, J . , 39, 68, 1 4 3 , 1 4 5 , 1 5 5 , 1 5 8 , 1 7 6 , 179, 1 8 2 , 186, 189, 1 9 1 , 236 Hammerschmidt, E., 22, 2 3 , 26 Hartel, W . , 59 Hunt, A. S., 16, 20

Caquot, A., 4 2 , 1 5 4 , 1 5 5 , IS6, 1 6 1 , 1 6 2 Chaine, M . , 2 2 Charles, R. H., 2, 3 , 4. 5. 6, 1 3 , i4. i S , 1 7 , 18, 19, 20, 2 1 , 22, 2 3 , 24, 25, 28, 3 1 , 3 2 , 3 3 , 34, 3S, 36, 37, 38, 39, 4 i . 4 2 , 44, 4 5 , 46, 5 7 - 2 5 1 passim Conti Rossini, C , 2 2 , 23, 25, 26, 27 Cowley, R., 27 Denis, A . - M . , i s , 1 7 , 18, 19 Dillmann, A., i, 2, 3 , 4, 16, 2 2 , 23, 24, 3 7 , 41- 5 7 - 2 5 1 passim Dindorf, W . , 1 5 , 16 Donadoni, S., 21 Fabricius, J . A., 16 Fitzmyer, J . A., 58, 6 1 , 64, 67, 85, 98, 1 1 7 , 179, 249 Flemming, J . , i, 2, 3 , 4, 5, 1 7 , 2 1 , 22, 2 3 , 24, 28, 3 5 , 36, 37, 38, 39, 4 5 . 5 7 - 2 5 1 passim Gebhardt, O., 1 7 Gelzer, H., 20 Geoltrain, P., 4 2 , i 5 4 , i S 5 , 156, 1 6 1 , 162 Gildemeister, J . , 1 7 , 18 Gilson, J . P., 2 1 Gitlbauer, M . , 1 7 Goldschmidt, L . , 2 2 , 24

Jager, O. A., 26 James, M . R., 2 1 Jeremias, J . , 18, 2 3 1 , 239 D e Jonge, H . J . , 1 5 Kenyon, F. G., 18, 2 3 1 , 3 3 3 Kuhn, G., 1 4 2 , 161 Laurence, R., i, 16 Liddell, H. G., 57, 1 1 7 Lods, A., 1 6 , 20, 7 0 L o w , I., 1 1 8 , 1 1 9 , 1 2 1 Mai, A., 1 7 Martin, F., 3 , 69, 142, 156, 1 5 8 Migne, J . - P . , 59 Milik, J . T . , 7 - 1 2 , 1 5 , 16, 20, 2 1 , 27, 76, 84, 87, 94, 1 1 8 , 1 1 9 , 120, 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 , 124, 144, 1 7 1 , 180, 1 8 1 , 190, 196, 197, 2 2 1 , 2 2 5 , 243 Mordini, A., 2 7 Noth, M . , 68 Radermacher, L . , i , 1 7 Riessler, P., 3 Scaliger, J . , 1 6 Schmidt, N., 38, 68, 1 3 1 , 1 5 s , 1 6 0 , 1 6 1 Scott, R., 57, 1 1 7 Strelcyn, S., 22, 24, 25 Swete, H . B . , 17, 20 Teferu, F . A., 2 7 Thackeray, H. St. J . , 97 Tisserant, E . , 2 2 , 26

26o

AUTHOR

Torrey, C. C , i 8 , 3 5 , 39, 120, 2 3 5 . 3 3 7 , 242, 246 Ullendorff, E., i , 6, 7, 2 2 , 2 3 , 38, 39, 44, 46, 6 1 , 63, 67, 86, 87, 88, 90, 94, 1 0 3 , 108, I I S , 1 1 6 , 1 1 9 , 120, 124, iSS Warner, G. P., 2 1

INDEX Wellhausen, J . , 90 Wright, W . , 22, 23, 24, 25

Zahn, T . , 59 Zotenberg, H., 4, 2 2 , 26 Zuntz, G . , 18, 34, 3S, 2 3 3 , 2 3 7 , 238, 239, 248 Zuurmond, R., 3 2